(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The fifth (-seventh) book of Xenophon's Anabasis, with a vocabulary by J.T. White"

Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 



yyffiTE's Cjhammax School 1 exts 



THE SEVENTH BOOK 



OF 



XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 



WITH A VOCABULARY 



BY 

JOHN T. WHITE, D.D. OxoN. 



LONDON 
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. 

1882 

All rights resei-ved 



Zcfo. K. 73,9^ 




LONDON : 
GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, LIMITED,, 

ST. John's square. 



PREFACE. 



For some long time past it has been widely felt 
that a reduction in the cost of Classical Works 
used in schools generally, and more especially in 
those intended for boys of the middle classes, is at 
once desirable and not difficult of accomplishment. 
For the most part only portions of authors are read 
in the earlier stages of education, and a pupil is 
taken from one work to another in each successive 
half-year or term ; so that a book needlessly large 
and proportionably expensive is laid aside after a 
short and but partial use. 

In order, therefore, to meet what is certainly a 
want, Portions of the Classical Writers usually 
read in Schools are now being issued under the 
title of Grammar School Texts ; while, at the 
request of various Masters, it has been determined 
to add to the series some portions of the Greek 
Testament, 

Each Text is provided with a Vocabulary of the 
words occurring in it. In every instance — with the 
exception of Eutropius and ^sop— the origin of a 
word, when known, is stated at the commencement 
of the article treating of it, if connected with another 



iv PREFACE. 

Latin, or Greek, word ; at the end of it, if derived 
from any other source. Further still, the primary 
or etymological meaning is always given, within 
inverted commas, in Roman type, and so much 
also of each word's history as is needful to bring 
down its chain of meanings to the especial force, or 
forces, attaching to it in the particular "Text." 
In the Vocabularies, however, to Eutropius and 
iEsop — which are essentially books for beginners 
—the origin is given of those w^ords alone which 
are formed from other Latin or Greek words, re- 
spectively. 

Moreover, as an acquaintance with the principles 
of Grammar, as well as with Etymology, is 
necessary to the understanding of a language, such 
points of construction as seem to require elucida- 
tion are concisely explained under the proper 
articles, or a reference is simply made to that rule 
in the Public Schools Latin Primer^ or in Parry s 
Elementary Greek Grammar y which meets the 
particular difficulty. It occasionally happens, how- 
ever, that more information is needed than can be 
gathered from the above-named works. When 
such is the case, whatever is requisite is supplied, 
in substance, from Jelfs Greek Grammar, Winer^s 
Grammar of New Testament Greek j or the Latin 
Grammars of Zumpt and Madvig. 

London : September, 1882. 



»EN0*ONT0S 
KrPOY 'ANABA'SEOS Z'. 



CHAPTER I. 



of parvcpt.— Doa wM keep hit word, — Uod^ a Uic prdoica 
pcnuadei the umy to quit tha otj. — The gutt ■» clued. — 

XevipliDii bddf catnalAd u kizc d>e place nfoKSp—Gmnidi of 
hu rcfiuaL — Tlie Grrfki ngum leave the dtr- — CcETaudei ttiei to 

1. "O^A flip Sii iv Ty avafiaaa j§ ftvrit 
K.vpov ewpa^av ot "EfOt-^vt^ f*^XP^ ^% f^XV^i 
Kai oaa, hrA lS.vpo<t ireXevTijo'ep, iv t$ 
•mpeitf fiejfpfi sk rbv TJoptov a^utovro, koX 
iaa « ToO JlovTov ire^^ i^iovr^ kc^ irXe- 
o*Te? hrolow /iej(pK l^fo* toC aro/tarot 

Atai. Bttk VII. > 



2 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

iyevovTO iv ^pvaoiriK^i, t^9 ^Aaia^, irdvra 
iv tS> TTpoadev \6yq) BeBijXcoTaL 

2. 'E« rovTov Se ^appd^a^o^, ^o^ovfievo^ 
TO arpdrevfia, fii} hrl rr^v avTOv dp'x^p arpar- 
€vrjTaLf TrejjAlra^ irpo^ ^Ava^l/Siop top vavap')(pv 
(o ie €Txy)(€v iv Hv^avrUp &v) iSeiTO Sca^i^- 
daai TO oTpdrev/Jui i/c t^9 'A<rta9, /cal utt- 
lax^elro irdvra irovqoreiv aina>y oaa h4oi, 3. 
Ka« ^Kva^i^io^ fieTGirep^y^aro roif<; aTparrfy* 
oi)^ Kol \o')(a^ov<; t&v aTpaTiWT&v ek Bvfaj/T- 
cov, Kol vTriaxvelro, el Bca^atev, fiia0o(f>opdv 
eareaOac to?9 aTparuorai,<^. 4. Ot jmIv S^ 
SXKoi e(f)aa'av /SovKevad/j^evoi dirar/yeXeip. 
S€vo(f)S)P Be elwep avr& ore diraWd^oiro rj8ij 
dirb t^9 (TTpaTia^ xal ^ovXoiro dirtyifkelv, 
'O Se *Apa^i^io<; ixiXevaep avrop, ovvBul" 
/3dpTa^ erreira ovtod^ diraWdTTeaOai. "E^i; 
ovp ravra iroirjaeip, 

6. ^evdrj^ Bk 6 ©/oaf Trifnrei MrjBoo'dSTjv 
Kol KcXeuei Bepocfy&PTa cvfiirpoOvixelaOat, 
07rG)9 BiajSfi to arpdrevfia, koI €(f>i] avT<p 
ravTa avfjuirpoOvfjiridipTi ov fierafieXijp-eiP, 
6. 'O S' elirep' "'AXXA to fiep arpaTcvfia 
Bial3i]a€Tai* rovrov evexa firjBep reXeiTO) 
ftT/Te i/JLolf fii]T€ aWq> firjBepl' iwecBap Sk 
^ia8f), €!yo* i^v diraXKd$ojiai: irpo^ Be tov9 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER /. 3 

BtafievovTOf koX hriKaipiovi SiTaj TrpOO'^E/i- 
itrffat, w &v avTw Bok^." 

7. 'E« ^ TOVTOV Siaffalvoutri irdimv eh 
Bv^miop at inpaTiwTai: Kal fuvBov fth> 
ovK iSiSov o 'Ava^l^tiK' ix^pv^e Se XoySovra; 
ra orrXa Kal iTitevt} Totxt <rTpaTiwTo? i^ievM, 
W airtme/if^uv re &fia koI apiQfihv woi^irttn'. 
'EvravSa 0( aTpaTtwrai ^jfOavro, ort ovk 
eij(pv apTfvpuiv ewtatri^eaSai eii T^f iropelav, 
KaX 6nrr)p&i awftTKeva^ovro. 

8. Kal 6 Repose, KXedvBpcp t£ apfiovr^ 
^efos f^tvr}piePO^, trpotreXOwv ^oTrafero 
a&Tov, &v dirorrXevffo/Mi'w ^Sij. 'O Se 
airra XfYet* " M^ irotijffjjs ravra" et 5^ /*^," 
1^, " alriav If ei?* eVel Kai j/Ck Ttce? ^Si? « 
atriavTat, 8t» ow Ta^ e^ipirei re aTpdrevfia." 
9. 'O Se ehrev' " 'AXA,' afrio; /i^w eycaye ovk 
ftfil TOVTOV, oi Se arpaTtSyrai avroi etriaiTur- 
fiov Seofievot, xal ovk ^ofTc?, Sid tovto 
oSvfMvat irpoi rijv eJoSov." 10. " 'AXX' 
3/MKS," e^ij, " eydt aoi avfi^ovXeva i^eXBeiv 
phi oi; iropevtropevov' eVeiSai' S' e^a yeinjTai 
TO trrpciTevpaiToTe dwaWdTTeaSai." "Tavra 
Tohuv," e^ 6 SevcK^i', " iXdairrtv trpbv 
'Aiia^iffiov Sunrpa^ofieda." 11. OiSroif eX^- 
ovret jXeyov roCra. 'O Si iKsKevaev ovra 



4 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

TToieiv, Kal rijp raxtorrjv i^Uvat awecicGvaa^ 
fievov^f Kal Trpoaaveiiretv, 69 &v fit) trap^ eU 
Tr}V i^iraaiv xal el^ top apcBfiov, irt auTO^ 
avTov alridaercu. 12. ^EnnevOev i^eaav oX re 
GTpaTffioi TTp&Tov, Kcd ol aWot. Kal apSr^v 
irdvre^ ttX^v okiyiov efjio fjaav^ koX *Et66i/£/co9 
eioTiJKet irapa la^ irvKa^, w, oirore efo 
yipoivTo irdpr€<;, dtroKKeiatov t^9 iniKa^ Kal 
TOP fjL0)(\6p ififiaX&p. 

13. 'O 8e ^Apa^lfiio^ cvyKoKeaa^ rov^ 
OTpajTjyoi^ kcu tov9 \o)(a/yoif^ eXeye* "Ha 
fiep iirirqSeia," Sifnj, *' Xa/i/Sai'CTe iie t&p 
SpcfxioDP KoofJL&p' elal Bi avroOt iroWai 
Kpidal Koi irvpol /cal raXXa r^ hriTi^eui' 
\a/3orr€9 8e iropeveaOe et9 T171/ Keppoprjarop, 
iKci Bk Kvp{aKO^ vfup fiurOoBo-njaeL" 14. 
'ETTa/couo-ainre? Be tcpc^ t&p trrpaTmr&p ravra 
4 Kal T&p \o)(ary&v Tt9 Buxr/yiKKeL €t9 to 
aTpaTevfJbO, Kal oi fikp oTpaTijyol hrvpddp^ 
OPTO wepl ToO XevOoVj iroTepa wdXifiio^ eti) ^ 
^t\o9j Kal TTOTepa Bih tov tepov 6pov^ Bioi 
wopeveaOat fj KVKXxp Bih p^iarry; t^9 0p^«i79. 

15. 'Ei/ ^ Be othoc Tavra BieXeyopTo^ oi 

orpaTi&Tcu apapirdaapTe^ rd SttXa diovac 

^pQfifp irpo^ Ta9 7ri;\a9, &9 TrdTup €49 to 

'2^09 elauipTe^, 'O Bi '£r€oVi/(09 Kal ol avp 



BOOK Vri. CHAPTER I. 5 

avytekeiovo'i T&i wvXa^ Kal rhv fto)^Jiv 
ifi^oKXawnv. 16. Ol Si trrfMTMrai linmTOP 
rhi irvXa^ xal IXtyov Srt aSumrraTa vdirxptev 
ix^aXko/ievot eh Tois ■iroXefiiowt' «oi «aTa- 
a-)(^liTeiv T^9 irvXtK Sipaaap, u fi^ exovm 
avai^ovaai. 17. *AXXoi Se avriuv eBeov ^t 
TTpr BaKarrav, (fal vapii Tfjv X*}^^ '"°'' 
Tti-ffiiK VTrepffaivouaiv eis t^v v6\u/' £\Xot 
Se, o( eTvy)(avop hiiov ovTtv, rwv arpaTMTaii, 
<J>9 opaai Ta tTTt raw irvXai; vpayfUiTa, Sia- 
KO^avre^ raw a^ivtw tA leXeW/ra d)^freTai>- 
viwiMrt T^; irvXaf oi 5* elmriTnova'ty, 

18. 'O £e B,ei'oif)wv, a><i eZSe ri yifyvofupa, 
Seiirm fii) iif apirarfijv rpatroiTO to trrpar- 
evfUL, Kai avTJieeara Kcuca yivoiTo rg iri\ei xa* 
avT& Kai To(9 (rrpaTMrrais, eOei Kal awtur- 
TTtirret ttaw rav vtfK&v aiiv Tp S^!^. 1ft. 
Oi Se Bv^to'ioi, (0t ElSoif TO <rrpd,TfVfia 0i^ 
etairlirrov, tfievyovaiv €« Tijf afopas, 01 fiip efe 
TO TrXota o( Se otKoSe' Stroi Se IvSof ervyyavov 
SvTti efm' 01 Se KadefKxov ris rpt^pcK, as ey 
Tat? Tpi^pe<ri am^ivTo' wanTes Se ^iTV 
airoXffiXci'at, <&$ ^aXcancvia; r^f iroXfus. SO. 
'O ik 'EreovfjKos et? t^w dxpav awoifteuy- 
et. 'O Si 'AvafilSws KaraSpafimv iirl t^v 



6 XENOPHON*S ANABASIS. 

OaXarTdv iv a\i€UTiK^ irkoiq) TrepierrKec efe 
rrjv aKp&irdkLV, Koi €v6v<; fierairi/jiTreTat i/e 
XaXiti;S6i/09 (f>povpov^* ov y^p iKavoX iSoKovv 
elvai oi iv ry aKpoirokeL (t^€LP tou9 avhpa<;, 

21. 01 he oTpariSyrai, ©9 elSov top 
H€PO(f>&PTa, irpoaTrLTTTOvarip avT& ttoXKoX 
#ral X€7ov<r*' *' NSi/ <rov e^earip, & S€po<I)&p, 
apSpi yepiadai. *'E;^et? iroktVy ej^et? rpirjpei^, 
e^et9 "xpr^iiara^ €)(ei<; apSpa^ tootovtov^, Hvp 
&p, €1 fiovXoiOy (TV T€ fjfia^ oprjaai^, koI 
r]}i€t<; ae p^eyap TroL^aacp^ep/' 22. 'O Se 
dircKpipaTO " 'AXV ei re Xeyere, koI iron^aa) 
ravra' el Se tovtodp ein6vp.elre, OearOe ra 
07r\a ip rd^ec co? rd^Lcra^' fiovXop^epo^ 
avTOV<: KaTrjpep^ia-ai' teal avro^ re Traprjyyva 
ravra, Kal rov^ aXAotr? eKeKevcre Trapeyyv^p, 
Kol riOeaOai tu oirXa, 23. Ol Se, airol v<f>' 
iavT&p rarrop^epoi, oX re oTrXtrat ip 6\iy^ 
XPOPfp el^ OKTcb iyipoPTO, Kal ol TreXracTTal 
€7rl TO Kepa^ ixarepop TrapaSeSpafn^fceaap. 
24. To Se 'Xfopiop olop koKKiotop iicrd^aaOai 
iaTi, TO QpaKiop KdXovp.€POP, eprjp^op oIki&p 
KoX ireBiPOP. 'EttcI Se exeiro tA OTrXa, koI 
KaTr}p€p,ur0rj<rap, avyKoKel 6 'Si€P0(f)&p Tf)p 
aTparuLP, Kal Xeyei rdSe* 

25. " "Ot* fiev opyl^eaOe, & apBp€<; arpaT^ 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER I. 7 

t&rai, teal vo/ii^ere jetf^ irdajfeiv i^airaTta- 
/tepoi, oil ffav/id^. 'He Si rai Qvfi^ \apt^- 
fieBa Kal AaKeSaifiovtow re roii^ "Trapovra^ 
T^s efoTTOTij? rt(uopi)a-ii>fti0a ical t^k itoKip 
Ttiv ovSev atriav BiapTrdiraifiev, evda/i^BrjTe, & 
earai ivretdev. S6. Tlaikeiiiai fttv etrofuffa 
aTraSeSeiry/iefoi AcueeSaifioi/ioK Te Kal toi; 
av/i/iaxoK' oTo? & o ii6\€/io^ &v fivoiTO 
eUd^eiv &f} •jrape^riv, eopaKOTW Koi avofiv^o'- 
OevTivi rh vOv 8^ ^eyeytj/iipa. 27. 'H/itei? 
7^^ 01 'Adjjvaioi euTTp^ofiep eis tqv troXffiov 
Tov trpoi Toin AaxeSai/xoviovi xal rout 
trvfi.fidj(pv;, e)(pvm Tpi-^pei^, tA? fUv ev 
SaXaTTfj TO! S' fv T0(5 veroptoii;, ovk eXaiToy? 
TpioKaaUiv, tnrap'j^dvTeDP Se •jroW&v jyifj/taTcoii 
ev ty TToKet, kcu irpoaoSov ouinj! kot iviavTov 
airo Te ran h/S^fitov xal £k rtj^ imepopiaj ov 
/leiov x^Xitov ToKmniov ap^ovrit Te rav 
v^aav atraamv, Kal hi Te t^ 'Aaia iroXtK 
TToXXA? ^oiTW Kal iv Tp Ew/MOTTj? oXXfl? re 
troXKa<!, kw- aino tovto t6 Bv^HTtov, Sttov 
vvp iaftiv, exovre^, KaTevoK^ft^ff^ftep oStoj!, 
ai5 woiTes vfiCK iTTioTaaBe, 28. Ni/i' Se 8^ 
T( &p QiofieOa TraBeiv, AaKehaip.ovioi'; fiiv wat 
tS>p dpxatoiv avfi,fid-)(WP vTrapxoprayp, 'ASijp- 
aimp Si, Kal Saoi iteipoK roTe ^aav av/i-fiax- 



B XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, 

0$, 'rrdvreov TrpocryeyevfffjUvmf, Ti^ara^pvtw 
fie KoX T&v hrl OaKarrri SKSmv l3apl3dpoi>v 
'rrdvTODV iroKefiUov fifilv 6vtwv, woXefiKaraTov 
fi* avrov Tov &vw ^aciKiw^ ; hv ijXdofiev 
a^ipriaofievol re t^i/ dpyjov, koX airoicrev* 
ovvre^, el SvvalfieOa, Tovre^v Btf iravnav 
ofJLOv SvTtov, icii, Tt9 ot!ra>9 &4>p^v^ Sarri^ 
oXerat, &v ^^fia^ 'rrepiyeveadat ; 29. M^^ 7rpo9 
6e&v^ fiaivdfieda, /uLfjSi alarj^pok &'n'oXjd>fi€da, 
iroXifiioi 6me^ koX to(9 warpia-i koI rot? 
•q/ieripoi^ avT&v ^tkoi^ re koI olteeloi^, 'Ei^ 
yhp rah irokeclv elcri irdvre^ rai^ i^ fjixa^ 
arTpar€V(rofjbivai^, koI BtKaloD^, el fidpfiapov 
fiev ir6\i>v ovBefilav tjOeXi^cafiev tcaratrxeiv, 
Kal ravra fcparovpre^* 'KWrfviSa Bi el<s tjv 
trpdavqv ijXffofAev iroXiPj ravnjv i^aXatrc^ofAev. 
80, 'Eyft) fiev rolwv ev^ofiai, nrpXv ravra 
eiriZelv v<f>* ifi&v yevofiepa, fivplom ifii ye 
Karct rrj^ yrj^ oprfviM yeveaOcu, Kal vpiif Be 
cvfifiovKewo '^EXXi^i/a? ovra^y rol^ r&v 
'KK\i]P{0V irpoearriKOiTi ireidofievovf;, ireipaa' 
Ocu r&v BiKaloav rvyydvevv, ^Eikv Bk fitf 
BwtfaOe ravra, fjfia^ Bel oBifcovfiepov^ rrj^ 
fyovp *E\\d8o^ fiff crepeadaL 81. Kal vvv 
fioi, Sofcei wifi^avra^ *Apa(t/3l^ elveip ori, 
^fieh ovBep fiiaiop woii^aopre^ wapeXf^XvOafiev 



Book VII. CHAPTER I. 9 

ec9 Tfjiv iroKiVt aXX* ^ lihf twifi^Oa 'trap 
vfL&v ayadop ri €vpt<rtC€iT$at' cl Si fitf, aXSJt 
Sfjku>aoinr€^ v/uv on ovtc i^warfofievoi, aWa 
ireidofLepoi^ ifepxpf^Od''* 

32. Tavra IBof e* koi m'ifiirownv ^lepdwfiov 
T€ 'HXciOi/j ipovvra ravra^ koX EvpvXo^oy 
^ApKoZa^ KoX ^{Kqariov *Axm6p. Oi flip 
ravra ^opto ipcvpre^. 

33. ''Ert Si Kadfifiepeup r&p arpaTurr&p, 
irpoaip^erai, KoipaTaSrf^ ^/Salo^, ^9 oi 
^>€vy€Op Tt/p *EXXafia Trep^sfei^ aXXi <rrpar^ 
ffjt&p, teal hrayyeXkofiePO^j ei Tt9 ^ ttoXk 
^ eOpo^ oTparr/yov Sioiro* koI rore irpoa* 
ekJOmp Ikeyep cri froifio^ etrj f^etaOai avrol^ 
ek TO AiKra teaXovfiepop rrj^ SpqLterj^^ €P0a 
9roXXa KofyaJdh Xqy^ouno' iare S' &p fioKacip, 
el^ a^opuxp vape^eip iifnj xal avra kcu irord, 

34. ^A/covovai ravra oi OTpariArai xal rh 
vapit *Apa(il3iov afia awarfyeWofjiePa' air^ 
etcpiparo yiip Srt veiOofUPoi^ avroii oi p£Ta- 
fieX^O'ei, aXX^ roh re oucoi reXeoi ravra 
dirofffekel, leal avT09 /SovTuvaoiro ircpl 
avT&p, 6 Ti SvpaiTo ayoBov, 36. *E/ic rovrov 
01 oTpaTt&rai top re KoipardSfjp hkxpprfu 
CTparfffop KaX e^ rov Tei)(pv^ anrjXJBop. 'O 
Si KoipardSitj^ cvpriBeTtu airol^ ek rrfP 



lo XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

voTepalav irapeaea-daL iirl to a-Tpdrevfia, 
exfov KcCi Upela koX fidvrt,v /eal cira koI 
ttotA t^ arpaTta. 36. 'ETrei S' i^\0ovy 6 
'Arafti8to9 CKXetae t^9 irSka^ /cal ifci]pv^ev 
OTi, ocTi^ &v aX£ evSov i)v t&v crpariuiT&Vy 
'rreirpdo'erai, 37. T^ S' varepaia 6 KoipaX' 
a^9 fiev e)((av ra Upela Kal top fidvriv fj/ce, 
Kol aT^tra ^ipovre^ throvro avT^ etKoaiv 
avBpe^j teal aXXoi olvov etKoav avBpe^, koI 
eKxii&v rpei^ xal cKopoStov eU avfjp, oaov 
iBwaro fiiyioTOifj ^opriov, Koi aXKa^ /cpofifiv- 
a)V, Tavra Sk Karadifiepo^ 0)9 eTrl Sda- 
fievaw idv€TO. 

38. Eevo^&v Be fierawefiy^fievo^ KXi- 
avBpov iteikeviv ol Buirfrpa^av o7ra)9 eh to 
T€?^o9 re elaiKdoi /eal airoTrXevaai eK Bvfajn*- 
lov. 39. *E\ea}v Be KXeavBpo^, "MaXa 
fi6\i^/' €<l>rf, " Bunrpa^dfievo^ tjkgd* " \4yeiv 
fyap ^Apa^ifiiop Sti, ovk eirLTrfBeiov eirj tov9 
fiep cTpaTicoTa^ mXTjalop elpai tov Tely(pv^^ 
S€PO(f>&PTa Be epBop* tou9 "Bv^aprloi;^ Be 
aTaaid^etp /cal noi/rjpoif^ elpat irpo^ dWi]\ov^' 
ofiax; Be elaiepai, e^rj, i/ciXevaep, el fieXXoi^ 
aifp eavT& etnrXeip. 40. 'O fiep oip SepO" 
<l>&p daTTO^dfiePO^ tou9 o-TpaTKOTa^ etaoD tov 

■'vov^ dirjiev <tvp KXedpBpo), *0 Bk KoipuT- 



BOOK VIT. CHAPTER 11. \ \ 

aSt?9 1% iih> irparrri ^/itpa ovk iKaWiipti 
oiiSi Ziffterptjaev ovSev rot? aTpariwrati' t^ 
S' vtrrepaia tA ftev Upeia fiaTtJKet iraph top 
^tofiiov, Aral TLotpaTaSfft iffreifiavafUpm, (^ 
ffvaav' Trpotrekdotv Se 'YiftaaiiDv o AapSai>€W 
*ai Nfiov 6 'AtTwaio^ xal KXeavojp 6 'Op)(0- 
fiepio<; eXeyov KoipardSy fiii Sveiv, dtf ow^ 
rffq<TOfievov tJ aTparia, c! /i^ Seucfi to, ewi' 
r^Seia. 41. 'O Se K€\ev€t BiafurptiaBat. 
'Ewei Se TToXKuv eveSei auT^, mare ^fitpa^ 
aiTov eKaiTTip rjev4v8ai tSiv vrpaTitor&p, 
avaXa^v r& tepfia awpei ical t^k arpa-nffiav 



CHAPTER II. 



The ecnerals differ reipectiiig the route.— Many of ihe soldier 
Ihdr anns, and depart home : otben teltle in the count 
Ari-itarchin, the HannoB of Byanliuni, 4d«s three hum 
sod KtU them for lLi<es.~Iiiuigues against Xeoophon.— K 
phon ceeki u interview with Seuthe*. and arrangu the t< 



1. NE'IiN he 'Ao-ivaw? xal ^pwiOKW 

'Ajfcuo^ Kal Tifinauov AapBaveiii ive/ievov 
T§ orpaTta, Kol th Kotfiai twp &paKa>v trpo- 



12 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

€\06pt€^, Ta9 Kar& 'Bv^dvriov, iarparove^ 
evovro, 2. Kal ol p-TpaTtjyol icTaaia^ov, 
K.\€dv€Op fiev Koi ^pvvi(T/co^ 9rpo9 ^evOtjv 
l3ov\6fi€voi &f€cv {erreide yhp avrov^ Kal 
SSa/ee T^ fikv imrop, t& he yvvaiKa') Nitav Sk 
6(9 yieppovfjaov^ olofievo^, el xnro AaxeBcU' 
fjLOvioi^ yipoivro, iravTO^ av nrpoearrdvai rov 
aTpared/MaTo^' Tifuuriav Bi irpov6vfi*uTo 
irepav eU rijv ^Aaiav nroKiv Sial3r]paij olofievo^ 
&v otfcaSe KoreXdelv. Kal oi arpaTt&rcu 
rainh ifiovXovro. 3. ^uirpil3ofiepov Se tov 
Xpovov, woWol T&v <rrpaTt(OT&v, oi fuv ra 
oifKa dirohiioixevoi Karh tou? 'Xjcopov^, dir^ 
kifKeov a>9 eZvvavTO* ol Be teal [SlB6vt€^ ra 
oirXa Kark tov? ;^(»/30i/9] eU tA? TtoKeis kot- 
efilyvvvTO, 4. 'Ai/af t/8to9 S* exaipep aKovav 
Bca<f>d€ip6fi€Pov TO oTpdrevfui* tovtcjv yctp 
yiyvofAevnPj ^ro fidXcara ^(apC^eadaL ^apvor 
I3d^^. 

5. ^AiroTrkiopTi Be *Apa^ifii^ eic "Bv^ptiov 
cwapTa ^Apcarapxo^ ep Kv^t^o), 8taSo;^o9 
TSXedvBpcp "Bv^apriov Be apixoairj^' eXeye Be 
Kal ore pavap)(o^ BidBoxo^ Tl&\o^ oaov oif 
wapeh) rjBrj eh ^EXXi^airoprop, 6. Kal 6 
'Apa^ljSio^ T^ /x€p ^Apiardp'xfp hnaTeWeh 
oiroaov^ av eSpoi iv "Bv^aprira t&p Kvpov 



BOOK Vn. CHAPTER //. 13 

OTpaTiwT&v {nro^eXeififievovi, iiroSoffffai' o 
Si KXeavSpm oiBiva hretrpaxti, aWk icoi 
Totii KOfwovTai idepaTrevev, oiKreipaiv «ra( 
aeayKol^aiv olcla he^etrdai' 'Apltrrapjfp^ S' 
iirel ^\0t ra^^tara, ovk iXarrom TerpaKOtrUav 
airiSoTo. 7. 'Ava^iffim Si, vapawXeiHTas elt 
Tldpiav, we/ivet wapk ^apvd^a^av fuiT^ tA 
iTvyKtifUva. 'O S*, ivel ^aBera ^Apltnap^ov 
re ^Kovra ei? 'Bv^vriov dpfiotrrtiv xal 'Ava^lff- 
uni ovKeri vavapyfOuvTa, Avoft/Siou piv 
rjfUK'^e, irpof ^ApitrTap^ov Se SteTrpdrrero tA 
avret vrtfA tou KvpeMv arpartv/taTot, Sirtp 
Kal irpcn 'Ava^^wv, 

8, '£« TOVTOV Sii 'Ava^i^iotf KoKiaai 
S.evo^vra, xeXevet TriioT} t^X'^} ""^ f-'fJC^ 
vKevaai hri to trTpdrev/ia dtt tajfuna, Ktu 
awexetv re to arpdrtv/ui, Koi vwaBpoif^av 
rS>v Sinnrapiiiytav wt &v vXeiarovt SvjnjTai, 
Koij waparfay6v^a C(s Tlipivdov, Sia^i^d^tip 
£19 T^v 'Aaiav on rajfurra' Koi SiSairiv avr^ 
TpiaKovTopm Kal eirtaroXiiv, koX avSpa avfi- 
wep,-7rei KfKeuffovra TOW5 UepivOlom to? Ta;^- 
ttrra Sew^wio-a irptnrifi^yai Tolf i-mroti hrl 
TO aTpdrevp.a. 9. Kal o p.iv Sevo<f>wi' Sia- 
TtXtvaa^ aipiKvetTai ettI to vTpaTivp,a' oi Sk 
ffrpari&Tai eSe^avTO ^Sewsi <ai ti6i^ fTvoyro 



14 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, 

aa/ievot c»9 8iafir)a6/Jb€voi ifc t?}? &paKr}(: eh 

10. 'O Be 2t'i5^^9, oLKOva'a^ fjteovra iraKiv 
S^votfy&VTU, irifiyjra^ 'irpb<: axnov Kara daXuTT' 
av MrjSocdSrjVf iBeiTO rrjv OTpariav ar/eiv 
irpo^ eavTov' inrca^ov/Jbevo^ avrw, o ti wero 
X&^tov nrelaet^v, 'O S' aireKplvaro avrw, oti 
ovSev olov re etrj rovToyv yepiaOaL 11. Kal 6 
fiep raura a/covaoL^ ^x^^' Ol Be '^EXXrjve^ 
eTrel a^Uovro eh TJepivdov, Necov fiev amo' 
ciraaa^ iarpaToireSevcaTO x^P}^ €j((av (09 
oKTaKoalov^ avOpcoirov^* to S' aWo arparevfia 
Trap ev r^ avT^ irapct to TeJ;^09 t&v Uepu/dUop 

12. Merct Tavra Sevo<f>&v p,ev eirpaTre irepl 
irXoioDV, 07rG>9 on ra^^tcrra Zia^alev eh ttjp 
^Aaiav. 'Ez; Be rovrtp a^vKOfievo^ ^Aplarapxo^ 
e/e "Bv^avrCov apfioarff^, ^X^^ ^^^ Tpn^pei^;, 
irerreuTfievo^ xnro ^apvafid^ov, T0J9 t€ vau- 
K\i]poi^ direlire firj Bcdr/eiv, eKJddav re iirl ro 
orpdrevfia elire roh <rrparia>rai^ firj irepcuovir-- 
6ai eh rijv ^Aalav, 13. 'O Be Sepotfi&v 
eXeyev otl '^ ^Ava^l^Lo^ eicekevae, Kal ifik 7rpo9 
rovro eirefiy^ev ivOdBe** UdXiv S' ^Apiar^ 
apxo^ €\e^ep* ^'*Apa^ij3io^ fieproi pvp ovk 
' ^t paiapx^f €70) Bi r^Be dpfjLoarTJ^* el Bi 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER II 15 

Tiva vfi&v Xrp^ofiai, iv t§ OoKdrrrij xartiSvcw,'* 
Tavra ehroiv ^ero ek to T€?;^o9. 14. Tg 8' 
varepala fieraTrifiTrerai tou9 (rrparrjyov^ xal 
Xox^yov^ rod (TTparevfiaTo^* "HSiy Si Sptcjv 
7rpo9 TO) Tetxety i^ajyiWet ri^ tc5 S^vo^vri, 
OTiy el eiaeici, av\\fj<l>di]a€Tai, xai fj ainov 
TL ireiaercu 97 koI ^apva/Sd^tp irapahoOrjcrerai, 
'O he, aKOvaa^ ravra, tou9 fiep ir poire fiirerat, 
avTO^ S' eiTrep on dvaraC ri, fiovXocro. 16. 
Ka\ aTreXdwv idvero el irpoelev avr^ oi Oeol 
irecpaaOai irpo^ "S^evOijv ayeiv to <rrpdrevfia* 
ewpa yap ovre Bia^alveiv a<r0a\69 6p, rpiijpet^ 
e)(pvTo^ Tov KoiKvcovTO^' OUT eh ^eppovrjaov 
eXjffoov KaraKKeLadr]vab efiovXero kcu to arpaT" 
evfia iv [ttoXX^] cnrdvei wavrcop yevea-dai, 
ev6a Srj ireUreadai fiev avwyKTj r^ ixel 
dpfjLoarr^, r&v Bk einTrfieUov oifhev efieWep 
i^eiv TO arpdrevfuu 

16. Kal o fiev afjufyl ravra el)(ev' oi Be 
arparrjyol Kal 01 "Xjo^oiyoX fjKOvre^ iraph rov 
*ApKrrdpj(pv dirrjyyeWov on vvv fiev dinevai 
a^<: iceXevei t^9 BelXry; Be i^K^iW evOa Kal 
£77X17 fmWop iBoKet elvai rj €'ml3ov\i], 17. 
'O odv Sevo<l>&v, eirel iSoKec rh leph yeveaffai 
Kal iavr^ Kal rm arparevfiaTi dacfniXw irp6<: 
Xevdrjv Uvai, TrapaXa/Swv TloXvKpaTrjv rw 



i6 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

*K6fivatov Xoxoryop koI iraph tSw crrpajfff&v 
eKoarov avSpa, (mXtjv irapk tJioDPo^) ^ iKoar- 
0? iirurrevcVf ^;^€to t^ vvkto^ iwl rh ^evOov 
arpdrevfia €^i]teoirra ardSui. 18. 'EttcI S' 
^77^9 ^arav avTOv, iiri,Txrf)(dvu irvpol^ iprjfiot,^, 
Kal TO /i£i/ irp&TOv ^ero fi€Taie€)(CDpi]Kivai ttoi 
TOP ^evdrjp, 'EttcI Sk Oopvfiov re yadero Kal 
ar)fjMip6pTG)p aW'^Xoi^ t&p irapX "Zeddfjp, Kari' 
fi(i0€p St6 toutov IpeKa rib irvpii TrpoKexav/xipa 
elff T^ XevOy irpo t&p pvKTo<f>v'Kdte€OP, 8?ra>9 ol 
fi€P <l>v\aic€^ fit] op^pTo iv T^ cKorei Spre^, fi'qff 
OTTOV cUp, oi Bk irpotTLOPre^ fiff \ap0dpoiep 
aXKet Slit to <f>&^ KaTo^apel^ elep* 19. eTrel Bk 
^a0€To, irpoTrifiTrei top ip/Mr)pia, hp irvyxapev 
ix^Vf ical ehreip KeXevei, S^tidi? oTt Sepo^p 
•irapelt} I3ov\6fi€po^ pvyyepip'Oat avr^, Oi 
8' TjpoPTO, el 6 *A0rjpa2o^f 6 airo tov arparev^ 
fuiTO^. 20. *£7r€tS^ S' Iffyrj otrro^ elpai, apor 
nrrfiriaapre^ iBlcoKOP' Kal oXiyop iarepop Trap' 
rjaap TreXrooral Strop SiaKoaioc, Kal irapa' 
\aj36pT€^ Hepo^&PTa Kal roif^ cifp avr^ fjyov 
wpo^ XevOrjp, 21. 'O S* ^p ip rvpcei fidXa 
<f>v\aTT6fi€P09, Kal Xinroi irepl avrifp kvkKxo 
iy/iexakivoDfiepoL' Bth ryhp top ^o^op t^9 [jAp 
yfiepa^ ixi^v tou? iinrov^, rh^ Sk pvktu^ 
€yK€xa\iP<ofi€PG)p i<f>v7i>dTT€T0, 22. *E\eyeTO 



BOOK VIL CHAPTER 11. 17 

tfkp Kai 'rrpoo'dep Tvpfj^, o rourov wp6yovo^, 
iv ravTff t^ X^P9 ^^^^ ^^^ crpdrevfui xnro 
roxntov r&v avSp&v iroWov^ a7ro\i<rcu fcal rh 
CKevo^opa aif>ai^p€07Jpar fjaav S* oiroi, %vvoXf 
*rrdpTCiv Xeyofuvot ehai, fMoXiaTa vv/cto^, 
woXefjuKiaraTOt, 

23. 'EttcI 8* iyyis 9faav, heiXMvev elaeXffeiv 
'Si€vo<^&vra ixpma hvOf ob^ fiovKoiro. 'Efire^ 
Sif Bi ivBov f^av, ^aird^ovro iilv irp&rov 
dXki]kov^ Kal /eari^ rov 0p^Kiov vofiov Kipara 
oXvov irpoiinvoir wapfjv Sk Kal MrfBoadSv)^ r^ 
'2€V0'gj oawep iirpia/Sevev ain^ irdyroci, 24, . 
^'Enreira 8k 'S€vo<l>&v ^px^no Xiyetp* "''E^ 
wefi'^a^ 9r/>09 ifJiij & XtMtf, ek Xa\Kf)S6va 
irp&rop Mr)Bo(rdSf)v tovtovI, BeofAevo^ fiov av/i^ 
irpoOvfifqdtjvai Biaffrjvcu to arpdrevfia ix 7% 
^Airlas, Kal vTncxPOVfJbeyo^f eiravra wpd(aifA$f 
ei iroiria€iVf m i<fy] MtjBoadBff^ ovroffl" 26. 
Tavra thrii^v^ hrrjpero rov MrjBoadSrjv, el 
oKrjOfj ravr ehrev. 'O 8' Itjnf. " Ai$i^ 
JfKJBe MrjBoaoBr)^ oSto9j i'trel iyi> BUfirjv TrdXip 
iirl TO arpdrevfia iK HaploVg viriax^ovfJkevo^, 
€l Sryotfii, TO arpdrevfui wpo^ ae^ raWa ri a 
^l\tp fiot, 'XP'H^^^^^^ ^^^ &BeK<f>^f Kal rk iirl 
ffaXdrrp fioi %a>ptaj &p cif Kparei^, iatadai 
iraph <rov!* 26. 'EttI touto*? iraKiv hn^pero 

Anab, S90k VII. C 



i8 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

MffSotrdSTjp, el eXeye ravra, 'O 8k crvvi^ 
Kol ravra. '^1.01 vvp" €<f>rj, ^^ a^ijyrjaat 
TOVTfpf tI col oLTre/cpivdfirjv iv "KoKKfjSovu' 
27. *'Ilp&Tov aireKpCva), on to arpdrevfia 
Zia^rjaoLTO eh Hv^dvrcop, /cal ovSev roirov 
eveKa Ziot reXelv ovre aol oxn S}CKtcr avro^ 
T , €7rel iiaPah)^, aTriivai effyrfada' koI iyivero 
otreif^f&cTrep <rv SXeye^" 28. '^ Tlyhp eXeyov/' 
S^, '' ore Karh ^Xvffpiav a^Uov /' " Ovk 
etfyrjcOa olov re elvai, a\X* eU HepivOov 
iXdovra^ Ziafialveiv eU rffv ^AaiavJ' 29. 
'^ NOi^ Tolvw/' €<l>rj 6 S€vo<f>&v^ '' irdpeifit kclv 
iya>, /cal o5to9 ^pwlcKO^ eU r&v crpaTrjy&p, 
Koi HoXyfcpdrr}^ oiho^ eU t&p Xo)(ay&p* koI 
?ffl) eialp aTTo t&p arpaTijy&p 6 iriarroraro^ 
ifcdartpf irXfjp Hitopo^ rov Acucodplkov. 30. 
Et oip /3ovXec inarroTepap eipat rijp irpa^ip, 
Kal etceipoxy; KOLKecrai, T^ Se oifXa av iXOwv 
elirlf & TloXv/epaTe;, ore iyo) KeXewo Kara^ 
Xnretp' Kal ainb^ ifcel KaraXtiraip ttjp fidj(aipap 
elaiOi/' 

31. *Afcov<ra9 ravra 6 XevOij^ elirep Srt 

ovSepl &p ain>(rrrj(Teiep ^AOrjpalayp' koI yhp &n 

avyyepei^ elep eliepav Kal <f>iXov^ eiruov^ e<^ 

vofii^eip^ MerA ravTa $' iirel elaijXOop, ob^ 

^eBeCj TrpSrrop SepoA&p iem^ero Xevdrjv, rl 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER 11. 19 

Siono j(pfjtr6ai tJ arpaTta, 82. 'O S" eln-ev 
&Se' " MattroSt;; Ijv /loi ttot^/j" ixelvov S' ^u 
af7;^7 MeXai^rat xal Suuol xal Tpavi^i. 
'E« Toimjs oiSi' 1% yatpa<;, iirel ri 'OSptw-Sf 
wpafyftara IvooTjiTtv, iietreaiiv o waT^p avrbi 
fihi ffvyjffKei votr^' iyat &' i^erpaifnjv ip^OEio^ 
irapa MijSoxo) t^ vvv ^aaiXet. 38. '£n-«l Sk 
veaviaKo<t eyewi/iiji', ow« iBwdfitiv ^v «« 
aWoTplap Tpdve^v atrofiKitrav xal ^xa^e^ 
/Mjv ivSi^pioi aiiT& Ui'njs Sovvai fMi, inr6<rov^ 
hwatixi eiTj, avSpa^, Swat xal tovv eV/3aX- 
ovras: Vf*^fi '^ '>'* ^walptpi, kokqv iroio'iTfV, leaX 
^^rjp fii) eiv rtjv tKtivov Tpd-rre^v dvo^iirav, 
Stairep Kvav. 34. 'Ek toutov fioi SiSavi tow 
avtpat Kal Toin twTrov^, o&<; v;^^9 Syj^effOe, 
fTreiSay t/fUpa fivr/Tai. Kal vvv i^it ^ tou- 
TODS ej(tiiPj Xijl^opioro^ 7^11 ipavTOV TTaTp^av 
yutpav. Et he ptoi vfielt irapar/evoicrdt, olfuu 
&v aw TOtl deoK paSla^d-jroXaffeanijvapx^v. 
Tat'T' iinlv, & iycD v^iav Biofiai." 

35. " T( ovv &v" e<f)Ti a Sevoijiav, " aii 
Bvvaut, el eXflot/ier, tj re arpari^ StSovai xai 
Tot? XojfayoK Koi TOK <7T^aTij70(s ; Xefoj', Ypa 
oiroi dirayyeiXaimv." 36. 'O Si irrreiTj(ero t^ 
nlvtrrpaTtiyrr) Kv^K7]vov,Tm Si Xoxayai St/Miip- 
iav, T^ S^ trrpaTiiym rerpapxiipiaK Kal t^v. 



20 XENOPHOPPS ANABASIS. 

oiroarjv &v fiotiXoprai, Kai ^€^717 koI ytopiov 
iirl daXaTTTi Tereiy(iafihov, 87. " *Ai/ SV c<^ 
'S€vo<f>&v, " ravra ireipcofAepoi fit) BiaTrpd^fO' 
fi€P, dXKd T69 i^ofioq imo AcuceBatfiopiap ^, 
Sefj? et? Tr}v aatrrov, av Ti9 l3ov\f)Tai airievai 
7r/)09 ai ;'' 38. *0 S' cZttc- " Kol a&X^i;? 
76 iroiriaofMH, koX evZi^piov^ koX KOivtovoif^ 
cLTravTwVy &v &p Bvpdfieda KTi]<ra(Tdai, Sol 
h\ & S€vo<j)&v, Kal Ovyaripa Sdxrea, teal el rc^ 
coi iari Ovydrrfp, iprjaofitu Spa/ci^ vofMfr 
Koi ^ladpdfiP oiKfjaiP So^a^, Swep i/iol 
KdWiOTOP yooplop eori t»i/ cVl BaKdrrQ^' 



CHAPTER III. 



Except Neon and his divLuon, the Greeks agree to the terms of 
Seuthes. — ^They proceed to join him.~Xenophon's address in 
making Seuthes himself state to the Greeks the pay they were to 
receive.— Seuthes invites the Generals and Captains to an enter* 
tainment.— Arystas causes much mirth.— Certain native customs 
particularized.— After the entertainment, Seuthes persuades the 
officers to take the field before his opponents are apprised of his 
new alliance.— Accordingly they set out at midnight. — ^The 
enemy, being quite unprepared for their attack, offer no resut* 
ance.— A thousand prisoners, and much plunder, taken. 

1. 'AKOrSANTES rairra koX Sefti^ 
iopTe; KoX \a/36pT€^ dirij/KavpoW Kai irpo 
fipApcui iy€vopro iirl ra> oTparoniB^p, Kal 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER III. 21 

airrfyfyeikcaf tKatrroi, rci^ wefi'^aciv. 2. 
'£?rel Si rffUpa iyipero, 6 fihf ^Apiarapx^ 
TToXiv hcaXei rov^ arpanffov^ icaX Xoxo^yov^' 
Tok S* eBo^ rtjv fjiv tt/oo? ^Aplara^op oBov 
ioffcu, ro Sk arpdreufia avyKoKio-ai. Kal 
cwrjjkBov irdvre^, wXifw 01 Nicjpo^* oSroi Si 
aTr€ly(pv C09 Sexa trrdSia, 3. 'EttcI Si avi*" 
rjfKdovy oiraari? Hevo^v dire rdSe* ""AvSpe^, 
SuvirXeiv flip, Sv0a ffovX6/A€0aj *AplaTapxo^ 
oSe rpii^pei^ ^^v ictoKvec Act ch irXola oitK 
aa<f>a\e^ ififiaipeiV ofiro^ Se 6 auT09 e& 
^eppotnjcov KeKevei, fiia Si2t rov Upov Spov^ 
TTopevecda^' fjv ti KpaT'^cravrc^ rovrov ifceice 
eXOtofiev^ oUtb wasiKi^areiv en <f>rjaip i/xa^f 
S^nrep iv Bt;^inr/a>, o6t€ i^airarijareadai en 
vfiM, oKKk Xij^aOai fiuxOov [jjlSXKov'], o6t€ 
irepuhp'caOai m, Aairep wul, ivSeofUvov^ t&v 
iTTiTfjSemv, 4. 05to9 fiiv ravra Xeyef 
%€u67j^ Be ^aiVj &v nrpo^ eKeiPOV vrjre, ei 
rroi'^aeip vfia^, NSi/ oiv <ric€y^aa'0€, nrorepop 
ipOaSe fUpopre^ tovto /SovXevcearffe, fj eh rh 
iTnn^Beia iiraveXdopre^, 5. 'E/iol fiep ovp 
So/ect, iirei epdaZe ovre apyvpiop ij(pfi€P Sore 
drfopd^eip, oUre apev apyupiov i&ci Xafi/3dp€ip 
tA iinr^ia, hrapehJBopra^ eh tA? letofia^, 
Sdep ol rjfTTOU^ i&ri XafifidpeiP, iicu cxovrwi 



22 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

rh iirtTijSeia, zeal aKovovrd^^ 8 ri Tt9 VfiSn/ 
helroLj aipuaOtu, o n &v vfilv dotcfj KpdrioTOv 
elvai, 6. Kal or(p/* ^<^f " ravra Botcei^ 
dpara) r^v ydipa?* ^Averei^vav irdvre^. 
" ^Kiriovre^ Toivw^^ l^iy, " avcxevd^eade, 
Kal iireiBhv TraparfyeiXTf t^9, eireaOe' t^ 

7. MerA tovto Sepo^v fiev 'qyeiTo, oi S' 
eiirovTO* Niav Se /caX irapa *Api(rTdp')(pu 
aWot ejreidov diroTpeTrccdaL' oi Be ov^ 
inri]Kovop. 'EttcI Se oaov rpidKovra CTaBiou^ 
irpoe\f}Kv0€O'av, diravra Xevdt]^. Kal o 
3€vo<f>&v ISwv avTov irpoaeKdaaf, eKeXevaev^ 
07rcB9, oTt, irXeiaroDV dkovovrtov, eXiroi, avrS, 
& iSoKCi cvfi^epeiv. 8. 'ETrei Bi irpooijKdev^ 
ehrev 6 Sei/o^&v* '^ *H/A€t9 iropevofjueOa, iirov 
fiiXKei TO arpdreufia e^eiv Tpo<f>rjv' ikel Bi 
aKOvovre^ /cat aov Kal r&v . rod AaxcopiKov, 
dlprjaofieday ci, &v Kparnrra BoKy elvai. *Hi; 
oiv rjfuv '^ijCTf, Zirov nfKelard iariv iiriT'^Beiai 
VTTO aov pofxcov/iiev i^eviaGat" 9. Kal 6 
Seu^Ty? eiTrep' ^^'A\XA olBa Ktifia^ TroXXa? 
dOpoa^, Kal irdvra ixovaa^ tcL iirtr^Beia, 
aTre)(pvcra<i '^fi&v, oaov BtekGome^ av f}Beoi^ 
dpiaT&fi€v.*^ ' " 'Ryov TOtWP/' €(f>rf 6 56|/(H 
imv, 10. 'EttcI Si d^UovTO ek aird^ t^ 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER III. 33 

&^X)7f, avv^\6ov of orpaTiStTM., koX ehre 
Seif^;' ToidSc " 'E70*, & ivSpev, Sio/iat 
vfiMV ffTparevtaSai aw iftol' xal inrurj^vfuu 
Vfuv Tou fifims Smreiv Kv^iKrfvov, \o)ffirfOK 

rovTuv rip &^ujv rifi^aw' aiTa Sk xal ttot^ 
&<rjrep kal vvv, etc r^s x^P^^ 'Kafi^dvome^ 
e^ere' nrotra fie &v aXiaictyrat, a^uiiato avro^ 
exeip, 7va Tavra SiaTi6en£vo<i iiftiv Toe fua66p 
Tropica. 11. Koi ra fikv tpevyopra Ka 
awoSiSpaaKOPra rfftet^ inavol iaofieda SuMCtv 
Kal fuxoTevetp- ffv hi tis avBioTrfTcu, avp 
itiup TfeipiuTOfieBa ^fipmaBai," 12. ETnJfieTO 
^tvo^mv' " Jlotrov fie anrb daKarni^ a^twuei^ 
aweireaBai aot to arpdrevfta ;" 'O fi' 
onreKpivaTO' " OvBofL^ TrXetop wrri ^fup&v, 
fieiop Se woKKajfrj." 

13. MerA TajJra iSlSoro Xeyciv r^ ^ovKo- 
ftkvep' KaX e\erfOv iroXXoi kot^ tovt^j St* 
wavTo^ d^ia cKeye SeiJ^;* j^tifimv yap eiij, 
KOt ot/Te olira^ dwovXftv T^ ffovKofieptp 
Swarov eirj, Suvfepeffdat re cv ipiKiq. oi)^ oJop 
T ett], ei Seo* apovfiepov^ ^^v' iv Si t^ 
iroKep^f Siarpifffip koX rpi^aBat aa^xiK- 
eiTTVpOP fierk ^euffov, fj (iavo\K, oinwv arfa0&v 
ToaovraV et Bi fiiaffov vpoaX^ourro, 



24 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

eCfjfffia iBoKec elvai. 14. 'EttI rtnkoi^ elve 
Bepo^v' '^ "Bit Ttf amtXeyei, Xeyirw' el Si 
fiff, i7ri'^if>illeTe ravra,'^ 'E7r«l Bi ovSeU 
ivriXeyeVf ive^^itraVf Kal &o^€ ravra. 
ISiidv^ Bi li€v6p ehrePf iri, avirrparewoiVTO 

16. Mer^ rovro oi fih £XXo^ Kork rd^ei^ 
ic/dpnjaav* OTparfjyoif^ Bi Kal 'Ko)(arfoif^ iwl 
BePjTvov Xtvfffjs ifcdXece irX'qa'Cov tcwfirfv 
i^mv 16. 'ETrel 8' hrl Ovpai^ fjcav, (&9 M 
Behrvov Uvre^, ^v Tt9 'HpaKXelSff^ tAapmV" 
elrrj^' o&ro9 irpociii^v kvl i/cdartp, otaTLva^ 
fero e^€ti/ ri Bovvav %€v0fj, irpSnov fiiv irpo^ 
tlapiavov^ Tiva^, {ot iraprjcav tpiKlav Biam'pa^' 
ofievot irpo^ Mi]8okov, top *OSpva&p fiaciXia, 
zeal B&pa aryovre^ ain^ re Kal rfj yvpaucl,) 
eKeyeVf in Mt^Soko^ fih avm elrj BcoBeKa 
fffupSw airh 0a\drTri^ oB6p* J,€v0tf^ Bi, hrtiSfl 
rd arpdrevfia rovro ei\7)^p, St^tav etroiro 
hrl OaXdrrrj, 17. '^TelTWP oip &p, heap- 
wraro^ icrat v/ia^ Kal ei Kal kukS^ iromp* 
fjv otru a(D(l>popfJT€f TdJrp Bdaere, i ri ayere* 
Kal afieipop ifiip BiaKelaerai, fj ikv MijSoKtp 
7^5 irpoaw oIkovptv B&re/' 18. Toi/tow flip 
obrmq hrtiOep. hiOt,^ Bi Tifuicrlc^vc t^ 
^ap8ap€i irpoaehSwp, eTrel fjKOViP axn^ ehai 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER IIL 25 

iuii bewmiutra tud rawiSa^ fiapfiapud^, 
HXayw 2t» vofii^iro, im&rt hr\ SArvop 
Kokiaai ScMt?/ ct§pua0iu avr^ row ^Xiy- 
Ohrrat' **oiro9 IF ^ iuja/9 hOaU yhnirai, 
1X0909 irrtu ae jrol cXmBe Karayarfu^ teal 
ipOaSe wXownap iroiijaai/' 19. Toudha 
vpavfuf&ro hciffr^ irpoaiav. Tlpoa^kBinf ii 
Kol Bepo^mm, IXeyr ''2v Moi voXim^ 
fteyltmi^ el, tcaX Tropin ^f€vffff ro aw tpofia 
fuyurriv iarir /rol iv r^ rQ yp»p^ 2x099 
o^Mwrci^ «al reixf Xofifidveiv, wnrep teal 
iXkoi r&v vfuriptttf eXafiop, xai xipa»' 
a^iOBF dp aot xal fieyaXoTrpeiriirraTa rifiSjaai 
^vOfgp, 20. Etvovv Stf croi tap vapaw&r cS 
OIS0 yiip Sri, oam 6p li^i^ rtwrmv hmpfffni, 
roaavTff fui^ vvb rovrov offoBk itelaji/' 
'AjtoiW ravra o SePOffAp tpropetr ov yip 
Stefiefiffm ixaop itc TLaplov el fi^ irtuia teal 
iaop i^i&top. 

21* ISnrel Si clarj/XBop hrl ro Setirpop tAp 
re Spqtc&p ol tcpdrurrot r&p rore trapoPTWP, 
teal oi arparfiyol teal ol XoxayQl t&p 'VXK^pup, 
teal el rvi trpeafieia vappfp awo irSKew^, ro 
hehrpop ftep ipf teafffffUponf tcutcKm' erreira 8e 
rphroU^ eiaffpe)(0fjaap rraaiv oirok 8* t^aav 
tepe&p fuorol PCpefuifUpvp, teal aproi fyfurat 



26 XENOPHON'S A NAB A SIS, 

yit&^oLhjoi, irpoaireTrepovTjfievo^ Ijaav '7rpo<i toJ? 
Kpiaau 22. MdKurra Se ai rpdire^i Kark 
T0V9 f 61/01/9 ael irldevTo' vofios yhp ^v. ILat 
irpSno^ TOVTo iiroUi Xevdijf;' dv€\6fi€P0^ tov9 
irapaKetpAvov^ ain^ aprav^ BUkXxi Katk 

fllKpOVy KoX SlippLTTTeP, oU OVT^ iSoKCl' Kttt 

rd Kpia iaaavTm, oaov fiovop yeicaaffai 
eatrrcS KaroKvirwp, 23. Kat oi oKKoi Se kotcp 
ravTd hroiovvy Kaff otn ai rpuTre^ai exeivro, 
'Ap/ca? Be TA9» ^Apvara^ Svofia, ffxifyetv Seivo^, 
TO fiev StappLTTTeiv eta xalpeiVf "Kafiiov Sk eh 
Ttjv %6£/7a Saov Tpij(plvLKop SpTOPf Kul Kpia 
Bifievo^ ewl rd yopara, eheiirvei. 24. Kepara 
8' otpov 7r€pU<f)€p0P9 Kat irdpre^ eBe')(pPTO' 6 8' 
'Apvara^, iwei irap avrov if>epmp to Kepa<i 6 
oipo^oo^ flKep, ehrep, lBi>p top Bi€vo<j)&PTa 
ovK€Ti SetrTTPOVPra' ^''E«e&§)/' €<fnj, "S69* 
axoT^ei yap ijSfj, eyw S* o&Tr©.'' 25. 
^AKovaa^ 6 XevOrj^ rr}v (fxopfjp ripdna top 
otpo^poPy tI Xeyo*. 'O 8^ olpo^po^ elirep' 
iWrjpl^eiP yap ^iaraTO. ^EpravOa pip Brj 
7€Xa)9 eyepero, 

26. 'ETreJ hi "Trpovxcop^t^ 6 ttoto^, eltrfjXdep 
dp7)p Spa^9 iTTTTop €xo)P XevKOP' Kal Xa/Swp 
Kepa^ fieoTOP dire' *' Uponipto aoi, & Xevdrj, 
Kal TOP Xmrov TOVTOP Sapovfiai,, i<f> oi koI 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER III. 27 

Ov ^ff Beiau^ TOP voXifiiov,'^ 27, *AXXo9, 
walSa el<raya/Ya>v, olrrm iSwpiia'aTO irfxmlvmv* 
zeal £XXo9 ifJidrna ry ywai/cL Kal TifboaU^p 
irpoirivmv iitopriaaTO if>ui\ijv re apyvpav, koI 
ram-lSa a^lav Bixa iiv&v*. 28. Tvificvniro^ Be 
ri^, *A6f)pauy;, dvaara^ eliriv, orv ap)(cuos ettf 
vdfio^ KoXkiaro^, rov9 fiiv Sxovra^ &iS6pai r^ 
fiaaiXel riiif^ tpeica' Toh Be fit) ij(pv<n 
BiBopai TOP /SaaiKia' ^' ha /Cfrfw" e<f>f), " <roi 
iyta SejpetaOaij fcal Ttfi^pJ* 29. 'O Be 
Bepo^&p rpropelTO, 8 tv iroiT^trot' Hal ^hp 
trif^Xapep, w^ Tifiwiiepo^, ip t^ irkqaiaiTaKp 
Bl(l>ptp %ev0rj Ka07^fi€PO9» 'O Bk 'HpafcKeiBt}^ 
^xiKevtrep aiT^ to /cipa^ opi^ai, top oIpoxoop. 
*0 Be Hepoi^&p [ijBi] yitp imoirerrtoKto^ irvyx'^ 
apep) dpeaTfif Oapfxikim^ Be^dfiepo^ Th Kepa^f 
Kal ehrep* 80. '*^^ya> Be aoi, & Xevffff, 
BiBcfffii ifiavrdp Kal tov9 ifiov^ tovtov^ ejalp" 
ot;9 ^tXot;9 elpai 'rrio'TOV^' Kal ovBepa aKOpTa, 
dWit irdpTa^ fidXKop Sn ifMov aoi /SovT^- 
fiivov^ <f)i\ov^ elpai, 81 • Kal pvp irdpeiaip 
ovBip ae irpoa'aiTovpre^^ dXKd KoHi irpoiifiepoi 
Kal iropetp virep trov Kal irpoKipBvpeveiP 
i0e\opT€^' fieff &p, &p oi Oeol OeKoociy ttoXX^i/ 
X^pOfP TfjP fxkp diroXqy^, iraTp<pap oiaap, 




28 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

rffv hi /erqaj)' ttoXXov? hi tTnrov^ woXkoif^ Bi 
&vhpm ical yvwiitea^ koXA^ /cr^ap, ob^ ov 
\r)t^e<r0ai Seijcei, aX\' airrol ^ipovre^ irap^ 
iiTovrat irp^ <ri S&pa/* 82. Kal 6 'teuBiiq 
avaarh^ ovpe^eTTie koI ovyKarea-KtBdaixTO 
fi€T avTov TO Kepa^, Mcr^ raira elaffkffov 
icipaai re^ otbt? trr)fialvov<nv, ai\ovvT€9 koX 
adX'my^tv ^jMofioelan^, ^vOfiov^ re Kal oiov 
fuiydBi traXiri^ovre^. 33. Kal avro^ Scv^^T? 
avatrrA^ avifcparyi re Trokefit/cov koL i^Tuiro, 
&<nrep l3dXo^ <f>v\aTT6fi€V09, fJidKa iXatfypw, 
lEila'^eaav Si xal yeT^MTOirotoL 

34. 'X29 S' ^ ffXio^ iirl SvafiaU, aviarriaav 
oi '''EXKryve^ Kal elirop, 8ti &pa eirj wKro^iXaH' 
09 Kadiardvai Kal avvOfifia irapaZvUvai,. 
Kal 'Si€v6ffv ixiXevov irapayyelXat, ottw w 
rh ^EiWriviKh arparoireSa fujSeU r&v %paK&v 
tXatLCi vvKTO^' ^^ ol re yAp TroXifiiov SpqlKe^ 
flfilVf Kal vfieh oi ^L\oi" 85. 'Xl? 8' 
i^eaav, ai/vaviart) 6 Xevdrj^ oifhev ri 
fieO^ovTi ioiKm. *E^e\0a>v S" el'rrev, airoi>9 
T0U9 oTpaTfjyoif^ airoKaXeaa^' "*X1 avhpe^, oi 
iroXifiioi f)fi&v ovK laaaL irto rtfv r/fieripav 
avfifiaxif^v fiv oiv SXOmfiev iir avrov^ Trplp 
ipvXd^ao'Oai &<rre fj^ Xrjipdrjpai, ff wapa* 
^KevdaaaOM ware afivvaadai, fidXiaTa &if 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER III. 29 

Xaffoifiep j(fKifuiTa xai SaSpiBmmn** 36. 
^weirlpHXW ravra oi arparifpH xdi rffHoOai 
acikevovm 'O 5* cZirr ** Hapaaiceucurafuvo^ 
a»€Lii€ifelre iya^ ^, inr&rav xatpo^ ^, fj^ 
vap vyuof;* tuu rois veKratrrki koX v§ia^ 
avakafiiw ffffjaofuti aw rcSi Oedk** S7. 
Eol o Saw^Sw elver " %Ki^(u rolvw^ dvep 
WKTO^ TTOpevaofieOiif el 6 *EiSXipfuco9 v6fb09 
MoXXiov ex^i* ft£ff iiiipap ftip jiip ip tm 
vopeuu^ tf^iurai too arporevfUMraqf ircSap 
oel wpo^ irpf ywpap avpn^ipei, idv re ovXir* 
iKOP edp re wekraarueop iop re hnriKoP' 
puKTmp Si p6fw^ Tok ^EXKsfaip itrriv ff^da'^ 
Oiu TO fipaHfToroir 38. evrm jip I^Kurra 
Suunranu rk arparevfuiTa, tcoL ^icurra 
XupOopcfwriP avoBiipaaKOPrei aXK/ikov^ oi 
te huunraaOkpre^ voXKwck koL Trepvirivrcwnp 
aXX^Xoi^, xal arfpooupre^ koxA^ vmodai koL 
vaayavavpy 39. EZiror oSy SeATiT?* ''"Op0^ 
Aq re Xeyere, tcai r^ pofup r^ vfterep^ 
veiffoiiau Kal viup fiep ^efLova^ hiam tAp 
vpeafiurarwp rois ifiwetpordrov^ lifq ympa^^ 
airro^ S* e^e^fuu reKeuroua^ rois hnrois 
exftP" rax^f J^p vpAra^f tai Seg, vap&rofuu.'' 
'UpOfUUi S* eiv€fp ''^KOfiPoiop'^ tcara lifp 
avf^epeusp* Tath** eivopre^ opewavopro* 



30 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, 

40. ^HpL/ea S' ^v afiif)l fiia-a^ vvKra^^ iraprjv 
X€vdrf<; e'Xfov tov? iinriw; reOcopaKiafiivov^ 
Kal Tou? TreXraoT^? trvvroh ottXcm?. Kal 
€7rcl 7rapeSa)K€ rov^ ^€fi6va^f oi fikv oTrXPrat 
rf^ouvTO, ol ie ireKraaral eXirovro, ol ik 
tTrrreh &7na^o(f>v\dKovv. 41. 'ETrel Se fifiepa 
TjVy %ev6rj^ iraprjKavvev eh to irpoadev Kot 
iiT'pvec-e rov ^^XKr^viKov vofiov' Tro\\d/ei^ yap 
€(fyq vvKTtop avT09 ical cvv oklrfoC^ iropevofievo^ 
aTToaTraa-drjpaL (tvv TOt? tTTTrot? awo r&p 
ire^&v' *^vvp Sk, wcnrep Set, aOpooi irdvre^ 
afia t5 VM'ipif <}>aiv6fjLe0a. *A\\* vfiei^ fiep 
irepifiivere avTov /cal dvoTraveade' iyo) Be 
(TKe^dfievo^ ri fj^oa/^ 42. TaOr* elirwv 
TjXavve Si 6pov^ oSop ripa Xa^cop, 'EttcI S* 
d<})UeTO ek xtoj'a ttoXX^i/, iafchlraro [ip rfj 
68ft)] el etrj 1%^ dpOpcowayp fj Trporjyovfiepa ^ 
epapTia* 'EttcI Se aTpififj €(opa rrjp oSop, fjfce 
rax^ 'n-dXtp Kal eXeyc 43; '^KaXw?, & 
apSpe^y e<Traiy eap 0eo^ OeXrj" tou? yap 
dpOpcoirov^: Xijcofiep iirpireaopTe^, 'AXX' e^w 
fikp ijyrjaofiai, to?? vmroi^, otto)?, ap ripa 
lS(t)fi€P, fifj Suz(f>vyo}P (TT^iirjpri toU ^roXefiioi^* 
i/i€t9 S' erreade' k&p XeLf^Oryre, rS arl^tp r&p 
XtTTTCDP erreade' irrrep^dpre^ Si riu Sprf rj^ofAev 
eh Ta? Kcofia^ rroXXd^'T€'''icaUev$alfLopa<:.'' 



BOOK VIL CHAPTER III. 3, 

44. 'UvUa Si Ijv fUaov fifUpa^, ^ re ffv 
hfl rot? atcpoL^, teal icariSmv r^ tcfofia/^ fj/cep 
iXavvcov wpo^ rou9 owXira^ /cat eXeycv 
" 'A^i7<rai IjSfj /earaffeiv tou9 ^tei^ imria^ ek 
TO ireSiov, tou9 SJ ireXrcurra^ Art ra? /ewfia^. 
'AXX* hr€<T0e «9 &i^ Bvptfaffe rdxiora, o9r6>9, 
ai^ Tt9 v<f>urTrJTai, aXi^ffeffe/' 45. *A/eovaaq 
ravra 6 Bepoify&v xaTifitf airb rou anrov, 
Kal 09 ^pero' '^T£/caTafia{p€is» ewel awevSeiv 
Set /' *' OtSa/' 6^17, *' art ovic c/toO /Lt<ii^oi/ Sei;* 
oi S* OTrXtTot Barrov Spafiovvrcu koX ff^iov^ 

46. Mera raOra ^x^^y '^^ Tifia<r(aiv fier 
avrov exfov iTrrria^ 019 rerrapaKOvra t&p 
*EXKi]V(av. Hepoify&v Si irafyijyyihjae tou? et9 
rpiaKOvra Irrf nrapUvcu airo r&v \6ytop 
ev^i/01/9. ^Kal avT09 fiiv €Tp6\a^€ rothov^ 
exeoV KXedpoyp Se ffy/^lro t&p a\\o9p *EX\?Ji/- 
ofp. 4t7. 'EttcI 8' & TflJ? Kcofiai^ ffaap, 
^evdff^ exo>p oa-op m-eprfiKopra Imriw; irpotr- 
eTiAaa^ elire" ^'TdSe Sij, & Eepotp&p, & av 
ekeyei' expvrai oi apOpfOTroC aXKii yhp ol 
Imreii eprj/xoif olxovrat fu>i, aXXo^ dXkaxn 
Sid/ccop' real Sihouea fiff a-vardpre^ aOpooi irov 
KUKOP Ti ipyda-oDPtai ol iroXefiioi: Act Si kcu 
€P raU Ka^fiai^ fcarafiipew 'ripjt/^ fifi&p* fiearal 



32 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

yap eltnv avOptoirc^p,'^ 48. '^ ' AXX' iym fi^v^'' 
€i\yq o 'Si€vo(f)&p^ ^^ avv oU l^o), ra aiepa 
KaroKrjyfrofiai' ai) he K7\^dvopa KeKeve Sia tov 
wehiov wapaTeipai rrjv if>d\ayya irapiu ra^ 
/edofia^/' 'EttcI Sk ravra eiroirjaav, avvrfklc' 
6r]<rav dvSpdiroSa fiev 109 x^Xui^ /Soc^ Be 
Si<r')(iXioi^ Kal aWa wpofiara fivp(,a, Kal 
t6t€ fikv avTOv fiifXiadfjaav. 



CHAPTER IV. 



Seuthes burns the villages of his opponents^ — Severe cold.— 
Description of Thracian dress in winter time. — The Greeks take 
shelter in houses.— The Thradans pretend to be anxious to make 
a truce.— At n^ht they attack the Greeks, and are repulsed by 
Seuthes. 

1. TH* 8' varepala KaraKavaa^ 6 Xevdrj^ 
Ta9 icwp^a^ 7ravT€K&^, Kal ovSefiiav oiKiav 
Xiiroopj (o7rto<: ^^ov ivOehj kal toU aWoi^, 
ola ireiaovrai, av firj nreiOcovrai^ dirpcL ttoKlp, 
2. Kal rrjp flip \elap direTrefi'^e ZiarlBenOaL 
^HpaKkeiSrjp €t9 HipipffoPy otto)? fiurOo^ 
yeprjTai rot*: o-TpaTUorai^' aifTo^ 8e teal oi 
"'EXXiyi/e? iaTpaToireSevaapro dpd to ®vpa}p 
ireZiop. Oi S' iK\i7r6pT€S €(l>€vyop €& ra 

V 



BOOK VIL CHAPTER IV. 33 

3. ^Hy Se "XjMiv iroKho) koul ^fnixp^ ovre^, &ct€ 
TO vSoDpy o i^povro iirl SeZitvop, hrtfpfuro koX 
b oZi'09 o €1^ Tovi ayyeioi^, koI tmv 'EXX^pav 
iroXKw Koi pUve^ airexalopro teal &Ta, 4. 
Kal TOT€ SfjXov eyivero oi iv€ica ol %p&K€^ 
ra^ akuirefciSa^ inl raZ^ tt€<f)a\ai^ <f>opava'i 
col rots <0<7f, /rat )(iT&va^ oi fiopov nrepi roh 
aripvoK, aXXct koX ir€pl rok ft/ffpolk' xai 
$€t/9a9 fJt^xpi T&v voS&v eiri r&p vntrwy 
expvaip, dXX* ou y^KafUfSa^, 5. *A<f>i€i^ Se 
TMP alj^fjLdKooTWP 6 %€v&^ eh ra optf ikeyev 
Sm el /ii) Karafi^oprai ttaX ireiaoPTcu, Sri 
KaTaKowrei kcu revnop r^ K<ofUM^ /ecu jop 
airop, jral airoXjovpTcu r^ \ip^» *£« toutov 
mrifiaipop mu Ttnmccv tcai waiSe^ seal oi 
vpeafivrepo^' oi Se pednepoi hf raS^ tnro ro 
8po^ Kt»fuu<: ffvk^pTo. 6. Ka* b 2,€60fj9 
KarapLoBiop iicekevo'e top Sepo^pra r&p 
ivXiT&p Toif^ P€»Tdrots Xafiopra avpewi* 
ciriadat. Kal apa<rrdpT€9 rf/^ pvkto^ apa r§ 
fipipa irapfjaap irri rit^ Ktopa^' seai oi ph^ 
ifkdaroi i^^vyop* {irkffaiop yitp ^p to 
8po^') ocov^ Se ikafie, KartjieopTurep atf^eiSm 

7. ^Enriadiprfi Sk I^p Tt9, 'OXw^«o9, wa*8- 
epaarf^, h^ tSaw kclKjop iraXSa '^fidatcopra apri, 

Anai. Book VIL D 



34 XENOPHOWS ANABASIS. 

ireKrriv expvroy fiiXKovra airoOvrfaKeiv, irpoa- 
Spa/J.a>p 'S,€PO(f)&VTa iKereva-e ^<n)6rjaai Traihi 
kcCKA. 8. Kai o? irpoaekBcov t& Sevdjf 
SciTat fxrj airoKTelvcu rov iraiZa' KaX rov 
^iricrOevov^ Sirjyetrat rov rpowov, koI oti 
'Ko'Xpv wotI (rm/€\i^aTO, ckott&v ovSev aWo, 
fj €? Ttve^ elep kclKoI" koX fierh rovrav Tfv 
dvfjp ayado^. . 9. 'O 8h Seu^ vpero' **'H 
Kol idiT^joiq aVf & *E7rta^€i^c9, inrep tovtov 
airodavelv ;" 'O 8' iiravareipa^ top rpd'xrjXop 
^^ TJdte" elirep, '^ el KeKevei 6 iraU, Koi fieKKu 
yapip elSipaL^^ 10. 'E7n;p€TO*6 "teidr)^ top 
TrdiSa, el iralaeiep ainop clptI ixelpov. Ov/e 
eXa b iral^^ o\X' iKiTCve iirfiiTepop /caTOKalpeip, 
^FiPTavOa iff 6 ^"EiiriaOhri^ ireptXa^wp top 
TratSa ehrep' ^'''ilpa aoi, & XevOrj, irepl 
TovSe fioi SiafJbd'^^ea'Oai' ov yitp fieOrjcto top 
7ral8aJ' 11, 'O SI %€v0ij^ yeX&p Tatha fi€P 
eta' eSo^e S' avT^ avTOv avXicdrjpai, Xpa firi 
e/e TovTcop t&p k(d/j.&p ol eirX tov opov^ 
Tpe<f>oiPTo. Kal avTo^ flip ip tc3 ireBlo) 
vTTOKaTafia^ eaKrivov E€PO(f)&p Si, e^ayp Toif^ 
iiriKe/cTov^, ep ttj vtto to 6po<; dpcoTaTa) K<ofi7)' 
Kal oi olKKol ''E\\?;i/£9 ep rot? 6peiPol<; kcCKov^ 
fiiv6i<; %pa^\ irXfjalop Karea/eijPTfa'ap. 

1 2, 'E/c tovtov fifiepai ov TroXXal Bierpi^- 



BOOK VIL CHAPTER IV. 35 

ovTOf KciX 01 iic Tov 6pov9 Spf/ee^ Kara* 
fialvopre^ wpo^ rhv l,€vOffv Trcpl Ofiripnv ^al 
airovt&v hiewpdrrovro. Kal SevotfAp {kjffwp 
iKeye r^ XeiiOrj &n iv irovripoii riiroi^ 
atcviv^v, K€ki wXfjalov elep oi voXifiioi' H8iov 
S* Sv jfa> aif\l^€<r0a$ i<f>rj iv iyypoU &v 
X^ptoi^ /iaXXoi', fj iv TcSs <rr€yvo!^, &aT€ 
cnroKiaOai,. 13. 'O 8i 0a^f>tiv iteiXevt, tcdl 
Siet^ev ofiTipov^ irapdvra^ avr^. *'E8iovTO ii 
Kal TOV Bfvo^wvroi tcarafialvovrh riv€^ r&v 
ix TOV 6pov^ cvfjuTTpa^oi a^lci, t^9 (nroy&(9. 
'O 8* ifjuiKSyth Kal 0a^f>eiv ixtKeve, koI 
ij^ffv&TO iirjl^iv ainoif^ Kcuchv ir^lo'tcBcu, 
W€idofUvov^ XeiOp, Oi S* &pa tovt iKvfov 
KaTa<TK(mffi tvtxa. 

14. Tatha fxiv t^9 fjfUpa^ iyivero' ek Bi 
TTJv iiriowav viKra im/rlBtvTat i\d6vT€^ ix 
TovSpov^ oi SwoL Kal ff^efi^v ijAv ^v 6 
Bea'jrSTfj^ iiciarnj^ Trj^ oIkUi^' p^aXeir^i' yitp 
^ a\\<p T^9 oUcla^i aKthov^ 6vto^, avevpUrKeiv 
iv rah K(ofiai,^' Kal yhp ai oIkUli KvtcKKp irepi- 
€<rTavp(OPTO fieydXoi^ cTavpol^ twv irpo/SaTctv 
(v€Ka. 16. 'ETrel 8* iyivovTO Korii t^9 Ovpa^ 
iKaoTOV TOV olKTifiaTO^t oi fJi>iv elarjKSvTi^v, oi 
$€ ToU a-KVToKot^ ipaWov, & i)(€iv i(^aa'av 
u>^ airoKoyfrovTes t&v hopdTmv Tci^ Xdy^*^* ^^ 



36 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

hk iveirlfiirpacav* Koi '8*€ifo^vra wofiaaTl 
Ka\ovvT€^ i^i6vTa eKekevop airo6vr^aK€iv, ^ 
avTov €<f)aa'av KarojcavBriaeaOai, airov. 

16. Kai ffiri re SiA tov 6p6<f>ov i<f)alp€TO 
irvpy KOA ipT€0<opcucia'fAipo^ oi vepl S€PO<l>£pTa 
SpSop ^aap a<rrrlBa/9 /cal fiaxi^ip^^ icaX /cpdptj 
€X0PT€<:. Kal Xi^'^po^ Ma^Mrrto?^ ir&p i]Brj 
0)9 oKTCDfcaiSe/ea &v, <rf)fialp€c Ty adXTrtyyc* 
Kal €V0V9 iKinfi&aiP iairaafiepoi rcL ^icfrrf koI 
oi> ifc rdp aXKmp c/crfptofAdrcop, 17. 01 Be 
&p^«€^ <f>€vyovaiPy &<nrep Btf rpoiro^ ainol^, 
Ihrtadep irepi^aKKjofiepoi, ra^ iriXra^* Kal 
axn&p inrepaXKofiipap tov? crravpovf: iK^if)' 
07)adp Tii^ev KpefAoaOhne^t ipur)(ppi>€Pa>p t&p 
ireXr&p ip roU aravpoh' ol Sk Kal airiOaPOP 
StafjLapropre^ t&p i^6B(op* oi S* "EWi/i'e? 
iSimKOP S^o» rfj^ Koifif)^. 18, T&p re &vp&p 

V7rO<rTpcuf>€PT€^ T«/69 iP T^ (TKOTei T0U9 

iraparpeyppra^ trap oixiap Kaiofiip7)p ^kopT" 
i^op €i9 TO <f>&^ eK TOV CKOTOV^' Kal CTpwaap 
'lepwpvfiop Te Kal 'Ei/oS/ai/ top 7<jo)(arfop Kal 
Qear^eprfv Se AoKpop top \oj(ary6v' diridape 
Se ovSek' xaTCKavOf) fiivToi Kal iadrj^ TiPoov 
Kal aK€V7}» 19. XeifBfj^ Bi ^Ke /SorjOiiaajp ahp 
"A hnrevci rofe irpoiToi^ kcu top <raX7r- 
71/ ?;p^«i; top &paKLOP, Kal irrelirep 



BOOK VIL CHAPTER IV. 37 

yirdero, otrcv vep j(p6vop iPcrfiu, roaoHrov 
«al TO Kepa^ iifiOeffero avr^' Sare teal rovro 
<f>6fiop ovfvrap€ij(€ toS? voXcftibw- *£irci £* 
^\0€P, iSe^uwro re mi IXeycv iri (hoito 
redpe&ra^ iroXXois evpijacip* 

20. '£« rovTou 6 Sepoijwp ietrai rori^ 
ofLTipov^ T6 avT^ TTopaSovpaij ical iirl to 6po^, 
el fiovXeTM, cvarpareveaOcLi' €1 Sk fiif, avrip 
iaaai. 21. T^ o^ varepala irapaBiSwaip 6 
'S.evOty: rots ofiijpov^, vpeafitrripotf^ ivSpa^, 
T0U9 KparUrrov^, C09 eiJKurap, r&p opeivwr 
Kai airro^ €pj(eTai avp ry Bvpdfieu *H8i; S* 
el^e xai TpiirXaaiop hvpafiip 6 XevOtf^' iic jkp 
r&p ^OhpWT&p, oKovopre^ h nrpdrroi 6 %ev6ri^, 
woKKoX Karifiaivop avarparevaofiepoi. 22. 
Oi Se Svpol, iirei elSop awo rov 6pov9 
iroXXoif^ phf oirXira^ iroXXov? hi ireKreurras 
iFoXKoif^ Sc hnria^f icarafiapre^ USrevop 
aireuraadcur koX iravra onfioKo^ovp voiijaeip, 
Koi ra vurrh XajuLfidpeuf ciceXevoy. 23. 'O 
Be 'SievOfj^ KaKiaa^ rop "S^o^pra hreieU* 
pv€Py a Xeyotep" xal ovk &p eifyrj aveiaaaOcUy 
el 5€PO(f}&p fiovKo$ro rifi4»pi]<Taff6ai airrov^ 
rrys hnBiaew. 24. 'O S" elirev* "'AXX* 
e/076 Iteav^p vofii^a icaX pvp Slxffp Sx^^v, ei 
o&roi SovXoieaoprcuapr iK6v0ip<ov*'* ovfLBovX- 



3S XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

€V€iv fjAvTOi l<^ avr& to \ovnov o^rjpov^ 
"Kafifidveiv roif^ hwarwrarov^ kukov ti 
iroielvj Toif^ Se yipovra^ oXkoi, iav, Oi fieu^ 
oiv TavTfj 'irdvre^ 8^ irpoatofioTsjoyovp, 



CHAPTER V. 



The Greeks enter the Delta.— Obtain only a part of their pay.—* 
Knavery of Heracleides. — He quarrels with Xenophon, and tries to 
injure-him with Seuthes, but cannot. — The Greeks are persuaded 
to assist Seuthes stiil further. — Thracian wreckers.— No pay 
being forthcoming, the soldiers are exasperated against Xenophon. 
— On his seeking an interview, Seuthes pretends not to have time 
to see him. 

1. 'THEPBA'AAOTSI 8^ irpb^ roi;^ 
xnrip Bv^aPTiov Qpf>Ka<; el^ ro AeXra KaXou- 
fievoV oirny 8' r^p ovxen apxh MatcraSoi;, 
dWit Tijpov rod ^OSpvaov [apx'Biiov tivo^"]. 
2. Kai 'HpaKTsjelSfj^ ivravda e)((ov rrjv 
Tifirjv TTJ^ Xeia? irapfjv, Kal ^evdrj^ i^ayay- 
a)V ^€vyrj fj^jn^ovncii rpla, (ov yap ^v irXelo)) 
rh S' aXXa fioetKhj KoXAaa^ 'Bt^voffmvra 
eKekevae Xa/Seiv, rh S* oKXa fiiapetfiai Tot^ 
arpaTTiyoU teal Xo^ayoh* 3, 'Sevofp&v Se 
rdB^ etTTCV "'E/Ltol fihf rolwu apKel koX 
aidi^ \a/3eip' tovtoi^ Bi rot? OTparijyot^ 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER V. 39 

Btopov, ot avv ifAol rfKoKoidricaVf tcai Xo;^- 
ayoU,'' 4* Kal r&v l^evy&v Tuififfdvei ip fiiv 
TifjMO'MV 6 AapSai/ev9j ip Bi KXeai/oi/o 6 
^OpypfJiAvio^, ip Bi ^pvpiaxo^ 6 'A^^ato?' tA 
Bk fioeitdL Hsvytf to?? \o)(ar/oi^ icarefJLepiaOrj. 
Top Bk fiiaOop dwoBiBoia'iP, i^eXtjKvBoTO^ ^£77 
rot) fif)p6^, eiKoai fiopop tjfiep&p' 6 yhp 
' HpaKkelBf}^ S\€y€P Sri ov irXetop ifiv-oXijcac, 
6. 'O oip'Bi€POif>&p iuxPtadei^ ehre* '^ Aoxet^ 
fioi, & *lipa/e\€iBrj, oix ^ Bet KrjBea-Oai 
^evdov el yhp iKi]Bov, ^Ke^ &p irKrjpt) (j>eptop 
TOP fjLiaffop, /cat irpocBapeiaafiepo^, el fjti] y 
a\\o)9 eBvPfo, KoX iwoBofxepo^ ret aavrov 
ifiar^a, 

6, 'EpTcvdep 6 'HpaKXelBrj^ fj')(jSiadri re 
Kal eSeiae fitf i/e 7^9 ^evffov (jiikla^ iK/SkrjOelrj' 
Koi, o Tt eBvparOf airo Tavrt)^ rrj^ fifUpa^ 
S€po<f>&pra BUffaXXe irpo^ ^evdijp, 7. 0/ 
fiep Brj arpari&Tai, Hevo<f>&PTt ipexaXovp, on 
ovie el^op TOP fJLiadop* XevBij^ Bi ^ydero 
avT&, OTt epr6v(a^ to?9 (TTpaTuoTai^ diryreL 
TOP fii<rd6p» 8. Kal T€a»9 fiep dA ifJLe/iprjTO, 
d>^, QireiBap iifi OdXaTTUP aTriXdiJ, irapaBdxroi 
aifTw 3ia-dpdrjp Kal Tdpop Kai Niop Tei;^o9' 
dvb Bk TOVTOv Tov yjpopov ovBepo^ Sti tovtcop 
efAe/JbpriTO. 'O flip ydp 'HpaKXelSrj^: koI 



40 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

TOVTO Bt€^el3\i]/eHf o)? ov/c aa(f>aX€<i etr) Teiyrj 
irctpaSiBovai dvBpl Bvvafiiv ^ovtl 

9. *Ek tovtov 6 fiev S€vo<f>cl}v iffovKevero ri 
j(pf) TTomv irepl tov eri auto arpareieadai* 6 
8 'H/oa^Xe/S?;? eiaayarfoyv rov^ aWov^ CTT/oar- 
f)yoif^ 7r/oo9 Seu^iyi/ Xiyeiv re iKeXevev avTOv^, 
on ovSev &v ffrrov a<f>€t^ cuyayotev rtjv crpaT' 
laVj fi S€vo<f>&Vf t6v re /JLlaOov inrKrxveiTO 
avToU ipTo^ 6\(y(ov ^fiep&v e/evXeoiv Trapecreo-- 
Oat Bvoip p/qvoiv* ovaTpareveadaC re cKeXeve. 
10. Kal 6 Tifiaxrloyp chrev *''E70) fih 
Toivvv, ovS' av irivre {ir^v&v fiiaOo^ fiiWtf 
elvaiy aTparevcalfjLTjv &v avev Sew^coin-o?." 
Kal 6 ^pwlaKO<i xai KXedveop avveofioXoyovv 
HifiaaiooPL 

11. *EvT€V0€v %€vdrj^ i\ocS6p€c TOP 'Hpa/c\' 
eiSriPj oTi ov nrapaKoKel koI HepoifyAvra, 
'E/c hk TOVTOV 'jrapUKaXovaiP axnov fwpop, 
'O Be ypoif^ roO 'HpaKXeiBov ttjp iravovpyiap^ 
OTt /SovXoiTO avTop Bia/3dXXeiv 7r/>09 rov^ 
aXXov^ (TTpaTfiyoif^, 'rrapipj^eTai Xa/3cDv tov^ 
Te aTpaTTffbv^ irdpTa^ KaX tov^ Xo')(ayov^, 
12. Kal iirel irdmei i'rreladrja'ap, avpearpar^ 
evoPTO Kal d^iKPovpTaiy ep Be^ta exoPTcg top 
TlovTOP, Bt& T&p tAeXiPOifydr/cop KaXovfiiptov 
^oaKWP eh Tip %aXpLvBri(Tc6v, "Epda t£v 



BOOtC VII. CHAPTER V. 41 

669 Toi^ Iloi/roi/ mhj^Qva&v vrjwv voWal 
OKiXKovai teal iicirvirTOvai* rivayo^ yap i<mv 
iirX vdfiiroXv t^ BdkaTnf^. IS, Kal oi 
Bpa/r69 0/ Kara ravra oUovpt€^, oTi^Xa^ 
opicdfievoi, rk tcaff airrov^ ftca^TTOi i/nriTrr- 
ovra Xfitfyvrai; raw 8' ikeyovro, irpXv 
opUraaOaif apnc^ovre^ ToWol xnr aXXifXcDi/ 
airo0i^a'K€ip, 14. ^EvravOa evpiaKOpro 
TToXXal fjL€v KKlvai voXKit Si Kt/Scoria iroWal 
Sk fiifiXoi yeypafifiivat teal raXKa voWd, 
oca iv ^vXlvot^ T€vj(€(ri vavfcXrjpot arfovciv, 
*EvT€v0€P ravra Karaarpe^dfievoi airffecap 
irdKiv, 15. ^vda Si) "S^evOrj^ eZ;^6 arpdrevfia 
^Si; itTJov rod 'EKKrjviKov* e/e re yap ^OSpvc- 
&v irdKif iri vXeiov^ Karefie/Si^Kecav, seal oi 
a€« ireidofievoi cw&rrparevovro. KarrjvKur" 
Oijaap Sk iv rw ireSltp iirep ^r)\v^pia^, oaov 
TrtvrrjKOvra erraSiots dvexpvre^ r^ daXdrrrj^. 
16, Kai fiicdo^ fiep ovSeU trto itfyalvero' vpo^ 
Si rov Si€vo<l>&vra oX re arpari&rai rrdw 
yaXeirm el)(ov, o re %€vff7}^ ovxm oUeuo^ 
Si€9e€irOy aXX' oirore avyyeveaOai avr^ fiovKO" 
fievo^ ekdoi, TTcXkal ^Si; ac^oXlat i<f>alvovro. 



43 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 



CHAPTER VI. 

Charndnus and Polynlcus come to assume the command of the 
army. — Heracleides tries to persuade Seuthes that the present is 
a good opportunity to get rid of his allies.— Interview between 
Seuthes and the Lacedaemonian commissioners.— The latter are 
introduced to the army. — An Arcadian taxes Xenophon with 
having enriched himself at the expense of lus comrades. — ^Xeno- 
phon powerfully and successfully defends himself. — His cause is 
espoused by Charmlnus. — Eurylochus begs the Lacedaemonians to 
make Seuthes give them their pay.— Polycrates suggests that 
they sei2e Heracleides. — Sudden departure of Seuthes and Heracl- 
eides.— Seuthes attempts to negotiate with Xenophon. — Xeno- 
phon, sacrificing to ascertain what course he should pursue, finds 
it declared by the omens that it would be better for him to 
depart with the army. 

1, 'EN he rovTtp t^ XP^^V^ a-^eSop ^Srj 
Svo fJLfjv&v ovToav, a^iKvovvrai "Kapfuvo^ re 6 
AaKCDV Kol JIo\vvc/eo^ irapb, ^ifi/SpcDvo^, teal 
\4yov(Tiv oTi AaKcSeu/JLOvioi^ Soxei trrpareih 
eardai iirX Tiaaa^ipvfjv, xal (di/Jb/3piop i/ciri^ 
7r\€VK€V c»9 7ro\€/Jbi]a-a)v, Kal Selrav ravrrj^ 
rr}^ (TTpaTta^, Ked \iy€i on Bap€itco<; eKdcrrta 
earat fiiaOo^ tov firivo^, Kal to?9 \o)(ar/oU 
Sxfioipla, Kal Tofc <rTpa77ffol<i rerpa^ioipla* 
2. 'EttcI S' fjkdov oi AaKeSaifJLOPioi^ evOin; 6 
^HpaKkelSi]^, 7iv06fi€po^ on iirl to arpdrevfia 
ffKovci, \iyei t£ XeiiOrj on KaWurTov 



BOOK VIL CHAPTER VI. 43 

^e^hn}fT(u' "Oi fUv yiip AaKeSaifiovioi 
S^ovrai 70V arparevfAaro^f ait Sk oifK Sri he^* 
awoSiSoif^ Si to crpdrevfia avrol^ x^P^h ^^ 
hk oifK (hi anaiTfjo'ovTai top fiurObv, aXX* 
airaWd^ovrai ix 1% ywpa^,^* 

3. ^AKovaa^ ravra SevA^f iciKML irap* 
ofyeiv* Kol hrel ehrov art iir\ to CTpdrevfia 
HKOvcif \eyfi OTi to crpdrevfia avoBiSe^i, 
^tXo^ T£ Kol avfifiaj(p^ fiovXercu tlvai^ KaTi^l 
T6 avT0V9 inrX ^epltf, Kal i^ipi^e fieyaXO" 
irpeirm* 'B€vo<f>&vra Be ov koKh ovBe r&v 
&XKo9V €rrparrjy&v ovSiva. 4. ^Epcrrdvrcov 
Se r&v AweeBaifiovUav t^ avrjp eltf SevoifAv, 
aireKpivarOj orn rk fA€P aXKa ettf ov Kaxo^, 
(f>i\oaTpaTidnr)^ Se* " Kol 81^ tovto x^^P^^ 
ioTifV avT^i/' Kal ot elirop' " *AXX' fj &//*- 
ayayei 6 avifp Tois avBpa^ ;'^ Kal 6 'H/>a«c\- 
€48179, '* Haw; fiev oiv/' etfnf, 5. "*Ap* oiv/* 
l^XKrau, ^'fiLff Kol ffpiv ivavrima-erai rij^ 
dvayooyrj^ ;** '''AXX* ^v vfi€i<:," etfnf 6 
^HpaxkeiSfi^i " avWi^avre^ avrov^ vttoo^- 
a0€ rov fiurOov, oXvyov ixeivq^ irpoaypvre^ 
uTToSpafiovvTai avp vpSv.^^ 6. " Hw &v 
oiv/* l(f>aaav, " fifuv avXKeyeUv ;" '* Avpiov 
v/ia^/* Sifyrf 6 'Hpa/cKeiBr)^, "irpoal i^fACP 
irpo^ airrov^' Kal olBa,'^ €<f)r}, '^ Sri^ iTreiBav 



44 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

vfui^ IBaxnVf aafiepoi awSpa/jLovvraL^^ Avrrj 
fiev fi ^fiipa ovTOD^ ekq^e. 

. iji o vcrrepaia arfov(riv eirt ro arpaTCv- 
fia Tov<i AcLKtova^ XevOrj^; t€ koI 'HpaKXeiBr)^, 
/cal avWiyerai 17 crparid' tg) Be AaKcave 
iXeryeTijv Sri ^' AafceSacfioploi^ Soxei nroKep.elv 
Tiaa-aipipvei, r^ vp&; aSi/cqaavTi* fjv oSv 
trjT€ avv rjfup, top re ix^pov Tifuop'qaeaOe, 
Kal iapeiKov etcaaro^ olaei, tov fArjPo^ vfJL&p, 
Xo^ayo^ Se to St^irXovp, arparrfyo^ Se to 
TerpaTrXjovpJ^ 8. ^al oi oTpari&Tai aafiepoi 
7€ 7]/cov<rap, KoX evOv^ dpiaTarai tc^ t&p 
^Ap/cdSoop TOV Sepo^iipTO^ Kanyyop^awp. 
TLaprjp Be kclL Sevdt)^ fiovXofiepo^ elBepai rl 
irpax^V^^CLf'' icai ip enrr^Koo) eicTqicet ex^ov 
TOP epfiTjpia' avpiei Bk koX amo^ 'EXX^wo-tI 
TCL irXeuTTa, 9, ^Ep6a Bif \eyei 6 *ApKd^' 
^^'AXV i7/Ei€?9 fi€P, & AafceBcufiopioi, koI 
irdXai UP fjfiep irap vfilp, el fif) Sepoifrnp 
Bevpo rjfJLOLs irelaa^ d'mjyayep, epda Bif ^fiel^ 
fi€P TOP Beipop ;^£t/Ao>i/a arpaTevofiepoif koI 
pvKTa Kal ^fiipap, ovBlp irerrdfieOa* 6 Be TOU9 
rjfierepov^i ttopov^ ex^t* /cal XevBr)^: IBla fiep 
exetpop TreirXovTi/cep, fipJa^ Be dirooTepel top 
fiixrOop' 10. c5o"Te, ye irp&TO^ Tieyoup, eyo) 
fiep/' 1^17, " el TovTOP iBoifii KarcCKev<T0ep7a 



BOOK VIL CHAPTER VI. 45 

KaX hovra Suctjv, &v fifia^ irepteiXKe, koX top 
fucOov av fioi SoK& €X€tv, fcal ovSiu hv eri 
Tot9 ireirovrjfievoi^ ayjSeadcuJ^ Mer^ rovrov 
aWo^ avecTf) ofiolfo^ koI &XKo^» *Ettc Se 
rovTwv Sepoif>&v SKe^ev SSe* 

11. ^^'AXX^ nravra fi€v apa avOpoonrov 
ovTa 'TTpotrSofcav Set, ottotc teal iym vwii fihf 
v<j> vfi&v airla^ hc^> ^^ ^ TrXela-rrjv wpoOv/JLiav 
ifiavrS ye Sok& cweiZevat irepl vfia^ trap^ 
€<r)(rjfiivo^. * AverpairofjLrjv fiiu ye ffSrf olxaBe 
&pfirjfievo^, fih top Ala, oUr^ TTVpffopofiepo^ 
vfia^ ei TTpuTTeiPf aXKlt p&XKop oKOViop ep 
airdpoi^ etvai, w^ o^eXtjaap, el Ti Btjpaifirfp, 
12. 'Birel S* ffX^op^ %€v0ov rovrovi ttoXXow 
off^eKov^ irpo^ i/ne irifmropro^ koX woXXA 
VTriffj(POUfA€Pov ifiol el welaaifii vpm irpo^ 
avrop €\de2p, rovro fiep ovic hrexelpfjara 
TTotelp, &^ avToX vfieh hrlaraaOe fffop S*, 
iQtp ipoixrip Taxicrr &p vfia^ eh rrpf ^Aaiap 
Sia/Srjpai, Tavra yhp koI PekTitTra epofii^op 
vfuv elvai, koX vfia^ ^heip /SovXofiepov^, 13. 
'EWrel Bi ^Apla-Tapxo^ eXBmp cvp rpci^peaip 
ifCfoXvcre SiaTrXetp '^fia^, i/e rovrov (oirep 
eUb^ S^jTrov fip) a-vpeXe^a vfui^, o7ra>9 fiovX^ 
evaalfieda, 2 ri XPV Troteu/, 14, Ovkovp 
VfieU dfcovovres fiep ^ hpicrdp^ov imrdrropro^ 



46 XENOPHOX'S ANABASIS. 

Vfuv 619 ^eppopffaop iropeveaOai, axovovr^ 
ie Sci/^ov ireidovTO^ eaur^ irwrrpareveaOai, 
irdvre^ ftev eXeyere avv ^euOtf Upoi^ iroirre? 
S* h^Tf^iaaaOe ravra. TSS t^ oSv eya» iirravOa 
^BiKrfira arforfwv vptofi evOa iraatp Vfuv iSoxei, 
eXirare, 15. ^irei ye fjiipf ^fteuSeirOai ^p^aro 
Sci/At? irepl Tov fuadov, et fUy hraivS avrov, 
iucaiea^av fie xai alri^aOe teai fiia-otre' el 
Se vpoaOep avr^ iravrmv fsaXiara ^1X09 &P, 
vvv iravrav huL^pdmaro^ 6t/Uj irm &p ert 
8iKal»^, aipovfievo^ vfjta^ avrl XevOov, v<l> 
vfjL&v alrlav €)(pifAi irepl &v irpo^ rovrav 
8uul>epofiat ; 16. ^AXX' etiroiTe tiv, &n e^ari 
Kol T^ vfierepa expvra iraph ^evOov rexyafyiv. 
OvKow hrjKov tovto ye, Sn, etirep iftol ereXe* 
Ti ^evOfj^, ovx ovTcw ereXei Sifiroi), 109 ^v re 
ifiol Bolff oTepotTO, Kol aXKa vfuv aTTorureiev; 
*AXX* otfAai^ el iBlSov, ivl TOVT<p av iBiBov, 
Sire99 efioX Sov9 fieiov fitf cnroBoitf vfsiv to 
9rXe2oi/. 17. Et roimw ovTa>9 l^eiif oleaOe, 
e^eariv vfup avrUa fioKa /uiTaiav ravrrtv 
rrjv irpa^iv a/Jbijxnepoi^ vjfuv iroirjam, ehv 
irpaTTfjre axnhv rk j^pi^fiara, ArjXov yhpy 
&7C'Xeu0ti^, el e^ai rv irap avrov, anrairrjaei 
fie, Koi airaiTTjaei, fihrrot BtKala^t eitv fiif 
^"Saici TffP irpa^ip avr^, i^* ^ ehtopohoKovp* 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER VI. 47 

18. 'AXXa TToWoj) fioi BoK& Seip rit v/jLercpa 
e'x<£iv' o/xvvcj fyhp vfuv 0€ov^ airavra^ koX 
ird(ra^, /JLV^e, a ifiol iila inr€<r)(€TO 'Sievdrj^, 
€)(€iv' irdpeoTL Se aino^, xal axowov avvahe 
fioij el iiriopKA, 19. ''Ira SkfioKXop Oavfiaa' 
i]T€, avveTTOfivvfii, fiffSe, & 0/ aXXoi orpaT- 
r)yol eXafiov, €iX,r)^ipai, fitj rolvw firjB* oaa 
T&v Xoxa/y&p Ipioi. 20. Kal tc Sff ravra 
iiroiovp ; ^Q'fiv^, & apSpe^, o<r<p frnXXop 
a'Vfi<f>€poifii^ Tovrtp rijp Tore ireplapf roaovr^ 
fiaWop avTop ^iKop fioi eaeaOai, oirore 
BvpTjdeiri, 'E7G) Se afui 6p& avrop ei irpaT' 
TOPTtt, Kol yiyudxTKO} Bif airrov rrjp ypa)fif}p» 
21. £(!7ro6 St] t^9 &p' Ovkovp alayyvrf ovtcd 
fiwp&9 e^airarmfupo^ ; Nal y^h Aia ^axvp* 
6/MffP fjbipToi, el iird woXefiiov ye 6pto^ ^f- 
rpraTi^Orfp' <l>Lkq) S' opti i^airar^p aiayiop fioi 
BoKfl elpai, fj i^airarao'dai, 22. 'EttcI, et ye 
7r/>09 ^/Xou9 earl <f>v\aKr), TroLaop oTZa vjj,a^ 
^vKa^afiepov^y (09 /^^ irapatrx^lp rovrtp 
irpi<f>cuTip BiKaiap firj amoBiZopai vfup, & 
inreaxcro' ovre yap ^Bifcijtrafiep tovtop oSSh/j 
oire KorepKaKevaaiiep Th tovtov, ovre fiffp 
KoreBeCKuiaafiep ovSep, iif)^ o rt ^fia^ oJrro^ 
irapeKaXeaep. 23. 'AXX^ (f>alrir€ &Pf eBec r^ 
ivixypa rore XaBclp^ (09 /tiySe, el ifiovXerv, 



48 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

iSvvaTO hv i^anrarq^v, IIpo? ravra 8k 
ckKoiaare, h iym ovk &v irore ehrov rovrov 
ivavTCOv^ el firj fioi iravraTraaiv ar/vtofiov€^ 
iSoKeiTe elvai ^ \lav eh ifi€ aydpiaTOi. 24. 
'Avafivi^a-drfre yhp iv iroLoi^ rimv ovre^ 
TrpdrffiaaLv irvyxavere^ ef &v v/jm^ iym 
avijyayov irpo^ XevOrjv, Ovfc 6*9 fiev 
UepivBov, €l irpdfrrire ry iroh^if * Kptarap^o^ 
vfui^ 6 AaKeSatfiovu)^ ovk eta elaiivaif 
dTTOKkelaa^ rh^ irvXa^ ; inralOpioi Si S^co 
eaTpaTOTreBevere ; pAao^ ik yeiixiiv ffv ; 
ariopq, he ixpV^^^} mrdvia fihf op&vre^ rit 
&pia, airavta hk Sx'^^^^^j St(ov iavrjceaOe ; 
25. *Avar/Kf} Bi Tjv fiiveiv itrl &p^/erj<:' 
{rpiripei^ yhp iifyop/Jbovaat i/cdXvov SiaifKeiv) 
el Sk fievoL Ti^, ev irokefiltf X^P^ elvat, Hvda 
iroKKoX fiev iTrrreh ipavrloc fjaav iroKKoX Bk 
'rreXraaraC 26. 'Hfitp Bi oirkiTucbv /Jihf ffu, 
& adpoot fiev Uvre^ errl t^9 iCG&^a? taay: &v 
iBwdfieda avrov Xa/A^dveiV ovBip ri a<f>0opop' 
OTO) Sk Buotcopre^ op ff dpBpAiroBa fj irpo^ara 
leareXafi^dpofiePy ovk Tjp fipUp* oire yhp 
iTnTiKOp ovre 'rreXracTiKop eri eyo> <n/pe<rT7iKo^ 
KariXafiop irap vfiip, 27. E* oip, ev roiairri 
dpdyKTf oPTCffp vfi&p, fif)B^ oPTivaovp fiurdop 
irpoaairr^a^ ^evdrjp avjifiaxpp vfUP Trpoa^ 



BOOK VIL CHAPTER VI. 49 

iKaffop, expvra bnria^ KaX ireXraarii^, &v 
vfieU irpaaeBeurOe, kukw av iBo/couv vfuv 
fieffovXevaOai irpo vfiAv ; 28. Tovt€»v yi^p &i 
irov KOivapijaavTe^ fcdi avrov a^ovtHrrepov tp 
Tol^ iuofiai^ rjifpuTKere hia ro avafy/cd^eaOui 
T0U9 Spa/ca^ Karh oTTovSijp fiSWop if>€vy€ip' 
suu vpo/Sdrap ical apSpair6Ba>p fLeTeaxere, 
29. Km iroKifiiop ov/ciri ovhiva itop&fup, 
eTreiSi) to iiririKOP rfpip wpoo'eyepero' T€«9 Se 
dappcCkim^ fifup €<f>€h'OPro oi iroXdfiioi xal 
hnruc^ $cal ireKTfKrruc&^ KcoXvovre^ fir)Safiij 
scar o\iyov9 airocKeSappufiepov^ ra iinr^jSeia 
cufpffovarrepa ^fid^ Tropi^^cOai, 30. E/ Se S17 
o avfirirapexf»P vfup ravTffp rijp aaifxiXeuip fi^ 
vdpv iroKxfp fiiaOopirpoaeriXei rrj^ oa-ifHiXeia^, 
toSto Sff TO rraJBriiia to ayefXiop i icaX hih 
TOVTO oifSafirj otecOe xprfpat ^&pTa ifte apetvai; 
SI. Hvp Be Sif vw airepx^aOe ; Ov Siaxjeifi" 
daapre^ fiep hf a^6pot^ rdk iTnrrjSeioi^, 
vepiTTOP y €XpPT€9 TOVTO, ct Ti iXdfiere 
vaph %€v0ov ; tcl yiip t&p voXefiUop iSairav^ 
are' teal Tama TrpajTOpre^, oirre apSpa^ 
i'jreiBere vp&p avr&p avoOapoPTa^ ovre 
^PTa^ airefidKere. 32. Et Be tl tcdXip irpo^ 
Tois ip T^ ^Aala fiap/Sdpov^ eireirpaicro 
Vfup, ov Ko/ceipo c&p ex^re, xal irpio^ iKeiPoi^ 

Amah, Pook VJI. E 



so XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, 

pvp a\\7)v €vk\€uiv 7rpo<r€i\7]<f>are, Kai rov^ 
ev rfj 'EvpayrrT) SpaKa<;, i<f> 0S9 iarpareveade, 
/cpaT7^(TavT€f: ; '£70) fiep ifia<: (fyrjpX BiKam^ 
aVy &v ifJLol ')(a\€'7raip€T€, tovtcop roh 0€oi(: 
X^P^v clBepai, ci? wya0&p, 33. Kai ra fi€v 
St) vfjL€T€pa Toiavra. ^'Ayere Se, 7rp6<; t&v 
OeSypy Kol ra ipA (r/ciylraaOe, to? e^eL 'Eyai 
fiep ycipf oTe irpoTepop airflpa otKuSe, e^fiDv 
fi€P eiravpop iroKvp irpo^ v/jl&p aireiropevofnjp^ 
e^cop Se St' vfid^ /cat vtto t&p aWcop '^Wtjpcov 
evKXetaW eTrtarevop/qv he inrb KaKeZaip^pitov* 
ov yap ap fi€ hrep/irop iraXip irpo^ vp^<;. 34. 
Nvp S' d'irip'xpp.ai tt/oo? p^ep AaKeBaip^opiov^ 
i(l> vp&p hiaPep\'qp,epo^y Xevdrj Be aTrrf^Pv 
p,€po^ xmep vp,&v, hp rfK/m^op eS 7roi?;o-a9 p^ff 
vp^&p a7ro(TTpo(f)rjp Kal ipm KoXfjp xai iratalp^ 
el yipoiPTo^ KaTa9ri<rea6aL 35. 'Tp>€is S', 
tnrep &p iyd) airrjxOrjptai re TrXetcrra, koX 
ravra iroXv Kpeirroaip ip.avTov^ irpayp^arevO' 
p,6v6^ T€ ovSe PVP TTQ) ireTTavp^ai, o ri Svpap.ac 
dyaOop vpZpy roiavrrjp ypcop^rjp e^ere Trepl 
e/iroO. 36. 'Aw' c^^ere p^ip p^e, ovre <f>€vydPTa 
XaffoPTC^ oiire dtroBiBpaa-KOPTa*' rjp Bk iroii^' 
(rrjTe, & Xiyere, tare on avBpa KaraKapopre^ 
^(T6(t6€, iroXKa pL€P Bfj irpo vp,S)p dypvirpi]' 
iPTciy iroKKcL Be avp vplp iroprjaapra kclu 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER VI. 51 

KivSwewravra tccu iu t& fiipei tcai irapa to 
f^pos, 0€&v Be TXecnf otrro^v tcai rpfmaia fiap' 
fidp€^p TToXXa S^ aifp vfuv arffadftevov, o7ra»9 
Si ye T&v 'EXXi}i«>i^ iirfievl iroXifiioi yevoiaOe, 
irav, oaov eyoi iBupdfiijv, irpo^ v/ia9 hioreivd* 
fuvov, 37. Kal yap oJh^ vuv vfuv e^eariv 
apeiriXfiirra^ iropeveaOcu, &iroi &v IXiprOe, fcal 
KaTU yrjv tcai Kara OdTiaTrap, 'T/ia€i9 Se, 
ore voWij vfwf einropla ([taiverM, xal irXetre, 
€v6a £7} eindvfieiTe irdXai, Sioprai Be vfi&v oi 
TO fieyuTTOv iwdfuvoi, fiurffo^ Se iJMiperai, 
i7/€/ioVe9 Se fjxovai AcuceSai^pioi oi /cpdr* 
10T0& vofAi^fiePOi elvai, pvv S^ icaipo^ So/ret 
vfuv elvai co9 rdyiara ifik Karaxaveiv; 38. 
Ov fif)p, 0T6 ye iv roi^ diropot^ VP^^t ^ 
TrdvTtav p,vqpjovuc(!yraToi,* oKXa Kal irarepa 
ifik exaXeiTe, teal ael C09 evepyerov p^/iv^0ai 
xnriayyeiaOe. Ov fUvroL aywpjov^ ov^ 
oJrroi elaiv ol vvv ^kovtc^ €<I> vpas' &ot€, 
C0? iyw olfiai, ovSe tovtoi^ SoKeire fieXTiove^ 
eipai TOtovTOi oirre^ irepl ipJ/' Tavra elirinf 



hravaaro. 



39. l^appSvo^ he o AaKeZaipivuo^ avaara^ 
eiirep ovrtoak' ** AaX ep^i, fietrroi, ta avope^^ 
oi iiKaUo^ ye SoKeire rw dphpl rovrtp ^^aXen*- 
aipeip^ ex^D yap Ka\ aino^ avT& paprvpfjaai' 

£ 2 



52 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

Xevdrf^ yap, ip&n&mo^ ifiov teal HoXwIkou 
irepl 'S€PO<l>&pro^ t/9 aprjp eirj, aWo fiev 
ovBev el^e ftejM'y^aadaVf Sr/ap Be (fxXoaTpaT- 
lorrriv Cifyrj axnov elvaC iio koX x^^P^^ avrS 
elvai irpo^ rj/juov re r&p AaKeSacfiopi(OP Kal 
7rpo9 avTov/' 40. 'Avaora? cttI rovrep 
lEiifptiXoxo^ 6 AovaiaTfi^ ^ApKa^ ehre' " Aotcel 
76 fioi^ apSpe^ Aa/ceSaiffLopcoi, tovto vfia^ irpSh- 
TOP fffJi&p aTpaTTjyijcai, irapci %€v0ov ripXp top 
fiiaffop apawpa^ai ^ eKovio^ ^ axoPTO^y teal fiij 
irpoTepop ^fia^ ana/yarfetp,'' 41. HoXv/cpaTtj^ 
Be 'A0i]paio^ ehrev dpaara^ \nrep Sepo^&pros^ 
*' 'O/ocS 76 fifjp, & apBpe^/' €<fnj, '* teal 'HpaxK- 
elBrjp evravBa irapopra' h^ irapaXa^oDP Th 
Xpijfiajaf a ^fiet^ eirovi^aa/MePf Tavra airo- 
Bofiepo^y ovie ^StevOrj aireBeoKCP ovre f/fup tA 
yepofiepa, a\\' airro^ ^Xe-^a? TreTrara*. *Hi^ 
ovp a(o<f>pop&/j,ep, e^ofieda axnov* oi yap Brf 
0VT09 ye/' €(j)r}, '' ©/>af iaTip, aXXa "E\Xi;i^ 
WP "EtWrjpa^ aBixelJ' 

42. TavTa aicovaa^ 6 ^HpaKXeiBrj^ fioKa 
i^eifKayrf koX irpoaeXOayp t^ XevOrj Xeyef 
'* ' HfieUf ^p aaxppov&fiep, airifiep ePTevOep ix rrj^ 
TOVTtop eTTiKpareia^/^ Kal di'ajSdme^ iirl tou? 
tmrov^ ^XpPTO direXavpoPTe^ el^ to eavr&p 
arpaTOTreSpp, 43. KalipTevffep^eiOrjqTrejnrei 



BOOK VIL CHAPTER VII. 53 

^Rfio^iXfuov TOP iavrov ipfir)V€a irpo^ BevO" 
ifwpra, teal tceXevet aifrov Karafulvat trap iav' 
To5 €)(0VTa 'x^Klov^ oirXlra^* xal V7rta'')(y€irai 
airrw avoSaxrelu rd re X^P^^ '^^ ^^^ BaKarrri 
ica\ rh iXKa^ & viriax^o. Kal iv awojipifrtf 
TToifjadfievo^ Xeyet Srri aKiJKoe TIoXuvIkov, A^, 
el tnro)(€ipio^ eoTai AaKeSaifiovioi^, (Ta^>w 
atroOavotro viro Slfifiptovo^, 44. ^EirccrreXXoif 
Si ratniL teal oi iXXoi mXXol (ivoi r& 
'Scvo^VTt, C09 Siafiefikfjfitvo^ ehf, Kal ^t/Xar- 
reaOai Sioi, 'O S* dteovap ravra^ hvo lepela 
Xa/3wv, €0ve r& Ait rai "RaaiKetf irorepd oi 
Xdlov Kal afuivov eltf fieveiv irapk XevOp, i<l> 
oU Se^i;9 Xeyet, fj awiivai avp r^ arparev' 
fian, ^Avaipei Sk avr^ wirUvai 



CHAPTER VII. 

The Greeks supply themselves with provmons from vSna^Cf 
belooging to Medosides.— Medosides, attended by an Odrysiaiia 
orders them, in the name of Seuthes and Mcddcus, to leave the 
country. — Xenophon's reply. — ^Xenophon ooce more attempts to 
obtain the pay from Seuthes, and, after a powerful speech, is 
successful.— He delivers it to the two Tjcrdrmonians for general 
distribution. 

1. *ENTET©EN Scv^i;? piv aTre(rrparo- 
TreSevaaro irpoactTipa' oi Se^EWiyi-'e? iaKtiv^ 



56 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

11. 'Errrel hi ravra fficovaev 6 ^OSpwnj^, 
elirev' "'£701 fiev^ & MrfBoaaSe^, Karh 7% 
7^9 xaraBvofiai tnro rrj^ altrxyini^ axoveou 
ravra. Kal el fiev irpoaBev ^irurrd/j/rjv, ovS 
&v amnjKoXovOrja'd coc kcX vvv aireifMi' ov 
y&p &v Mi]Sok6^ fie 6 fiatriKei/^ hrai>voir}^ el 
i^eXavvoifii tow evepyera^" 12. TaSr' 
ehra)v avafict^ iirl rov X*mrov airrfKaxnfe Ka\ 
aifv avr^ ol aWoi Imreh, m-XtfV rerrdpwv f] 
Trivre, 'O Be MrjBoa-dSrj^ {iXviret yhp airrov 
tl %t»pa nropBovfievrj) ixeXeve rov 'Sevo<l>&VTa 
KuTy^a-ai TOD Aa/ceSaifiov^to, 13. KaltqXafiwv 
Tov^ iinrrjSeiOTdTOv^ irpoarjXOe r^ Kapfilptp 
Kal Tw Tlo\vvifC(p, Kal eXe^ev on KokeZ 
avTOV^ MiySoeraSi?? irpoepmp, airep airra, 
dinevai etc 7^9 'xcopa^* 14. '' Olfiai av o5i//' 
€077, *' vfia^ diroKa^elv t^ arparta rov 
6(f>eiX6fJL€POP fiia-Oop, el eXiroire on ikoiro 
vfi&v Tj crrparia avvavairpa^av rop fiiadbv fj 
irapa ckopto^ fj irapa a/copro^ %€v0ov xalZri 
rouTcop rv^opre^ irpodvfuo^ fiep ap avpeTrecBav 
vfHP ffyacl' Kal on SUaui vfHP Sofeovci X^yetp* 
Kal on VTrk(r')(eaOe ainol^ rore diriepai, orap 
rdSifcaia €)(^a)a-ip oioTpancirai.'' 15. ^Akov- 
(rapre^ ol Kdictope^ ravra e^aaap epelv, Kal 

\a, orrola ap Svpooprat xpdmrra' Kal eifdif^; 



BOOK VIL CHAPTER VII. 57 

hropcvovro expvre^ irdvra^ rov^ iiriKaipiov^. 
*E\06vTa)v S' €\ef € 'Kap/uvo^ '* Et flip n av 
eyjBi^, A lAijSoaaSe^, irpb^ fjfia^ Xeye^v* ct Bi 
fif), fifieli; rrpo^ ae e^pfiev/^ 16. *0 Si Mi;8o<r* 
dSfj^ fidXa v^ifiivw^* "*AXX* iyw fi€v" 
€tf>ij, '* Xiyo) teal X^Mrj^ tovtA, Sri a^iovficv 
T0V9 <l>i\jov^ fjfitv yeyevTjfiivov^ fi^ teaKW 
irdajfeiv v0* vfi&v* o ta yap &v tovtow 
tcaxm Troirgre, fipm ffiri irouirf ^fUrepoi 
yap etaiv," 17. '' 'H/Lt€t9 rolin/v/' e^atrav 01 
AwcoDve^f '^ airioifiev &v, orrore rov fiiadov 
expiep ol ravra vfiiv Kararrpd^avre^' el Si fi^, 
ip^ofuOa fiev leal vvv fiorjBija'ovTe^ rovrois 
xal TipMprjtTOfievot avSpa^, ot rovroi}^ iraph 
Tou^ op/cov^ rfSlxTjaav' tjv Si kclL Vfieh toiovtoi 
9fre, ivOhfSe ap^ofuOa rd SUaia \afifidv€iv" 

18. 'O Si Bevo^v ehrar '' 'EdeTiom S' av, 
& 'MrfSocraSe^j rovroi^ emrpe^ai {iireiS^ 
ifyari <f)i\ov^ elva^ vfitv), iv &v r§ X^P^ 
iafiiv, oTTorepa av '^(jylawvrai, elff vfia^ 
irpoarjKCV iK T1J9 X^P^^ dirUvai, etff fffia^ ;*' 

19. 'O Si Tama fiev ovk lifn)' iiciXeve Si 
fidXioTa fi€V aina> iXOeiv red Adxayve iraph 
^evOrjv irepl rov /iiaOov, xal oieaffai dv 
^evOijv rreia-at' el Si firj, '8t€vo^&vra avv 
avr^ irifirreiv, Kal avfiwpd^eiv xnria'')(yelro* 



58 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

ihelro Se ra^ KtofjLa^i fjifj /cdeiv, 20. ^Kvt€v0€v 
irifiirovai rov 3evo<l)wvTa xal avv avr^ ot 
iBoKovp imrqSetoTaTOi, eivai,. 'O S' ekOiav 

21. '^ OifSev airaiTqafoVj & XevOrj, TrdpeijJLi 
ae, aXX^ Si8d^(ov, fjv ivvwfiaiy q)9 ov htKaUo^ 
fjLOi ^)(0€a0ryif ot^ virep r&v arparifOT&v 
dirrirovv ere, a vireaxov auTOi<; irpoOvfAO)^' aoi 
yap erfoyye ovx ^ttoi/ ivofii^ov elvai avp^kpov 
airohovvatj fl ixeivoL^ diroKaPelv. 22. IIpS- 
Tov fiep yap olBa p/cra tou? 0€qv<; €t9 to 
<l>av€p6v ae tovtoi;^ KaTa(rn]aavTa<;, iirel ye 
^aafXia • ere eiroirjaav 7roW% X^pa9 koX 
iToKK&v dvOpdytrtoV &aT€ ou% otop ri coc 
\ap6dpeip, 0VT6 rjp tl kclKjop ovre t^p rt 
ala"Xpop TToirjarj^, 23. Totour^) 8' Sptl dpBpl 
/jLer/a flip p^i BoKet elpai /xif BoKeip dj(apla-T<o^ 
diroirip^yfraa'daL apBpa^ eue/yyera?, p^ya S' ei 
aKovetv VTTO k^aKta'xCKUop dpdpdyiroDP, to Bk 
peyiarop prjBapw airicrop aavTop KaracrrT]' 
aaiy o TL Xeyei^. 24. *Op& yap t&p fiep 
aTria-TODP fiuTalov^ Kal dBvpdTOv<i koX art/tov? 
Tov<i X6yov<; TrKavcjpApov^' ot S' ap (fyapepol 
&<rip dXrideiap daK0VPT€<;, tovtodp oi \6yoiy iqp 
T£ BitopTaL, oifBep petop Bvpaprai dpvaatrdai, 
•fj aWoiP r) 0La' tjp Te Tipa aoxfypoplXeiv 



BOOK VIL CHAPTER VII. 59 

fiovkuvTcu, ^irpf(oaK,to ra^ rovrm aireiXa? ovx 
fjirrop a€^4>povi^ua(K, ^ SXXuv ras ij&fi 
KoXaaei^' ijv ri rto ri tnriayy&vrcu oi roi* 
ovTOi avSpe^, ovSev fjieiap iunrparrovra^ fj oi 
oKKoi irapajynjfJLa SiSoyre?. 25. 'Avafiyf;* 
aOfjTL 8k teal av, ri irporeX&ra^ fifuu avfj^ 
/laxov^ fifULf; eXafie^. GlaS' Sri, ovShr aWa 
iriarevOei^ aXtfieutruVf & tKeye^, iir^pa^ 
ToaovTOns avOpdfJTOv^ avarpartvaaaOai re 
Koi atr/Karep^cuTaaOai aoi ap^)^, ov iran^ 
Kovra fLovov a^iav raXdirrav, {oaa olovrai 
Beiv ovToi vvv anroXafiuv) aXKii itoXAa- 
irkaaiiov. 26. Ovkovv tovto fiev irpSnov, ro 
TTurreueaOai ae, to kclL ttjp fiaaCKeiav aoL 
KaT€fr)fCLadiJL€»€fv, rovrtov t&v j^fidrcov inro 
aov inTTpdo-tcerat. 27. *Idi if), avafunjaSijri, 
TTw iieya rj^ov Tore Karairpa^turOaif h 
PUP xaToarpe^dfievo^ e)(€i^, *E/yo} luv cv 
cS* OTL €v^<a OP ra vvv ireirparftLiva fiaXKov 
aoi KaTavpa)(j9rjvai, If iroWav'Xda'ia tovtwv 
7&V j^fuiTav yeviadcu. 28. *£/iol roivw 
fiel^ov fiXdfio^ Kal cuajfiov Soxel emu to 
rairra vvv firj tcaTaajaelv fj t6t€ fiii Xafieiv, 
oata irep yaXeirwrrepov ix irXovalov ir&rqja 
yeviaOai, fj rijv ap)(r)v fitj irkouTijaai' xai 
oa^ XuTTfiparepov ix fiaaikiio^ IStdmiv ^aV'- 



6o XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

fjvai, ^ opxvv fiff fiaaCKcvaau 29. Ovkovv 
irrlaratrai fievy ore oi vvp <roi vm]KOoi yevo" 
fi€POi oi ^\la tJ a§ eireiadrjaav viro aov 
ap)(€<T0ac, aXX* avdy/et)* teal on hri')^€ipoi€U 
&i/ vdXiv i\€v0€poi yiyveaOcu, el fii^ ri^ 
avT0V9 (l>6/3o^ /carixoi. 80. Tloripto^ oZv 
oXu fiaWov hv ff>oPeur0ai re avrov^ koX 
ifypoveip ri rrpb^ ae ; el op^ip aoi roif^ orpaT" 
idna^ ovT€0 iiaxeifiivov^ m vvv re fih/oirra^ 
&p, el aif /r€\evo«9j aiOk r &p raj^y ikOopriK, 
el Biot, aWov^ re rovrmp trepX aov a/covopra^ 
woXKa ayaffit ra'xp ap" aoi, owore /3ov\oio, 
'rrapcpyepio'dai' ^, el KaraSo^aceiap firire clp 
aXKou^ <roi ekdelp 8v aTnarlap etc t&p pvp 
y€yepr)fi€pa>p, rovrov^ re ainroi^ evpovtrrepov^ 
elvai fj aoi; 31. *AX\a firjp ovBep 7r\^0ei ye 
flfiSip Xei^Bepre^ irrrel^dp aov, aXKii irpoarar&p 
airopiq. Ovkovp pvp koI rovro klvSvvo^, fitf 
Xd^toai nrpoarara^ avT&p ripa^ rovrtoPf ot 
pofii^ovaip VTTO aov aSi/celaOaij fj Kal rovrcop 
Kpelrrova^ rov9 AaKeSaifiOpiov^f eap oi fiep 
' aTpari&rat tnria'XP&PTai nrpoBvfiorepop avrol^ 
avarpareveadaiy eap rh irap& aov avairpd^" 
coaip, oi Si AaKeBaifioptoi, Siit rb heiaOa* rrj^ 
arpaTtd^, avpaiviatoatp ainoi^ ravra. 32. 
"Or* ye p,r)p oi xmo aoX Spaxe^ yepofiepov iroXv 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER VIL 6i 

av irpodv^orepov loiev hrl ae ^ aiy aol oiW 
aZrjkov* aov fiev ycip xpaTOVPro^f Sobkeia 
{nrdpxci ainoi^' KparoufjUvov Si aov, ikcvOepla. 
33. Eii Sk Kal T^9 X^P^^ irpovoeladat fjSff ri 
Bet C09 at)^ ovarj^, irorepfo^ av oi^i airadrj 
KUK&v axnrjv elpat fiaXKov, el ovroi oi orpaT' 
i&rat, aTToXafiopre^ & iyKaXovaip, etpijprjv 
KaToXiTTovTe^ otxoiPTOf ^ el oJrroi re fiivoiep 
w^ ev iroXefjLia, av re aWov^ ireip^o nrkeiova^ 
rovTWv €x<ov . dpTiaparoTreSeveaOav Seop^evov^ 
r&v hnrrfiemv ; 34. *Apyvpiov Si worepm^ 
av irXelov dvdKoadeii], el rovrois rb o^eCSjifievov 
airoSodelff, fj el ravrd re o^etXoi.ro aTCKov^ re 
Kpeirrova^ rovrav Sioi fiia-Oova-dai; 35. 'A\XA 
rydp 'HpaKKeiSrf, C09 7rpo9 ifie iSipiOv, irdfiiroXv 
rovTo SoKei rb dpyvpiov elvai. *H fiifv iroXv 
ye ioTip ekarrop vvp aoi Kal Xafielp rovro xai 
diroSovpai, ^^ irplp r)pd,^ ekdelp irpb^ ae, rb 
SeKorov rovrov fiepo^. 36. Ov yap dpidfio^ 
ecrip 6 opi^oDP rb iroXif Kal oXlyop, dXX* ^ 
S6pa/u^ rov re diroStSopro^ Kal rov Xa^/3- 
dvopro^. Sol Se pvv 17 Kar iviavrop irpoaoSo^ 
irXeUov earlv, fj ep^irpoadep ra irapovra irdpra, 
a €KeKrrjao. 37. ^Erfa> fiev, & ^evdrj, ravra 
C09 ^iXov opre^ aov Trpoifpoovfjurfp, oira)^ a6 re 
a^io<; SoKoirj^ elpai, tav oi 0€oi aoi eSwkav 



6o XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

rjvaiy fj apxv^ f^V ficLO-CK^vcau 29. Ovkovv 
iirltrrairai fieVy on ol vvv aot vm^KOoi yevo* 
fA€vot ov <^i\{a rfj cp eireitrOrjaav inro trov 
apxe^rBaif a\X' avdy/crj* /cal on eTTfyeipolev 
tip naXiv iKevOepoi yirfveaOai^^ el iirj n^ 
avrt)v^ <l}6/3o^ Kari'xpt,, 80. Horkpw otv 
otei fiaWov &v (fyo/SeurOal re avroif^ koI 
(fypopeiv rit irpb^ ae ; el op&ev aoi tou? arpar- 
icora^ ovra SuiKeifiivov^ 109 vvp re /levovra^ 
av, el aif KeXevoi^, avdk r &v rayy ekOopra^, 
el Seoi, a\\ov9 re rovrtov irepi aov aKOVovra^ 
nroKKcL arfaOit ra^if &i^ act, oirore /3ovXoio, 
irapayevia-0aL* fj, el KaraSo^daeiav fJLrjre cLv 
aXKou^ (Toi eKBelv hC a/mariav iic t&v vvv 
yeyevrffievwv, 7ovtov<; re avroU evvovarepov^ 
elvai fj <rol; 31. 'AWi firjv ovSev 7rX?7^6£ 76 
'^fiMV Xet^devre^ inrel^dv aov, oKKh irpocrar&v 
arropiq. Ovkovv vvv koI rovro kCvSwo^, fi^ 
Xd^tDO'i irpoardra^ avr&v nva<; roircovy ot 
vofii^ovaiv vrro aov dSi/cetaOaif fj Koi rovrcov 
Kpeirrova^ roi)^ AaKcSaifioviov^f eav ol fiev 
' arpan&rat xnrLayy&vrai rrpodvfiorepov avrot^ 
avarpareveadaiy eav rh irapii aov avairpd^' 
(oaLv, ol he AaKeSaifiovcoif Sih rb ietaOcu r^9 
arpana^y avvaiveacaaiv airol^ ravra, 82. 
"Ota ye fifjvolvTro aol &paKe^ yevofiepoi iroXif 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER VIL 6i 

av Trpo6v^T€pov loiev hri <ri ^ aiy aoi oAjt 
obrfKoV aov fiev yap xparovvTO^y Soiikei/a 
V7rdpx€i ainoU' KparovpAvov Si aov, ikevOepla, 
33. Et Sk Kol T^9 X^pa9 irpovoelaOai f^ rt 
Bei (09 0-^9 owrj^y iroTepa)^ av olei, aTradrj 
KaK&v ainriv elvai /jLaWoVf el oSroi oi orpar- 
i&rat, airoka^ovre^ h eyKaXovaip, elpijvrjv 
KaTa\i7r6vT€^ oIxoipto, ^ cl oinol re fiivoiev 
€09 iv woXefiia, av re aXKov^ ireip^o irXjelova^ 
rovTWP e^a>i/ . avrLapaTOTrehevetrOav heofikvov^ 
r&p hnTrfiemv ; 34. ^Apyvpiov Si iroripto^ 
av irXelov avdKoadeii], el tovtois to o^eCKifievov 
airoSoOelff, ^ el ravrd re o<f>etkoi.TO aXXot;9 re 
KpeiTTOvas tovtchv Seoi fii<T0ovcr0ai; 35. *A\X^ 
ryap 'Hpa/cXeiS'ff, (09 7rp69 ifie iSijXov, irdfvjroku 
TovTO SoKel TO dpyvpiop eipoi, *H fiijp iroXv 
ye ioTip IXattoi/ vvp aoi, xal \afieip tovto teal 
dtroSoupai, fj, irplp ^fM^ iXOelp Trpb^ ae, to 
SeKaTOV TovTov fiepo^» 36. Ov yap dpifffio^ 
eaTip b opi^cop to ttoXu koI oXlyop, aXX' ij 
SipafiL^ TOV T€ dTToSlSoPTO^ KoX TOV Xafifi^ 
dpoPTO^. %o\ Se PVP 97 KaT epiavrop irpoaoSo^ 
irXeUop iarlp, fj efiirpoo'dep tcl irapopra irdvTa, 
a eKefCTTjao, 37. ^Er/oj fiep, & ^evOr}, ravra 
C09 <f>i\ov 01/T09 cov irpovvoovp/qVi oiroa^ av re 
a^£09 SoKOLTj^ elpai, &v ol Qeoi <roi eSaokr- 



62 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, 

a^aOSiVy ^d) t€ fitj SLa(l>dap€Lr}u iv rfj cTpaTia, 
88. Ei5 7^^ i(T0i on vvv ovt civ ix^pov 
fiov\6fi€vo<: iyoD KaKm nroirjaai Svvrideiijp avv 
ravTTi rfj arparta^ ovt &p, et aoi iraXtv 
iSovXoifJLrjv fiorjdrjaaL, ifcavb<; av yevolfirjv, Ovrao 
yap 7r/309 ifie r] arparta SLaKeiTau 89. Kalrot 
avTOV <T€ fidpTvpa <tvv Tot9 deol^ etBoac 
iroiovfiaii otl ovt€ e^J^ irapa aov iirl to2<: 
arpaTLcoTai^ ovBev, ovre yTr)(Ta TrdoiroTe et? to 
tSiov ra ifceivojVf ov7€ a inreaxov fioc aTryrrjaa, 
40, "OfJivvfiL Si cot fjLi]h^ a7roStS6i^T09 Si^aa-' 
0ai &Vy el fiT) Koi oi arpari&Tai efieSXov 
TO. iavT&v cvvairoTuififfdpeiv. Alaxpov yap 
^p Tct fiev ifia hiaireirpa'xPaL, rd he iKeiv" 
(OP ire p 10 pap ifjue KaK&<: e^ppra^ aWa)9 re 
Ka\ TtfjLco/Mepop VTT^ eKelvoDP. 41. Kairot ye 
'HpaKkeiSrj Xrjpo^ irdpra SoKei elpat Trpo<: to 
dpyvpiop e^eiv €K iraprof; TpoiroV €70) Se, & 
^evdr], ovSep pofii^o) ye dpSpl, a\Xa)9 re Koi 
apxovTLy KdXKiop elpav KTTJfia, ovB^ Xafiirp- 
ire pop, dpeTrj<; Hal hiKaioavpr}^ koL yeppai'^ 
6t9;to9. 42. 'O yap ravTa e^pup ifkovrel fiep 
opTdDP ^tkoap TToW&p, irXovrel Se koI aXXcop 
^ovXofiepmp yepeaOai' Ka\ ev fiep irpdrTcop 
e^ei rov<i (TVp7}(Tdr}tToiiepov^y edp Si ri ai^aXfj, 
ov Girapi^ec t5>v fiorjOncoprcov. 43, 'AWa 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER VIL 63 

7a/) €t yi,r\Te. ite r&v ejx&v epytov /carifiaffe^; 

on (TOL iK 7^9 '^VX^ 0/\O9 ^V, fl7)T€ ix T&V 

ifi&p Xoytov Sivaaai tovto yv&vai, aWd rov^ 
T&v oTpaTioDT&p \6jov<; irdvra^ Karavorjcrov, 
nrapTjo-Oa yap koi fJKove^, a eXeyov oi "r^eyetv 
ifi^ fiov\6fM€voi, 44, "KaTtfyopovv ficv yap 
fiov TT/oo? AaxeBaifioviov^ ft)9 ae irepi nrXeiovo^ 
TTOioifirjv, fj AaK€SaifjLOviov<;' ainroi 8' iveKoK- 
ovv ifiol &)9 fiaWov fiikec fioi, otto)? ra ak 
kclXS)^ ^X^h ^ OTTO)^ ritiaVT&v' €<fiaaav i^Koi 
B&pa .e^6£2/ irapa aov, 45. Ka/rot rh S&pa 
ravra irorepov ofet avrov^ KaKovoidv riva 
iviSovTO^ fioL 7r/309 ce alrtaaOal fi€ e^etj; irapa 
avv^ 7) irpodufiiav ttoXX^i/ irepX ae Karavorj" 
aavra^ ; 46. '£70) fih olfiai Trdvra^ dvOpdir* 
0V9 vofii^etp evvoiav Seip d/rroKeladai, tovt^, 
trap o5 av Tt9 iSapa \a.p.^dvri. 2v Se, trpiv 
fi€V vTTTjpeTrja'al ri <roi, iBi^co ifie 17^60)9 Kal 
o/M/jbaai Kal ffxovfj Kal ^evioi^y Kal oca econo 
{rrrt<Txvovfi€vo^ ovk ive/jLLfi7r\a<ro' eVet Bi Kar-- 
errpa^a^;, & i^ovXov, Kal yeyivrjaai^ oaov iyoD 
iBvpdfirjv, fiiyi(jro^, vvv ovtw fie anjiov oma 
iv To?9 arpaTKOTai^ roXfiaf; Trepiopav ; 47. 
*A\\a [iy]Vy Ztl col Bo^ei d'rroBovpai, TriaTeva) 
Kal rop ^oi/oj/ Bi^d^eip ae, Kal air op ye ae 
OVK dpi^eaOai tov^ <rpt Trpoefiepov^ evepyeaiav 



64 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

op&vra iyicaXovvTd^ aok ^iofuu oSi/ aov, 
OTav avoBiSo^f irpoOvfieiaOoA ifie irapa toT? 
oTpaTiayrai^ TOiourov irotrjaai, olou irep KciX 
irapiXa^e:/' 

48. ^Akovcu^ ravTa 6 %€v9ri^ fcarrfpaa-aTO 
T& airi(p rov fiif wdKai aTroBeSocOai top 
fuadop' {koI irdvre^ top 'Hpo/cXetSi/i/ inr- 
aynTeva-ap eipoi') "'Eyo) yap/' €(l>tf, ''oure 
hioHnqBtiP irdnrore aTroarepfjacu, diroBcoaa} 
T€/' 49. *Ean'€v0€p irdXip elirep 6 Sevocfi&p* 
''^EttcI Toipx/p dwoBiBopai fiovXei, pvp ey(ii> 
aov Seo/Atti St' ipMv diroBiSopat, Kai firf irepi" 
iietp ps hid 0-6 dpofAoito^ e^opra ip rjj 
CTpana pvp t€ kcu Xre irpo^ a€ d^tK6p,r]pJ* 
50. 'OS' elirep^ *' 'AWA ovre toZ? a-TpariMTai^ 
€<rj^ SC ip,i drip^Tepo^* ap re p,iprj<: irap i/Mol 
'XiXiov^ pLOP0\)% OTrkira^ ^^v ^d o'oi rd re 
ypupla dTroSdato xal rd dXXa irdira, ct 
vTreaypp/tlP.'* 51. *0 Se irdTup elire' "Taura 
p,€p exci'P ovTO)? ovx olop re* aTroTrep/tre Se 
ij/ifi?/' "Kal p>r)p/* e<fyq o Sfv^^, ^^ koX 
d(T^aKk(TT€p6p ye cot olZa hp irap ep,o\ p^ipeip, 
rj dTTiepai" 52. *0 Be irdXip elirep' "*AXXa 
rrjp pep af)p irpopoiup eiraipSy' ipol Be p^epeip 
ovx o^oi' T€* iirov S' dp iym ipTcporepo^ &, 
vopi^e Kal col tovto dyaOov ea€a0ac/' 53. 



BOOK VIL CHAPTER VIL 65 

'Ei/T€5^6i/ Xeyet ^evQt]^" " *Ap^vpiov fiev ovfc 
i'xay aXV fj fiiKpov 71, fcal rovro aoi SiBfOfii, 
raXavTOV ^ou^ Be i^aKoaiov^ xal irpofiaTa 
eh TeTpafCia^iXia koI dvSpdnoBa eh eiKoai 
Kal eKarov, 54. Taura Xa^cbv Kal tov? t&v 
uBiKrfadvTcov ae ofiypov^ 7rpo<T\a/3a)p anriOL,^' 
FeXacra? 6 'Sevo^wv etrrev' *^*Hi/ odv fir) 
e^cKpyrai ravra eh rov fiiadop, rtVo? rdXavr- 
ov <fyi^a(o e^€4i> ; 'A/j' oiffc en St] fiol icniv 
diriovTL cifieivop ^vKdrrecdai roif^ ireTpov^ ; 
"H/toue? Be Ta9 aireCkd^;.^^ Tore fiev Brj avTov 
efieivav. 

55. TS B' varepaia direBtoKev avroh, ct 
irn'ea')(eTOi KaX tovs ravra eKdaovra^ awe- 
irefiylrep. 01 Be aTpaTi&rai t€6)9 fiev eXeyop 
ft)9 Sepo(f>&p ot'XpLTO irpo^ Xev0r)p olKrjafopy KaX 
h v7r€a")(€ro avrm dTroXijyjrofievo^' iirel Be 
avTOP fjKOPTa elSop, fja-Orjaap re KaXirpoaeOeop. 
56. Sevo(f>&p S', irrel elBe X.ap/uvop Kal 
TIoXvpiKOP' ^^Tavra/* €(f>ff, ^^ Kal aeaaxrrat 
Sv vixa<i T§ arparia, Kal TrapaBiBcofii avret 
iyo) v/MP' vfieh Bi BiaOifiepoi BidSore r^ 
a-rparia'^ Ol flip oivy irapaXa^dpre^ Kal 
XacfyvpoircoKa^; Karaanjaavre^;, ifrcoXoup Kal 
TToWijp eVxpP air Cap. 57. Sevo(f>&p Be ov 
Trpoayei, aXKit ^pepos ^p oiKaBe TrapaaxeV" 

Anal?. Bj:k VII, p 



66 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

a^ofievo^' ov f^dp irm '>^<f>o^ a\n^ eirrjKTO 
*A07]vr)ai irepl ^^7^9. UpoaeKdome^ Ze avT& 
ol hrLTrfieiov iv t& o-rparevfiaTi iSiovro fifi 
direXdelv, nrplv av diraria^oi to arpdrevfia ical 
&lfjLfip<api irapahoit}. 



CHAPTER VIII. 



The army arrives at Lampsacus.— Xenophon sacrifices to Jupiter 
Meilichius.— Passing various places, the Greeks arrive at Per- 
gafnus.^Xenophon is entertained by Hellas. — ^At her persuasion 
he attacks the castle of Asidates.— He is repulsed.— On the 
following night he makes Asidates and his family prisoners, 
and seizes all their property. — Thimbron assumes the command 
of the army. — Summary of the countries through which the army 
passed, and the names of their rulers. — ^The distance marched 
during the Expedition, and the time it occupied. 

1. 'ENTET'^eEN BiiirXevaav ek AdfjuylraK- 
OP' Kai diravTa T<p Scvoip&VTt ^vKXeiSfj^, 
fidvTi<; ^Xta<7to9, KXearyopov v/09 tov rd 
ivvTTVia iv Avxeitp 7€7/>a^6T09. Outo9 o-ui/- 
7]B€T0 Tft) S€PO(l)&vrt on iaiacaaTO' xal ^pd>Ta 
avTOp TToaop j^vaiov €^€l, 2, 'O S' avr^ 
iirofioaa^ elirep ij iJ.r)p ea-^cOai firjB* i(f>6Scop 
iKOPOP ot/caBe aTriipac^^^el firj aTroSoiTo top 
iinrop Kol & dfJL<f>l avTOP etx^v* 'O S' avr^ 
ovfc hrurrevep, 3. 'ETrel S' eirefi'^ap Aafiy^cuC' 



BOOK VIL CHAPTER VIIL 67 

'r)voi ^ivia to3 S€Vo<f>&PTi, xal 0vtav r^ 
*A7roX\fi)z/^ 7Tap€aTi]<raT0 rov ^vKk^lhrjVy IBcbv 
tA Upeca 6 ^vKkeiSvi^ ehrev on irelOoiro airr^ 
fiTf elvai 'XpVM'^T^' *' 'AX\' olSa/* €<f)rj, ** on, 
/cap /jLeWrj Trore yevijaeaOai, (fyalverai n 
ifjLTToBLov, iav firjSep aWo, air aavr^J^ 4. 
XvvtofioXoyei ravra 6 S€V0(f>&v, 'O S* ehrep* 
" ^E/JLiroBio^ yap aoi 6 Zeu9 M6i\/j^409 iari,' " 
Kal iirripeTO ei rjSrj ttot^ Bvaeiep, ^^ &a7r€p 
OLKOi/^ €(^, '^ €td)0€LP iyo) vfxip Oiieadat Kal 
oXoKavTelp.'^ 'O Sk ovk €(fyrjf ef otov aireirjiX" 
rjae, redvKCPaif T0VT(p r^ 0€^, 'XvpejSovX' 
evaep oZp avr^ ffvea-Bai KaOa emOei^ koi €<f>r} 
avpolaeip iirl to fieknop. 5. T^ S' varepali} 
Sevoffy&p irpoeKffoDP 619 ^O<f>pvptop iOvero, 
KoX d)\oKavT€V ypipov^ T& Trarpltp p6^* Kal 
iKaWiipei. 6. Kal TavTtj rfj ^fiipa a^- 
ifcpelrai 3iT0DP Kal afia Ev/cXe/^?^ XP^f^^*^^ 
Zmaopre^ tm crparevfjian' Kal ^evovpral le 
Tw S€P0<l>&pn, Kal iTTiroPj hp ip AdfiylfdKfp 
airiSoTO irevTqfcopTa hapeiK&v, virowr^ovpre^ 
avTOP Bt epBeiap ireirpaKipat, on fiKovop avrop 
^BeaOai T(p Xirirtp, Xvadfiepoi airkBocraVf koX 
T7)v Ttfifjp OVK rjffeXop airoXa^elv, 

7. 'Ez/reC^ei; iTropevopTO Bia rrj^ Tpq)dBo^, 
Kol v7r€pl3dpT€i rrjv "ISiyj/ et9 "AprapSpop 

F 2 



68 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, 

d<f)i,fePovvTat irpArop' elra iraph doKarrav 
nropevofievoi rffi AvSia^ efe Si]fiij^ ireSiov. 8. 
^Evrevdev S^ ^Arpafitrrrlov xal Kef/roviov 
bieiaravre^ irap *Arapvea eh Kattcov irehlop 
i\06vT€^ mpyafiov KaraXafifidpova-i 7^9 
Mt/cr/a?. 

^EvravOa Si ^evoura^ ^€vo<f>&v irap *E\X- 
a%v ry ToyfuXov rov ^l^perpUoD^ ywai/cl koI 
Vop^Uovo<i* Koi VoYfvXov fiip'pL 9. Avrrf 8* 
avrw if>pd^eL on, ^AaiZdrri^ iarlv ep 7& irehitp, 
av))p HepCf)^' TOVTov €<f>i] avrop, el ekOoi t^9 
pvfcr6^ aifp rpia/coaioL^ dpSpdai, "Ka/Seip &p 
KoX avrop Kol yvpcuxa Kal TralSa^ kcu ra 
^rjiiara' elpai H woXKa. Tavra he KaOtffr}' 
ao/jUpov^ iirepA^e top re avrrj^ dveylnop xal 
^a<f>P(xr/6paPf hp Trepl irkeloTov eiroielro. 10. 
"E^^o)!/ oip 6 Btepo(f)&p TOVTOV^ 'Trap* eavrA 
idvero, Kal *Aya<ria^ 6 'H\e?09 fidpri^ 
7rapa>p eXirep on KdXKKrra eUp tA leph ain&^ 
fcal oi 6 dpfip &p dXwai/xo^ etff. 11. AetTTj/- 
^(ra9 oip eiropevero tow? re Xoyarfoxn roi^ 
fidXiora <J)l\ov^ \a^a)p Kal iriarov^ yeyeprj'- 
fiepovf; SiaTraPTo^y oiroy; ei iroiriaai ainov^. 
^^ipxovrat Bi airrw Koi aWoi fiiaadfiepoi 
t/eoo'lov^* olBe \o)(cuyol dirriXavpop, Xva fif) 
0&2/ rh fUpo^^ C&9 erolfuav Btf ')(prifidTmp. 



BOOK VIL CHAPTER VIIL 69 

12. 'ETret 8d a<f>lKOVTo irepl t^9 fiica^ 
vvKTa^, tA fikv irepi^ Svra avhpdiroha t^9 
Tvpaio^ Kal 'xprifiara ifkeiara airiSpa airrov^ 
TrapafieXowra^j (09 top ^KciZdrriv avrov 
\dfioi€v Kcd rit iKtlvov, 13. Hvpyofiax-' 
ovvT€^ S' iirel ovk ihvvamo Xa/Selv rrjv 
Tvptnv, {in^Xrj yhp ^p Kal fjLeydXrj Koi 
'irpofiax€S}va^ Kal avhpa^ iroKKotf^ Kal fJ^X' 
ifiov^ exovaa) Siopvrrciv iire)(elpr}aav rbv 
irvpyov, 14. *0 Be Toixo^ ^p inl okto) 
ir\ip6(0P yritpwp to eSpo?. '^A/ia Se t^ W^P^ 

SuOpCOpVKTO' Kal (U9 TO TTp&TOP Bl€<f>dpff, 

iirdra^ep epBoOep /Soinrop^ ri^ o/SeklaK^ 
ScafMirepi^ top jXTjpop tou iyyvraTO)' to Bi 
Ti^iTTop iKTO^€VOPT€^ i'lToiovp firfBe Trapiipat, hi 
da'<l>a\e^ elpai. 15. KeKparfOTcop 8' avr&p 
Kal 7rvpa-€v6pT(OP, iK/SorjOovatP ^lTa/3i\i09 fiep 
e^Q)!/ Tfjp eavTOv BupafiiP, €K "Kofiapia^ Be 
OTrXlrai <l>povpol, Kal iinreU 'TpKavioi, Kal 
oirroi l3a<n\€<o^ fii<T6o<f>6poi, a>9 iySoiJKopTa, 
Kal dXKoi TrekTaaTal eh OKraKoaiov^' aWot 
8' CK HapOepioVf aXKxii 5' cf 'A7ro\XQ)v/a9 Kal 
ix T&p ir\i]alop ^opuui/^ Kal linreU. 

16. ^EtPTavffa Brj &pa rjp 7ra)9 earai fj a^oBo^ 
aKoirelp* Kal Xa^opre^f oaoi ^aap j86e9 Kal 
irpo^ara, fjKavPQPi ^^^ '^^ dpBpdfroBa cpto^ 



70 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS* 

liKaialov TToirjadfievoi^ ov roh j^^ftocrti/ ere 
'TTpoai'Xpvre^ tov vovv, aWa fit) <f>vyf) etrj rj 
a(f>oho^f el KaraXnrovre^ rh 'xprjfjuna aTrloiev, 
Kol 0% re irdkiiiioL dpaavrepoi eUp Kot oi 
CTpari&rai, aOvfiorepor vvv Se airyeaav (09 
irepl T&v 'XprjfiaTfov iJM')(pvfi€Voi. 17. 'ETrel 
ih icopa Toyyv\o<; 6\lyov<; fih tou? '^EWrjva^ 
TToWou? 8e T0U9 iircKetfiivov^, i^ep'x^rai kclL 
avTo^ ^ia rrj^ fJLijTpo^ rrfv iavTov Svvafiiv 
€)(Ci)v, ^ov\6fi€Vo^ (TVfifi€Taa")(€lv TOV cpyov 
<rvv€l3oi]0€L Sk Koi UpoKkfj^ ef *A\i<Tdpv7j^ koI 
Tevffpavla^, 6 dirb Aafiapdrov. 18. Ol Se 
Trepl 3€vo(l>&VTa, iirel frdw ijSr) iine^ovTO 
{rrrb r&v To^evfidTcov koI (T^evZovSiv, Tropevor 
fievoL KVKXxpf oirco^ rh oirKa exotev Tcpo r&v 
To^evfidTcoVf fioXi^ Bia^alvovai top K.dlKOP 
TTOTa/JLOPy T€rpa)fjL€poi ir/yv<: oi '^/jula-ei^. 19. 
*FiPTav0a Koi ^ Ay aaia^ 'S,TVfi(f>d\L0<i Xoyayb^ 
TiTpaxTKeTaCy top irdpTa ^poi/oj; fiaxofi€PO^ 
Trpo? Tov<; TToXcfilov^. K.al Staaco^opTat 
dvhpdiroZa w Scateoaia e^ovTe^ koI irpo^aTa 
oaop Ovixara, 

20. T§ he wTepaia Ovadfjiepo^ 6 3epo(j>&p 

e^dyec pv/CT(op trap to a-Tpdrevfia, otto)? otc 

uaKpoTdTTjp ekOoL T^9 Ai;8ta9, &<JTe fiff Si^ 

\ iyyif^ elpai <f>o/3€ia0ai, a\V atfyvXa/CTeiP. 



BOOK VII. CHAPTER VIIL 71 

21. 'O V 'A(riSaTi79, uKovaa^ on TrdXiv i7r 
avTov reOvfiivo^ ettj B€vo<j>&v Kat iravrl r^ 
frrparevfiart fi^ot, i^avXi^crai ek /ccofia^ irrro 
TO TlapOeviov iroKurfia iypica^. 22. ^TSnnavOa 
oi irepl Bcvo^ma avfiirepiTVYXfipovtnp av- 
Tw, KoX \afil3dpov<nv avrov koX ^vvalica koX 
TToiSa^ Kal T0V9 attttow KOI irdvra th ovra* 
teal OUT® Tct m-porepa Upa direffff. 23. "ETretra 
irdXiv d<f>iKvovprav eh HepyaiMov. *Kprav0a 
TOP 0€op ovK jfTtdaaTO 6 S€P0^>&p' avpinpuTTOP 
yeip zeal oi Adxave^ teal oi Xo^ayol koI qI 
oKKoi QTpaTTffoX KoX ol (rTpaTmraiy wcrre 
i^aipera Xaffeip xal hnrov^ koI ^cvyrj teal 
raXXa* Sore ikopov ehai Kal aWop ijSi] ei 

TTOieiP, 

24. 'E^ TOVTov Si/x/Spap Traparf€p6p,epo<; 
irapiXa^e to flTTpareu/ia, xal avfifii^a^ tco 
dWtp 'EKXrjpiKm iiroXefiei Trpo? TKraaffi^pprjp 
Kal ^appdfia^op, 

[25. "Apxovre^ Se oiSe t^ fiaa^7U(o^ X^P^^f 
oarjp iirriKdofJLep* AvBia^ 'Aprt/Lta?' ^pvyia^; 
^hpTOJcdfiav AvKaopia^ xal Ka'mraSoKia<: 
Mi0pi8dTr]<;' KiXLxla^ %vipp€aif;* ^oipIki]^ 
Kal ^ApajSia? Aippi]<;' %vpia^ Kal *A(r(rvpia^ 
Be\€flr^9' Ba^uXwi/o? *V(airdpa<;' TArjhia^ 
^ApfidKa^' ^aaiap&p Kal 'ISttTirepiT&v Tipi- 



72 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, 

/3a^o^' {KapBovxoi Be, koI XaXvySe?^ koI 
'KaXBatoij koI MdKpa>P€<;, Kal KoX'Xpi, koI 
'M.oaavvoLKOi, \jcaX KoZrot,] koI Ti^aprjvol 
avTOPOfior) Ha(f>\cuyovla<: VLopuXa^;' ^cOvpcov 
^apva0a^o<;' t&p ip ^vpamj) @pqjc&p 'Zevd- 

26. ^ApiOfib^ (rvfiirdar}^ rrj<; oBov t^9 dpa* 
^da€(i)<i /<al /caTafid<rea)<; araOfiol BiaKoaioL 
Be/ca7ripT€, Trapaadyyai %/\to^ ixaTOP ireprr^- 
Kopra TripTCf cTaSia rpurfjivpia rerpaKiaxiXia 
k^aKoaia ireprijfcopTa. ^popov ifKrjOo^ t^? 
dpafidaeci)^ /cal Kara^daecsi^ ipiavTO^ f<al Tp€i<; 
fjifjve^.] 



VOCABULARY. 



ABBREVIATIONS. 



ace accnsative. 

act. .... active. 

ac^ adjective. 

adv adverb. 

aor aorist. 

art article. 

• S confer, ». e. 

^ \ compare. 

eomp. . . . comparative. 

{coxijuactioii ; 
conjunctive 
mood, 
contr. . . . contracted, 
dat dative. 

Eng Bnglish. 

etu etaliter. 

etym. . . . etymology. 

. followed. 



f. 

or 
foUd. 

foUg. . 

fir. . . 

gen. . . 
gen. omn. 

Qerm. . 

lb. . . 



imperat. 



following. 

firom. 

genitive. 

of all genders. 

Grerman. 
( ibidem (at the 
I same place). 

imperative. 



n. or nent. . . nenter. 
neg negative 



imperf. or imp. imperfect, 

inf. .... infinitive, 

irreg. . . . irregular. 

Lat. .... Latin, 

m. or masc. . masculine. 

mid middle. 

mllit. . . . military. 



uom. 



nominativo. 
c opposite or op- 
I posed to. 
optative, 
participle, 
perfect. 

^^ . . . passive. 

paulo-post fut. or future perf. 
pass, for breviiy 3. fut. (pass.) . 



opp. . . 

opt. . . 
P. or part, 
p. or perf. 
pass 



pluperf. 
plur. 
poss. 
pres. 

Primer 

prob. 
pron. 
pros, 
rel. . 
Sans, 
sing, 
sts. . 
subj. . 
subst. 
substt. 
sup. . 
tt. . 
V. a. . 
V. mid. 
V. n.. 
voc. . 



[§ ]. 



pluperfect. 
. plural. 
. possessive. 
. present. 
i Public School 

* I Latin Primer. 
. probably. 

. pronoun. 

. perhaps. 

. relative. 

. Sanscrit, 
singular. 

. sometimes. 

. subjunctive. 

. substantive. 

. substantives. 

. superlative. 

. technical term. 

. verb active. 

. verb middle. 

. verb neater. 

. vocative. 

. equal to. 

. paragraph. 
C paragraph ii 
J Parry's Ble 

* I mentary Qreek 
^Grammar. 



in 



N.B.— Where the etymology is not given, the word is of very 
uncertain or unknown origin. 

In the Verbs such tenses alone are given as are known to exist, 
the authorities chiefly followed being ** Veitch's Lrregnlar and 
Defective Greek Verbs," and "Liddell and Scott^s Greek 
Lexicon." 



VOCABULARY. 

N.B. — Regularly-farmed Participles and Tenses of Verbs 
are not separately given, except for special reasons. 

Figures referring to any passage denote the chapter and 
paragraph ; e.g., 4, 419 = chapter 4, paragraph 49. 



1. S, neat. nom. and aoc. 
plnr. of 2f, % 5. 

2. a, inseparable "negatiTe" 
prefix ; tee 3. &v. 

3. &, inseparable prefix : 1. 
Denoting "samenesa." — 2. In 
** intensive" force [akin to 
Sans. »a, "one"; in the 
former part of compound words 
"same, like, equal'*]. 

^Ydyoicv, 3. pers. plnr. 2. 
aor. opt. of fi^w. 

&y&ywvy owra, 6p, P. 2. aor. 
of Jkyu. 

&7&0^ w; k^Mv, ovi see 

&^7&0-^, ilf 6v, adj.: 1. 
Qoi>d, or excellent, of its kind. 
^As Snbst. : &yft0<£, »f, n. 
plnr. : a. Good things. — ^b. 
Goods, wealth. — 2. Good, ad- 
vaniageoue, profitable, — As 
Sabst.: kyfiBw, ov, n. A 
good thing, advantage, bene- 
fit, — 8. Of persons : Brave, 



hold, eourageoui, — N.B. For 
the combination xoWh. xhyM^ 
see iroKis. |gf* Irreg. Comp. : 
hfi€(v»y, $€\rUgy, Kptiaaofv, 
icpfirrwy, \»imv; Sap. : &/>• 
itrros, /BcATMrrof, itfr&ri<rrof 
[•ya0, like Germ." gut," Eng. 
"goxl," akin to Sans. part. 
legAt-a, fr. root KTi, in origin- 
al force of "to shine"; & is 
an inseparable prefix]. 

ayay, adv. : 1. Verg, much. 
— 2. Too much, too, 

'A^ootoc, ov, m. Agaeiae : 
L One of the Greek captains, 
a native of Stymphaias in 
Arcadia; 8, 19. — 2. A sooth- 
sayer, of Ells in Arcadia. In 
some editions he is called 
"Banas"; 8,10. 

dyyciov, ov, n. [another 
form of iyyos, "a vessel or 
atensil "] A vessel, or utensil, 
of any kind, such as a pan, 
jar, pail. 



76 



VOCABULARY. 



aYycX-o«y ow, m. [irfyiX' 
\w, "to carry a message"] 
(<*One who carries a mes- 
sage"; hence) 1, A messenger, 
— 2. An envoy, 

1. &YtTC, 2. pers. plar. pres. 
ind. of 6yw ; d, 17. 

2. aYCTc^ in adverbial force ; 
see 6,yw, no. 2 ; 6, 83. 

d-TVO-^M -«, f. iryvoiiirta, p. 
1iyv6i}Ka, 1. aor. iiyvSTjaa, v. a. 
[i, "negative" .prefix (see 
2. i); Yvo (= Yv«), a root of 71- 
yvt&'ffKw, ** to know '*] (" Not 
to know "; hence) Alone : To 
mistake, be mistaken, be in 
ignorances — at 8, 88 hyvo- 
ovvrts = through mistake or 
inadvertence ; inadvertentlg* 

&YVoovvTCfiy contr. nom. 
masc. plar. of hyvoiwv 'Sav, 
P. pres. of hyvoita* 

&-YV<&}&-fi»Vf ovy adj. [i, 
"negative" prefix (see 2. i)j 
yyti/x-i?, **mind "] (**Not 
Laving yydfii}'*; hence) De- 
void of intelligence or under- 
standings senseless, wanting 
sense. 

&<yop-d, as, f. [for dycp-d ; 
fr. iiyeiptaf "to collect, as- 
semble/' through verbal root 
&7cp] ("An assembling"; 
hence, " an assembly "; hence, 
"a place of assembly "; hence) 
1. A market-place, market, — 
8. Things sold in the market, 
provisions, a market ; — hyopkv 
irap4x9i¥, to supply or hold 
-' market. — 8. Supplies : — 



&7op$ Xprjo'^ai, to have sup» 
plies. 

dyop-otw, f. iyopatrw, p. 
iiy6p&Ka, 1. aor. fiySpaffa, v. n. 

Siyop-d, "a market-place"] 
" To be in the &yopd j" hence, 
" to transact business in the 
i,yopd"; hence) 1. To buy, 
purchase, make purchases ; 
8, 5.-2. To sell, 

&Ypvirv-cM -»,f. h.ypvintf\ff6t, 
l.aor.^7P^v»7<ra,v.n. {JkypvwP" 
OS, *' sleepless, wakeful"! 
("To be ay puirvos"; hence) 
1. To pass a sleepless time 
or nights ^o lie awake. — 2, 
To be vigilant or watchful. 

dYpvinn^orcit, d<ra, ay, P. 1. 
aor. of aypmrviw. 

aY-w, imperf. ^ov, f. t^u, 
p. ^x« l^^ter dy^oxo, 2. aor. 
Ifyayoy, v. a. and n. : 1. Act. : 
a. To lead, conduct, etc., to 
a person or place; — at 6, 7 
Ayovtriv has a composite Sub- 
ject, viz. 2€^01i; Koi 'HpOKX' 

tiSris [§ 82] ;— at 2, 2 supply 
attT-fiv (= tJv (TTpartdy) after 
&ytiy; cf. preceding section; 
— at 7, 10 supply airrS (= 
rh arpdrevfia) after ^yov; cf. 
preceding context. — b. Of a 
general or officer: To lead, 
lead on, troops, etc. — c. To 
carry, convey, bring. — 2. 
Neut. : aYCTc, 2. pers. plur. 
pres. impcrat. used as adv. : 
Come, come nows 6, 88.-8. 
Pass. : &Y-o|uii, ^.^yfiai, 1. aor. 
1ix^^> !• f'lt. hxH^oiuu [akin 



VOCABULARY. 



77 



to Sub. raoijur, ''todriTe**; 
abo^ "to go "3. 

4-ScX4-^ •?, m. C« One of 
tbe same womb"; hence) A 
hroUeTy wfaether actnallj or 
figimtiTelj; cf . 2» 25 [in- 
sepanUe prefix iy akin to 
Su& 9a (in first part of com- 
pound words), ''same"; see 
3. «; h€k^vs, "a womV' 
akin to Sans, jfarhk-a]. 

«-€i|Xos, SifAoF, adj. [4, 
'* DegaUre " prefix (spe 2. i) ; 
3i|AM, "manifest'*] C*Not 
S^os "; hence) Vmceriaim, 
mmkmowm, oitevre;— at 7, 82 
tt^or is predicated of the 
clause Sri yc . . . troX; supply 
irrt as tbecopnla: — ^for ovc 
&5ivAor, 7, 32, see 1. ov. 

iSUi-^m -m, f. &8uc4<r», p. 
j^SuKifxa, 1. aor. ^uti|<ra, ▼. n. 
and a. [lEKk-ot, '*nnjost, do- 
ing wrong"] 1. Neut. : (*« To 
beSSacos"; hence) a. To do 
wrong^ act mmjuttly, commit 
am offemee; — at 6, 14 ti may 
be regarded either as an ad- 
▼eib, or as an ace of cognate 
meaning (= ri &San|iia). — ^b. 
With pait. in concord with 
Sabjectofverb: To do wrong, 
or act umjusflg, hg or in the 
way denoted by the part. — 2. 
Act. : a. With Ace. of person : 
('* To be &<ccot towards one"; 
henoe) 2b injure, wrong, do 
wrong to a person ;— at 7, 31 
the Subject of the Inf. (pass.) 
a8urcc<rtfcu b omitted, as it is 



the same as Uiat of the lead- 
ing finite rerb of the cUosc 
(yo/<«CoMri[F]).~b. With Ace. 
of person and Ace of thing : 
To injure^ or wrong, one in a 
thing; 6, 22.— F^us.: &SU- 
^0|&ai -oStftoi, p. ^Zaainat, 
p]up. iiKx^fiiiw, 1 . aor. ^k4^''> 

1. fixt. iStmiBiiCOftat. 
&SCinftvoiS| ac^Oy or* P. 1. 

aor. of aSiiccw. 

&-SCk-o«, of, adj. Til, "nega- 
tire " prefix (see 3. d) ; Sik-^, 
** justice"] (*• Not having, or 
without, 87x11 "; hence) I. Of 
persons: Unjust , doing wrong, 
— 8. Of things: Unjust^ 
wronglg done, wrong, ^g^ 
(Comp. : &Suc-^cpof ) ; Sup. : 
uXiK'^naros, 

iSlicov|icro$| If, or, contr. 
P. pres. pass, of iXiKim. 

&5C«oT&TO^ Y, OF, sup. adj. ; 
see &Si«os. — As Sul^t. : aSCx- 
•Mto, «f, n. plur. Most 
unjust things, 

a-€vvaTos, tvFaroF, a^. [^ 
** negatiTe " prefix (sec 2. A) ; 
^vpords, " strong, powerful "; 
also, "possible"] ("Not 5vf. 
arSs"; hence) 1. Of words, 
etc,: Powerless,ineffectual. — 

2. a. Xot possible, impossible. 
— b. Not practicable, imprac- 
ticable. 

&ci (aUQ, adr. : 1. Alwags, 
continuallgyfor ever. — ^2. With 
Art.: Imparts an "indefin- 
ite" force :— «i &cl wtiBo/i^wot, 
whoever ob^ed^ or were obed^ 



78 



VOCABULARY. 



tent; or all cts they oheyed 
w yielded obedience, 5, 15. 

*AOT|vai, &if, f. plur. Athens 
(now Atini) ; the chief city 
of Attica, a country of ancient 
N. Greece. — Hence : 1. 'AOtjv- 
oiosi aia, cuov, adj. Qf, or he- 
longing to, Athens ; Athenian. 
-^As Sabst. : 'AOrivalos, ov, 
m. A man of Athens; an 
Athenian; — with Art.: The 
Athenian; 2, 19, where supply 
trdpfffrt; see preceding con- 
text.— Plur.: With Art.: The 
men of Athens ; the Athen- 
ians, — 2. 'A^vmon (Ionic form 
of 'A9iivat5, dat. of 'ABfii^ai), 
adverbial Dat. of place : At 
Athens; 7, 57 [§ 106 (5), 
Obs.]. 

'A9if|vaCa, as (Doric form of 
*A04ivrj, 1}$), f. Athenaia or 
Athene (the Roman Minerva), 
the goddess of wisdom, war- 
like prowess, and the arts of 
life, and the tutelary deity of 
Athens. 

'A9if|vaios, a, op ; 'AOT|vaio«, 
ovi 'AO^rQort; see 'Ad^vai. 

&-6p6-o€, ov, adj. [&, in 
" intensive " force (see 3. A) ; 
0p6'O5, ''a noise" as of many 
voices] (" Pertaining to a loud 
noise "; hence, with reference 
to those whence the 6p6os 
proceeds) 1. Collected in 
crowds, in masses, in vast 
numbers, — 2. All together, in 
a body, close together, 

"Sii^-^M -<p, f. iOvfi^ffw, 



1. aor. iiOvtiriffa, v. n. [Adv/x- 
oSf " faint-hearted, despond- 
ing"] ("To be AeUfios"; hence) 
1. To be faint-hearted, to 
despond ; to be down-hearted 
or dispirited, — 2. FoUd. by 
Trp6s and Ace. of thing: To 
be faint-hearted, etc., at, 
about, or in reference to, 

a-6v|Ji-os, ov, adj. [i, 
** negative " prefix (see 2. i) ; 
$vfi-65, " mind "; hence, 
" spirit, courage "] Without 
spirit or courage; disheart* 
ened, desponding, dispirited, 
faint-hearted, l^g' Comp. : 
Mvfi-6Tfpos ; (Sup. : &9v/ii- 
6TaTos), 

&Ov|Ji^cpos, a, ov, comp. 
adj. ; see &0vfio5, 

aliC, adv. ; see &€(. 

atp^M -w, f. aXpiiffto, p. 
fpflKo, 2, aor. cfAoi^, v. a. : 1. 
Act. : a. To take, seize, — b. 
To take or get into one's, 
etc., power; to take prisoner, 
capture, — 2. Mid. : alp^|Lai 
-ovuai, f. atpfiffonai, 2, aor. 
tl\6fji.Tlv, ("To take to one's 
self "; hence) a. To choose, — 
b. With ivrl : To choose an 
object in preference to 
another; to prefer some ob- 
ject to another. 

atpif|or6|ic6a, 1. pers. plur. 
fut. mid. of alp4u, 

alpov|Jicvos, Vt ov, contr. P. 
pres. mid. of alp^ot. 

atpw, f. &P&, p. ^pxa, 1. aor. 
^pa, V. a. 2b raise ; to raise, 



VOCABULARY. 



79 



or lift, up: — olfKir TJ^y X'^* 
to raise, or hold, up the hand 
in votiug, 3, 6. 

ala6avo)uu» f. eu<r$^ffOfxai, 
p. ^ff$rjfiai, 2. aor. i}a06/iJir, 
V. mid. : 1. Abs. : To perceive 
mentallj ; to understand, hear, 
learn, — 2. With Objective 
Geu. [$ 111] : To perceive, 
observe, notice, — 8. Folld. by 
Ace. and a part, in concord 
with the Ace: To perceive, 
observe, notice that, etc. ; 2, 7. 

oIoxuiK, o¥, comp. adj.: 

see tuaxp^' » — <^^ ^ ^^ dxrxlop 
18 predicated of Uie Inf. ^(- 
awar^if. 

alox'p^* P«» P^^j adj. 
[oTirx-o^, "shame"] ("Hav- 
ing oTo-xof "; hence) Shamefitl, 
base, disgraeeflU, infamous; 
— at 7f 40 aurxjp6v is predicated 
of the danse rk fiky ifih. 9iar 
r€vpaxOai [§162, B., L]. 
fggj^ Comp. : oiirxP'^^Tcpos and 
tuirX'Ufp; Snp. : alaxp'^^'^^f 
and idax'i^^os. 

«doxp-«*Sy adv. [olo-xp-^s, 
" shamefol, disgracefol "] 
("After the manner of the 
aiaxp^f *'f hence) ShamefulUf, 
disgraeefuUy, 

1. alaxvv-i|, ijy, f. [awrx^*'' 
«, in pass. '^ to be ashamed "] 
(" A being ashamed "; hence) 
1. Shame.^2. With Gen. of 
person : A sense, or feeling, 
of shame with regard to or 

for one, etc. 

2. oloxwn. 2. pers. dng. 



pres. ind. pass, of aiVxvyM; 
6,21; 7,9. 

alox-WM, f. alaxpim, p. 
^^^Xvyifu, 1. aor. ifvxwu, v. a. 
[aTiJX-^S '' shame "] 1. Act. : 
2b thame, disgracefdishonour. 
— ^2. Pass. : alax-vvo|ia4, p. 
faxv/i/iai, 1. aor. jvx^p^v, 
1. fat. rarelv aUrx^^^oiuu, 
mostly in mid. form alvxvrov' 
luu: a« Alone : To be ashamed, 
to feel shamc-^h. With Inf. : 
To be ashamed to do, eic, — e. 
With Fkirt. in concord with 
Subject of verb: To be 
ashamed at doing, etc, — d. 
Folld. by Ace. of person : To 
feel shame before a person. 

airim -«*, f. alr^cot, p. fr- 
riua, 1. aor. frjica, v. a. : 1. 
To ask for, demand,— 2,With 
Ace. of person and Aoc of 
thing [§ 96] : To ask one for 
something. 

1. uXrla,as, f. Afault, charge, 
imputcUioUj accusation : — 
alrltuf ix^^» ^^ {have, i.e.) incur 
blame, 7, 56; bnt to {have =) 
incur accusation, i.e. to be 
accused, 1, 8; — euriop tx^of 
vw6 with Gen. of person, to 
be accused, or blamed, by a 
person, 6, 15 : — so, in plur., 

curias ^X^^^ ^^t 6» ^^* 

2. aXrl^, contr. . 2. pers. 
sing. pres. ind. of airidofMi, 

a^Ti-ao|&ai -MfiAi, f. oiri- 
dffofiai, 1. aor. ^ricurdui}!', 
V. mid. [^adrt'O, in force of *' a 
&alt"] 1. With Aoc. of per- 



8o 



VOCABULARY, 



son : To find fault withf to 
hlame. — 2. With Ace. of per- 
son and Inf. : To accuse a 
person of doing, etc. ; 7, 45. 
— 3. With Ace. of person and 
foUd. by 5Tt : To lay to one's 
charge^ that, etc. ; 1, 8. 

alriiUrOai, contr. pres. inf. of 
alridotiai. 

alTi^o|iai, fat. ind. of 
aiTitiojuaf. 

atrl-os, a, ov, adj. [a?r(>a, 
"a cause"; also, ** blame"] 
(•* Pertaining to airm"; hence) 
1. Causing, occasioning ^ orig- 
inating. — As Subst. : aiTlos, 
ov, m. With Gen. : Origina- 
tor, author, of something; 
the cause of something ; 1, ^ ; 
— at 7, 48 the Gkn. is the 
clause rov . . . fitcBSv; see 
1. 6, no. 2. — 2. Blameworthy, 
hlameahle, culpable; \, 25, 
where oh^iv is an adv. 

alrupoOc, contr. 2. pers. 
plar. pres. opt. of a/rtcCo/iai. 

alxp>-&X-»TOs, wrof', adj. 

{'alxM-^f "a spear's point"; 
ience, •* a spear "; hX, root of 
hK-lffKOfiai, "to be taken"] 
(** Spear- taken"; hence) TaJc' 
e», or captured, in war ; taken 
from the enemy. — As Subst.: 
alxi&^WToty ov, m. Aprisoner 
of war, a captive ; — at 4, 5 
riaif aixjJ-a^^^Twy is an Objec- 
tive Partitive Gen. depeuaent 
on &(pifls : gome of the cap- 
» ; cf. [§ 112, Obs. 2], 
-^Koa, perf. ind. of duc^. 



&KoXov9-^M -w, f. iucoXovO" 
i\<ro9, p. ^Ko\o{>9riKa, 1. nor. 
ilKo\ov$ri<ra, v. n. [&k6\ovO-os, 
"following"] To follow;^ 
mostly with simple Dat., bat 
at 5, 3 foUd. by <r{rv with 
Dat. 

&KOVT-It», f. hcovrXato, 1. 
aor. iiKSvrlara, v. a. [^&kwv, 
&Koyr-os, ** a. javelin"] With 
Ace. of person: To hurl, or 
throw, a javelin, dart, etc., at 
a person ; 4, 18. 

hMovcroJi, dca, op, P. 1. aor. 
of iuco6u. 

&KOVW, f. itKovcu and ixo^' 
cofMif^.ikK'fiKoa, 1. BOV.IfKovtra, 
V. a. and n. : 1. Act. : a. With 
Ace. of thing ; or Gen. of per- 
son or thing: To hear; cf., 
also, no. c. — ^b. With Ace. of 
thing : To hear of — c. With 
Gen. of person : (a) To hear 
from; 6, 43.— (b) With Gen. 
of person and Ace. of thing: 
To hear something from a 
person; 7, 30.— (c) To hear, 
listen to.—d. With Objective 
clause or with Bti or &t : To 
hear that. — e. PoUd. by Ace. 
and Part. pres. in concord 
with such Ace, when present 
time is to be strongly marked : 
To hear that a person, etc, is 
now doing, etc. ; 2, 4 ; cf. 
2, 10.— 2. Neut. : a. To hear. 
b.— With adv. tZ : To hear 
one*s self, or to he, well 
spoken of; to have a good 
report or character; 7, 23; 



VOCABULARY. 



Si 



cf. Lat. hen^ audlret m^i 
also, fi4yas [igitoh. to be divided 
h'KO'imi ir, h^ inseparable 
prefix, in strengthening force ; 
root Ko, foand in KO'dotf ** to 
hear, perceive *']. 

&ICOV40V, ovaa, ov, P. pres. 
of &KOVW ; — ^at 3, 7 ((t* «-Ac/(rr> 
09V iuKov6vr»Vi {as many as 
possible hearing ; i. e.) in the 
hearing of as many as pot* 
sible, is Gen. Abs. [§ 118J. 

^Kpa, aSt f. [few, of 6,Kpos, 
"at the pttnt "; hence, "high- 
est "] 1. Of a mountain, hill, 
etc: Apeak, highest point, 
top, — 2. A castle, citadel, 
fortress built on a steep rock. 
Axpov, ov \ see tucpos, 
&Kp-^-iroXit» 'ic6\fms, f. 
[&«p-os,(Qncontr. gen.) Sjcpo-os, 
"highest"; v6\is, "a cltv»'] 
("The highest part of a 
city"; hence) A citadel, 
castle, 

oK-po«, pa, pof, adj. [i«c-^/, 
"a point"] C* Pointed"; 
hence) Highest^ topmost* — As 
Subst. : aicpov, ov, n. ("High- 
est or topmost"; hence) A 
height ; a peak, or point, of a 
mountain, etc* 

cucwv, &Kov(ra, &kov, a^j. 
[contr. fr. k'4Kttvi fr. A, 
"not"; Uiitv, "willing"] 
Unwilling, against one's will, 
&Xc{t|<r9c, 2. pers, plur. 
prcs. subj. mid. of &\c{m. 
aXc(i(vo|ua, fut. mid. of 

Anad. Book VII, 



kAJ^'^^, f. ekAc^^fl-w, V. a. : 
1. Act.: To ward off, — 2. 
Mid.: &-X^t-o|&ai, f. &Af(. 
■(uroiiai, 1. aor. ^Af^afiijr: a. 
With Ace. : To ward, or keep, 
off from on^s self, etc.; 
to guard on^s self, etc., 
against;— at 7, 8 supply ^/iSt 
as nearer Object of iA«|»y<r<J- 
M€«a.--b, Alone: To defend 
on^s self etc. ; 8, 44 [akin to 
Sans, root fiAESir, "to pre- 
serve*'; also, "to protect 
from "j & is a prefix]. 

&Xi{e-cia, cfay, f. [i\i;a-^T, 
"true"] ("The quality of 
the hXt\H%**i bence) Trnth. 

&Xv|0-cvM, f. hXi\^i»c», 
1. aor. ^X^flfwcro, v. n, [4a.»?0- 
i\%, "true"] (" To be iAi^O^s "; 
hence) To speak truly, to 
speak the truth ;-~sit 7, 25 
foUd. by Ace. of neut. pron. 
{iK€Tya omitted before i) as 
Ace. of" Respect." 

&-XY|6-t{«, #y,adj. [i, "nega- 
tive " prefix (see 2. d) ; A^a-«, 
"to lie hid"] ('*Not lying 
hid"; hence, "unreserved"; 
hence) Morally: True. 

iXUv-rlK^, rXicfi, rU6y, 
adj. [oAi««}-», "to fish"] 
pertaining to fishing ; fish^ 
ing : — wKoTop a\t€vriK6if, a 
fishing-boat. 

*AXurdpVT|, »yy, f. Mali, 
same ; a town of Mysia. 
^ &X(orKO|iai, f. aktatrofxai, p. 
$AwKa and H\wKa, plup. 
^Ac6ic€(v,2.aor. ^cU»i^ (a doi^bt- 

G 



82 



VOCABULARY. 



fal), V. pnss. irreg. nnd defect. : 
1. To he taken or captured i--^ 
afc 8, 10 a\i<nciirai has for 
its Sabject the neat. nom. 
plar. bx6aa [§ 82, a].— 2. To 
be caught or seized. 

&XX' 4i (= &XXo 11), adverb- 
ial expression after negative 
words: Other than, excepts 
cf. 7, 53. 

1. &XX-d (before a vowel 
&XX'), conj. [originally nent. 
plnr. of Ak\-os, "another,** 
with the accent changed] 
(** In another way," " other- 
wise "; hence) 1. But; yet : — 
&A.\A ydp, but really, but cer- 
tainly. This phrase, however, 
is elliptical, ydp in reality 
assigning a reason for the ob- 
jection or opposition pointed 
oat by &\\d : — &\\it n4iv, hut 
truly, yet truly y hut in truth ; 
an expression used to allege 
something not disputed : — 
&\?C Sfiut, but yet, hut still, 
hut nevertheless. — 2. In quick 
transitions from one subject 
to another; also in quick 
answers or objections: Nay 
hut, well but, well ; 8, 9, etc^ 

2. aXXa, neut. nom. and ace. 
plur. of &K\os. 

&XX-ax4»adv. [&AA-or, ** an- 
other"] In another place, 
elsewhere. 

&XXi{Xoi«, ais, oit ; &XX- 
*^Xov«, as, a; see iiW'fiKwv. 
'\X-i^X-«v (Dat. ois, ais. 
Ace. ovs, as, a), pron. 



(plur. without Nom. [Aw»os, 
''another," reduplicated and 
changed] Of, etc., one another. 
&XX-09, 71, o, pron. adj. : 1. 
Sing. : a. Another, other. — As 
Subst. : (ii) &XXo«, ov, m. An- 
other person, another. — (b) 
aXXo, ov, n. Another thing. — 

b. Repeated, whether as adj. 
or subst., and whether in the 
same or a different case : One 
. . . another : — &Wos . . • 
&\kos, one . . . another, 8, 27. 
—2. Plur.: a. Olher.—Aa 
Subst. : (a) &XXoi, uv, m. 
Other persons, others. — With 
Art. : The others, the rest; 
1, 4; 1, 12, etc. — (b) &XXa« vy, 
n. Other things. — With Art. : 
The other things, the rest. — 
Adverbial Accusative : r^ lUAa 
(contracted r&AXa), for the 
rest, in other respects, 2, 25 ; 
— at 6, 4 with fi4v inserted, 
T^ fi^v AkXa. — ^b. Repeated, 
whether as acy. or subst., and 
whether in the same or a 
different case: Some . • . 
other ov others :^&Woi . . . 
&\Aoi, some . . . others, 1, 17, 
where in each instance &K\oi 
is foUd. by Gen. of "Thing 
Distributed" [§ 112];— so^ 
also, with cognate adv.: iWos 
&\\&X^f one in one direction, 
another in another, S, 47.^- 

c. With Art. : The rest of 
that denoted by the subst. to 
which it is in attribution :— ^ 
t6 &\Ko ffTpArwfAa, the rest of 



VOCABULARY. 



83 



the arm^t 2, 11; — ol &AA01 
a-Tparriyoi, the rest of the 
generals, 8, 28;— at 5, 2 
supply Cc^yn with t& &AAa; 
— r&Wa ret ^rir^Scio, M0 r0«< 
of the promsiofu, 1, 18.— d. 
With nnmerals and in ennm- 
erationa: Tet, still, further, 
besides; cf. $XXa wp60&ra 
fiipia, innumerable sheep be- 
sides, 8, 48; — &AAot wfKravral 
€is bKTtutoelovs, peUasts be- 
sides (or also) to the number 
of eight hundred,%,lhi cf. pre- 
ceding context ; — ikifi^P &AAo, 
nothing else, 8> 8; wo, olf^^y 
&AA.0, 6, 89. 

&XX-^ploff, orpm, ^rpiov, 
acU. [«AA-of, "another"] Of, 
or belonging to, another or 
others; another man's; an* 
other^s. 

&XX-M«, adv. [[Ua-os, ''an- 
other"] (*' After the manner 
of the &AAof "; hence) In an- 
other manner or wag ; other- 
wise, — Phrase : &AA«s re Kai, 
(both otherwise and so ; i. e.) 
espeeiallg, above all, 7, 40; 
7,41. 

£X^tTor, ov (pinr. except 
in one phrase), n. Barleg-meal 
or groats, 

k\f, 3. pen. sing. 2. aor. 
Buhj. of okCjkoiuh, 

£l*nriK-Cs, 180;, f. [&A«$in}(, 
iAi^cjc-oj, ''a fox"] ("A 
thing pertaining to an bXdtw- 
111**; hence) Af ox-shin cap; 
4, 4, where some editions 

G 



have kktawtKas, ace. plar. of 
&Awircic^, "a fox-skin." 

&Xi«v-t|&ot, XiMPf adj. 
{JiXttff-is, «a taking or cap- 
turing"] ("Pertaining to 
SXvois "; hence) Easg to take 
or capture, 

S|Mi, adr. and prep.: 1. 
Adv. : At the same time: — H^ 
Ijl4v . . . 941a 94, partlg . . . 
partlg,-^2. Prep. gov. dat. : 
At the same time with, toge- 
ther with T-'^iifia rf ^M^f* 
together with the dag, ie. ai 
dag-break [akin to Sans. 
sama, '*same"]. 

1. 2|uivov, nent. nom. sing, 
of hfieiiwy ; 7, 64 ; see ttfteiif- 

2. &|Mivov, comp. adv. fad- 
verhial nent. of ifAt&vy, 
" better "] 1. In a better wag, 
better. — 2. More advantage^ 
ouslg, better, 

&|&tCvt*v, oy, adj. : irreg. 
comp. of by&BSs*, Better; — 
at 7, 64 ifitivop is predicated 
of the clanse kii^t'turSai re^s 
irdrpovs; — at 6, 44tA/itiyoif (like 
\^toy, to which it is coupled 
by jcaQ is predicated of the 
clause n4p€iy irapk 2c^. 

&|&tX-^M -«, f. A/icA^o-w, p. 
ilfi4\riKa, 1. aor. ^ju^Aiyira, v. n. 
[i/x€A-^j, "heedless"] With 
Gen. : To be heedless, or care- 
less, of; to neglect, 

AfLvvav^flu, inf. l.aor. mid. 
of iifivvco. 

&|LvvMy f. hfivy&f 1. aor. 
2 



84 



VOCABULARY. 



IllAvva: 1, Act.: 7b ward off", 
repel. — 2. Mid.: &|ivyO|iai, f. 
iLfivvovfuu, 1, aor. ^ifAVV&firiv, 
(*' To ward off, or repel, from 
one's self"; hence) To defend 
one*s self, etc. 

a|i<^C, prep. gov. gen., dat., 
and aco. : 1. With Gen. : a. 
Around, round about. — b. 
For, for ihe take of. ^t. Con- 
cerning, respecting. — 2. With 
Dat: a. Around. — ^b. On both 
sides of.^9. With Ace. : a. 
Around : — & Au^l ahrhv tlx^y, 
ihe things that he had around 
him, i.e. his garments, S, 2. 
— b. Of time: Near, near 
upon, about : — kfjupl fti&as 
v^KTM, about midnight, 3, 40. 
— e. About, concerning, with 
respect to : — 6 n^y i^fl<p\ ravra 
ttx^^t ^ indeed was occu- 
pied about these things, 2, 16. 
— d. With numerals : About 
£akin to Sans, (tbhi, "about "]. 

a^'6T€p99, OT^poL, 6rtpov, 
adj. [itM4>-«. "both"] (''Be- 
longing, to &fJL<p»**; hence) 
Both. 

1. av, conj. ijT/ joined to 
Sabj. mood : — ttv pHi, if not, 
unless, except, \ 

2. ay, conditional particle, 
modifying the power of the 
word to which it belongs : 1. 
With Verbs (of all moods ex- 
cept the Imperative): a. With 
Imperf. Ind. : Would, should. 
— b. With 1. aor. Indic. : 
Would havSs should Atitfe.T-c. 



With Sobj., the force of &p is 
thrown on some preceding 
conjunction, or some relative 
word; see below, no. 2. — d. 
With Opt. : (a) Limits the 
indefinite possibility of the 
mood by making it depend on 
certain conditions : (a) Condi- 
tion being or not being ful- 
filled : Would.^{$) Condition 
not fulfilled : Would or would 
have. — (7) Condition fulfilled: 
WiU, I think. — (b) In ques- 
tions : Insinuates doubt of 
the fulfilment of that denoted 
by the verb : idtKots ta^ Airo- 
Bajfuv, would you be willing 
to be put to death ? or, you 
would not be willing to be 
put to death, would you ? 
4, 9— e. With Inf. : (a) Of 
Pres. : That one, etc., will, 
or is about to do, etc. — (b) Of 
Perf. : That one, etc., was 
about to do, etc. — (c) Of Aor. : 
That one will, shall, would or 
should do, etc. — 2. With Re- 
lative pronouns, adverbs, con- 
junctions, etc. : ts &», tffris Av, 
whoever, whosoever ; — biroios 
Au, of what sort soever, of 
whatever sort ; — StScos &y, 
how many soever; also, as 
much soever as; — 8,ti dv, 
whatever thing, whatever; — 
irov &v, wherever; — Sirot &», 
whithersoever; — 5ir«s Av, how- 
ever ; — dart (^<rr') &v, until 
whatever time ; — e»s &v, until 
whatever time it be (that), 



VOCABULARY. 



85 



whenever; — ^nira tfir, when^ 
ever;—%ns iif, as long 09 
ever; — &s &v, in whatever 
way, however; — Btrot &v, 
how many soever, as many 
soever as; — w; iLv, how' 
ever, in whatever way. — 3. 
With Inf. or Part, of pres. or 
aor. imparts to ib a fatare 
sense (= fx4K^M») : Will, 
would ; shall, should, — 4. "Av 
sometimes occurs twice in a 
sentence, for which there arc 
two reasons: a. It is nsed 
once at the beginning to show 
the conditional nature of the 
whole sentence, and again 
with that part of the sentence 
which it especially modifies. — 
b. It is attached to the word 
on which most emphasis is to 
be laid, and^gain to the verb 
which it modifies. — 6. "Plv is 
sometimes omitted in the 
" apoddsis " (consequent clause) 
with the historic tenses of 
the indie, when the speaker 
puts out of sight the condi- 
tion, etc., stated in the 
"protasis" (limiting clause), 
and represents some con- 
tingency as having actu- 
ally occurred : fjcrxw^fitiv, ct 
^^nvaTiiBriy, I was ashamed 
(for, I should be ashamed), if I 
was deceived, 6, 21. But not 
only is &y omitted as above, but 
the "protilsis" itself is also 
occasionally not expressed : 
aiexp^y "hv Ta ifijk Staircirpax- 



Bai, it were hose thai my 
matters (or affairs) were set' 
tied ; for, *' it would be base 
if my matters (or aflbira) were 
settled," 7, 40. 

3. &v before a vowel; before, 
a consonant h ; inseparable 
" negative " prefix : JVb<, «»-, 
in-; see &v-jicc<rro;, d(-5i|Aos, 
etc. [akin to Sans, negative 
particle an; Lat. in; English, 
un-, tn-]. 

Avi, prep. gov. ace, (** Up, 
up along''; hence) 1. Of 
place : Throuyh, throughout, 
in, — 8. With numerals in dis- 
tributive force : Up to, to the 
number of, each, 

&va-Pa{vai, f. &i'A*i3^o'o/ua(, 
p. iiy&'fi4$iiKa, 2. nor. iu^-ifiri^, 
V. n. [hvd, "up, upwards"; 
fiaivv, *^ to go"^ I, To go up 
or upwards, e.g. from the 
coast to the interior of a 
country. — 2. Of persons em- 
barking, etc, t Alone : To go 
on hoard, to embark, — 3. To 
mount on horseback ; 6, 42. 

&y&Pai, aea, dv, P. 2. aor. 
of hvSi&aiyu. 

'Avd^a-o'ic, <r6«y,.f. (ayafia- 
iyu, *• to go up"] 1. A going 

*<?> e« g)* fi'OQi the coast to the 
interior of a country. — 2. The 
Anabasis ; the title of Xeno- 
phon*8 work which treats of 
the expedition of Cyrus, from 
his satrapy in Lydia, against 
his brother, King Artaxerxcs, 
at Babylon. It records also 



86 



VOCABULARY. 



the prooeediogs of hU Greek 
auxiliaries after big death till 
they were embodied with other 
Greek troops under Tbimbroo, 
who carried on a war against 
TiBsapbemes and Phamabaz- 
us. 

AvaYK^otti, f. hfayKatftt, p. 
^vAyKiKOf 1. aor. iiviiyKiffa, 
V. a. [jkifdyK'in, "force*'] To 
force, compel, eonttrain,'— 
Fkiss. : &vaYK-a{o|&ai, p. iivayK' 
aff/mt, 1. aor. livayKOffOiiVf 1. 
Alt. iufayieeurHfroficu, 

&vdYin|» IIS, t. : 1. Ibroe, 
conetraiiU, — 2. Need, necees* 
iiy: — hj^AyMi (iarl or ijv), 
in connexion with an Inf., is 
rendered in English by it musi 
be that, U ie neoeeeary that ; 
bat in Greek i^rl is the oop« 
ula« and iivdyKTi is predicated 
of the Inf., or Infinitival 
clause; — at 6, 25 iufdymi is 
predicated of the Infinitival 
clause ti4vtuf 4wl ep^mff; 
cf. 2y 16, whore ^ir is to be 
supplied as the copula. — 8. 
Adverbial Dat. : Avdyirg, Per- 
force, o/neceesittf ; 7, 29. 

&v-&7«», f. iLV'di», 2. aor. 
&y-^d7oy, V. a. rA''-«t"np"5 
j(7«, «to lead^j To lead, 
carry, or briny up from a 
lower place to a higher, from 
the coast to the interior. 

&v-aip^M -aipw^f. Av-aip^cwy 
p. iv'ppriKa, 2. aor. &y-ciAoy, 
V. a. niy-d, " up "; atp4tf, " to 
take ^2 C'^o ^^^ up ; hence, 



of an oraclcy or deity, as taking 
up a reply to the question of 
an inquirer, *' to answer, give 
a response''; hence, again) 

1. Act. : 2h appoint, ordain; 
— at 6, 44 supply aMs (= 
6 Ze^t) as the Subject of 
iyaiptt, — 2. Mid. : &v-aip« 
io^Mi, -aipov|iai, 2. aor. iiv- 
ti\6fAiiy, To take up for one's 
self, etc, 

Ava-KpotMy f. iva'Kpd^oiiaii, 

2. aor. dif'dKpdyov, v. n. [&vcC, 
in "strengthening" force; 
Kp&(0, "to cry out"] To cry 
out aloud, to shout out ; — at 

3. 83 foUd. by Ace. of cognate 
meaning r§ 96]. 

&V&X&P6V, owra, 6y, P. 
2. aor. of iufi\afAfiay», 

&v&-Xa|fcP&vt*, t dya-Xif^o 
fuu, 2. aor. iL¥'4\d$op, v. a. 
[aifdl, « back "; Kofifi^tt, " to 
take"] 1. To take back, to 
take away with one, etc, — ^2. 
To receive, etc. 

&v&X(oiMt, f. Ai'dXc6<rw, p. 
ii^A«ica and livaKtMta, 1. aor. 
fty^Awcra and hruKwra, v. a. 
2b ute up, expend, — Pass. : 
&vaX(oico|&ai, p. iatfjknftat and 
ikyaXnfioi, 1. aor. km^Xt&Bfiif 
and&yaA0^y,f. dvaAw^^ofiai. 

&v&Xtt6c(i|v, 1. aor. sulg*. 
pass, of ivoKlffKof. 

&v&l&svciTff, 2. pers. plur. 
fbt. ind. of ii,yafi4iw, 

&Wi-|Uvs», f. Mi-fi*»&, 1. 
aor. hif'dfAuya, 2. aor. ity-dfitvoy, 
V. n. [h'd, in <* strengthening" 



VOCABULARY. 



i7 



force; fUptt (nent.), <'to 
wait"] To wait, stop, stay, 
remain, 

ay&-|uuvif OKW, f. iufa-/af^<r», 
V. B. {_avd, denoting "re- 
petition "; tiifUf^ffKtt, " to pat 
in mind '*] (" To put in mind 
again, to caose to remember *'; 
hence) 1. Act. : With Ace. of 
person and Ace. of thing : To 
remind one of something. — 8. 
Mid. : &ya-|&i|ivi{9KO|Mii, f. 
iiva'ftirfi<ronai, 1. aor. pass, in 
mid. force iuf-ttkvi\v9riv, (** To 
canse one's self to remember "; 
hence) To recall to mind ; to 
recoUeet, remember; — at 1, 26 
folld. by Ace. ;~at 6, 24; 
7, 25 folld. by clause as Ob- 
ject. 

aor. pass., in mid. force, of 

&va|ivi{a6v|TC, &va|tin{(r^Ti» 
2. pers. plur. and sing, im- 
perat. of &ytfurfiff$riv, 1. aor. 
pass., in mid. force, of &ycl- 
/iifjarfia'KM. 

'Aya&pioq, ov, m. Anaxih- 
iua ; the Spartan admiml 
stationed at Byzantium (now 
Constantinople) when the 
army of the Ten Thousand 
arrived at Trupezus (now 
Trebisond). 

dv&vavco^c, 2. pers. plur. 
pres. imperat. mid. of &ya- 

ava-irav«», f. oya-va^w, p. 
ou^a-ircirauica, v. a. [di'ci, in 



*' strengthening" force; ira6m, 
** to make to cease "] 1. Act. : 
To make another to ceaee or 
deeiet, — S. Mid. : &va-ira^- 
o|&ai, 1. aor. lah'neavj&fA,r\¥, 
(*<To make one's self to 
cease," etc, ; hence) a. To take 
one^s rest, to sleep ; 3, 89 ; cf. 
follg. context.->b. To stop, 
halt, rest on^s self, etc,, take 
rest; 8, 41. 

&v&-ircTdiTV)u or Av&- 
wcTavHiw, f. iv&'Ttr&fftf, Att. 
&yA-ircT£, 1. aor. ky-tw4rli(ra, 
V. a. [iivd, in "strengthen- 
ing '* force ; werdvyvfit, " to 
spread out "] (" To spread out 
much or greatly"; hence) Of 
gates as Object: To throw 
wide open, open wide* 

&r&ircTavvv«» ; see hy&' 
Ttrayvvfit, 

&va-inf|8aM -in)8w, f. &f&- 
myS^o-oftoi, 1. aor. iiv-fiHiBfiffa, 
r. n. Tint "up"; ini9dt», "to 
leap"] To leap, or spring, 
up, 

iLvainfin/\p'a%, aero, av, F. 1. 
aor. of iLvami^ato, 

dvawpotai, 1. aor. inf. of 
kvarparjw, 

&va'irpa(«Hn(v), 8. pers. plur. 
1. nor. subj. of kvanparrv. 

&va-irpa(r(r», Att. avci- 
wparrw, f. hva-wpa^a, 1. nor. 
iuf-4irpa^a, y. a. [dfo, in 
" strengthening" force; irp<£<r- 
<r«, in force of "to exact"] 
To exact money, etc; — at 
1 6, 40 the clause wapii "XeMov 



88 



VOCABULARY. 



rhv tiifrBhv avavpa^tu is a sub- 
stantival one of the Ace. case, 
and is in apposition to toGto. 
dvciirpaTTM; see iufaTrpdff- 

&v-apiratw« f. atf-apvaffoa 
and itv-apwaiu, 1. aor. ^y- 
npiw&ffa and iLy-^/nra^a, v. a. 
l&if-d, "up"j opirdfw, "to 
snatch''] To snatch up arms, 
etc.; 1, 15. 

dvapiracrafi, dffOL, av, P. 1. 
aor. of &i/apirdC<v> 

dvooras, aa^a^ (£v, P. 2. aor. 
of ivla-TTifii, 

dva-TCiVM, f. &i/&-TeycD, 
1. aor. av'irtiva, v. a. [At^o, 
" up "i T€(w, " to stretch **'] 
("To stretch up"; hence) Of 
the hands as Object: To raise; 
to iifif or hold, up, 

avSpa, avSpas, acc. sing, 
and plur. of iw-fip. 

&v8p - a ' iroS - ov, ov, n. 
[usually referred to iynp, 
aifBp'65, *'a man," and vois, 
iro5-<Jy, "a foot," from the 
notion of a man falling at the 
conqueror's feet ; — by some 
the second portion is referred 
to &irob6(r6cu, "to sell"; and 
so, "the man sold," as cap- 
tives usually were: — more 
probably for ^ySp-d-vtH-ov, 
from iivfipi itvBp-65, " a man "; 
(a) connecting vowel ; vtd-dw, 
" to fetter," " bind with fet- 
ters "; and so, " the man-fet- 
tered thing or property "] A 
slave* 



&v$pao-i(v), dat. plur. of 
iofiip, 

avSpc, nom. and aoc. dual 
of iivfip. 

ftvSpcs, nom. and voc. plur. 
of M)p. 

dvcirai, 2. aor. inf. of 

^LviKpayoVf 2. aor. ind. of 
hvaKpdC<a, 

dvcX^f&cvof, Vi oVf P. 2. aor. 
mid. of iyaipdof, 

&y^{c(r6<u, fut. inf. mid. of 

&vciravoKro, 3. pers. plur. 
imperf. ind. mid. of iivairavu. 

avcirlXi^irr-tiSt adv. [^ityeiri- 
Ktiitt'Os, " not open to attack "2 
("After the manner of the 
kyfvlKTjiTTos "i hence) With- 
out being open to attacXr, 
without danger of an attack, 

av€o"nf), 3. pers. sing. 2. aor. 
ind. of h^lcfriiiu 

dv^o-Ttio-civ, 3. pers. plur. 
2. aor. ind. of ivlarritu ; 3, 34 

&v^Tcivav, 3. pers. plur. 1. 
aor. ind. of hf&Tfiva), 

av-cv, adv. With Gen.: 
Without [akin to Sans, nega- 
tive prefix an =: Lat. in-, 
English un-, in- ; see 3. kif]. 

av-eupCcrKw, f. &i/-6yp^(r», 
2. aor. av-evpoy, v. a. [4»'-a, in 
" strengthening " force ; cwp- 
IffKw, " to find "] (" To find "; 
hence) To find out, discover. 

av-cx^) f' ii'-e^w and 

ava-axi^^» P* oj'-iaxV'^^f ^* 
aor. iy.effxoy, v. a. [itv-d, 



VOCABULARY. 



89 



*' up "; ^x** ** to hold "] To 
hold up, — ^liid. : av-cxofitti, 
imperf. with double aogment 
ilP'^iX^f^V^f ^' ia^-f^ofULi and 
ajfctrcx^aofuu, 2. aor. ^v-<irx<^- 
foir, ("To hold one's self, 
etc, up"} hence) Folld. by 
part, in concord with Subject 
of verb : 2b lear, or endure, 
to do, etc, : — ah oIk iLPt^taBai 
Spuvra, that you will not hear 
(or endure) to see^ 7, 47. 

a-m|n/^, rci^io v, m. A cousin, 
kinsman [for i'VtTr'fft6s ; fr. 
&, inseparable prefix (see 8. &); 
v€UT', akin to Sans, napt-ar 
(naptri), ** a grandson "]. 

ttvifY&Yoy, 2. aor. ind. of 
ai a7». 

av-il|ic-cirro«, taroy, adv. 
[for oy-dK'^aros ; fr. ii', 
negatire prefix (see 3. cu') ; 
iiK-€Of»at, *'to heal"] ^o< to 
be healed; irremediable, in- 
curable, 

&-inip, vipos v9p6s, m. : 1. 
A man, as opposed to woman. 
— 2. .<i man in the prime of 
life. — 3. a. A man indeed, a 
brave man; — at 4, 8 accom- 
panied and strengthened by 
aya$6s. — b. A distinguished 
man; 1, 21. — 4. In Attic 
Greek itp^p is frequently 
placed before a subst. denot- 
ing a calling, profession, etc. : 
&ySpts trrpariw rai, 1 , 25 ; — also 
before the ntiincs of nations, 
etc. : hinip ll4pans,Sy 9 ; &i^p 
ef>${, 3, 26. — 5. In addresses: 



In voc plnr. : Men, Sirs ; 3, 3, 
etc, [akin to Sans. iMvr-a, 
"a man"; a is a prefix; cf. 
k-yoB-ds^ 

&v9-CoTi||u, f. &m-irr4(rw, 
p. k99-i<miKa, 2. aor. hrr- 
4<miv, T. a. and n. [iu^tf* 
(= ^Q, "over against, op- 
posite"; larTifu, "to set"] 
1.: a. Act. : In pre8.'and fnt.: 
lb set over against or oppos- 
ite; to set up in opposition, 
— b. Neut. : In perf. and 2. 
aor.: To stand over against 
in hostile meaning; to with- 
stand, resist, oppose. — 2, 
Mid.: avO'-CoTafMt, 1. aor. 
pass, in mid. force kvr-effra- 
97ir = no. 1, b : To withstand, 
resist, oppose. 

&v6umi)Tai, 3. pers. sing, 
pres. sul'j. mid. of h»Biffrrifii, 

&v6p«»vos, ov, m, : 1. Sing. : 
A man, person, a human 
being ;—2X 6, 11 ^Mdpwtoy 
6pTa (that one who is a man) 
is the Subject of wpotrBoK^, — 
2. Plur. : Men ;— at 2, 11 
iufBp^irovt, men = soldiers. — 
N.B. This word is sometimes 
fem. : ''a woman." 

av-Ci||ii, f.itv-^0-»,p, hif'f^Ka, 
1. aor. ov'iiKCi, 2. aor. inf. &v- 
flyai, V. a. [dy-^, ** back"; Tijm*, 
" to send "] (" To send back "; 
hence) To let go, to suffer to 
go ;^at 6, 30 the editions vary 
between ^fT^ai and tw tlvai. 

ivCoTarai, 3. pers. sing, 
pres. ind. mid. of hvlariifu. 



90 



VOCABULARY. 



av-£oTV|)ii| f. h,va'<Tr'f\<rp», p. 
&i/-^(rri}Ka, 1. aor. kif'itm\iTat, 
2. aor. iv'dtrrriv, v. a. and n. 
[av'df "up"} t(rTnfii, "to 
make to stand; — to stand"] 1. 
Act. : In pres., imperf., 1. fat., 
and 1. aor. : To make to stand 
up, to raise or lift up, — 2. 
Neut. : In perf., plaperf.> and 
2. aor. : a. To stand up, rise, 
— b. To rise up from a reclin- 
ing position, etc, — 3. Mid. : 
&v-£oT&{Aai, 1. aor. Ai^-cart;- 
aafiijv = no. 2, a. 

avoiyvv^i; see diyoiyw. 

&V-OIYW and &v*oCYviifJki, 
imperf. kv-dtfyov, &v-tpyov, and 
rarely Ifv-otyov, f. iy-oi^w, p. 
iiv-4(pya and hf-^ipx^ 1* ^^^' 
dy-t^^a and ffv-oi|a, v. a. [di'-cij 
in " strengthening " force ; 
oXysa or otyuvfii, ** to open '*] 
To open; — at 1, 16 supply 
avTas (=r&f iri\as) as the 
nearer Object of ayol^oviriv, 

avo£{ov<n(v), 3. pers. plur. 
fat. ind. of hyoly^o, 

&vouioC-tt»9, adv. [^iLy6fioi-os, 
" nnlike "] (" After the 
manner of the iufSfioios"; 
hence) In a different position, 

etc. : — iwofioiws ^X^^^f ^ ^^ *^ 
a different position, to he 
differently situated, 7, 49; 
cf.y also, cxw, no. 2, b. 

''AvravSpos, ov, f. Antandr- 
OS (now Antandro) ; a city 
of Troas in Mysia, a country 
of Asia Minor. 

arri (before a soil vowel 



&kt'; before an aspirated 
vowel avO*), prep, and adv. : 

1. Prep. gov. gen. : a. Of 
place: Over against, oppos' 
ite. — b. Instead of, in the 
place of, — c. In preference 
to, — d. Ibr, in return for, — 

2. Adv. : In return, 
&Krt-Xfyw, f. &vri.\c(w, 1. 

aor. &VT-cAc|a, v. n. [hrri, 
" in opposition "; Keyu, " to 
speak "] To speak in opposi- 
tion ; to oppose in words. 

&VTi-(rTpaT0irc8cva», f. &vti- 
(TrparoirtBtia'of, v. n.; — more 
commonly &vti - oTpaToircS- 
cvojjiai, V. mid. [iLvrl, ** op- 
posite "; orrpaTOKtieiv, and 
crpaToirtdfi&ofiat, '* to en- 
camp "] To encamp opposite, 
&vii<rairOai, 1. aor. inf. mid. 
of dcvw or &i/i^r«. 

&viiM or &VVTW, f. &W;0'o», p. 
^vvKa, 1. aor. ijtrvffa, v. a. 
To effect, accomplish, — Mid.: 
&vvo|iai or &vvTO|&ai, f . iufuc' 
ofiat, 1. aor. ^vvcraiaiv. To 
effect or accomplish as one's, 
etc, own act ; to bring about, 
to achieve* 

fiv-«, adv. [&jr-cC, "up"] 1. 
Pos. : a. Upwards, up, — b. 
Above, aloft, on high» — o. 
Of countries, localities, etc, : 
Above, upper; in, or into, the 
interior, as opp. to the sea- 
coast : — roO wn ficurtXdtts, 
the king in the interior, L e. 
the Persian king, 1, 28 (cf., 
also^ 1. 6, no. 6, a); but at 



VOCABULARY. 



91 



»». I 



7» 8 the same expreesion 
applies to Meddkte, a king 
in the interior of Thraoe; cf. 
3y 16 : — ircpl rov orpar^^urBai 
&vif , rewpecHng the proceeding 
on an expedition into the 
interior, 5, 9. — 2. Sup. ; &i^ 
•rr&TM, Uppermost, highest: — 
4p rp &r«Tdr« n^fitf, in the up- 
permost village^ i.e. iiitnated 
on the highest ground, 4, 11 
(cf. 1. 6, no. 6, a). |g|r (Comp. : 
hwmr4p9t); Snp.: iamr&rm, 

i^im'Vtv, adv. JJum,** above 
Boffix •cr (=^ic), " from "] 1. 
J¥oOT oiovtf.— 2. D'om the 
mpper country or interior, 

vrwT&Tw ; see &iw. 

&{in|, i|f, f. [for &7-0'(n|; fr. 
iy'rv/u, " to break, to shiver 
in pieces"! ("That which 
breaks or shivers in pieces"; 
hence) An axe, hatcaet, 

&(SMt, contr. 2. pers. sing. 
pres. indl of ^i^. 

£{Xo«, a, OP, adj. [for iy- 
aUs ; fr. &yw, in force of " to 
weigh" so mnch] ("Weigh- 
ing" so mnch; hence) 1. Worth} 
—at 3, 27 ; 7, 25 foUd. by 
Gen.of prioeorvalno [§ 116]. 
— 2. Morally : Worthy, merit- 
orioMS: — rhv &|(oy, the worthy 
or meritorious man; the de^ 
serving man, 3, 10. — 8. With 
Gen. : Worthy, or deserving, 
of; 3, 13 ;— at 7, 37 6iios . . . 
iw kyoBmp is pat for &^ios 
ix^itwp iyaBuv, &, the demon- 
strative pron. being omitted 



before the follg. rd., and the 
snbst (iiyaB&p) being at- 
tracted into the relative 
danse. — 4. Phrase: &t^ov 
(IotQ, It is JU ot proper ; 
— at 3, 19 K^ioir is piedicated 
of the danse koI ^c^oAo- 
wp§n4^r&Ta ri/iijirat Sc^^v: 
supply iari as the copula. 

&|iov|uv, contr. 1. pers. 
plar. pres. ind. of ^^160, 

^-^ -A, f. air(vir«, p. 
I ii^ivKo, 1. aor. Ii^vaa, v. a. 
li&'Of, «* worthy"] 1. With 
Ace. of person ana Gen. of 
thing: A think, or deem, a 
person worthy of something. 
—2. FoUd. by Objective 
clause : To think JU, demand, 
expect, desire, or require, that, 
etc,; 8, 12;— but at 3, 10 the 
Subject of the Inf. (Ix*<*') ^^ 
put in the nom. {abr6s), inas- 
much as it is the same as that 
of the leading verb (&|(i^w) 
of the clause.— 8. With Inf. : 
a. To wish, or desire, to ; 
3, 19 ; 7, 16.— b. To think fit^ 
or right, to do, etc,; 7, 8. 

iLivAau, f ut. ind. of a^i6», 

ato|MV, 1. pers. plur. fut. 
ind. of &7W. 

iiftrayiSLy^v, 2. aor. inf. of 
awdyv, 

dira^aYoi, 3. pers. sing. 2. 
aor. opt. of dwdy», 

&iraYycCX«Mri(v), 8. pers. 
plur. 1. aor. snbj.of &ira77cAAw. 

avavycXci, 3. pers. sing, 
fat. ind. of dwayyeWti, 



92 



VOCABULARY. 



dirayycXciv, fiit. ind. of 
dira77cAA». 

dvayycXX^fMyos, % ov, P. 
ppes. p«ss. of &icarify4KKn : — 
rh ifvarfY^'SX6yi.^yaf the thingt 
reported, i.e. the tidings 
brought back, 1, 84. 

dv-ayyAXw, f. dr-oTycAw, 
1. aor. dir-i^77«iAa, v. a. \ar- 
6t in " strengthening" force ; 
a,yyiKK»y " to report," «te J 
1. To reporif announce. — 2. 
Alone : 2b report in answer ; 
to hrinfff or carry, back word 
or tidinga; 1, 4; 2, 35. — 8. 
FoUd. by 5t< : To report^ or 
"bring Udinge, that. — Pass.: 
d'T-aYy^XXof&ai, p. ar-^77«A- 
/xai, 1. B.OT,&ir-fiyy4\0riy, 1. fat. 
dir-a776Atf^<ro/tot. 

^.V'&yta, f. dir.dloy, 2. aor. i 
wK'-hyayov, V. a, [dir-i " away 
or off "j tLfw, " to carry, lead, 
drive "] 1. To carry, or con^ 
veg, awag» — 2. to lead away 
troops, etc., from a place; 
6,40.^ 

ii,ya.y-4] ', fr. h.V'6, "away*'; 
Ay (root of iry-ta, " to lead ") 
reduplicated] A leading away 
from a place. 

&-ira9-i^«, h, adj. [o, " ne- 
gative *' prefix (see 2. h) ; 
Tt^e-os, "suffering"] ("Not 
having vdQos"', hence) With 
Gen. : Not suffering, or Aa». 
ing suffer edy from; exempt 
from evils, etc. ; 7, 33, 

4ir-aip«*, f. &ir-ci/>», p. &t- 



ripKa, 1. aor. me-^pdi v; a. 
[iT-iJ, "away"; a2^», "to 
lift"] ("To lift away"; 
hence, " to carry, or I^d, 
away"; hence, with ellipse 
of vavv, "to carry away a 
vessel "; i. e.) To aaU away, 
to depart; to set out. 

iir-abWu -atru, f. av- 
airiicw, 1. aor. iLV'pTfiffa, v. a. 
litv'6, "back"; €ur4a>, "to 
ask"! ("To ask back"; 
hence) 1. Act. : a. With Ace. 
of thing and Ace of person 
[§ 96] : cf. Primer, § 96 : To 
demand something backfirom 
a person ; to demand of a per* 
sou t^ return something ; — 
at 6, 17 supply aitrd as Ace. 
of thing after the first an* 
aiT-fiffei ; while with the sec- 
ond &TatT^(r€i there is an el- 
lipse of both atn6 and fit ;— 
at 7, 21 the Ace. of thing 
{ixelva) after itirfrovu is 
omitted before the foUg. rel., 
&, bat at the commencement 
of the same clause inraiHivvp 
is folld. by oMv as Ace. of 
thing, and a 4 as Ace. 6f per- 
son. — b. With Ace. of thing 
alone : To demand something 
back J to demand; — at 7, 89 
the Ace. of thing (iKuva) 
after hvTJriiffa isomitted^before 
follg. rel., 3.-0. With Ace. 
of thing and Dat. of person : 
To demand something for a 
person; 6, 7. — 2. Mid.: Air- 
aiWofiai -avrov|tak, f. ircur- 



VOCABULARY. 



93 



'haoiuu : With Ace. of thing 
and Ace, of person : To de. 
mand something of a person, 
for one's self or hy one'a own 
act ; 6, 2. 

«&ir<UTijcrwv, ou<raf ov, P. 
fat. of kwairiw, 

dir-oXXcurffw (Attic &ir- 
oXXaTTM), f. &ir*aAX(£(tf, p. 
aT-'^AA&xa, V. n. and n. [h.it' 
6^ ** from " ; iwdatrw, " to 
change "] (" To change from '*; 
hence) 1. Act. : With Gen. : 
To set free or deliver from, — 
2. Neat. : To get off in k way 
denoted hy accompanying adv. 
or adj. — 8. Mid.: &ir-aXXd<ro'- 
ofjkcu (Attic air-aXXaTTO(&<u), 
f. inr-aXKa^oiMit 1. aor. dir- 
•tiWalayLfiVf (" To set one's self 
free " from something; hence) 
a. Alone: To depart, take 
one'e, etc., departure ; 1, 63 — 
at 1, 10 snpply trol ffVfifiovX' 
cWbefore &Ta\\dTrfff6ai ; see 
preceding context. — b. With 
diri( : To depart, or ffo away, 
from; 1, 4.— c. With U\ To 
depart, or go awag, out of; 
6,2. 

airav, nora. and ace. neat, 
sing, of &vas, 

1. SiraKTo, masc. ace. sing, 
and nom. and ace. neat. plar. 
of airas. 

2. diravrf, contr. 3. pers. 
sing. pres. ind. of itveu/rd^o ; 
3,7; 8,1. 

. avavTos, masc. ace. plar. of 



dv-arroi* -avrw, f. dr- 

tun-fiffu and iLT'apr^ffofiat, p. 
itT-^vrriKa, 1. aor. &T-^PTi}<ra, 
V. n. \Jlw'6, in "strengthen- 
ing** force; A»/T<l«,"tomeet*'] 
With Dnt.: 1. 2'o meet, fall 
in with. — 2. Aloue: To pre- 
sent one's self etc. 

airdvTfl0V, masc. and neat, 
gen. plur. of 2iras. 

aird{wv, P. fat. of dird^w. 

a-ira«, ira(ra, ircU^^adj. [&, in 
" intensive " force (see 3. d) ; 
iray, "all"] 1. Quite all; 
the whole, all completely. — 
As Subst. : a. SiravTcc, tov, 
m. plar. All men, all per- 
sons, — b. Siravra, «v, n. plar. 
AH things, — 8. The whole of 
that denoted by the subst. to 
which it is in attribution. — 
N.B. The position of airai with 
a Sabst. is the same as that 
of vdr ; see teas, 

&irairi(v), masc. and neat, 
dat. plur. of Biras. 

dircPdXcTc, 2. pers. plur. 2. 
aor. ind. of diro/SdAAw. 

Lvi^t\v, 2. aor. ind. of diro- 

dir€8ij(Ai|o-a, 1. aor. ind. of 

dWSocrav, 3. x)ers. plur. 
2. aor. ind. of diro8(5«/At. 

dir^oTO. 3. pers. sing. 2. 
aor. ind. mid. of diro8/$M/xt. 

dir^pa, 3. pers. sing. 2. 
aor. ind. of krohiZ^daKa. 

dir/ScaKa, 1. aor. ind. of 
diro8(8c0/u. 



94 



VOCABULARY. 



&irc0avov, 2. fior. ind. of 

&TfiXi{, ^t, f. A threai. 

&v-ct|ii, imperf. ikw-^civ, 
iinpertit. Jtw-XOi, sabj. av-tw, 
opt. iiW'loifii, inf. itir'i4M€Uf part. 
dr-Icir, V. n. [o»-rf, •* away "; 
tlfit, "to go"] 1. To so 
away, to depart (in indie in 
future sense); — at 2, 27 the 
Sabjcct of the Inf. dricnu is 
pat in the nom. {wt6s), as it 
is the same as that of the 
leading verb of the clause 
HipriffBa ; — at 6, 44 and 7, 61 
&Ti^irai is a substantival inf. 
coupled, in each instance, to 
fi4ytiy by conj. Ij. — ^2. 2b ^o 
back, retire, withdraw. 

&ir-ciirov, 2. aor. without 
pres. ; f. &r-cp», p. dv-crpijirtx, 
V. a. \_aw'6, in "negative" 
force ; eTiror, « to say "] ("To 
say that a thing, etc., is not 
to be "; hence) 1. With Dat. 
of person and inf. : To forbid 
a person to do, etc.; — at 2, 12 
the negation is strengthened 
by foUg. fiff, — ^8. To renounce, 
give up ; 1, 41. 

dircivwy^ ovcro, 6v, P. of 

aircixov, imperf. ind. of 

dircKdCovTo, 3. pers. plar. 
imperf. ind. pass, of dir- 

&ir€Kpiv&|it)v, 1. aor. ind. 
-* ^xoKplvoixau 

TplvaTO, &ircKpiyw^ 8. 



and 2. pers. sing. 1. aor. ind* 
of itroKpiyofuu. 

dw-cXavvw, f. iiw-thaffto 
Attic ar-€Aw, p. &ir.6A4x&Ka, 
1. aor. iiV'^Xaara, v. a. [&ir-<{, 
"away"; fKaOvw, " to drive'*] 
1. To drive away, drive off; 
— at 8, 11 supply avroifs 
(= rohi SxXovs) after At- 
ilKavpov, — 2. Alone (as if with 
ellipse of Trrov) To ride away; 
to ride off; 8, 1, etc, 

&ircX9ciV, 2. aor. inf. of &r« 
fyxofiai, 

&ir^9]g, 3. pers. sing. 2. 
aor. subj. of awdpxofiai, 

aircXiuv, ovea, 6v, P. 2. 
aor. of awtpx o/uai. 

&Wirc)it^a, 1. aor. ind. of 
dirorcjuiro». 

AwiirXcov, imperf. ind. of 
&iroTA6w. 

Swcp, adv. [adverbial ace. 
neut. plur. of Sinrep, " who "] 
At, like as. Just as ; 7, 13. 

Aw-^pxciiat, f. &v-cXev0'o/xai, 
p. &W't\ii\i}$a, 2. aor. air- 
rjKBoy, v. mid. [av-<^, "away "; 
fyxo/tat, **to come, to go*'] 
2b yo away, depart ; — at 
6, 84 the pres. &w4pxotiat is 
used to denote an almost im- 
mediate future. 

AvcfrrpaTotrcSciHraiitiv, 1. 
aor. ind. of dToffrporoircSci^- 

OfJUU, 

i.iF^p&w6\i.r\y, 2. aor. mid. 
of &Torp€ra>. 

Air-cxO-avoiAai, f. Av-ex^- 
'flffofiai, p. Ar-'^x^'^M^' v. pass. 



VOCABULARY, 



95 



M 



r&ir-((, in " strengthening 
force; ^x'^'os, *'hAte, hatred 'H 
1. Aloi«: 2\7 he haUd,^2. 
With Dat. of person r§ 104] : 
To be hateful tOj to oe hated 
by, to incur the hatred of, 
&ircxov(ra«, fern. ace. plur. 

of d.wix^'^t P* Pr^- of &ircxfltf. 

air-^w, f. a^'d^w and &iro- 
ffX'h<fto, 2. nor. &r-c<rxoi'y v. a. 
and n. [&ir-4^, "away, away 
from"; ix*»» (act.) "to have 
or hold "; (neut.) "to be "] 1. 
Act. : To holdf or keep, away, 
— 2. Neat. : a. To be away or 
dietanti^nt 3, 2 folld. by 
Ace. of *' Measure of Space*' 
[§ 99].— b. With Gen. : To 
be distant from ; 6, 15, where 
it is also foUd. by Aoc. of 
" Measnre of Space ** [§ 99]. 

am^Y&YOv, 2. aor. ind. of 

iLwayydAKw, 

iifrQti, 3. pers. sing, imperf. 
ind. of Arttfii. 

aiTQCwiv, for cfiqfcurav, 3. 
pers. plnr. imperf. ind. of 

ain^Xavva, 1. aor. ind. of 

amfXavvdv, imperf. ind. of 
aircXavf'ai. 

airt|X0ov, 2. aor. ind. of 
^wfpxofiai, 

airtjpa, 1. aor. ind. of 
aralpw, 

dft^rti, contr. 3. pers. sing, 
imperf. ind. of dirair^w. 



dwi/fn^au, 1. aor. ind. of 

&iraircw. 

dirjiroiw, contr. imperf. ind. 
of dircurdw. 

din\xB}6,v6yLr\y, imperf. ind. 
of &ir6x0&yo/xat. 

okmfx^FLai, perf. ind. of 
iiwtxB&yofiai, 

dirnx^V^^^t Vt ov, P. 
perf. of &Tcx0&*'o/xai. 

dirUvai, pres. inf. of 

SfMi, 2. pers. sing, prea, 
imperat. of Awufit, 

airY|Mv, 1. pers. plnr. pres. 
ind. of Avufit, 

airCoifJkcv, ^irioifv, 1. and 
3. pers. plnr. pres. opt. of 

airurT-^w -w, f. iLviar'/jirw, 
p. ifwlffrriKa, 1. aor. ii'irta'Tiio'a, 
V. n. l&wiffr-os, "faithless"] 
("To be iwioTos*'', hence) 
With Dat. [§ 102, (3) j cf. 
Primer, § 106, (3)] ; 1. To 
dietrustt mietrutt,—^. To be 
disobedient to, to disobey. 

i2'irum{o'Cu(v), Attic for 
airtorr^o'ai, 3. perSi sing. 1. 
aor. opt. of &iri0'r^w. 

dtfurr-ixk, iat^ f. [[(iri<rr-of, 
" mistrustful*'; also, "faith. 
less"] (" The condition of the 
irio'Tos "} hence) 1. A miS" 
trusting, mistrust, distrust, — 
2. FaithlessnesSf treachery, 
perfidy. 

a-vurTO«, -TKTTov, adj. [A, 
negative (see 2. &); invr6s, 
••trustworthy**! Not truet^ 



96 



VOCABULARY 



worthy ; not to he tmsted or 
believed; faithless, — As Subst.: 
^ifUrroit <ay, m. plar. : With 
Art. : Those who are not to be 
trusted ; the faithless ; those 
who do not keep faith ; 7, 24. 
cSiriwv, ovffa, iv, P. pres. of 

«»< (before a soft vowel rf-ir*, 
before an aspirated vowel q,^)> 
prep. gov. gen. : 1. From^ in 
the fullest^ meaning of the 
term. — ^2. Of time : a. From. 
— b. Jfter, — 8. Of the source, 
or origin, whence anything 
proceeds : From. — 4. To mark 
descent from a person : From; 
sprung, or descended, from ; 
8, 17 [akin to Sans, opa, 
*' away from "]. 

rfiro-PaCvw, f. h,rO'^ii<roixai, 
p. &iro-i8€/3i7Ka, 2. aor. avtfiriif, 
V. n. [aiTiJ, "from"; ^aivu, 
"to go"] ("To go from"; 
hence) 1. To go forth from a 
vessel on to land; to dis- 
emharkf to land. — 2, a. To 
turn out, end, issue. — b. With 
accessory notion of good : To 
turn out well or favourably, 

airoPclXciv, 2. aor. inf. of 

airo-P^XXwy f. &iro*i3aA.etf, 
p. avo-fi€fi\TjKa, 2. aor. &ir- 
4$a\op, V. a, [dwcJ, " away "; 
pdWa, **to throw or cast"] 
(" To throw, or cast, away "; 
hence) To lose, incur the loss 

of 

•iro-.BX^ir«, f. i(.TrO'B\4ipw, 



p. Airo-i8(i9Xc^a, v. n. [AW, 
" a^vny from "; fi\4'K<», " to 
look"] ("To look away from" 
other things; hence) 1. To 
look intently, earnestly^ etc. 
—2. With €is c. Ace. : To 
look upon ; to turn, or direct, 
one*s eyes to : — ei j diWorplav 
rpdire(aif &iroj3X€ira>y, turning 
my eyes to another's table, 
2, 33 ; where the metaphor is 
taken from a dog looking for 
food from his master's table, 
thus conveying the notion of 
dependence. 

airo8«8ciY)Uvo«, t?, ov, P. 
perf. poss. of ii,voZiiKVvfu, 

airo8/8o(r6ai, perf. inf. pass, 
of &iro5{S&)/it. 

airo-8cCKviif&i and airo- 
8ciKvvfii, f. &iro-8ef|w, 1. aor. 
hv'iUtia, V. a. I^rc6, " forth "; 
^iUvZixt, " to show "] (" To 
show forth **; hence) To mani- 
fest, declare, prove. — Pass. : 
o£iro-8eCKVv)&ai, p. &iro-5^8€i7- 

fiai, 1. aor. &Tr-e5€fx^»'> !• ^^t* 
&iro-9€txB^iroixat, 

airo-8Y)|i,-^«> -«, f. Airo- 
^rjfJL'fiffa, p. (irreg.) &ir-€5^;i. 
TfKa, 1. aor. cbir-cS^/uYjcra, v. n. 
Iair6, "away from"; brtft-os, 
"the people"] ("To be away 
from the people "; hence) To 
go abroad ; to be absent from 
one's, etc., country, 

airo8i8^)&€vos, 17, ov^ P. pres. 
mid. of &iro5t8c0/ii. 

aTo8l86vai| pres. inf. of 



VOCABULARY. 



97 



avo8l8^rro«, ^niasc. gen. 
siDg. of &iro5r8o^t; see Siro- 

avo8i&>vS} ov<ra, 6p, P. pres. 
of iLiroBl^Wfu ; — at 7, 40 diro- 
SiSiJrrof (supply crov) is Gen. 
Abs. : {you offering to pay, 
i.e.) though you offered to 
jtay. — As Snbst. : iiiroSiSovv, 
^in-05, m. With Art.: The 
payer I 7, 36. 

«iro-8i8paoic«», f. &V0- 
dpaaofiai, p. &vo.8^8f>6«(a, 
plup. &v-c8c8pdjrciy, 2. aor. 
i,w-4SpaMf T. n. and a. [&ir<(, 
•* away *'; SiSpcCff-Noy, " to mn '*] 
1. Neat. : To run away or 
off; to flee away hy etealth; 
to escape. — 8. Act. : a. To run 
away from ; 3, 38, where it 
has the meaning of ** to strag- 
gle away from." — b. To run 
awayfrom^ to eeeape ; 8, 12. 

iliro8&8|MMrKMVy ovea^ op, P. 
prcs. of &To5t8f>d<ricw ; — at 
3, 38 iarodiipdffKoyrts (masc. 
nom. plur.) takes the gender 
of the persons (ffrpwrivrai) 
imptied in vrpar^^iugra and 
not its grammatical gender. — 
As Subst. : i^iroSiSpaaKorra, 
Wt n. pi or. With Art. : The 
thinye that run away or es- 
cape; — and with ac4>essory 
notion of *' hiding ": the things 
that hide themselves, 3, 11; 
for the omission of the Art. in 
which passage, see li 6, no. 18: 
— bat at 6y 36 &iro8i8p(C<rjcorra 
is masc. ace. sing, of the part. 

Anab. Book VJI, 



«tvo-SC8«*)u, f. &ve-d<i7w, 
1. aor. &ir-^8wira, 2. aor. Ar- 
iZmv, y. a. [hv6, ** back again"; 
also, "away from"; ijf8«/ii, 
" to give"] 1. [Airrf, « back "] 
a. Act.: (a) 2b yice back. 
-(b) 2b yioe «p.— (c) 2b 
restore, return; — at 7, 10 
supply airri (= r^ erpdrtvfia) 
after &iro8i8o<is. — (d) 2b pay; 
-at 7, 21; 7, 40; 7, 49 
without Ace. of nearer Object. 
— b. Pass.: «tiro-Si8o|&ai, p. 
Airo>8(5oMo<» 1* Aor. iiutB6$fiP, 
1. fat. airo-io9^eofua. To be 
paid; 7, 34; 7, 48.-2. [iu6, 
*» away from "] Mid. : avo- 
8l8o|tcu, f. &uo-S(&<rofMi, 2. aor. 
hv'Mfiriv, (**To give away 
from one's self"; hence) 2b 
part with, sell. 

cJvoSl8«tt, 2. pers. sing, 
pr^. subi. of Avo8l8Mft( ; 7, 47. 

ttiro8lo>iax(y), 3. pers. sing, 
ind. pres. of diroStSwfu. 

dhro8o9f(i|, 3. pers. sing. 1. 
aor. opt. pass, of huoSiZt^fu, 

Okiro8o(i|, 8. pen. smg. 2. 
aor. opt. of dkToSiBmfiu, 

dEiroiB^vot, 17, op, P. 2. aor. 
mid. of airoSiSitffii. 

cCiroS^o^oi, 2. aor. inf. mid. 
of diroSiSctf/ui. 

«£iro8ovvai| 2. aor. inf. of 
&Todi8wfii; — at 7, 21 kwoiovpai 
is a Sabstantival Inf. of Ace. 
case, and forms the Sabject of 
the Inf. cTmu ; — at 7, 47 Ato- 
BovvQu is a Sabstantival Inf. 
of Nom. case, and forms the 

H 



98 



VOCABULARY, 



Subjecfcof the impersonal verb 

«tiro8pa)tovvTai,3. pers. plar. 
fat. ind. of ^irorpix^' 

airo8«S<rtiv, fat. inf. of &iro- 

airoSwirw, fat. ind. of &to- 

atiro6aKfiK, 2. aor. inf. of 

«tiro6avoiro, 3. pers. sing^. 
2. aor. and fat. opt. of &iro- 

airo9&vwv, ovffa, 6^, P. 2, 
aor. of &iro0v^(rK». 

airo-6inl(o'Koi) f. Aro-doyoG- 
/ia<, 2. aor. &tr-^0aj'oi', v. n. 
[dir^, in *' strengthenings " 
force ; OirfiaKw, " to die "] 
1. To die.— 2. To he killed 
or slain;— tkt 6, 13 folld. by 
iirS c. Gen. — 3. To be put to 
death ;— at 6, 43 folld. by {nr6 
c. Gen. 

ctiro-KaCw (Attic airo-KoCw), 
f. &7ro-Ka6(r», 1. aor. &t- 
tKav<ra and c^ir-cK|7a, v. a. [Air<$, 
"off"; Kaia, "to burn"] ("To 
burn off"; hence) Of intense 
cold : To freeze off, to cause to 
fall off by freezing ; 4, 3.— • 
Pass. : airo-KaCoftoi. 

airoKaXc<ra9, a<roL, w^ P. 1. 
aor. of. diroKoAcw, 

otiro-KoX^o -KoXu, f. &iro- 
Ka\4(rt, 1. aor. &ir-cK&Xc(ra, 
V. a. [an-tJ, "a^ay'*j koA^w, 
**to call"] To call away, to 

U aside. 
T^^KCt|&ai| f. airo-K€i<rofiai, 



V, mid. [AtcJ, "apart or away" ; 
Kc7/iiai, "to lie or be laid"] 
("To lie apart) to be laid 
away "; hence) To be laid in 
store or Icud up ; to be stored 
up; — at 7, 46 in figurative 
force. 
cEiroKfurOai, pres. inf. of 

otiroKXt urwv, ovffa, ov, P. 
fut. of &iroKAc((tf. 

itiro-KXt^w, f. iLiro'R\ei<rwt 
1. aor. it,ir'4K\ti<ra, p. &iro- 
kckAciko, v. a. [&ir($, in 
"strengthening" force; xKtlv, 
«* to shut "] To shut, close. 

oSiro-K^irrWi f. Airo-Kcttf^w, 
1. aor. &ir-^Koi^a, v. a. f&irij, 
"off"; Ki^iTTw, "to cut"] To 
cut, or Aeto, off; to strike, or 
knock, off. 

ottroK^MV, ovffa, ov, P. fut. 
of airoK6vrw» 

airo:tpCvcMr6ai, 1. aor. inf. 
of iiiroKplyofiai. 

dCiro-KpIvo|iai, f. iiTo-Kpty- 
ovfMi, 1. aor. ktr-tKplv&iiiiP, 
p. pass, in mid. force inro- 
K^icpXfjLcu, 1. aor. pass. in. mid. 
force ii.V'tKpXBriv, v. mid. [j^v6, 
"from"; Kpluofiai (mid.), in 
force of " to adjudge " some- 
thing to some one] (" To ad- 
judge" something to some 
one " from " another ; hence, 
"to give a decision, pronounce 
an opinion " respecting a mat- 
ter; hence) 1. With Dat. of 
person : To give an answer, 
or to reply, to some one. — 2. 



VOCABULARY. 



99 



With irpSs and Ace. : To reply 
to a qaestioner or question. — 
8. Folld. by Objective elaoxe, 
ortrii To answer, or repljf, 
that, etc. — 4. With Ace. of 
thing : To give something a$ 
an anstoers to answers — at 
1, 22 folld. by clause as Ob- 
ject.— 1^. Alone: To give an 
answer or replg; to answer, 
rejig; 7, 4, where itwoKply' 
aa6ai is a Substantival Inf. of 
Nom. case, and forms the Sub* 
ject of i^rl to be supplied, 
while x^^^^" >* ^b® predicate. 
dwottrtivaif 1, aor. inf. of 

kvoKTcvovvTftt masc nom. 
plur. of kwoKTtyiiy, P. fnt. of 
avoKTtiytt, 

rfvoKTcrdv, ovca, ovr, P. 
fnt. of &voicrc(r«. 

dwokSJfUiv, 2. aor. inf. of 

QMoMJ^Ar, ovffo, ir, P. 2. 
aor. of iwoXofifiayu* 

iEro-Xa4iP&rf#« f. &1ra-^4V'^ 
/Mu, p. &v-f Uiy^. 2. aor. &ir- 
iX&fioy, ▼. a. [ivd ; Ao/i^SiUm, 
« to take"] 1. [kw6, "from"] 
(" To talce, or receive, from a 
person"; hence) To receive 
what is one's due, etc. ; 7, 25; 
—at 7, 14 folld. also by Dat 
of remoter Otgect ;— at 7, 21 
&voAa/3f (T is a Substantival 
Inf. of the Aec. case before 
cfrcu to be supplied; the 
clause, fully stated, is, ^ ixfiy- 
MS ervfi^pop ttytu iLwo\&fi€7y : : 

H 



in this paisage also kwoK&Bttr 
is put without a nearer Object. 
—2. [kw6, " back again '^] a. 
To take, or receive, back again* 
— b. To gel hack, recover, rC' 
gain possession of ; 2,34; 8,31. 
intoXiow^ 1. aor. inf. of 

ctvoXiofaii 2. aor. inf. mid. 
of &ir AAtfti. 

<{voX«ii|r||, 2. pers. sing. fnt. 
ind. of iwohofifidym, 

<{voXt|if^fuyef , iy, oi', P. 
fut. of kwo\afA0&yt0, 

dm'6%XypLt, (-oXXW), f. &ir- 
oXiatt Attic iW'OXA, p. ktr'^Xt' 
ua Attic &ir-oAiiAfira» 1. aor. 
kw'^KfffOf V. a. [&ir'^, in " in* 
tensive" force; l(AAv/u, *'to 
destroy ; to lose "] 1. Act.: t. 
To destrog ntterli, killf slag. 
->b. To W— 9. Hid. ; dm- 
^XXI^fUU, f. itT'oXovfuu, p. Air- 
^A«Aa, plup. iar-^A^\tty, 2. 
aor. &ir-»A^^i|i', ('<To kwe 
one's self"; hence) t. To 
perish, dieg — at 1, 29 ikiro\4' 
n%$a is the " Subjunctivns 
Adhortativus "; see fudyofuu. 
— ^b. Perf. : To be undone, to 
be ruined f — at 1, 19 the Sub- 
ject of knoXMXiyM is not ex* 
pressed, as it is the same as 
that of the leading verb of the 
clause, viz. ifsvre. 

'Aw^XXifT, myos (Ace. Sing. 
'Air^AAc#, leai frequently 'Ar* 
4(AAc#ya), m. Apollo; son of 
Jupiter and liatona, brother 
of Diana, and sun-god of tliP 
2 



lOO 



VOCABULARY. 



ancient Greeks and Romans. 
He was regarded as the deity 
who destroyed the impioas, 
averted evil, protected flocks 
and herds, presided over the 
foundation of towns and over 
civil communities ; while, fur- 
ther still, he was held to be 
the god of prophecy, and of 
song and music. 

'AvoXXfisv-ta^ Toy, f. ["Air- 
6\\(a», "Apollo"] ("The city 
of Apollo ") ApoUonia ; a city 
of Mysia ; 8, 15. 

airoXovvrai, 3. pers. plur. 
fut. ind. raid, of irSWuffn, 

drrokv>\4viu, perf. inf. of 
ar6\\vfn. 

airoXiiMAc6e^ 1. pers. plur. 
2. aor. subj. mid. of iLir6\\v,ui, 

airo-ircf&iro», f. Airo-ir^/uif^w, 
1. aor. &ir-circ/xTf^a, v. a. [^iir6, 
** away ;" irffiiru, *' to send "] 
1. Act. : a. To send away or 
off; to dismiss, — ^b. To send 
atoajfy despatch, for any pur- 
pose I 4, 2. — 2. Mid. : airo- 
ir^|ivo|tai, f. airo-ir4fi^ofiat, 1. 
aor. ii.K'eir€fA^&firiP, To send 
away from one's self, etc, 

1. airoffXcv<rai, 1. aor. inf. 
of airovAcM. 

2. airoirXtvo'ai, 3. pers. sing. 
1. aor. opt. of hnrvKXl^ ; 1, 38. 

c2iroirAcv(r<S(&cyo9> 17, oy, P. 
fut. of &iro7rA€(». 

airo-irX^ii», f. &9r(HirA€^(ro/iai 
Hnd &iro-irA€V(roG/tai, 1. aor. 

•cirAevira, 1. aor. mid. &«■- 
cv0'afii}Vy T. n. [^vi^, 



"away"; irX^», <'to sail"] 
To sail away, to sail off. 

otiro-iropcvofMii, v. mid. 
[&ir<$, "away**; xopi^oficu, "to 
go "] To go away, to depart, 

airop-^M -u, f. arop-fitru, 
p. iiirdpriKa, 1. aor. ^ir6fn](ra, 
v. n. [dfirop-or, "perplexed'*] 
("To be iiropos**', hence) 1. 
Neut. : Alone : To be at a 
loss f to he perplexed; 3.20. 
— 2, Mid. : airop-^ofjiai -ovfiai, 
f. iLWop4\<rofjLai., p. ^6p7ifiai : 
Folld. by Ace. of thing : To 
be at a loss, or perplexed, at 
or about ;^ at 3, 29 the Ace. 
of thing (iKuyo) is omitted 
before the foUg. rel. S n. 

«tirop-l<&, (a;, f. \_&Trop'OS, 
"perplexed"] (« The state, or 
quality, of the airopos*'; hence) 
1. Perplexity, embarrassment, 
— 2. Want, scarcity, lack, 

&-irop-os, oy, adj. [ &, " nega- 
tive" prefix (see 2. &); v6p'0s, 
"a way, passage," etc,^ 
(" Not having ir6pos **; hence) 
Of circumstances : Impractic' 
able, impossible, difficult, etc. 
— As Subst. : airop(&, »v, d. 
plur. Difficulties, straits. 

cJir^-p-fti-Tos, rov, adj. 
[for iT(J-^-/56-Tos J fr. it,v6, 
"negative"; obsol. ^c-«, "to 
say or mention"; with ^ 
doubled] ("Not to be said, 
mentioned, 07* spoken"; hence) 
Secret, — Adverbial expression : 
iv hvo^ft^Tt^y under seal of 
secrecy ; 6, 43. 



VOCABULARY, 



loi 



<CirooiM8awV|&cvof , iy, of, P. 

pres. pass, of iiwoaKtidvvvfii* 

iivo-<ricf8dvyv|u (and otvo- 
(TKcSavHiw), f. ikW0'ffK*9&ff«t 
and &To-(rirf8fltf, 1. aor. &ir- 
ciriecS&cra, v. a. [&ir({, in 
'Strengthening" force; ffK*9' 
dykv/u, **to scatter'*] 1. To 
scatter utterly, to disperse,— 
2. Pass. : «tiro-o'Kc8avvv|Jiai, 
p. kir-€aK4Jiaa'fiat, To be di- 
spersed, to straggle, as soldiers 
from tbe main body, etc, 

atvo(nr&o'ei«, do-o, w, P. !• 
aor. of &tro(nreU>. 

airo<nraa^vai, 1. aor. inf. 
pass, of ikiroffvdm, 

airo-cnrcCwf f. ATo-mrdtrw, 
1. aor. &ir-^OYdo'ay ▼. a. [&W, 
"away from"; (nrdW| "to 
draw or drag"] 1. Act. : a. 
To draw, or drag^ away from i 
to separate from, — b. With 
ellipse of iavr6v : To separate 
himself, etc.; 2, 11.— 2. 
Pass. : 1. aor. kiT'tff-KdffBriv, f. 
&To-(nra(r04(ro|iai, To be separ* 
ated, or removed, from $ — at 
8, 41 the Inf. hxoffiraffBrivai 
takes its Subject {avr6i) in 
the Nom., because it is the 
same as thnt of the leading 
verb of the clause (t^n) [§ 87, 
(2), Obs,'], 

airo-oTf p^w -OTcpWi f. &iro- 
irr€p'fiffw, p. &T-co-r^pi}Ka, 1. 
aor. dir-€0'rcpi}(ra, v. a. [jSi>ir6, 
in *' strengthening " force ; 
<rT€p€»," to deprive"] a. With 
Ace. of person and Ace. of 



thing [§ 96] : To deprive, or 
rob, one of something; to 
take something away from 
one. — b. With Ace. of thing 
only : To withhold, to take 
away s^ At 7, 48 supply ainov 
(= rhy fUirB6y) after inroanp' 

i{iro<rTtpT|o'ai, 1. aor. inf. 
of &iro<rT«p(w. 

i{iro-crrp&Toirt8cvo|&ai, 1. 
aor. hir-tarf^ciToirf^fva&fiiiiy, v. 
mid. [&ir<$i " apart "; arp&ro* 
w^Mofioi, ** to encamp "] 
To encamp apart or separ- 
ately, 

«tirocrTpo^-i{, ris, f. [for 
&iroo-rpc^-^ ; fr. &R-0(rTp^^.w, 
**to escape"] ("An escap- 
ing"; hence) 1. An escape, 
place of refuge, etc. — ^2. Of 
persons: A refuge, proteO' 
tiott, 

dCiro-TCvMi f. b,iro-ri€r», 1. 
aor. inT'trlca, v. a. [&ir<J, 
** back "; Ttv«, ** to pay "] 
To pay back, repay. 

oriroTlo'tit(v), Attic for iuro" 
tttrat, 8. pers. sing. 1. aor. 
opt. of airorfw.— N.B. The 
quantity of the i in present 
is long in Epic poetry ; short 
in Attic Greek. 

&iro-Tp^irw, f. hiTo^rpi^v, 
V. a. [dirrf, **awny"; rpdiro, 
" to turn "] 1. To turn away, 
■-— 3. Mid. : &iro-rp^iro|&ai, 
2. aor. &ir>CTp&r<$/Ai}v, To turn 
one's self, etc., away ; to turn 
back, return. 



I02 



VOCABULARY. 



iLWO'0p4^OfAai, and ikro-BfiiS^tov' 
ficu, 2. aor. in-tHp&fioiff v. n. 
[daro, ** off or away "; Tp6X«, 
" to run "] To run off or avoay, 

2. aor. &T-(4*i)7oi'« 2. p. &iro' 
Tdtptvya, V. n. [An^ei, " away "; 
4»€tJ7«, "to flee"] 1. To/ee 
away, — 2. To escape, 

V. n. [&ir<J, "away"; X^P^^t 
** to go **] 1. 2b ^0 awayt de- 
part, — 2. To withdraw, retire, 
retreat, 
&irwXc<ra, 1. aor. ind. o£ 

1. &pa, interrogative part- 
icle (= Lat. nam) used in 
marking a question, and in 
prose always placed first in a 
sentence. It is not rendered 
into English ; 6, 5.— *Ap* oh or 
oifK is employed when an 
affirmative answer is expected ; 
but dLpa fi'fif when a negative 
one. 

2. apa, adv. : 1. Perchance, 
indeed. — 2. In questions: To 
mark amazement : /, etc., 
praif you ; then in the world. 
— 3. In inferential force : 
Then, so then, therefore, — 4. 
In this case, etc. 

'ApaP-la, Xas, f. [^A/)&i9-c5, 
** the Arabs ''] The country of 
the Arabs ; Arabia, 

&P&TM, 8. pers. sing. 1. aor. 
'^perat. ofaXpco, 



'App&ica9, ov, m, ArbUkizs ; 
the Persian ruler of Media. 

cfpTvpav, fern. ace. sing, of 
iiftyvpovs- 

(£p7vp-lov, lov, n. dim. 
llkpyvp.os, "silver"] ("Small 
silver"; hence, "a piece of 
silver"; hence) 1. Silver, 
money, — 2. In collective force : 
Money in general. 

iipYVp-oO«, a, ovv, adj. 
[contr. fr. ipy^p-tos ; fr. Apyvp- 
OS, ** silver'*] (" Of, or belong- 
ing to, silver **; hence) Made 
of silver; silver-, 

&p8t|v, adv. Altogether, en* 
iirely, quite [said to be from 
Af/pw, "to lift up"; if so, 
" lifted up on high " ; hence, 
"lifted up and removed al- 
together"; hence, as given 
above]. 

ap-tn{, (rrjs, f. (" Excel- 
lence, goodness," of any kind; 
hence) 1. ManlinesSt bravery, 
prowess, valour. — 2. Good' 
ness, excellence, merit, etc. 
[prob. akin to iip-fiwr, "bet- 
ter"; Ap-iffTos, "best"; fr. 
Sans, root Yi^T, in original 
force of " to choose"]. 

<£pi6p,^, ov, m.: 1. Number. 
— 2. Of troops : A numbering, 
a muster.—^. Of space : JEx- 
tent, 

*ApCoT-apx-o«, ov, m. 
[Jkpi(rr-oi, ** best " ; a.px-^9 
" to mle "] (" Best Ruler ") 
Aristarchus ; the Spartan Har- 
most of Byzantiam. 



VOCABULARY, 



103 



p. ^pttrrriKa, 1. aor. Iipitrriia'af 
V. n. [^pio-T-OF, '* til e morning 
or mid-day meal"] To take 
the morning or mid-day meal j 
to hreaJrfdst ; to lunch. 

opurr^Tc, Doric for kpitrr 
^r€, coutr. 2. pers. plur. pres 
opt. of ipurrdof, 

«2purTo>|&f V, contr. f r. &pio-r 
doifiey, 1. p^rg. plar. pres. 
subj. of ipiardM ; — at 3, 9 the 
editions vary between ipttrr 
wfity and iipurrtfriTt, 

*ApK<U« aSos, adj. Arcad 
tan; of, or belonging to, 
Arcadia, the central state of 
the Peloponnesas (now the 
Morea). — As Subst. m. : An 
Arcadian ; — Plur. : Arcad" 
tans. 

apK^w -tt, f. kpH^ffu, 1. aor. 
ifipK^ffa^ V. n. : 1. Alone : To 
he sufficient. — 2. With Dat. : 
To be sufficient for ; — at 5, 3 
kpK€t has for its Subject the 
Substantival Inf. A&j3c7i^. 

app.oc-njs, Toi', ra. [for 
apfioB'T'fis ; fr. apfi6(w (= 
apfiSB-ffu), in force of ''to 
govern, command, rule ''] 
("One who governs," etc.; 
hence) A harmoet; a name 
given to the governor, com- 
mander, or ruler of islands 
and foreign cities, sent out by 
the Lacedeemonians during 
the time of their supremacy. 

apS^ficOo, 1. pers. plur. fut. 
ind. mid. of &px^' 



&pir&Y-if, ^f, f . [fr, iipwa(», 
"to plunder," through root 
apiraY] 1. A plundering or 
pillaging ; pillage,— 2. Plun- 
der, spoil, booty. 

&pira(«», f. kpti^w, apvactf, 
and apTrdtro/xai, p. HjpwaKa, v. a.: 

1. To snatch, or pluck, away, 
etc. — 2. To seize and carry 
q^ by force, etc.; to plunder ; 
— at 5, 13 used absolutely. 

'AproK&i&at, ov, m. Arta- 
Jcamas; the Persian ruler of 
Phrygia. 

apTi, adv. Of time: Just 
now, just, 

'ApTip.as, ov, m. Artimas ; 
a Persian ruler of Lydia. 

&PT09, ov, m.i 1. A locf 
of bread ; — Plur. : Loaves, — 

2. In collective force : Bread, 
*Apvvra9, ov, m. Arystas ; 

an Arcadian. 

dkpx-aios, ola, atov, adj. 
[h.px-'ht "a beginning"] (*• Per- 
taining to iipxh"\ hence) 1. 
Ancient, old, of long standing, 
— As Subst. : apxaios, 01;, m. 
A man of old. — 2. Ancient, 
former ; — at 1, 28 the editions 
vary between AaK^Zaijiovitav 
fity Kal r»v *Axatwy cvfiutixw 
viFapx&yT<^y and hwct^aifjioviois 
fi\v Ka\ r&v iLpxaUtv cvfi/idxay 
ifrapx^yruy, 

^?X'^f vs, f. [^PX-»] 1- 
[Apx«, " to begin "] (" That 
which begins"; hence) A be- 
ginning, — Adverbial expres- 
sions: a. TTjv dpxA^» -^^ 



104 



VOCABULARY. 



fir9t, originalUf.'^}i, Folld. 

by a negative : c2p»xV f^^t* 
Not at cM, at no time what' 
evers 7, 28.-2. [*f>x«, "to 
rule"] ("That which rules"; 
hence) a. Supreme power, 
domijUon» sovereignty, etc. — 
b. An empire, dominion, got' 
ernment, kingdom. 

1. aor. ^p|a, v. a. : 1. Act. : 
With Gen. : a. [§ 112, Obs. 2] 
To %»».— b. [§ 102, (4), 
Obs.'] lb rule, command, be 
the ruler, etc., qf.— o. Abs. : 
2b have the command. — 2. 
Pass. : &pxo|iiai, p. ^pyfJicu, 
1. nor. lipxfinv, 1. f. iipx^' 
(TOfxai, To be ruled or govern- 
ed ; 7f 29. — 3. Mid. : opxofiiai, 
1. f. Ap^ofjLai, 1. aor. iipioifiriv : 
a. With Inf. : To begin to do, 
etcs 6, 15; 7, 17. — b. Abs.: 
To begin, commence. — 0. With 
Gen. [§ 112. Obs. 2] : 2b 
begin, commence, a thing. 
— d. With AirJ: 2b begin 
from = to set out from [prob. 
akin to Suns, root ash, in 
force of" to be able"]. 

apxwv, ovaa, ov, P. pres. of 
ftpXA)' — As Subst. : opx^^i 
ovTos, m. : K. A ruler ; 3, 16 ; 
7, 41, etc. — b. A commander, 
officer, of soldiers. 

'Aoio, as, f. Asia {Minor). 

'AfrtSaniSy ov, m. Asidates ; 
a wealthy Persian ; 8, 9. 

*Aa-tv-a4o«, aia, atoy, acy. 
{^AaHyih " AsYnS "; the name 



of three towns situate respec- 
tively in Argos, Messenia, and 
Laconia] Of, or belonging to, 
AsXne; Asincsan. — AsSabst.: 
'Ao-lvaMS, 01/, m. A man of 
AsXne, an Asincean. 

&(rK^w, '&, f. iuncfiaw, p. 
ffcTKi^Ko, v. a. To exercise, 
practise. 

damovvrit, contr. masc. 
nom. plar. of P. pres. of 
iorxeu. 

adr-)tcvoc, fi^yri, fitvov, adj. 

prob. for &8-/icvos; fr. root 

aS, whence a(y)8-ay», f|5-o/iiai. 



Q 



» 



"to please**] (''Pleased 
hence) Qlad. — It is always 
used in connexion with the 
Subject of a verb, and may be 
rendered either gladly, or to 
be, etc., glad to do, etc., that 
which is betokened by the 
Greek verb : — ^Xvovro &<rfi€vot, 
gladly tOr cheerfully, followed, 
2, 9 : — ifffievoi ffvydpafiovyreuy 
will gladly run together, 6, 6 ; 
cf., also, 6, 8. 

(i<nra(o)tai, f. &(nr({(rofteu, 

1. aor. ^(neaffannv, v. n. : L 
2b salute by words, to greet ; 

2, 28.-2. 2b bid farewell to, 
to take leave of; 1, 8; 1, 40. 

a(nr&<raf&cvos, ti, ov, P. 1. 
aor. of &(nrc(Co/uaf. 

cunris, (80s (Dat. plur. 
ao'irio'i ), f. A shield, 

'Ao'crvpYo, as, f. Assyria ; 
a country of Asia. — Hence, 
*ka<r&fX»oi, a, oy, adj. Of, or 
belonging to, Assyria ; Assyr* 



VOCABULARY. 



los 



uw.— As Subst. : 'Aovvploi, 
wv, m. plur. AMMyrians, 

*A<ro^ploi, wv, *AavvploS| 
a, ov ; see *Aa<rvpla. 

ua^ak'tiOt uas, f. [&<r^a\- 
^5, " safe "] (" The quality of 
the ia^SX'ns**; hence) Safety, 
security; — at 6, 80 riis iiaipaK' 
crof is^Gen. of Price" [§ 116]. 

atn^aX^oTtpof , a, ov, comp. 
adj. ; see i^^SXlis, 

a-<r4«lX-i{«, 4s, adj. [i, 
"negative"; v^cX, root of 
c^dLK'Xm, *' to throw down "J 
(" Not thrown down '*; hence, 
**fimx"; hence) Safe, w- 
cure;— at 8, 14 the neat. 
iurtpSXh is predicated of the 
Substantival Inf. itapiivtu (cf ., 
also, 2, 15); and at 6> 8 of 
the clause rtix^t . . • • txovn ; 
cf., also, 8, 8, where supply 
iffil as copula ; — at 7, 51 
aa^aK€<rr€pov is predicated of 
the clause irop* ifioX iiivtw, 
cf., also, 8, 18. igi^ Comp. : 
afr^6X'4<mpos ; (Sup.: &(r^&\- 

a(r^&X.-ws, adv. [do-^oA-^v, 
''safe, secure"] ("After the 
manner of the ha^&Kiis "; 
•hence) Safely, securely; in 
safety or security. 

CMTXoX-la, ioy, f. [AtrxoX- 
OS, " without leisure "; hence] 
(" The state of the &<rxo\os "; 
hence, "want of leisure or 
time "; hence) 1. An engage^ 
ment, occupation, business,— > 
8. Sindrance, 



dr^, coi\j. Sut, yet, how- 
ever, meteriheless ; — often 
used in Attic Greek to mark 
a rapid transition to a fresh 
line of thought. 

'ATapvfv«, 4us, ro. Aiaru' 
eus; a city of Mysia in Asia 
Minor. 

a-Tl|i-os, ov,adj. [&, " nega- 
tive" {Mirticle (see 2. &); Tifi-^, 
"honour"] ("Not having 
Tifiii"; hence) Without hon- 
our, unhonoured, dishonoured. 
Iggr Comp.: ikTlfi'6T*pos (Sup.: 
iiTifi-6raTos), 

dii^L&Ttnot, a, oy, comp. 
adj. ; see ari/Aos. 

ArpafivrrYov, ov, n. Atra* 
tnyttium, otherwise called 
Adramyttium (now Adramiti 
or JEdremit) ; a town on the 
river CaTcus in Mysia. 

«t-Tplp-ijs, €f, adj. fi, " ne- 
gative" particle (see 2. d); rptp, 
root of Tp0t, "to rub"] 
("Not rubbed, nnrubbed"; 
hence) Of roads, etc. : Not 
iDorn or used ; untrodden, 

a^-6is, adv. [lengthened ft*. 
al, "again"] 1. ^^atn.— 2. 
Afterwards.— %. Hereafter, at 
a future time, in future.— A. 
Moreover, besides, further, 

aiX-^«> -w, f. avA^cr», v. n. 
lai)K'6s, "a flute"] ("To 
play on the flute "; hence) To 
play on instruments in gener- 
al ; — at 8, 82 on horns. 

ai>X-£(of&ai, f. aifXlffOfiai 
Attic oifKiovfiai, 1. aor. 7iif\- 



io6 



VOCABULARY. 



tadfiTiy, 1. aor. pass, in mid. 
force iib\i<r9riv, v. mid. [ai'A- 
'fl, « a courtyard"] ("To lie, 
etc., in an avX-fi "; hence, " to 
live, dwell, abide ** anywhere ; 
hence) Military t. t. : To 
bivouac, encamp, take up 
quarters, etc. 

aiXur6T)vai., 1. aor. inf. 
(pass, form) of ah\i(ofiai, 

9.h\Qvvrt%, contr. masc. 
nom. plur. of P. pres. of 
av\i» ; 8, 82, where it is used 
as a Subst. 

avplov, adv. To-morrow :— 
rf aHpioy, on the morrow, 

a,vra, nom. and ace. neut. 
plur. of avT6s. 

a^ai, nom. fem. plur. of 
otros. 

1. aMi,airr^,tem, nom. and 
dat. sin^. of alros, 

2. avTT|, fem. nom. sing, of 
elros ; see oSros. 

aC^T-iKO, adv. [afir-rf^ ** self, 
very "] (** At the very " time ; 
hence) Forthwith, immediate- 
lif, instantly, at the moment, 
at once : — ^for avrXica fidKa, see 

ain6'9i, adv. [avr6s, (un- 
contr. gen.) aM-os, **self, 
very"; suffix Ot (=iy), "in"] 
Of place : In the very place, 
there. 

1. a^T^v, masc. ace. sing, of 
avT6s. 

2. avT^v ; see 8. avrov. 
niT^-vo|ii-09, oy, adj. [odr- 

(uncontr. gen.) aM-os, 



"self"; v6^t'OS, "law"] 
(** Self-lawed "; hence) Idviny 
under one* a own laws ; inde- 
pendent, free; — at 8, 2oauT6' 
vofjLoi is the predicate. 

av-T(Ss, rii, r6, pron. adj. : 
1. Self, very. — As Subst. of 
all persons : I myself, you 
your self, he himself, — 2. With 
article prefixed, in aU gen- 
ders and cases : The same ; 
sometimes folld. by Dat. — As 
Subst. : a. ol avroC, m. The 
same persons. — b. ra avT<i or 
raira, The same things: — 
Kara ravT^ according to the 
same things, i. e. in the same 
way, 8, 23. — c. rh avT^ or 
TavT<S, also rair^i^: (a) The 
same thing. — (b) The same 
place. — 3. In possessive Gen. 
with a possessive pron. and 
in logical apposition to it : 
rin€T4pois avT&y tpiXoiSf 1, 29 : 
so in Latin, "de tuo ipsius 
studio," Cicero pro Murena, 4. 
— 4. As simple pron. of third 
person : Se, she, it ; — Plur. : 
They [akin to pron. av-a, pre- 
served in the Zend language]. 

1. ainov, adv. [adverbial 
neut. gen. of avr6i, " very "] 
(" At the very " place ; hence) 
1. There, — 2. Sere, on the 
spot, 

2. avTov, masc. and neut 
gen. sing, of avr6s. 

3. avTOv, avT<{p, avr^K, Attic 
for iawTov, iavr^, tavrSu ; sec 
^avTov, 



VOCABULARY. 



105 



ion. — ^As Snbst. : *Aov^ploi, 

wv, m. plar. Auyrians. 

'Aatrdfltoi, wy; *Aavvplos, 

a, oy; see *Aa(rvpia. 

cicrfl^aX-tia, c/av, f. [^^a\- 
^5, •• safe "] (" The quality of 
the &o-^dA.4s "; hence) Safety ^ 
security; — at 6, 30 r^f iir^oA- 
cfoj is "Gen. of Price" [§ 116]. 
dtr^aXiartpot, a, oy, conip. 
adj. ; see iuT^>&}Jis. 

a-o^&X-i{s» 4s, adj. [&, 

''negative"; tr^oX, root of 

a4>d\'\w, *' to throw down "] 

(" Not thrown down "; hence, 

''firm"; hence) Safe, #tf- 

cure;— at 8, 14 the neat. 

&<r^aA.€t is predicated of the 

Sabstantival Inf. irapicVox (cf ., 

also, 2, 15); and at &, 8 of 

the clause rtix^ .... txovri ; 

cf., also» 3, 3, where supply 

itrri as copula ; — at 7, 51 

ounpaXtartpoy is predicated of 

the clause vap* 4fio\ fiiytw; 

cf ., also, 3, 13. i^ji^ Comp. : 

a<r(p&\'4ffr€pos ; (Sup.: iur^&K- 

€<rr&ros). 

CMT^aX-ws, ad7. liunpoK'-fit, 

"safe, secure*'] (*' After the 

manner of the &(r^&\^s **; 

.hence) Safely, securely ; in 

stxfety or security, 

aoxoX-la, las, f. [AcrxoA- 
oy, " without leisure "j hence] 
(" The state of the &<rxo\os "-, 
hence, "want of leisure or 
time"; hence) 1. An engage- 
ment, occupation, husiness.—' 
8. hindrance. 



dri^, conj. But, yet, how- 
ever, nevertheless ; — often 
used in Attic Greek to mark 
a rapid transition to a fresh 
line of thought. 

'Arapvfvs, teas, m. AiarU' 
eus; a city of Alysia in Asia 
Minor. 

&-Ti|fc-o«, oi',adj.[&, " nega- 
tive** particle (see 2. A); tI/h-^, 
"honour"] ("Not having 
Ti/u^"; hence) Without hon- 
our, unhonoured, dishonoured, 
Iggr Comp.: &Ti/A-4(Tcpos(Sup.t 
itrlfi-6TdTos)» 

aTifi^ttos, Oy oy, comp. 
adj. ; see arlfios, 

ArpaiivrrYov, ov, n. Atra- 
myttium, otherwise called 
Adramyttium (now Adramiti 
or JEdremit) ; a town on the 
river Caicus in Mysia. 

ot-Tplp-ijs, €5, adj. [i, " ne- 
gative" particle (see 2. d); TpYp, 
root of rpifit, "to rub"] 
("Not rubbed, nnrubbed "; 
hence) Of road?, etc.: Not 
worn or used ; untrodden, 

av-6is, adv. [lengthened fr. 
aZ, "again"] 1. ^^atn.— 2. 
Afterwards,— Z, Hereafter, at 
a future time, in fuiure.--4. 
Moreover, besides, further. 

aiiK'iv -w, f. aifKiiffti, v. 11. 
[a{f\'6s, "a flute**] ("To 
play on the flute "; hence) To 
play on instruments in gener- 
al ; — at 3, 32 on horns. 

oi>X-£(o)tai, f. aifXiaofiai 
Attic ab\tovfiai, 1. aor. TiifK- 



io8 



VOCABULARY, 



cC^UiTO, 3. pen. sing. 2. 
aor. ind. of h^iKviofiai, 

a^iicvtirai, contr. 3. pen. 
sing. pres. ind. of inpiKvtofiat. 

d^-iKvioy^oA -iKvovfiai, f. 
it<ft-i\ouaif p. iLp-7yfiou, 2. aor. 
iL<p-iKo/jLriv,y, mid. [i^* (= iTiJ) 
denoting " completeness "; U- 
v^ofioh *Ho come"] L With 
els, Mf or wp6s, and Ace. of 
thing; with nftos and Ace. of 
person ; with Adv. of place : 
To come to, arrive cU, reach, 
— 2. To come, arrive; — at 
6, 1 ii.^iKvov»rai has a com- 
posite Sahject, viz. Xapfiiyos 
Kot Tlo\6vlKos [§ 86]. 

a^ucvotvTO, contr. 3. pers. 
plur. pres. opt. of ^.tpiKutofuu, 

ct^iKvovvTOi, contr. 3. pers. 
plur. pres. ind. of &<f>iKv4ofiai, 

ci^iKvovvTo, contr. 3. pers. 
plar. imperf. ind. of d^iic- 
rdofiai, 

d^lK6\k€vo%, 7j, ov, P. 2. aor. 
of iu(piKviofji(u, 

a^iK^)tT)Vj 2. aor. ind. of 

o^iKovTo, 3. pers. plor. 
2. aor. ind. of iuf>ucy€Ofuu. 

a<|>iKOV| 2. pers. sing. 2. aor. 
ind. of h(^iKviofAai, 

a^iKuvrai, 3. pers. plur. 2. 
nor. subj. of k<piKv4oiAai. 

a^C{c(r6ai, fut. inf. of d^- 

a^-o8o«, 6^ov, f. [&^' ( = 
air^), ** away *'; 616$, " a way"; 
of an action, " a journeying or 
travelling "] (" A journey- 



ing, or travelling, away": 
hence) A departure. 

&-^p««v, iftpoyos, adj. [foi 
&-fpp€v ; fr. a, ** negative " 
prefix (see 2. &) ; <l>p'fiy, <ppiif- 
6s, *' mind "] (« Not having. 
or without, (pp-fiv *'; hence) Out 
of, or bereft of, on^e, etc., 
senses; senseless, foolish, 

ck^vXaicT-^w -w, V. n. [a- 
<l>6\aKT'0s, " off one's guard*'] 
To be off one's guard, 

*ky^'6%, ov, m. ['AxouH^f, 
<'helonging to Achaia," the 
central province of the Pel- 
oponnesus (now Morea) ; 
"AchsBan"] J man ofAchaia; 
an AchtBan; — Plur.: Achce- 
ans, 

dyiji^UT'Tfi^, rov, adj. [for 
kxipiZ-Tos I fr. &, "negative" 
prefix (see 2. &) ; x^^C^t^^ 
(= x^P^^'f''**^^^* "to be pleas- 
ing"] ("Not pleasing, un- 
pleasing"; hence) Of persons : 
Unthankful, thankless^ un- 
grateful, 

Lyfi^lrT'm^, adv. [ax<^«rr- 
Of, •• ungrateful "] (" After 
the manner of the iix^P^^^os"-, 
hence) Ungratefully, 

ax9to-6c£s, €7aa,4y, P. 1. nor. 

of &x^<^h^^' 

axO-*o)tai, f. ax^etrd^o-o/ioi 
(nnd in mid. form itx^^aofiai), 

P* ffx^^M<*'> 1- Q^'* ^X^4(r&ri¥, 
V. pass. [&x^'Os, " a burden"] 
(" To be burdened "; hence) 
1. To be grieved, vexed, dis* 
quieted, etc.; — at 1, 7 folld. 



VOCABULARY. 



105 



MW. — k% Sobst: 'Aov^pUi, 
909, m. plar. AMtyrians, 

'Amrvploiy wi^; *Awvplos, 
a, 01^; see 'AirovpZa. 

^t, " safe "] (" The quaUty of 
the hff^SX'hs "; hence) Safety, 
seeuriiif; — at 6, 30 rris dir^aA- 
cfas is "Gen. of Price" [§ 116]. 

(2o^aX^«rrfpot> a, or, comp. 
adj. ; see i^^^dX^s. 

dtir+fiX-tis. ^j, adj. [A, 
"negative"; ct^aX, root of 
a^dK'Xm, ** to throw down "J 
(" Not thrown down "; hence, 
"fimL"; hence) S^e, *«- 
cure;— at 8, 14 the neat. 
iurfSXdt is predicated of the 
Sabstantival Inf. rapifptu (cf ., 
ahK), 2, 15); and at 6, 8 of 
the daose rfixjl « • > • txoirn ; 
cf., alao^ 8, 3, where supply 
irri as copula ; — at 7> 51 
aa^aX4ar€po¥ is predicated of 
the claose vap* i/iol fUvttp; 
cf ., also, 8, 13. 1^ Comp. : 
iur^SX-ivrtpos ; (Sup.: ha^aK' 

Cfl'T&TOr). 

oSo^aX-i^ ady. [atrtpoX-'h^, 
"safe, secure"] ("After the 
manner of the aa^a\-i\i "; 
hence) Safely, securely ; in 
safety or security. 

ooxoX-Xo, ia?, f. [iffxoX- 
OS, " without leisure "; hence] 
(** The state of the Atrxo^os "; 
hence, "want of leisure or 
time "; hence) 1. An engage^ 
ment, occupation, business,— ^ 
8. hindrance. 



dr^, conj. Sut, yet, kow- 
ever, meverlieless; — often 
used in Attic Greek to mark 
a rapid transition to a fresh 
line of thought 

*AT«pvfv«, 4ms, m. Alam- 
eus; a city of Alysia in Asia 
Minor. 

&-Ti|i-os, or,adj.[&, *« nega- 
tive" particle (see 2. &); tlft^-^i, 
"honour"] ("Not having 
Ti/i^"; hence) Without hon- 
our, unhonoured, dishonoured. 
Iggr C!omp.: &Ttfi-^Tcpos (Sup.: 

&Ti/i-<{TaTOs). 

dtl^Mmt, Oy OP, comp. 
adj. ; see aTt/Aor. 

ATpa4ivTTlov, ov, n. Atra* 
myttium, otherwise called 
Adramyttium (now Adramiti 
or JEklremit) ; a town on the 
river Caicus in Mysia. 

«{-Tplp-ijs, 4s, adj. [i, " ne- 
gative*' particle (see 2. d); rptp, 
root of rpfiSsr, «to rub"] 
("Not rubbed, unrubbed "; 
hence) Of roads, etc.: Not 
worn or used ; untrodden. 

av-6is, adv. [lengthened ft*. 
aZ, *' again "] 1. ^^ai/i.~2. 
Afterwards,— %. Sereaftcr, at 
a future time, in fuiure.--A, 
Moreover, besides, further, 

aiX-^t0 -«, f. avA^tf-of, v. 1). 
[o&A-<Js, «'a flute"] ("To 
play on the flute "; hence) To 
play on instruments in gener- 
al ; — at d« 32 on horns. 

aiX-((o|Jkai, f. ahxlaotiai 
Attic ai^Aiovfiai, 1. aor. iiihx- 



no 



VOCABULARY. 



the Persian rnlcr or satrap 
of Syria. 

pA-ot, €05 ousj n. [for ^Ak- 
oj; fr. fiiK'Xw, "to hurl"] 
("That which is hurled"; 
hence) 1. A nUssile of any 
kind ; a dart^ javelin, etc. — 2. 
A bullet thrown from a sling. 

P^Turros, Hi ov, adj.; irreg. 
sup. of &ya06s : Best, 

pcXrlaiv, ov, adj.; irreg. 
comp. of ii,ya66s : Better. — As 
Snhst. : p^Xrlov, ovof, n. 
With Art. : The better :^M 
rh p4Krioy,for the better, Le^ 
for his benefit or advantage, 

pCa, as, f. : 1. Ibrce, might, 
—2. Adverbial Dat. : p)C<|^ : a. 
Alone : By, or with, force ; 
forcibly. — b. With follg. Gen. : 
In sopite of, against the will 
of: S, 17 [akin to Sans, root 
JYA, " to overpower "]. 

pt-di|o|jiai, l.aor. 40l&or&firiP, 

p. pass, in mid. force pifiiaa- 

fiat, v. mid. Ifii-a, " force "] 

To use force, to struggle, to 

force one's, etc, way ; S, 11. 

pt'OM^t aia, aioy, adj. [iSi-a, 
** force, violence"] (" Pertain- 
ing to ffia**; lience) Forcible, 
violent, 

piaouf&cvot, 7j, ov, P. 1. aor 
of fiia^ofiai, 

pcpXof, ov, f. ("The inner 
bark of the papyrus "; hence, 
"paper" made of the inner 
bark of the papyrus; hence) 
A book, etc. 



Bi6vvoi, wv, m. plnr. : 1. 
The Bithyni ; a people of Asia 
Minor, on the E. coast of the 
Propontis (now "the Sea of 
Marmora"). — Hence, Bi9w^, 
^, 6v, adj. Of, or belonging to, 
the Bithyni; Bithynian. — 2. 
The country of the Bithyni, 
i. e. Bithynia. 

Bi6vv&, 4 6tr; see BiOvvoi, 
no. 1. 

pUos, ou, m. : 1. Idfe. — 
2. Means of living, living, 
subsistence, support [akin to 
Sans, root JIT, "to live"]. 

Bi(rav9T|, rjs, f. Bisanthe; 
a city of Thrace. 

BiTwv, wyos, m. Biton; a 
Greek, who, in conjunction 
with Eukleides, made presents 
to the Greek army and Xeno- 
phon ; 8, 6. 

pXaP-o«, €05 ovs, n. [^SXiCt- 
T», " to hurt," through root 
pXap] Hurt, harm, damage. 

pXtMTtCOl, f. fJLQXOVfiai, p. 

/A€fifi\coica, 2. aor. ^fioAov, To 
go or come, 

po-ciK^, €iicfi, uK6y, adj. 
[iBoOs, fio-6s, "an ox"] Of, 
or belonging to, an ox or 
oxen; 0X-. 

Bdcs, nom. plur. of fiovs. 

Poi|6-^oi -w, f. fioriBiia'v, p. 
fiefioiidiiKa, 1. aor. ifiiyfiBria-a, 
V. n. [fioyiO'Si, "an aider"] 
(" To be a fio7i06s " hence) 1. 
With Dat. : To aid, assist, 
help, succour, a person [§ 102, 
(3)].— 2. Alone: To give, or 



VOCABULARY. 



Ill 



lend, aid; to coiM to the 
succour or rescue, 

poi|6«|o«i, 1. aor. inf. of 

fio/tfinvmf, owra, oy, P. ftit. 
of Bvri9tw. 

povXf i» Attic 2. pen. nng. 
pres. ind. of fioixopuu, 

povXcvacC|Mvof , iy, OP, P. 1. 
aor. mid. of $ov\%v». 

fJa«Xi^t90fy 2. pers. plar. 
fat. ind. mid. of iSovAc^ 

powXc^oiTD, 3. pen. ting, 
fat. opt. mid. of /BavXc^. 

PovA-cvtiy f. $ov\€^«s, p. 
09fio6\€UKei, ▼• o. and a. 
fiSovA-^, ••coan»el"] 1.: a. 
Keat. : To take counsel, to 
detiberaie. -> b. Act : With 
Ace. of thing : To deUberate 
on or about ; toplan^ devise, 
— 8. Mid. : ^ovk^e^ofMi, t, 
fiou\€^<ro/teUf p. pass, in mid. 
force 0«fioi\fvfuu, 1. aor. 
ifiovX^wdfiilp i ft. 2b plan, 
deliberate, debates — at 1, 4 
$ovK%vff^poi (supply alrel) 
is the Sahject of the Inf. 
AroyycAfir, and is in the 
nom. in oonseqaence of its 
denoting the same persons as 
those spoken of by tne leading 
verb of the claose (l^jb-or). 
— ^b. To deUberate on or about ; 
to donsuU about; — at 5, 9 
folld. by clanse as Object; cf.» 
also, 3, 4.— e. With Inf.: 
To determine, or resolve^ to 
do, etc. 

PovXoto, povXoiTo, 2. and 



3. pen. sing. prea. opt. of 

po^X-ofMi, f. fiovX-^ao/ioi, 
p. 0*0o6\fi/iai, 8. p. $4$ovXa, 
V. mid. : L Alone : To hare a 
wish or desire ; to wish, desire, 
will, be willing. — 2. With 
Inf. : To wish, be willing, etc., 
to do, etc. ; — at 2, 23 supply 
tx^iv after fiaOxoiro ; — ^at 6, 23 
supply ifyatar^ after ifioiX' 
tro % — at 1, 5 supply wop%{f9aBen 
after ifiw\6iu9a;-~u% 7, 46 
•apply Kurairpalai after ifio^K' 
ov, — 3. With Ob{eetiTe claose; 
To wish, etc, thai something 
should be, «fc. — 4. With 
Ace.: To wish for, want, 
something. — In this construc- 
tion it if said by some that 
an In£ should be supplied with 
the Ace, e. y. at 6, 12 y9p4a- 
001; othen hold that the Ace. 
here denotes that wherein the 
wish consists ;— at 6^ 12 sup* 
ply abr^k (= ravra, see pre- 
ceding clause) after /9ovAo- 
Ii4pavs [root psfuK strength- 
ened from fiok, akin to l£uis. 
root TBI, " to choose"!. 

ponK^fursf , i|, OP, P. pres. 
of fio^XofAoi, — With Art.: 6 
Bov\6fi€pos,(hethatwills; i.e.) 
whoever wiU, whoever wishes, 
any one (= Lat. *'quiyis")» 
3,13. 

Po^Xtfrrot, 8. pen. plur. 
pres. subj. of fie6Xofuu, 

Po^-wop-oc, ov, adj. [for 
fio^'Wt^osi fir. fiovs, /SW-f 



113 



VOCABULARY. 



fiov-s, "an ox"; wtipa, *'to 
pierce," through root vcp] 
Ox-piercing ; large enough, or 
fitt to pierce a whole ox ; 
that would spit an ox, 

1. povsi ^o6s, oomm. gen. : 
1. A coWf ox, — 2. Plar. : 
Cattle in collective force [ace. 
to some from the nataral 
sound Boj and so " the lowing 
or bellowing one"; ace. to 
others, akin to Sanscrit ^o, ''a 
bull, a cow"; and in plur. 
•* cattle "]. 

2. Povs, contr. fr. fi6as, ace. 
plur. of 1. fious ; 7» 63, etc, 

Ppa8u9, CIO, 6, adj. Slow, 
fSS^ (Comp. : fipaS^-rtpos and 
$paiTw) ; Snp. : fipaZ^'T&ros 
(and /3paS*<0'Tos). 

Pp&Svraros, 17, ov, sup. adj. ; 
seefipaBus, — ^AsSubst.: Ppowi- 
T&TOVi ov (sc, <rrpdrwfAa), n. 
With Art. : The slowest part 
of the army : 3, 87. 

Bv{dvnoi, wi' ; see BvCcCyr- 
<or. 

Bvtavnov, ov, n. Bgzantium 
(now Constantinople; the 
capital of the Torkish Em- 
pire). — Hence, Bvtdirrl-o«, a, 
or, adj. Of, or belonging 
to, Byzantium; Byzantine, — 
As Subst. : BvJIarruH, <av, m. 
plur. With Art. : The people 
of Byzantium ; the Byzant- 
ines, 

po-)ji69, ov, m. [for $a-fi6s; 
f r. 'pa, a root of fiaivw (in the 
perfect tense sometimes in 



force of) "to stand"] (**A 
standing"; hence, '*a stand '* 
on which anything is placed ; 
hence^ " a raised place for 
sacrificing"; hence) An altar 
with raised steps, for sacri- 
ficing. 

Pavot, ov, m. or f. Ganos ; 
a town or mountain-fortress 
in Thrace. 

Yop, conj. For : — for \kKKa 
ydp, see &AAa; — for koI yap, 
see Kal. — N.B. Properly 701^ 
stands next to the first word 
in a clause; but it is also 
found (principally, however, 
in the poets) in the third or 
fourth place, when the pre- 
ceding words are closely con- 
nected. 

Y^, enclitic particle, At 
least, indeed, at any rate 
[prob. akin to Sans, gha or 
ghdf an old pronominal base]. 

YfY^fMU, perf. ind. of 
ylyyofuu, 

yfy€¥i\^Jvo9, iif OP, P. perf. 
of yiyvoijuii, — ^As Subst.: a. 
Sing.: TtynmiiUifOK, ov, n. 
With Art : That which has, 
or had, occurred or happened. 
— b. Plur. : YCYCWifi&at oav, 
n. With Art.: The things 
that have, or had, occurred or 
happened : — to vvv 5^ 7€7€i'- 
•nn4va, the things that have 
even Just now occurred ; i. e. 
in the Peloponnesian War, 
1, 26 ; see ir^Ae/uo;. 



VOCABULARY. 



"3 



Yfytr1|9ttly ^f«yirl|T»lf «• 

and 8. pen. siDg. pert', ind. of 
yiyvoiuu. 

YiYpa|fc|Uvoff, 17, w, P. perf. 
paM. ofypd^, 

yArmft owoSf comm. gen. A 
mnghbour, 

^fXHoot) dffth ay, P. 1. aor. 
ofyt^dtt, 

yiX-^-tf, f. yffX£<r« and 
yfAib^o^uu, 1. aor. iyikdaat, 
▼. n. ib 2a«^A [ace. to some 
akin to Sani. root hlAj>, ** to 
be glad"; ace. to otberi, habt, 
wtodewre"]. 

YfX6r« &<ra, wr, contr. P. 
pree. of 71 A^. 

Y^-^Hf wrof* m. [7<A-iC«i 
'* to laugh "] La/ughter, 

1. YfX«T-o-«oi-^» 6^, a^. 
[y^Xwfy 7^X»T.of, "laugbter '; 
(0) oonnecting TOwel ; iroiW«, 
''to make"] LaugkUr-mah- 
ing, exeiiing Uighter.-^AM 
Sabst. t YffXtrroiroi^f ov, m. 
("One exciting langbter"; 
hence) Ajuter, buffoon, 

2. y%KmmmmA%9 ov; Me 1. 
y%\ttrvwoi6s* 

ytr^v^ai, 2. aor. inf. of 
yiyvoyiM, 

Y^Ttti, 8. pers. sing. 2. 
aor. fubj. of yiyyotieu. 

ysyVOM-TIIti TIJTOf, f. [^fV- 

ydtoSf (ancontr. gen,) y^pyaio- 
Of, "noble-minded"] («*The 
quality of the ytvycuos**; 
hence) Noble-mindedneis. 

Attala. Book yil. 



ycvo^n*'* 2. aor. opt. of 
yiyvoiua, 

yiv^va%%, 2. pcrs. plor. 2. 
aor. opt. of ylypofuu, 

Y^o^i'^t Y^t'OiVTo, 8. pers. 
sing, and plur. 2. aor. opt. of 
ylyyofieu. 

YCv^lMvoff, i|, oi', p. 2. aor. 
of ylyyofAot^ — Ab Snbst. : w- 
^ftcvoy «f, n. plur. : a. With 
Art: Ths things that had 
oeeurred, etc.— 0. The pro* 
eeeds of a sale ; see ylyyofAat, 
no. 6. 

Y^vwfMii, 2. aor. snly*. of 
ylyyofiat, 

yip'iaVf oyros, m. ^ old 
man [akin to Sans, root jbI, 
** to erow old "], 

Ycvo-oo^oi, 1. aor. inf. mid. 
of y§6u. 

yvi'th f. y^ifftf, 1. aor. 
lyt wo-o, V. a. : 1. Act. : To give 
a taste of, -—2, Mid. : Y<v-0|fca^ 
f. yt^ffofAMf 1. aor. iywtrafiriy, 
p. pass, in mid. force 7^cv- 
/Mu, y. mid. 2b <ar/0 / — at 

3, 22 used alone [akin to 
Sans, root jvbk, *' to enjoy "]. 

y4> Vi'» ^•' ^' S<irth, as 
opp. to heaven. — 2. Land, as 
opp. to "sea or water": — koI 
Karh yijy ical Karit BdKarray, 
both 5y land and bg sea, 
6, 37. — 8. Land, countrg,-^ 

4. Earth, ground : — Kark t^t 
y^s, doum into the earth or 
ground, 1, 30 [akin to Sans. 
go, in force of *' the earth "]. 

Y^i-Xyof, Xyj), ivov, n<lj. [7^, 

I 



114 



VOCABULARY. 



(aneontr.gen.) yrj-6f, "earth"] 
("Of, or belonging^ to, 7^;. 
henco) Made ofearth,earthen» 
yiyvo\i.aL ; see yivofiat, 
YiTV^tJkcvof ) lit oy, P. pres. 
of ylyvo/Aai ; — at 2| 4 rwruif 
yiyvofi4u(iiu is Gen. Abs. 
[§ 118]: — tA yiy v6n€ya, the 
things thai were taking place, 
1,18. 

Ylvofuii or YCYvoftai, f. yiVm 
ilffOfuUf p. y4yoya, 2. aor. iyty- 
Sfiiiv ; also in pass, forms, p. 
yrytyrifiat, plup. tyeyey^firiy, 
« 1. ttor. iy(yi$riy, 1. fat. 7*1^- 
0ijaoficut V. mid. ("To come 
into bein^ "; hence) 1. a. 2b 
be.^h. With Dat. of person : 
To be to a person ; or render- 
ing the person as Sabjeot, to 
haves^at 6, 84 with tl 
yiyotyro supply fioX irauJits ; 
— at 7, 27 supply <ro\ after 
y€y4(T0ai, — 2. To become ; — at 
1, 21 foUd. by Dat. (iiyipl) as 
predicate [§ 88] ; cf. Primer , 
§ 109 ;— at 7, 42 supply ^fx- 
wy after y^yMai; see above. 
— 8. a. To happen, come to 
pate, take place, occur. — ^b. 
Impers. : Iy^vcto, It came to 
pose ; 2, 27.— C. With Dat. : 
7b happen to, befall, a per- 
son, etc, i —At 1, 18 yeyotro 
has a neut nom< plur. as 
Subject [§ 82, a]. —4. a. With 
predicate: To be, become, or 
be made something. — b. Of 
^crifices: With ellipse of 
^s {favourableVmiUi proper 



case ! To befavourahU; 2, 17. 
In Xenophon the adj. kci\6s 
is usually omitted in the fore- 
going meaning.— 5. Of pro. 
fits, etc, : To be produced 
or realized : — r& yeyifi^ya, the 
{things, i.e.) money produced 
or realized; the proceeds; 
6, 41 [reduplicated and 
changed, from root y^*'* a^ia 
to Sans, root jan, in Intrans- 
itive force, " to be born"; alao^ 
** to become, take place"]. 

Yi-v^-irKM or y^-yv^-itkm, 
f. yy<&cm, yy^ffOfiui, p. fyyofKo, 
2. aor. iyyw, {imperat. yyw9i, 
subj. yy&, yy^s, yy^, opt. 
yyolnvy inf. yy&yai,'ga.vt. yvo^us), 
V. a. : 1. a. To perceive, mark, 
observe, understand^ learn, 
pay heed or attention to. — b. 
Abs. : To think, to be of an 
opinion. — 0. Folld. by part, in 
concord with Object : To per' 
ceiue, etc., that one, etc., is. 
— 2. In past tenses: ("To 
have perceived," etc. ; hence) 
To know. — 3. Folld. by clause 
introduced by &ri: To per* 
ceive, or discover, thai, etc. 

— Pass. : Y^'^^'^'^^t^*'* ^ 
Yi.YV(6-(neo|Jiai, p. tyymurfjiai, 
1. aor. iyy^ce-nu, 1. fat. 
yyuir0iiirofiai [root yvia, akin 
to Saus. root Jj$rA, "to know"; 
cf . Lnt. no-SCO (old form gno« 
SCO), Bug. "know"]. 

rnjoxinroff, ou, m. O-nesippm 
us; an Athenian mentioned at 
8.28. 



VOCABULARY. 



"5 



Yi^ov<» owra^ 6y, P. 2. aor. 

of yivdoffKtt. 

-yvM-|fci|, iJLJis, t [yvm, root 
of 7«-7vw-a«c», **to know"] 
("That whicb knows"; hence) 
1. Mind. — 2. Will, inclina- 
tion, etc. — 3. Mind, disposi- 
lion. — 4. Judgment, opinion. 

yvvvQk, 2. aor. inf. of yw^' 

CKW. 

r^YyvXoff, ov, m. Qongyhu; 
the name of two Eretrians, 
father and son ; 8, 8. 

^^varo, ace. plur. of y6w. 

T^w, ftrof (Dat. Plur. 
ySr&ffi), n. A knee [akin 
to Sans, jdnv, *' a knee "J. 

ropiyUnr, mvo9, m. Oorgionj 
the son of Gongjlns the 
elder, and brother of Gongyl- 
ns the younger ; 8, 8. 

70VV, adv. [contr. tr. y4, 
" at least "; ody, "then **] At 
least then, at all events, at 
an^ rate. 

YpcL^-w, f. ypd^», p. yi- 
ypajipa, 1. aor. %ypa^a, v. a. 
("To represent |by lines"; 
hence) 1. To paint.^2. To 
write. — Pass.: 7pa^*o|Jioi, p. 
yiypafifiai/l* aor. iypdtpOiiy, 
1. fnt. ypatpBiiaofiai, 

Yvvaiicds, yytvenxlf yuvaSKa, 
gen., dat., and ace. sing, of 
yvy-f:, 

oiKttv, yvvanii, nom., ace, 
gen., and dat. plur. of yvy-li. 

•yw-q, aiK6s, f. (** She who 
brings forth"; hence) 1. A 

I 



woman. — 2. A wife [akin to 
Sans, root jan, in tranBitive 
force, " to bring forth "]. 

ST; see 8^. 

Aa|fc-apa-To<| tov, m. 
[Doric for ^ii/i-cfpa-ros ; fr. 
j^/i-of, *'the people"; &pc(- 
Q\Mi, "to pray"] (** People- 
prayed," or ** Prayed for by 
the people") Damaratvs; a 
king of Sparta, deposed 
through the intrigues of 
Cleomenes. Passing over 
into Asia, he waa honourably 
received by Darius Hvstaspes, 
who presented him with lands 
and cities. 

8&ir&v-dM -M, f. 8airai^(r«, 
p. StiaitdyiiKa, 1. aor. iiardy' 
Tiff a, y. a. {J^aitAif'H, "ex- 
penditure "] (•* To expend " ; 
hence) To consume, use up, 
etc. — Para. : 8&ir&v-do|&ai, 
-£|MU, p. hfZcardrntuu, 1. aor. 
iZoKoarf^Qiiv, 1. fut. 8airas^0^> 
ffoiiai. 

8&ir&v«ifUvo«, 17, ov, contr. 
P. pres. pass, of SaravcUf. 

Aop8&v-cvc, 4on, m. [A(ip- 
l&V'OS, "DardSnfis"; a town 
of Troas in Asia Minor] A 
man o/Dardan&s; a Dardan* 
ian. 

SopciK^, fcov, m. A dario ; 
a Persian gold coin = 20 Attic 
drachmsB;— at 8, 6 xckt^. 
Kovra SapuK&tf is the " Gen. 
of Price" [§ 116] [the 
origin of this word is by 
2 



xi6 



VOCABULARY. 



some ftttributed to Darias, 
king of Persia, by whom this 
kind of money was ^ said to 
have been first coined; by 
others to Persian doT'd, **a. 
king "; so that in this latter 
case it is of kindred origin 
with the English ''sover- 
eipi"]. 

ocurucv-frtt, ctms, f. [obsoL 
daafui'M, "to divide'*] A 
dividing or distributing ; 
division, distribution. 

Aa/^va,y6pa/i, ov, m. DaphU' 
agoras ; a dependant of the 
wife of Gongylns ; 8, 9. 

8^ (before a vowel mostly 
8*), conj. : 1. But ; see fi4if. — 

2. And, further, too, also. — 

3. Introducing a fresh sab. 
ject: Now. 

8c8i^XwT«u, 8. pers. sing, 
perf. ind. pass, of 8i}\^«. 

8^iKa, perf. ind. of ScfSw. 

8c8o)Uvo9, II, ov, P. perf. 
pass, of 8r5w/i(. 

1. 8^, 2. pers. sing. pres. 
ind. of Ziofioi I 8, 45 ; 6, 2. 

2. 8^; 3,39; see 8ci. 
8ci{aci, 8^01, 8civ ; see Sc?. 
8ci, subj. Ziff, opt. Zioi, inf. 

Zuv, part. Ziov, f. 8c^0'ci, 
1. aor. 4i4rrat, v. n. impers. 
[formed partly from Urn, '* to 
bind," partly from d4», "to 
need, lack **] 1. It is necessary; 
it is needful, etc.; one, etc., 
must ; — at 3, 45 the Subject of 
^ is the inf. a-wfuStii/, and at 
the clause ruuLas &5ikoi;- 



fi4vout . • . ar4pt(T$ati cf., 
also, 6, 11;— at 6, 23 the 
Subject of ^8ci is the clause 
T^ 4v4xup€t r6r€ A.&j3ciy ; — so, 
l4oi, 2, 27; 3, 13; 8€^<r€«, 
3, 31; Zuv, 7, 46, have, in 
each instance, clauses for 
their respective Subjects ; cf., 
also, 7, 25;— at 1, 14 Sc'oi is 
the Opt. in an indirect ques- 
tion, and further has a clause 
for its Subject.— At 2, 31 
there is an ellipse of ^Ifr^Kdclv 
with o^t iSri; — at 6, 5 of 
fc^Sco-dai with &s 8fi; — and 
at 1| 2 of woffitrtiv airr^ with 
5cro 8eoi.— 2. With Gen. of 
thing: There is need, or want, 
of something; something is 
neededor is wanting. — Phrase : 
woXXov 8ciy folld. by Inf., 
to want much of doing, etc. ; 
i. e. to be far from doing, etc.: 
— woXKov BeTv Ifx^''^* ^ be far 
from having, 6, 18. 

8c(8w, f. ^ttffofAai, p. (in 
force of pres.) Moiko, S4iia, 
pluperf. (in force of imperf.) 
iMoUfiy, 1. aor. I9ei<ra, y. a. 
and n. : 1. Act.: To fear, he 
afraid of.— 2. Neut.: a. To 
fear, to be afraid. — ^b. Folld. 
by fi^ : To be afraid, or op- 
prehensive, that; to fear 
that; 3, 47, etc, 

8cCK-vv|&i or 8ciic«WS«», f. 
9(l^», p. HiSuxa, 1. aor. fSci^o, 
v. a. To',show, point out [akin 
to Sans, root DI9, '* to show"]. 

8 'An* tjSj f. Aftern.ooti, esp. 



VOCABULARY. 



117 



the early part of it ; — at 2, IG ; 
3, 10 1^9 8c(Xiis is the " Gen. 
of Time " [§ 112, 06*. 3]. 

8c&-v^, rht y^Vt a^. [for 
Ui^'v6%\ fr. 8ci2-«, " to fear"] 
(<'To be teared"; hence) 1. 
2WT»i20,c{r0acf/k2.~ As Sabst.: 
Scivd, wy, n. plnr. TerrihUt 
or dreaif^ tUnga,^%. (With 
the notion of fear is connected 
a notion of " force w power** $ 
hence l^iv6s came to signify 
"powerful, mighty"; and from 
tms it acqnired the farther 
meaning of) Skiykl, clever, 
able: — ^mostly with Inf. : Sct- 
vhs ^«byciy, elever at eating, 
i.e. "a terrible glutton," 8, 23. 

SciWvWv -A, f. Scinr^o-w, p. 
ScfciimiJca, 1. aor. i^tiirvnaa, 
v. n. [8ciiry-oy, "a meal; 
sapper'*] To take a meal; to 
take supper, to anp, 

Sciiir^vas, dtra, aif, P. !• 
aor. of Btiinf4m» 

Sciwvov, ov, n. A meal; 
whether dinner or supper. 

Sciwovvra, oontr. masc 
ace. sing, of P. pres. of 

ScUros, euro, op, P. 1. aor. 
of SetSw. 

8c(9t)s, 2. pers. sing. 1. nor. 
sub). ofB^lBw, 

MKA, num. a^'. indecl. Ten 
[akin to Sans, dago, ** ten *']. 

ScKa-ircvTi, nnm. adj. in- 
decl. fS^icot, " ten "; ireVTc, 
«five'T ("Ten and ave 
>. 9.) Fifteen, 



t>. 



8cK&-TOf, Tfi, Toy, num. 
adj. [Jeico, "ten"] ("Provided 
with ten*'; hence) Tenth. 

AiXra, n. indecl. J>elta ; a 
name given (by the Greeks to 
land bounded, usually, by two 
or more diverging branches 
of a river, and bearing a 
general resemblance to the 
fourth letter of the Greek 
alphabet. The Thracian Delta, 
however, was bounded by 
the waters of the sea, and 
was> according to some, iden* 
tical with the triangular 
point of the modem Derkon ; 
according to others it was 
land lying between the Euxine 
(the Black Sea), the Bosphdrus 
(the Dardanelles), and the 
Propontis (the Sea of Mar- 
mora), and naving Byzantium 
(now Constantinople) at its 
lower extremity. 

8ctd|jicvo«, 1}, ow, P. 1. aor. 
of iixoiMU, 

84t«Mr6ai, 1. aor. inf. of 

S^tn, 2. pers. sing. fut. ind. 
of 94x0/101. 

8c{ld, as ; see 9t^i6f, 

8c(»-^0|Mii -ov|uii, f . 8({ii5- 
cofiat, 1. aor. iSt^wcrdfiriif, 
V. mid. [9€^i'd, *'the right 
hand "] To offer, or give, the 
right hand; to welcome, to 
greet. 

8ct-t^s, XA, t6y, adj. Bight 
as opposed to ''left." — As 
Subst. : ScJCdy as, f. A right 



Ii8 



VOCABULARY. 



kamd : — 4y Sc^i^ on the right 
hand; on the right: — 8c|i^5 
M6vat jcol Aa3c<v, to give 
and receive right hands, as a 
salutation or as a pledge of 
fidelity to one's word, etc., 
3, 1 [akin to Snns. daksh-&, 
"clever"; dakeh-ina," clever^*; 
also "right" as opposed to 
" left '']. 

8^ot ; see 8ci. 

S^oiTo, 8. pen. sing. pres. 
opt. of 94oiieu ; — at 2, 31 in an 
indirect question. 

8^0)Mii, f. 9e4i(rofUJH, 1. aor. 
ideiiOriv, v. mid.: 1. a. To stand 
in want, to need. — b. With 
Gen. of person or thing: To 
toant-t need, require; — at 6« 2 
supply avroS (= rov cr par kit- 
tt&rof) after 8^. — o. With 
Inf. To want, or require, to 
do, etc.; 2, 31. —3. a. With 
Gen. of person : To heg, ask, 
entreat. — ^b. With Gen. of 
person and Ace. of neut. 
pron. !-^ heg something of 
one. — e. With Ace. of neut. 
pron. alone : To ash for 
something ; 7, 24.~d. With 
Inf.: To heg, or request, to 
do^ -etc, — e. With Ace. of 
person and Inf. : To heg, or 
entreat, one to do, eic.—f. 
With Gen. of person and Inf.: 
To heg. of one to do, etc.; 
7, 14 ; cf. 2, 24 ; 3, 10, etc. ; 
— at 4, 8 the Gen. of person 
is omitted; cf., also, 1, 2; 
2, 10; 4>20; 7,19; 7,57. 



S^brroi, 3. pers. plar. pres. 
ind. of 94ofieu, 

A^pvi|s, ov, m. Dernes ; a 
Persian roler, or satrap, of 
Phoenicia and Arabia. 

Scc-ir^-Yls, ou, m. A 
master of a house or houses 
hold; a mtuier; as opposed 
to oU^riff, "a domestic" 
[prob. akin to Sans, dam- 
pat'i, *' master of a honse*']. 

Scvpo, adv. Hither. 

8^-o|uu, f . Z4^ofuu, p. Sc- 
8c7/Aat, 1. aor. iB^^dfiriv, y. 
mid. : 1. To receive from a 
person, to accept ; —at 7, 40 
without nearer Object ; cf. 
3, 24. — 2. To receive hospit- 
ably, — 8. 2b receive a person 
in any way ; — at 2, 9 sapply 
a.hT6v (r= Hcyo^rra) after 
m^&TO ; cf.. also, 2, 6 ; 2, 87. 
— 4. In military language : a. 
With Ace. : To receive the 
enemy, etc. ; to await the 
attack of — b. Abs.: To await 
the attach or onset [akin to 
Sans, root dagh, "to at- 
tain "]. 

8i{, adv. : 1. In truth, in 
fact, trulg, indeed. — 2, With 
pronouns : To mark the person 
or thing strongly : Plainly, 
truly, evidently, indeed, etc. 
— 8. In marking connexions : 
7%«».— 4. With aYC, etc.: 
But come, only come. — 6. 
Indeed, my^ac^:^ sometimes 
ironically : In good truth, for- 
80oth,^Q,With. other particles 



VOCABULARY. 



119 



to impart greater explieitneiB: 
ExetetliftjuMt, etc. 

Stj-Xot, \ii, XoVf adj. ! 1. 
Vinble, — 2l Clear, man^eMi, 
plain, evident I'^tit 4, 4i S^Aov 
ia predicated of the clause 
o5 €V€Ka .... rois fiiipoiff 
BQch clause being the Subject 
of iy4tfvro; — at 6, 17 9^\ov 
is predicated of the clause 
5ti 2c^0i)f . . • i9vpo96Kovv, 
such clause being the Subject 
of iari which ia to be supplied 
as copula; cf., also, 6, 16 
[akin to Sans, root Df, " to 
shine"; and so^ literally, 
•* shining "]. 

8v|X-£* -«*, f. ifiKi&trut P« 
ScS'^AwKo, 1. aor.^8^Aw0-a,y. a. 
[ai|X-of, "clear, manifest"] 
1. To make clear or manifeet; 
to ehoWf point out ; — at 1> 81 
folld. by 8ri ;— at 7, 35 used 
absolutely.— 2. To set Jbrth, 
explain, etc. — Pass. : Si|X- 
6o|ftai -ovfiai, p. ZfiiiXttfiat, 
1. aor. i^tiX^^Vt 1. fut. 
driXwO-fitroftai ; — at 1, 1 Sc9^A- 
MToi has for its Subject the 
neat. nom. plur. wdtn-a [§ 82, 

aytty'6s, *'n leader of the 
people*'; hence, in bad sense, 
"a mob-leader, a demagogue"] 
With Ace. of person : (" To 
be a irifiafwySs to"; hence) 
To win by popular arts, to 
curry favour with, 
8ii-irov, adv. [84> "indeed"; 



iro^y "perhaps"] 1, Perhaps 
indeed, possibly, it may be,-^ 
2. In Attic usage: Doubtless, 
no doubtf I ete. presume, of 
course, 

1. ACa, ace. of Ze^f. 

2. 8id (before a vowel 8i'), 
prep.! 1. With Gen.: a. 
Locally : Throuyh, riyhi 
through. — ^b. Of time: At 
intervals cf,—^. Of the in- 
strument: By means of, by, 
throuyh, — d. Of the way or 
manner: Throuyh, — 2. With 
Ace. : a. Throuyh, on account, 
or for the sake, of : — bihri, 
(on account of whats i.e.) 
therefore, why: — Zth rovro, 
on account qf this, on this 
account, for this rea^oit.— b. 
Throuyh, by means qf,^c. 
Because of, by reason qf, in 
consequence of [akin to Sans, 
(fci, "two"]. 

SuLPalcv, 8. pers. plur. 2. 
aor. opt. of St&fiatrw, 

8lapa<i|«, 2. pers. sing. 2. 
aor. opt. of Si&fiitivtff, 

tta^fialim, f. Kd-fi^ao/iat, 
p. Bta-fitfifiKO, plup. bi'ffiefiii' 
K€tyf 2. aor. Vi-4fi^p, v. a. and 
n. [hid, "through"; Mvtt, 
" to go "] (*' To go through "; 
hence) 1. Act. : With Aoc. of 
thing : To go or pa^s over or 
across; to cross.— 2, Neut. : 
To go across, to cross, 

8)C&-PaXXM, f. Si&.iBaX£, 
p. bM'fid^KqKa, • plup. 87- 
f0€0\-^K9Uf, y. a. [Suit, 



126 



VOCABULARY. 



** throogh ** ; fidWv, ** to 
Btrike" by throwing] ("To 
strike through "; hence, "to 
strike throngh or wound ** by 
words, eto,i hence) 1. With 
Ace of person; To aoouae 
falsely s to slander, eahunni- 
ale, libel.'-2. With Ace. of 
thing : To elate falaeUf, to 
tnisrepreeeni, — Fbss. : 8Y&- 
PdXXofiai, p. bX&-04fi\rifA€U, 1. 
nor. 9t-€fiKiiBriPp 1. fiit. Sta- 

8(aPcpXt||&^ro«, 17, ok, P. 
perf. pass, of 9i&fidJK\w ; — at 
6, 44 Sr&/3ffi3Aif/iicyos cfij is 
8. pers. sing. plup. opt. pass, 
of 9i&fidKKm, 

SCoPn, 8. pers. sing. 2. aor. 
sn^. of 8]f&i3aW. 

raBTJvai, 2. aor. inf. of 
9Xafialpw, 

8l&Pi{voiTo« 8. pers. sing, 
fut. opt. of St&ficdyw, 

8K&Pv|<rtf|uvo«, P. fht. of 

8UL-pCPat«, f . Sra-iS?/3d(r<». 
1. aor. ^t't&ifiatrci, t. a. [9ia, 
'* across"; fftfidCw, "to cause 
to go"] ("To cause to go 
across"; hence) 2b take, or 
eonveiy, across; to transport 
o«er;— at 2, 8 supply ain-o^s 
(= r&v dteairapfiivup &s &v 
irKtioTovs). 

8l-aYyAXc», f. 8(-a77cA,«, 
1. aor. Si-^TyciAa, v. a. [81-cC 
in " strengfthening " force ; 
ityy4\kw, "to announce" by 
a messenger] (" To announce'' 



by a messenger; hence) To 
notify, communieate, state, 
report; — at 1, 14 9tayy4W€i 
belongs to both n^cf and ris, 
but t^es the number of the 
latter, nearest to which it is 

E laced, and which is^ also, to 
e brought the moce promin- 
ently forward. 

8t&YCi^99at» 2. aor. inf. of 
^dyiyyofjuu. 

fM^yiyvo^JUj f. diA-ycr^cro- 
fiai, p. 9id-y§y4iniifiai, 2. aor. 
9i-€y§y6fA7itf, v, mid. [Btd, 
" throughout **; yiyvofuu, " to 
be"] ("To be throughout" a 
certain time; hence) 1. Of 
time: With Aoo.: To pass, 
spend. — 2. Alone : 2b hve. 

8K-dy«», f. Vi-d^tt, 2. aor. 
8H7470K, V. a. [9i-d, "across"; 
Ifc7»," to convey"] To convey 
across; — at 2, 12 supply 
a{n-o6s {^roht aTpaTi^as)tiB 
the nearer Object of ^fidyuy, 

8lHi-S{8»|u, f. 8i&.S<£(r«, 1. 
aor. (only in indie.) 8i.^j(<»ica, 
2. aor. 9i-49ofp, y. a. [Sid, " be- 
tween"; ZlSttfu, "to give"] 
{" Togive between, or among," 
persons; hence) To dimde 
oui, distribute ; — at 7, 56 sup- 
ply oibrd (= preceding TaGra) 
as the nearer Object of hVk- 
9or9, 

8l&8orc, 2. pers. plur. 2. 
aor. imperat. of 8(a8i$«fu. 

8t&8ox-o«, ov, m. and f. a^*. 
[for 8r&8€x-of ; fr. 8i&$^x-0Ma*t 
"to succeed, follow"] Sue- 



VOCABULARY. 



121 



ceedimg ; coming at a 9ue- 
cessor; — at 2, 6 foUd. by Dat. 
of person. 

SCo0^icros, If, OF, P. 2. aor. 
mid. of Siiriiiifu. 

mid. [9td, in ** strengthening" 
fOTce J ictTftM, « to Ke"] 0* To 
lie"; hence) Mentallr : 2b be 
disposed, or affSected, in any 
way;— at 7, 80 with adv. of 
manner, and folld. by Dat. of 
person; — at 7» 88 with adv. 
of manner, and folld. by 'irp6s 
c. Ace. of person; — at 6^ 6 
with adv.- of manner only. 

8Ca-icXdi» -kXw, f. 8m-icXA- 
a9», 1. aor. ZUiKKSura, y.a.[8ia, 
<« asunder^'; «Ai<w, "to break"] 
To break aeunder or in twain s 
— at 3, 22 the imperf. hUitXa 
denotes the commencement of 
the act. 

SUl-K^VTw, f. 8<&-jr^», p. 
}it&-K4K0ipQi, 1. aor. ti-c'icoif'a, 
T. a. [Sid, *< throogh **% K6wrc9, 
" to cat "] 2b cut through, to 
break through, 

8Ca-K^-ioi, tai, la, nam. 
adj. plar. 2\po hundred [prob. 
8id, lengthened fr. 9td, in its 
etymological force of " twice '* 
(see 9td at end); xotr = Kar, 
fr. Sans, ^at-a, ** abandred "; 
see fKarSif']. 

8iaK^i|rais, affa, oy^P. 1. aor. 
of ZX&ic^Ta, 

^SUL-X^I&ai, f. 8ra-A«|o- 
ficu, p. paiss. in mid. force 9i- 
%lKeyfi€u, 1. aor. Si-cAc|c^i|ir^ 



1. aor. pass, in mid. force Si« 

cA^X^j ▼• ^^ ['<4 ''one 
with another "; A^oMOi (mid. 
of A^, " to speak "), *« to 
speak '* one's self) (<* To speak 
one with another "; hence) 1. 
With Aoe. of thing: 2b con- 
verse abottt, or discuss, a 
thing.~8. With Dat. of per- 
son alone: 2b converse, or 
diicowrse, with ; to talk to 
or «pt^A.---8. Alone: 2b con* 
veree / to confer* 

oofAM, 2. aor. K'l^uifnor, y. n. 
[94-0, in "strengthening" 
force ; afiapravm, " to miss "j 
With Gen. : 2b mies utterly, 
to go quite astray from, to 
failtoflndf etc.; 4, 17. 

SC&i&opT^, iwca, 4r, P. 2. 
aor. of Siofiepraww. 

4<ro/juu, V. dep. [pii, denoting 
" completeness "; ii&xPI'^'^ " to 
fight"] ("To fight, or con- 
tend, thoroughly"; . hence) 
With Dat. of person: 2b 
Jlght it out wiii a person; 
4>10. 

8l&-|UvWi f. ti&'fuy&, p. 
9ia-titfM.4rriKa, v, n. [Sio, in 
"strengthening "force; ti€v«t, 
" to remain "] 2b remain, to 
remain behind, 

8lafLCTp€ur6ai, pres. inf. 
pass, of 8io^€rp€<tf. 

8{a*|JiCTp^ -|MTp», f. bXa- 
fitTfrntrVf 1. aor. ZX-tfiirfn^ffa, 
y.a. [810, " asunder"; /itrpdw, 



122 



VOCABULARY. 



*' to measure "] (** To measure j 
asunder "; hence) 1. To tnea- 
9ure out, give out, rations, 
etc, — 2, Impers: pres. inf. 
pass. : 8ui|&cTpci«r9ai« (That it 
should he measured out; i. e.) 
Th<U a diitribution should be 
made. — Pass. : 8t&-|urp^o|uu 

-)fcCTpOV|Mli. 

■' Slof&irf ptfft adv. [for St-ai^ft- 
iTfp-^jj fr. Zi'i, "through"; 
kvd, in "strengtheningf ' force; 
.Wf p, root of irc^, •* to pierce "] 
("riercing nght through*'; 
hence) Bight through, clean 
"through, through and through: 
^—sometimes folld. hy a gen. 
or ace. case. 
8t&vci)jkai, 1. aor. inf. of 

8t&-W|Uf, f. 9t&rPt/AW, p. 

Vid'¥€v4inriKti, 1. aor. 9t'4y€tpM, 
V. a. [pid, in " strengthening" 
force; v4fA», "to distribute"] 
To distribute, divide out, ap- 
portion* 

8t&-vo^o|Jiai -yoovifcoiy f. 
Std-yo^trofiat, p. dta-vfy6riftcu, 
plup. ii-fV€yo^firi», 1. aor. 87- 
woi$r}y, y. mid. [9id, in 
*' strengthening " force ; yo4o' 
fuu (mid. with Inf.), <' to think 
with one's self, to be minded, 
to" do, etc] ("To think 
completely with one's self, or 
to be completely minded, to " 
do, etc, ; hence) With Inf. : 
To intend, purpose, etc., to 
do, stc, 

M-vavT^, adv. [Sio, 



"through"; TcarrSs, gen. of 
iraf, " all "J (« Through all"; 
hence) Of time : Continually, 
ever, at all times, alwags, 

8l&imrpax9au, perf. inf. 
pass, in mid. force of Via- 
wpdcrtrw. 

SKairXfvonoi, Atra, op, P. 1. 
aor. of 9iair\4w. 

8ta-irXltf, f. 9ta'ir\*^irofjieu, 
1. aor. Si'4T\€v(ra, v. n. [J^td, 
'• through "; wK4t0, *' to sail "1 
("To sail through"; hence) 
To sail across s to sail over 
in a vessel. 

8(airpat«u, 1. aor. inf. of 
dtiaTrpoKrctt. 

8tairpat&|MV0f, 17, oy, P. 
1. aor. mid. of Karpdvaw, 

8Kairpd{o|fcau, fut. ind. mid. 
of Kavpdtrcw, 

SCawpot^luvof, fj, oy, P. fot. 
mid. of Stairpcurfftt, 

8lairpdt«|iiv, 1. pers. plur. 
1. aor. subj. of Kaxpiffctt. 

8Ka<-irpd(joni* (Attic 8Ca- 
irpdrrw), f. Sta^wpd^w, p. Via- 
wtirpaxu, V. a. [jBtd, in 
" strengthening " force; frpd/s-' 
<rt0, "to effect, bring about"] 
1. Act. : a. To effect, bring 
about; —at 1, 38 folld. by 
5irMr. — b. To arrange, settle, 
etc. — 2. Mid. : 8la-irp^Mro>0|Lat 
(Attic SCa-irpdrrofioi), f. Sia- 
Tpa^ofiat, 1. aor. St'tirpa^dLfifiy, 
p. pass, in mid. force 87d- 
7r4irpayfuui a. To effect, or 
bring about, by one's, etc., 
own espedal act or for one's 



VOCABULARY. 



123 



self. — ^b. To obtain for one's 
self. — e. Alone : To arrange, 
settle, etc., by one's, etc., own 
act. — d. To negotiate, treat. 
— 3. Pass. : 8ta-«'pdo-ao|Jiai 
(Attic Slfa-irpaTTOiiai), p. hXa- 
weirpaypLcu, 1. aor. Si-twpix^t^f 
1. fat. Sia-irpaxH<^ofiat. 

SCairpdlTTw ; see ^Mirpdccm, 

Sl-apva^, f. 87-a/|ir&(r» and 
HX-apwaa'Ofiaif p. tX-iipiraKa, 
1. aor. Si-^pircura, Y. n. [pi-d, 
denoting " completeness " ; 
afnrd{ot, «* to plunder"] To 
plunder completely or utterlgs 
to spoil, etc. 

SCapird(rw|UV, 1. pers. plur. 
1. Dor. snbj. of iiapitd(to. 

8ta-p-^£irTW, f. Bia-f-^t^w, 
1. aor. lX-4f'^i^a^ y. a. [8u(y 
*' in different directions " ; 
plirrw, " to throw," with re- 
duplication of ft"] (*< To throw 
in different directions"; hence) 
To throw about for the pur- 
pose of distributing amongst 
persons; — at 8, 23 rh 81a/)- 
}lirr(uf is a verbal noun ; see 6, 
no. 2. 

8la<nra(r6c(s, cToro, 4if, P. 
1. aor. pa^s. of Biacrdtt.-^Aa 
Snbst. : 8{a(nra(r6^yT6s> »y, m. 
plur. With Art.: 2'heg who 
are scattered about ; strag" 
gling bodies of soldiers; 3, 38. 

8ta<riraTai, contr. 3. pers. 
sing. pres. ind. pass, of Sta- 
airau, 

8va-a*irdUi> -cnrw, f. 8ia- 
(rv&<rv and tiO'Uiravofxai, 1. 



aor. Ii-4ffwii4ra and 8i;-€9vft- 
a&fAfiv, ▼. a. [81^, ** asunder "; 
awda, *'to pluck or tear"] 
1. Act. : 2b pluck, or tear, 
asunder, — 8. Pass. : SSa-ovd- 
ofiai "onrw|iai, p. iX-taracrfuu, 
1. aor. K-€(nr3iaBriy, 1. fut. 
Ka-ffiriureriaofiai, (<' To be 

E lucked, or torn, asunder "j 
ence) In militaiy language : 
Of soldiers : lb be broken up 
into small bodies; to be 
separated or scattered €tbout ; 
— at 3, 88 Sioinrarcu has the 
neut. nom. plur. t^ arrporf^ 
/mra for its Subject [§ 82, a]. 
8Ca-inrtCp«», f. 9ta-(nrfp&, 

1. aor. bi-4<rT€ipa, y. a. [bid, 
" in different directions " ; 
ffitflpcf, "to sow" seeds, etc.; 
hence, " to throw about," eic,\ 
('* To throw about in different 
directions"; hence) 1. Act: 
To scatter, or spread, about. 
— 2. Pkiss. rSCa-cmfpoiJiat, p. 
bt'4<ne(tpfiai, 1. aor. Si-ctnrop- 
9riy, 1. f. 810-0^0^^^0-0/401, 

2. aor. 9i-€irTiip>nu I Of per- 
sons : To be scattered in dif- 
ferent directions ; to straggle. 

8Y&-<n&t«, f. bHi-a^ffw, 1. 
aor. 9i-4iroKra, p. bia'ff4<rMKa, 
plup, BX'€<r€<riKuy, y. a. [bid, 
in ** augmentative '* force ; 
<r(&(co, " to save "] 1. To save 
completely, to keep quite safe, 
to preserve. — 2. Pass.: 8la- 
<n(>to|&ai, p. 9iii-(r4<rw<rfiai, 1. 
aor. bX'fO'i&BriP, To be pre- 
served, to come off with safety. 



124 



VOCABULARY. 



8l&TCivd|MV0ff, Ht OP, P. 

1. aor. mid. of iidr^lyat, 
8l&-Tf(vw, f. Vid'TtySf V. a. 

rjitd, in '* strengthening ** 
force; rtipm, **U> stretch 
out"] 1. Act.! Jh stretch out, 
eertend, — 8. Mid.: SUL-nCvo- 
laoii f. ma^Ttpovfiat, 1. aor. 87- 
trttvdfifip, ('*To stretch one's 
self oat " in order to make an 
eifort, etc.; hence) To exert 
one^e, etc., se^f to uee one's, 
etc,, exertions ; 6, 86, where 
itterttrdfityov is folld* by vav 
as Ace. of <« Respect " [§ 98] ; 
see also 9vvdiuu, no. 1, b. 

8l&Ti0^|uvot, rif oPf P. pres. 
mid. of Vi&TXeripu, 

8l&Tl6co^aiy pres. inf. mid. 
of 9i&TT$fifu. 

8l&-TY0i||iii, f. it&'H(r»* 1* 
aor. 9t'i$riKa, v. a. [iia, in 
"strengthening" force; rXOrifu, 
in force of" to manage, treat" 
in a particular way] To treat 
in a particular way ; to dispose 
q/;— Mid. : 8l&-Tt0C|&ai,f. 8i&« 
ftlffofutt, 2. aor. Vi'^Bifoir, To 
dispose of for one's self or by 
on</s own act ; to selL etc.;— 
at 7, 56 supply aina as the 
nearer Obiect of t'i&04fi€pos. 

8taTplp5)fccvot, If, oPf P. pres. 
pass, of bXarplfiw, 

8(a-TpiP«, f. iiO'Tpt^^tt, p. 
STA-r^r/>i0a, 1. aor. Si^crpiif^a, 

2. aor. ii'irplifiov, v. a. [8fi(, in 
** strengtheniug" force; rpZ^w, 
** to rub"; heuce of time, "to 
wear away," eto.'] To wear 



away or spend Ume; to delay : 
— the aoc. xp6pop is usually 
omitted, as at 3, 13. — Pass. : 
SKa-rpiPofiAi, 2. aor. 8<-crpi/3- 
rip : Of time : To he passed 
or gone by; to pass by; 
elapse; — at 2, 8 Siarpi/So/i^rov 
rod xp^f^ov is Gen. Abs. 

[§ 118]. 

M^^afytt, f. dia-^cU'd, ▼. a. 
pirf, "through "; ip<Ui^, "to 
sbow "1 1. Act. : 2b show 
through; to let an object be 
seen through. — 2, Pass. : SOL- 
^a(vo|ftai| 2. aor. Si-c^&myr, 
To he shown through, to 
appear through^ to be seen 
through; —at 8, 14 either 
ahr6s (=A roixof) must be 
supplied as the Subject of 
Sfc^^; or Vit^iarn is to be 
regarded as an Impers. Terb 
(of 2. aor. ind.), and rendered 
the light was seen,ar appeared, 
through,!, e. through the wall: 
in this latter case i£e yerb will 
contain its Subject within it- 
self; viz. ^009, contr. ^f, 
"light." 

oUk'^pw, f. Vt-olffw and 8f« 
oiffofiat, 1. aor. Si-^ycyica, ▼. n. 
[814 "apart"; i>4fw, "to 
carry"] (" To carry apart» to 
separate"; hencei in neat, 
force) 1. 2b differ, to be d^" 
ferent.--2. Pass. : 8UL-4^~ 
yAi: FoUd. by wp6% and Ace. 
of person : Ta differ, to be at 
variance, or to quarrel with 
a person ; 6, 15. 



VOCABULARY, 



125 



p. STA-ir^^cirya, 2. aor. 8i- 
fpvyov, V. n. and a. [81^ 
" through"; iptiyw, "to flee"] 
(«To flee through"; hence) 
1. Neut. : To escape, — 2. Act. : 
To escape fi-onk, 

hXa^ap€li\¥j 2. aor. opt. 
pass, of ^XwpOfifm, 

S(a^9€ifii^ro^j ly, oVf P. 
pres. pass, of Sta^tB^ifw, 

8ta-4^^» f* Via'^Mpmy p. 
Vt-4^9apKa and BX»4ip0op€i, ▼. a. 
[8u(, denoting ** completeness'*; 
^OtlpUf " to destroy "] 1. Act. : 
lb destroy ulterlju or com^ 
pletefy, — 2, Pass.: ota-^OcCpo- 
l&ai, p. Bi-4<t>$cipfiai, 1. aor. 81- 
€^Ba(niy, 2. fut. 8ia-^0jipi(o-o- 
/ia<: a. Of an army: To 
perish s to he destroyed or 
broken up, — b. Morally: To 
he ruined or discredited, 

SKa(^p-o«, ov, adj. [for 87&* 
ip€p'Os; f r. Vi&^4p'U, '* to dif- 
fer, be different"; hence, '* to 
disagree "] 0* Disagreeing " 
with another; hence) Opposed, 
hostile, etc.; — at 6, 15 the 
Sup. is folld. by Gen. of 
"Thing Distributed" [§ 112]. 

SKa^opcoraTOS, ly, oy, sup. 
adj^ see 9Xa<f>opos* 

Slof^iiYwv, ovtra, 6v, P. 2. aor. 
of 8i&^cv7w. 

1. aor. hX'fx^iiJuSuira, v. p. [8i<£, 
in *' strengthening " force ; 
XCfjucE^w (neut.), ** to pass the 
winter"] To pass the winter. 



to wnterfht 6, 31 with ott 
it&X^^t^ftirrts supply i>ir4px* 

tt&xtii^Jiktnut, atra, a¥, P. 

1. aor. of 8i&x<tM^Cv« 
SlS^tciv, fut. inf. of 818^- 

8l8a{«*r, oviro, ov, P. fut. 
of ZXHaurKw* 

8l-8^-oic», f. 8i8^«, p. 
8c8<8ftx«(> 1* Aor. ^878a|o, y. a. 
and n.: 1. With Ace. of per- 
son: To teach, instruct,^ 

2. With Ace. of person and 
Inf. : To teach a person to do, 
etc, — 3. With Aoc. of thing: 
To Uaeh, Mow. — 4. With 
clause as Object: To show, 
demonstrate, prove by argu- 
ments, that, etc. — 5. Without 
Object: To teach, show, do- 
monstrate, prove [akin to lost 
Sans, root DA9]. 

SCS^voi, inf. pres. of 878«fu. 
SlS^vTf t, masc. nom. plur. 
of 8(8o^f, P. pres. of 81800/11. 
8l-8«i-|i,(, f. 8«$0'«, p. ZdiwKo, 

1, aor. (only in ind.) I^mito, 

2. aor. I8w, y. a. : 1. Act. : 
a. To ffive, — b. To grant, 
assign,—^. With Inf.: To 
give, grant, aUow, permit to 
do, etc. — d. TofitrnishfSupplyf 
1, 40. — 6. To give in marriage; 

2, 38.-1 Alone : To give ; to 
make a present or presents ; 

3, 28.-2. Pass.: 8l-8o-|La^ 
p. 868ojuat, 1. aor. iUOtiv, 
1. f. 8oa^<ro/ioi : a. To ^^ 
given, — b. Impcrs. imp' 



126 



VOCABULARY. 



I 



edf permitted, or allowed;-^ 
at 8, 13 the Sabject of i9l9oTo 
is the Sabstantival Inf. x^cii' 
§ 155].— N.B. The usual 
orm of the imperf. ind. is 
from the obsolete form BiBSto ; 
cf. 1, 7; 6, 16 [lengthened 
and strengthened from root 
80, akin to Sans, root dX, ** to 
give"]. 

M»vi, 3. pen. eing. pres. 
ind. of StS»fu. 

8lcP«Pi{icci9 3. pers. sing, 
plup. ind. of STdiSaTFctf. 

8lcPcpXi]icft, 3. pers. sing, 
plap. ind. of 9iSi^\\», 

oUfn\v, 2. aor. ind. of 

SC^KCiTo, 3. pers. sing, im- 
perf. ind. of Vicuctifjuu. 

8UicXa, contr. 8. pers. sing, 
imperf. ind. of Vtcuc\d(». 

oUkiyovrOf 3. pers. plur. 
imperf. ind. of 9ta\4yoftcu, 

otcXOwKy ou<ra, 6v, P. 2. aor. 
of 9i4pxo/Jieu, 

8tc)Jk^TpT|o«, 1. aor. ind. of 

8icvoif9v|y, 1. aor. ind. of 
9i&vo4onat. 

St^vXcvottv, 3. pers. plnr. 
1. nor. ind. of 9iair\4«, 

8tfirp^TTCTo, 3. pers. sing, 
imperf. ind. mid. of 8Tair/> drrw, 

9UfAlvr€(v), 8. pers. sing, 
imperf. ind. of Vta^piwru, 

8l»^pX0)&ai, f. 87-cXc^<ro/iaf, 
p. Sf-cA^Xiftfa, 2. nor. ZX-iixBoVt 
V. mid. \Zf&, "through"; 



HffXo^M, ''to come or go**} 
1. To come or go through; to 
pan through, — ^8. To poet 
over, cross. 

Slsoirapffc^oi* cap; see 8c- 
€<rirap/i4vos, 

8iconrap)Jk^off, rj, op, P. perf . 
pa8s.of 5TatfVff(Mf. — As Sabst.: 
olc(nrap|Uvoi, mp, m. plor. 
With Art. : Those who were 
scattered about, 

8{-Y|Y^o|uii -iffyov|&ai, f. 87- 
riyfiffo/jLoi, 1. aor. Zi-riyri<r&fiyip, 
y, mid. [ii-d, " through " ; 
ny^onai, *' to lead "] (« To lead 
through "; hence, in reference 
to a statement) To detail, 
narrate, relate, tell, etc. 

Att, dat. sing, of Zc^. 

8tK-aios, aia, aiop, adj. 
BU-n, "justice"] («'0f, or 

longing to, diteri"; hence) 
1. Just, right. — As Subst. : 
a. SCxaio, wp, n. plor. Jusf, 
or right, things, — b. With 
Art. : The Just things ; i. e. 
the things that are just or 
right, — 8. Of a pretext, ex- 
cuse^ etc, : Fair, reasonable, 
etc. 

SlKoi-oflfifn), otrvpfis, f. 
[plKOi-os, "upright"] ("The 
quality of the BUatot '^; hence) 
Uprightness, upright dealing. 

8tKaC-»«, adv. [Kieai-os, 
"just"] ("After the manner 
of the biKcuos "; hence) JustUf, 
with justice ; — at 1, 29 with 
ZtKaius supply from preceding 
context t^' 'Q/ittf iTTparciNH 



^ 



VOCABULARY. 



127 



7y 21 ; 8(66 ov. 

SCK-t|, lyy, f . (*' That which 
is shown, manifest, of ap- 
parent/' etc., and so, "cus- 
tom, usage"; hence) \, Bight. 
— 2. Jtutice, law, etc. — 3. In 
Law : a. A trial. — b. As the 
object or consequence o£ a 
trial or action : An atone" 
ment, sati^f action, penalUf : — 
8IK171' 818^1^01, {to ffioe satis- 
faction to another ; t. e.) to 
suffier punishment, to paif the 
penalty, 6, 10 : — 8/jci}y «x«**'» 
to have satirfaetion for a 
wrong, etc, done to one, 4t, 24. 

8t-|M>ip-ta, las, t{9({^ 8(f), 
*' twice "; fjunp-a, " a share or 
portion"] ("Being twice a 
fiotpa or a double /loipa'* i 
hence) A double share, a dou- 
ble portion, 

81-4, conj. [8i (= 8t«0. "on 
account of"; 5, neut. of Ss, 
** who, which "] ("On account 
of which thing"; i,e.) In 
conclusions : Ibr which reason, 
wherefore. 

9l'Op6<nrte (Attic 8l-opvrr- 
ftf), f. 8i-opi$|a>, v. a. [Pi-d, 
"through"; 6p6e<rte, "to 
dig "3 Of houses, walls, 
etc. : To dig through, — 
Houses, etc., in many parts 
of the East were anciently 
built of clay or mud, and had 
their walls of considerable 
thickness. The word, there- 
fore, when applied to an 



attacking force, would eorre- 
spond with our expression to 
break down, to maJce a breach 
in ; the soldiers using in the 
former instance a spade, etc., 
in the latter military engines, 
etc. — Pass. : Si - opvwo|iai 
(Attic Sl-opvTTopAi), p. 87- 
^pvyfuu and ii'opt&puyfuu, 
plnp. ti'ttpifytixiv and bU 
mpwp^fiTlif, 1. aor. bi-mp6x(hiv, 
1. f ut> bt'opvx^^eoiuut 2. aor. 
bi-mpvyiiw, 
Ai6«, gen. of Z<^f . 
SiwXovv, 08 ; see butXevs, 
8i-vXoiff , ir\ri, itXow, a^j* 
[contr. fr. 8i-wA^-os, for 8<- 
irA^-of; fr.8r(=8is)," twice"; 
vXc = irXi|, root of irA4-0«, "to 
be full"; and of v/^-irAif-Au, 
«to fill*'] ("Twice full or 
twioefiUed"; hence) IW-ZhZi, 
double, — As Sobst. : StwAovv, 
Qu, n. With Art.: The 
double, i.e. twice as much, 
or a double share. 

8ur-x^^^ X'^'^'f X<^<tt» 
num. adj. {bis, "twice"; 

XiAloi, "a thousand"] ("Twice 

a thousand"; hence) Two 

thousand, 

8(-^-o«, ov, m. (irreg. 
plur. o(-^p-a, wy) [for 8?- 
<|>cp-o»; fr.8f(=8lf), "doubly"; 
ip4p^tt, "to carry"] ("That 
which carries doubly "; hence, 
" a chariot board " on which 
two persons could stand ; 
hence) A couch, seat, etc. 

8i(iK«», f. bXt&iWf. p. bfiXvKO, 



128 



VOCABULARY. 



1. aor. Wu\a, ▼. a. and n. : 
1. Of personal Sabjects: a. 
Act.: 2b pursue, chase. — b. 
Neat.: 7b make pursuit; 
to pursue, give chase. — 2. 
(Act.: Of the wind or oars 
as Subject : ** To urge, or 
speed onwards/' a ship, etc. ; 
hence) Neut. : To gallop off, 
to ride hastilg away ; 2, 20. 

8l»pd^pvKT0, 3. pen. sing, 
plnp. ind. pass, of ^topitrcu, 

ooh\, 8. pers. sing. 2. aor. 
opt. of 8(8w^i. 

8oK^«i -«, f. Z6^t» and 
^oiticv, p. M6icriKeL, 1. aor. 
I^o^tt, V. a. and n.: 1. Act: 
With ObjectiTe clanse: To 
think, deem, suppose, or 
imagine^ that. — 2. Neat : a. 
To seem, appear; — at 7, 37 
ZoKoiris is folld. by Inf.^ 
Impers.: Sokm: With clause 
or Inf. as Subject, and folld. 
by Dat of person : It seems, 
or appears, to a person; 
6, 21 ; 7, 28.— b. Of things 
as Subject: (a) To seem 
good or appear right; to he 
resolffed,OT determined, upon; 
— at 1, 82 with neut. nom. 
plcu*. as Subject [§ 82, a] ; 
cf. 8, 14, etc. — Impers. : 
With Inf. or clause as Sub- 
ject: (a) 8oKcX, It seems 
good or appears right ; it is 
resolved or determined. — 
'^) SoKJ, It should seem 

od or appear right, etc. — 

I IS^KCi, It seemed jgood 



or appeared right, etc. — (8) 
l8o{ff> It seemed goad or 
appeared right; it was re- 
solved.--{h) FoUd. by Dat. 
of person : To seem good, or 
appear right, to; to be re* 
solved, or determined^ upon 
by ; 8, 6, where Soku has for 
its Subject the neut. nom. 
plur. [§ 82, a]. — Impers. : 
With Inf., or clanse, as Sub- 
ject: (a) SoKCi, It seems 
good, or appears right, to; 
6, 7.— (iS) ^S^KCi, It seemed 
good, or appeared right, to ; 
— at 6, 14 supply from pre- 
ceding context &y&y€7if b/MS 
as the Subject of ^8^kci. — (7) 
l8o{c, It seemed good, or 
appeared right, to; it was 
resolved, or determined, hy ; 
3, 2.— (8) 8^{c^ It wUl seem 
good, or appear right, to ; it 
will be resolved, or deter- 
mined, hy ; 7, 47.— e. With 
Inf. : 2\) he reputed, or 
deemed, to be, etc.; to have 
the character, or reputation, 
of being, etc. ; to be regarded, 
or held, to be, etc. : — /Aii 8ok- 
(ly &xap((rro»s &iroir4fii^aff0ai, 
not to have the character 
of having ungratefully sent 
away from you, 7, 23 ; — for 
80KC1 (impersonal) in the same 
clause, see no. 2, a, above. 

Soitg* contr. 8. pers. wag. 
pres. subj. of Bok4u. 

8oicott|«, 2. pers. sing. 
Ai^tic ures. onfc. of ^ok€». 



VOCABULARY. 



129 



S^vTtt, masc. ace. sing, of 
So^v, 2. aor. part, of SlSw/iu 

Sfivrtf, masc. nom. plur. of 
80^, 2. aor. part, or 8i9m- 

8^{ci, 3. pers. sing. fat. ind. 

of Soicf w. 

Soparwv, ^eti. plnr. of Z6pv. 

8^pv, h6p&roi, n. (" Timber, 
a plank," as made from felled 
wood; hence, "the shaft" of 
a spear ; hence) A spear, lance 
[akin to Sans, d&ru, •* wood"]. 

8^, 2. aor. imperat. of 
578w/ii ; — at 3, 24 snpply a{n6 
(= rh K^pas) after 96s, 

8ovX-cCa, tlaSf f. [SovX-c^Wi 
"to be a slave *^ (**The 
being a slave "; hence) 8lav- 
erjv, servitude, bondage, 

8ovX-09, ov, m. [prob. for 
8«-oX-oj ; f r. Urn, « to bind"; 
5A-0 J, " whole"] («« One whoU j 
bound "; hence) A hondrman, 
slave, 

Sovvai, 2. aor. inf. of 8(9a»- 

8ov«, ^ovffo, iSvf P. 2. aor. 
of 8(5»/i(. 

Sp&fiovvTdi, 3. pers. plnr. 
fat. ind. of rp4x»» 

8p^|fc-o«, ouf m. [root 8po|&, 
connected with $Bpafioy, 8^- 
Spo/Aa (this last only in com- 
pound forms), assigned as 
2. aor. and perf. to rpix»» 
•* to run "; see rp4x»] A run- 
ning, a race: — ^pinvt {with 
running f i. e.) at full ^eed, 

1,15. 

Afiad, Book VII, 



8p^l&y ; see 9p6fiOf. 

8bva4M0a| 1. pen. plor. 
pres. opt. of iijpiktuu, 

8i}vai|it|v, 8i}vflM0, 8|}vaiTo, 
sinfif. pres. opt. of iCpHfiat, 

8i}v&|Ul^ f. HwifirofAtu, p. 
8(B^y>}fiai, 1. aor. 49vyii0riw, 
V. mid. irreg. : 1. a. To be 
able,--h. With Inf.: To be 
ablSf or have the power, 
etc., to do, etc, — An Inf. has 
often to be supplied from 
the context; e,g, at 1, 28 
supply hiroKTMiwuv, fr. pre- 
ceding hroKTwovtrrts, after 
BwaifAtOai — at 1, 81 sup- 
ply hya$6p re tbplo-KtaBat 
after 9up<ifi9$a | — at 1, 80 sap* 
ply Toiffii' after iHimiaB^i — at 
5, 6 supply ildfidWuw ahriv 
(= B«vo<^wrra) after i}ivv6,ro ; 
andsee 50Tif, no. 1, a ; — at 6, 11 
supply dlr^cAtiJ' after Zvvulikiiv\ 
— at 6, 36 supply ^iar^lvoffioi 
after 4^vv9kfinvi where also 
the change to the first person 
(where uie third would be 
expected) is to be noticed. — 2. 
To be powerM, .♦—01 fi4ynrrop 
Bvpdfifvoif those who are the 
most powerful; those who 
possess the greatest power or 
influence, 6, 37. 

8uv&|icvo«, rj, ov, P. pres. of 

8iiv&|jk-i«, Xos, Attic CMS, f. 
[J^w/n-oi, " to be able "] (" A 
being able," or "having 
power"; hence) 1. Power, 
might, strength, — 2. Forces, 

K 



I30 



VOCABULARY, 



troops. — 3. Power, ahUUy, to 
do, etc., anything. 

Svycurai, 2. pers. sing. pres. 
ind. of tvva^at. 

Suv-&T^, &V^, SltSv, adj. 
[5wy-fi^ai, « to be able"] 1. Of 
things : ('* Able to be done "i 
hence) Possible; — at 8, 13 
Bvv&Tdy is predicated of the 
clause offcaSf &iroirActi'. — 8. 
Of persons: a. With Inf.: 
Able to do, etc. ; capable of 
doing, etc. ; — at 4, 24 the 
Sap. livy&rt&raros is folld. by 
Inf. Toulv i — at 2, 83 snpply 
the Inf. Hovpai after 9vvS,t6s. 
— b. Powerful f miff hty, strong. 
~o. Influential, powerful; — at 
7, 2 the Sup. hvv&rdtrarov is 
folld. by a Partitive Gen. 
[§ 112, Obs. 1]. flg^ (Comp.: 
ivvardor^pos ;) Sup. : Zvvar' 



iSn&Tos. 



SvvaTWTaTOf, ii, or, sup. 
adj. ; see tvva.r6s, 
oiivi|6cCt|v, 1. aor. opt, of 

8vvi|cr0t, 2. pers. plor. preft 
subj. of 8vf&/iai. 

aSvwiJiai, pres. snbj. of 5i;i'- 
&liat. 

8vo or 8va> (Gen. and Dat. 
hvoiv), dual numeral, adj. 
Tioo;— at 2, 12; 6, 1; 6, 44 
in attribution to a plural 
subst. — As Subst. : Two men, 
two ; 2, 23 [akin to Sans. 
dvi, ** two "]. 

Svoiv, ^en. of hito ; 5, 9. 
^UT], cr/i^r, f. [8iJ-« (of 



the heavenly bodies), " to 
set *'] A setting of the neaven* 
ly bodies ; — at 8, 84 in plar. 

8u, 2. aor. subj. of ZitZwyu.. 

8<iS-8cKa, num. adj. indecl. 
[contr. fr. Svfl^-Scfca; fr. 8</» 
( = 8,5o), " two "; liKo, " ten "] 
(•' Two and ten "; ». e.) 
Twelve. 

8wp-^o|iai -ov|uiiy f. 8wp^- 
ffOfiai, 1. aor. ^{wpiyaa/iT}!', 
V. mid. [8»p-oi', "a gift, 
present"] 1. Alone : 2b make 
gifts, to give presents; — at 
3, 18 ; 5, 3 folld. by Dat of 
person. — 2. With Ace. of 
thing and Dat. of person: 
To make a present of, or 
present, something to a per- 
son ; 3, 20. 

8«>pi|<rQ, 2. pers. sing. fat. 
ind. of hup4ofMu, 

Swpo-SoK-^M -m, V. n. [for 
8»po-8ex-^« ; fr. iSpoy, ^n- 
contr. gen.) Z^po-os, " a gift"; 
94x-ofiat, "to receive"] To 
receive a gift, or present, e^p. 
as a bribe ; to tcJce a bribe. 

Sw-pov, pov, n. [8«, root of 

8r-8«.MV " ^ »*^v« ] (*' That 
which is given"; hence) A 

gift, present, 

8wpov, 2. pers. sing. pres. 
imperat. of hvpiofuu ; 5, 3. 

ocScrciv, fut. inf. of StSw/M. 

8ci>cr«>, fut. iud. of hi^otyn. 

Sttcwv, ovaa, op, F. fut. of 

8<Stc, 2. pers.. plar. 2. aor. 
subj. of SfSw/Ai. 



VOCABULARY. 



131 



laXwK«i«, via, 6it P. perf. of 
oKlffKOfjiai ; — tA, 1, 19 4aA»irv(af 
T^s •K6\tiai is Gen. Abs. [§ 118]. 

1. 4f V, pres. inf. of iiu. 

2. 4-av, conj. [forc2-«(v; fr. 
CI, "if"; particle «v] With 
Subjunctive mood : If that or 
so oe that; if haply : — idp 
vtp (or as one word idinrtp), 
if indeed, if at all events : — 
4hv fx'fi, if notf i.e. except, 
unless : — idy re . . . idv re 
(in positive clauses = " sive 
• • . sive"), he it , , , or he 
it; so at 3, 87 ^cb' Tff . . . 
idv Tc . . • idy TC, he it , % • 
or he it . , . or he it, 

Idvircp ; see idv. 

iaaa^, 1. aor. inf. of idof, 

lavTov, 7J5, ov (airov, ^s, 
ov), reflexive pron. of 8rd per- 
son. (Of) himself, herself, it' 
self, etc.! — rh iavr&yf their 
oum affairs or matters, 7, 44. 

id», f. ^d<r», p. cfdKa, 1. aor. 
etao-o, V. a.: 1. a. lb allow, 
suffer, permit a person, etc, 
to do, etc; — at '4, 20 after 
ahrhv iacrai supply irrpart^- 
ccrtfoi ^irl rh opos : — for cfa 
Xaipftv, S, 28, see x^P^' — ^' 
With ohKi (««Not to allow," 
etc.; hence) To forhid (see 
oh); — at 4f, 10 supply Toltiv 
abrhv hyrl inelvov after oIk 
tXa. — 2. a. To let he, let 
alone, leave alone, leave; 
4, 11; 4, 24.— b. To leave 
alone, give up, not enter upon, 
a journey» etc* ; 8| 2. 



*EPotiX|ito«, ov, m. EbO' 
zelmius ; a Thracian, the in- 
tei*pretcr of Seuthes. In some 
editions the name appears as 
'A0poC4\firi5. 

^YY^-^ -«, f» iyyvfitrti, p. 
iryywiKa, v. a. \_iyy^-ii, ** a 
pledge "] 1. Act. : To pledge, 
to hand over as a pledge,^ 2, 
Mid. : lYYv-^o|iai -cS^ai, f. 
iyyvti<rofA€u, 1. aor. iyyy^riffa- 
fiiiv : a. To pledge onis self. — 
b. FoUd. by Aoc. and Inf. f ut. : 
To promise, or engage, that. 

l^fi^, adv. [akin to &7x<> 
"near"] 1. Of place: Ifear, 
nigh at hand; — at 2, 18 
foUd. by Gen.— Sup.: With 
Art.: ToD ^77in-oT«, of the 
nearest man, 8, 14 ; see 1. 6, 
no. 6, a. — 2. Of number: 
Near, nearly, almost. — 8. Of 
degree, etc.: Nearly, coming 
Mar, etc. ^j^ (Comp.: fy7- 
(rrtpov, iyyvrip^i) Sup.: ^77- 
VT&T», iyy{n&Ta, 

lyyliT&Ti*, sup. adv.; see 

iytv^lJitiv, 2. aor. ind. of 
ytyyofjiai. 

iy-Mi4m -k&Xm, f. iy 
Ka\4(rot, p. iy'K4ic\riKa, v. a. 
[for iyK&\4»; fr. ^y, "in"; 
«a\^(w, "to call"] 1. ("To 
call in " a debt, etc. ; hence) 
To demand, claim ; 7, 83. — 
8. With Dat. of person and 
5r( or &s : To^ bring as a 
charge against one, that ; ^'^ 
lay to one?St etc., c^r 
3 



132 



VOCABULARY. 



that; B, 7}7, 44.-8. With 
Dat. ci person alone: 2b 
aeeuBe ; 7, 47. 

iyKaXovvTos, oontr. muse, 
ace. plar. of P. pres. of 

iyicfx&Xivwp.^vo«y 17, ov^ P. 
perf. pass, of iyx&^ivico ; — at 
2, 21 f7Kcx&^ii^w/A^i'Mi' (supply 
alfTuv = Twi' tirircDi') is Uen. 
Abs. [§ 118]. 

^-X^^*'^ -X&XinS, f. iy' 
XaMydcrw, p. tf7-fc(x^^''MKa, 

V. a. [for iy'X^i''^»i fr« ^^t 
<* without force"; x"^*"^*'* 
"to bridle"] To bridle a 
horse, efe. — -Pass.: ly-x&Xiv- 
6o\kax "X^^lvov^a*, p. ^kc- 
X&Xivwf&oM, 1. aor. iv-^x^^''^'' 
Bnvy 1. fat. fy-x^^*'^^^^''/'^'* 

^tti, Gen. ^/AoS (enclitic 
/Aoi/), pron. pers, : 1. J; — ^at 
3, 24 iydi is emphatic. — 2. 
With enclitic 71: ^wy9, I 
indeed, I at least [akhi to 
Sans, aham (= /7d$v)J. 

jfvcryc ; see ^7(16. 

loci, Imperf. ind. of iu, 

I8ci{c^ 1. aor. ind. of 

IScXto, oontr. 8. pers. sing, 
imperf. ind. of 8^0/xai. 

I8c{&|jki|v, 1. aor. ind. of 
Bfxofiai. 

18t{iovro, oontr. 8. pers. 
sinff. imperf. ind. of ^tl^ioofxat, 

&4i»f 2. pers. sing. 1. aor. 
*nd. of iixofJMt. 

^8^ovTo, 8. pers. plur. im- 
\ indi of tfofuu* 



28f(Xov, contr. 8. pers. sing. 
Imperf. ind. of 8i}XJw. 

iStSoTo, 8. pers. sing, im- 
perf. ind. pass, of iXBw/it. 

IStSov, oontr. 8. pers. sing, 
imperf. ind. of m»nt, as if 
from a form Si96c» ; see SiScofu 
at end. 

iS^Kct, l8o{t ; see ^k4», 

I8vv&|ii'i|v, imperf. ind. of 

iSivv9i^, Attic for iivpAo'Of 
2. pers. sing, imperf. ind. of 

ISwKo, 1. aor. ind. of 

l8«K(iv» 8. pers. plar. 1. aor. 
ind. of iiHoofju, 

^8w(»|o'&|ii|v« 1. aor. ind. of 
li»p4ofuu. 

^SwpoS^KoiiVi contr. imperf. 
ind. of B»po9ok4», 

I611, contr. 8. p^rs. sing, 
imprf. ind. of $4m. 

mikxfit 2. pers. sing. pres. 
snbj. of 4$4\M. 

iBikoijkw, 46^oiTi, 1. and 
2. pers. plttr. pres. opt. of 

ie4x<», 

^ikmHf 2. pers. sing. pres. 

opt. of ie4\», 

46A»/f. iSfX'fiffetf p. iie4\' 
ffKa, 1. aor. ifiixfiea, v. n. 
[another form of $4\»] 1. To 
will, be voiUing, — 2. To wish, 
desire, etc.— 8. With Inf.: a. 
To be loilUnff, or to wish, to 
bo or do, etc,s—Bt 7, 5 
supply Inf. iropBfiif after 
4$i\otfi§v.^h, With 06 and 



VOCABULARY. 



133 



Inf. : Wouldntft t — obic fi$t\oy 
AiroXd/ScZr, (tliey) would not 
take, or receive, hack, B, 6. 
— 0. Of Bometbiug fatare: 
Nearly in the force of fAi\k», 
and equivalent to English 
will or shall, as a sign of the 
fatare tense. 

lB(kmv, owra, ov, P. pres. of 
i$4\»', — at S, 81 used in 
ndverbial force : Willingly, 
roluntarily, gladUf, 

lOfov, imperf. ind. of Bim, 
l9vo«, cos ovs, n. A nation, 
l^vcTo, 3. pers. nng. imperf. 
ind. mid. of 9{m, 

I6«» (found only in part.), 
p. AtoBa used as a present, plup. 
M9%iv used as an imperf. : To 
he accustomed or wont, 

1. cl, conj. : 1. If, supposing 
that, in case that : — rfy*, jj^ 
eU least : — tl fi'fi, if not ; ex- 
cept, unless : — ci fi-fi yt, «n- 
less indeed ;— cl hi /i'fi, but (f 
not, or else, or otherwise, — 
Elliptical usages. When the 
verb is omitted from the 
clause introduced by tl /i^, 
etc., it must be supplied from 
the principal clause ; — at 7, 8 
supply &irirc ; at 4, 20 supply 
/Sot^Acrai; at 1, 81 supply 
hwalfifBa ky6Jd6v ri ^bpicKtv 
Bat; at 8, 14 supply iunX- 
\4yei, — 2. After verbs involv- 
ing a question or doubt, and in 
indirect questions : Whether, 

2. st, 2. pers. sing. pres. ind. 

Ofl,(lfxi. 



ft«, eontr. 8. pen. slog, 
imperf. ind. of idtt, 
clS^voi, inf. of oIBaj see 

stSi), 8. pers. ting. subj. of 
o78a ; 7, 4. 

tt8ov, 2. aor. ind. of cKm. 

%\Z69i¥, masc. dut. plur. of 
tfScSf, part, of o78a ; see «n«. 

1. s(8m (pres. not in use),fut. 
ttaofuu, seldom nMiat, 2, nor. 
9U0V (imper. *t94, subj. "Jiw, 
V*9 V» ^P^* "^oifit, inf. 'r^ffiv, 
part. *U^y), perf. mid. oUa 
(2. pers. alias, otSaeBa, olaBa, 
plur. Yo'/iffy, lart, f<rd<ri (rarely 
oTSd/iiv, oiHart, ot^aei)*, im- 
perat. XffBi (plur. tart), subj. 
ffl<M, opt. tlitlriv, inf. *lUvai, 
part. cl5^s), pluperf. ftuy, 
2. aor. mid. tl^dfitiy, v. a. 
irreg. To knowf to perceive 
mentally or physically ; — at 
8, 85 Uacn is foUd. by Aoc. of 
nearer Object ; — at 7, 4 fl% 
is folld. by clause otoi r* , , , 
Vfius as Object; — ^at 6, 8 
tiSivai is foUd. by clause rl 
irpaxB'h^trat as Object, ig^ 
The perf. and pluperf. are 
respectively used as pres. and 
imperf., viz., I etc. knowy I 
etc. knew, — folld. by 8ti; I 
etc know {knew) that ; 6, 6 ; 
so cS oTSa Zrif I know well, 
or I am well assured, that, 
8, 20;— with inf. following: 
(I etc,) know how to; — with 
part, in concord with Object of 
verb : /, etc., know, etc.^ that 



134 



VOCABULARY. 



sach and such is the caae; 
6, 22; 7, 22 1 3, 9, 0/(f.;— at 
7y 51 the SubstantiTal clause 
irap* iiJLoi fi4if€tv forms the Ace. 
of Object after o78a, and being 
regarded as a neut. subst. takes 
the neat. part. 6if. — The2.aor. 
eUov and tld6firiv apply to the 
sight, whether physical or 
mental, viz., (7) saw / — 
at 6, 6 foUd. by Ace. as nearer 
Object; — at 1, 15 folld. by 
part, in concord with Object 
of verb : — &s ^tHovirpoffOiovras 
rovs hirKlraif when they saw 
that the hoplites were running 
towards them; cf. 7, 55 [aiciii 
to Sans, root tid, "to per- 
ceive, know **]. 

2. ttSoi, subj. of oTIa; sec 
1. tViw. 

cl8«0S, via, 6s, P. of oVia ; 
see cTS». 

fftcv, Attic for tXiivav, 3. pers. 
plnr. pres. opt. of 1. ufiL 

ctTjv, pres. opt. of 1. ci/uf ; — 
at 8, 42 tX-n has a neut. nom. 
plur. as Subject [§ 82, a] ; — 
at 6, 44 cfi} has the clause 
fievtiv .... OTpaTcvfJMTt as 
Subject ; — at 1, 14 ttri is Opt. 
in indirect question, and at 

1, 33 in oblique, or indirect, 
narrative ; cf., also, 3, 34 ; 

2, 31, etc. 

fftO* ; see tXre. 

clK-at«>, f. fhaffoo, p. cfw- 

cucoy 1. aor. tlHaaOf v. a. [cfx- 

w, " to be like "] (" To make 

like *'; hence, ** to liken, 



if. 



compare "; hence, ** to infer 
by comparing"; hence) To 
conjecture, suppose, imagine ^ 
— at 1, 26 with clause ohs . . . 
yivoiro as Object. 

cIk^, c(«eJrof: 1. Neut. 
part, of ^oiKa. — 2. As Adj. : 
a. Probable, likely, — ^b. Rea^ 
sonable. 

iUcoo'iiv), num. adj. indecl. 
Twenty [akin to Sans, vimqati 
(contr. fr. dvi, " two "; daqant 
(original form of da^an), 
** ten " ; (i) suffix) ; whence 
also Lat. viyinti'], 

ctXti^a, perf. ind. of \afifi' 

clXt|^vai, perf. inf. of 

1. cl-|iC, f. HiTOfjMi, V. n. : 1. 
As copula alone (see below, 
no. 6): To he: — forx«<p<^»' ^cti, 
see x^h^^i — At 6, 25 the 
Subject of ^v is the clause 
fifvfty M epf^KTis; its pre- 
dicate is iydyteri', — at 7, 18 
supply ahrovs as Subject of 
cTva* ; — at 6, 25 supply iLydymi 
^v with eTvo*. — 2. With Gen. : 
a. To he the property of, to 
belong ^o.— b. To he the part 
of, etc. — c. To he of the num- 
her of. — d. To express descent 
or extraction : To he sprung, 
or descended, from. — 8. With 
Dat. of person : To he to h 
person, i, e. of the person as 
Subject : To have; —tit 6, 26 
supply 4k€7vo as the Subject of 
^if in ouK ^v rifuy [§ 104, 5] ; cf. 



VOCABULARY. 



135 



Primer, § 107, c, — 4. Impera.: 

a. ^v, Ii,oT thercy wfltf.'^b. With 
luf., or clanse, as Subject : (a) 
(a) IotCv, It is poasible. — 
(/3) ovK larlv. It is imposaible 
(see ov). — (b) fljv, It was pos- 
sible, — (c) loTtti, It will he 
possible,— b. With Adv. of 
manner : To he, etc., in the 
way or manner denoted by 
the adv. — Impers.: Sorai, It 
will he; — for koAws ttrraif 
see itoXws. — 6. As pi*edicate 
and copnla : a. 2b be, etc. ; 
3, 13 ; 3, 22, etc, ;— at 1, 25 
ftrrai has for its Subject the 
neut. nom. plur. 2 [§ 82, a]. — 

b. To take place. — 7. A tense of 
tl/ii and a participle are some- 
times used in the place of the 
simple verb of the part, when 
the predicate is to be em- 
phasized : — K&T&K&y6i^r€5 tff' 
tarOe for K&T&K&v€7r9, 6, 86 : 
— Zciy wrKovvTts for iurKw<ri, 
7, 24 [for iff'fiif akin to Sans, 
root AS, " to be *']. 

2. cl-f&i, imperf. fltiv, v. n. : 
1. To go ; in pres. ind. mostly 
in fut. force;— at 6, 14 the 
Sabject of Uvai is not expressed, 
as it is the same as that of 
the leading verb of the clause, 
i\4y€r€. — 2. Imperat. t8i in 
adverbial force : Come, come 
i%en: 2, 26; cf. Lat. "age" 
[akin to Sans, root I, ''to 

ctvai, pres. inf. of 1. tliii, 
clira, 1. aor. of ttvov. 



[ ctir&Tfl, 2. pers. plar. 1. aor. 
imperat. of iiirop. 

1. clir^, 2. pers. sing, im- 
perat. of ttiroy ; 2, 30. 

2. clirc (and clircv), 3. pers. 
sing, iudic. of tlirov, 

clirciv, inf. of cTiroi'. 

€r-ir€p, conj. [et, *' if"; »«>, 
" indeed "] If indeed. 

ctiroi|&i, opt. of ilirow, 

ttwov, 2. aor., with 1. aor. 
cTro, V. n. and a. : 1. Neut. : 
To speak, say ; — at 2, 32 with 
adv. of manner. — 8. Act: a. 
To speak, or say, something ; 
—at 1,6; 1, 9; 6, 21, etc, 
folld. by a speech as Object ; 
—at 2, 30 ; 6, 14, etc,, folld. 
by clause introduced by tri. — 
b. To name, tell, declare, 
mention, — 0. With Dat. of 
person and Inf.: To order, 
oid, or command a person to 
do, etc, ; 2, 12, etc, [akin to 
Sans, root yach, " to speak"]. 

ttwovTo, 3. pers. plur. im- 
perf. ind. of ciro/uat. 

clirwv, ovffo, 6v, P. of c7r- 
oy. 

clp-i{vT|, ^Kij J, f. [prob. tXp'Wy 
"to bind or fasten"] ("The 
binding, or fastening, thing"; 
hence) Peace ; — cf. Lat. pax 
(= pac-s), fr. root pac = pao, 
whence pa(n)g-o, *• to fasten,** 
etc, 

ctpw, f. ipSa and ipiv, p. 
iXptiKo, V. a. To say, tell, 
speak. — N.B. The pres. is 
found only in first person. 



136 



VOCABULARY. 



1. fU (Attic hi), prep. gov. 
ace: 1. Locally: a. With 
verbs, 0^., of motion: To, into, 
unto, — ^b. With verbs, eto.^ of 
rest: (a) /», at. — (b) In 
pregmint construction : To go, 
etc., into a place and do, etc., 
something in it ; 2, 3 ; 7, 1, 
etc.—%. To denote a purpose, 
etc. : For.^^, Of time : a. Up 
to, until. — b. J^r, upon, dur- 
ing. — 0. At. — d. On, upon : — 
cif T^v iartpalay, on the 
morrow, 1, 35. — 4. Of num- 
ber: Up to, to the number of: 
— CIS OKToKOirlovi, to the num- 
her of eight hundred, 8, 15 : — 
CIS ofCTw, {to the number of 
eight ; i.e.) eight deep, 1, 23. 
— 5. Of measure or limit : 
Up to: — eij k^Boviav (up to 
= ) in abundance, 1, 33. — 
6. Of persons addressed : To, 
unto. — 7. In disposition, 
feeling, etc. : Towards. 

2. cts, fxla, €v, num. adj. 
One ; onZ^;— sometimes folld. 
by Gen. of the " Thing Dis- 
tributed" [§ 112. Obs. 1].— 
As Subst. : a. els, €v6s, m. 
One man, one, an individual 

person. — b. Iv, Ms, n. One 
thing. 

clo-aY&Yuv, ovca^ 6y, P. 
2. flor. of fiaayw. 

tla-ayut, f. ei<r-d^09, p. elcr- 
ayfiox'h 2. aor. utr-'iiyayov, 
v. a. [c/J, "into"; &7«, "to 
lead "J To lead into a place ; 
to lead, or bring, in. 



cUr-OKovrXCw, f. cio'-aicoi^r- 
i(r», Attic €i<r'aKOvric0, v. a. 
[tls, <*at"; itKovriCu, "to 
hurl a javelin or javelins "] 
To hurl, or throw, a javelin or 
javelins at ; — at 4, 15 supply 
avrds (= rhs 6vpas) as the 
nearer Object of €itnjK6vTi(oy, 
while that verb points to the 
commencement of the action : 
began to throw javelins ctt 
them. 

cttr-cif&i, imperf. u<r-^tiif, 
V. n. [tls, "into"; fT/ii, "to 
go"] 1. To go, or come, ing 
to enter ; 2, 30, etc. ; — at 6, 24 
strengthened by follg. tU. — 
2. In future force : Shall go, 
or come, in, etc. ; 2, 14 ; 8, 34^ 
etc. 

ctovioa. 3. pers. plnr. pres. 
ind. of tXTftfii. 

clo-cXOciv, 2. aor. inf. of 
tlatpxofxdu. 

clo'A0oi,3. pers. sing. 2. aor. 
opt. of tifTfpxofiai. 

clo'-^pxo|&ai, f. clC'fXe^co' 
fAOu, p. ct(r«€A^At;9a, 2. aor. eiV- 
rjXdov, V. mid. [cij, *' into "; 
^pXofiai, ** to come or go"] To 
come, or go, into or in; to 
enter; — at 2, 31 the Subject 
of sicriKdoy is the demonstr. 
pron. 4k€7voi which is omitted 
before follg. rel. o0s; see 8s, 
no. 1, a, (b) ; — at 1, 27 
strengthened by follg. tis, 

tla|{civ ; see cfo-ct/u. 

clo-Qco-av, 8. pers. plur. im- 
perf. ind. of ttaeifit. 



VOCABULARY. 



137 



•ItfifH^Itor, imperf. ind. of 
cMroieoJ'Ti^w. 
clvTiXtfov, 2. aor. ind. of 

cUn|v^0i|9«v, 8. pe|ii. plur. 

1. aor. ind. pass, of §lcr^4pM. 
tUnivaVy inf. of tXffftfu. 
ita'l9i,2. pen. sing.imperat. 

of ftfffifu ; 2, 80. 

cla>C(v), 8. pen. plnr. pros, 
ind. of 1. cj/bif. 

f loYstv, ovffc^ 6if, P. of cfir- 

91/11. 

cl<r-ir(irTM, f. fl<r-irc<rov/tiai, 

2. aor. tlff'-ifwou, v. n. [t /s, 
"into"; irf»T«, "to faU"] 
(«To fall into" a place; 
hence, with accessory notion 
of violence or impetuosity) To 
ruth, or hwTMt, into or tfi. 

f IvirC'miv, oviro, ov^ P. pres. 
of cMnr/«TM; 1« 19* 

f Um^KCi, 8. pen. sing. plup. 
ind. of fffTti/iii ;— at 1, 40 with 
neat. nom. plur. as Subject 
[§ 82, a]. 

tUr-^pt*, f. cio'-o/o'w, p. 
c^fT-ci^voxa, V. a. [««, "into '*; 
^ep«, "to bring**] Tb hring 
into or tii. — Pass. : cUr-(^po- 
|uii, p. ^Iff^yfiv^yyucuy 1. aor. 

ft(r-«i, adv. [iij, "in"] 
Within^ inside; — sometimes 
with foUg. Gen. [§ 112, Obs. 
8]. 

tXra, adv. : 1. Then, there* 
upon, — 2. In the next placet 
next. 



ir-Ti, conj. C*i', "if"; W, 
" and "] In alternatives : clre 
{eteT) , . . €tT€ (ft^), whether 
. . . or whether. 

clxov, imperf. indie, of Ixw. 

cUiOciv ; see ($». 

iti (before a vowel l{), prep, 
gov. gen. : 1. Of place : Out 
qfffl'om,-^. To denote separ- 
ation, etc. : Frfn, awayfromt 
out of, etc.:— ^K r^f iwinpar' 
eias, from, or out of, the 
power, 6, 42.-3. In time : 
''From, cfter : — 4k toiJtow (ec, 
Xp6vou), after M«*.— 4. JBy, 
on the part of, — 6. JFVom, 
according to, in accordance 
with, — 6. Of the instrument, 
manner, or means : From^ in 
consequence of. — 7. Of origin, 
cause, material, etc.: From, 
out of, of—B, To form ad- 
verbial expressions : — ^ic irav- 
rhs rp6irov, hjf every means 
or by whatever means, 7, 41. 

Ik&6cC6|&i|v, imperf. ind. of 
HaOtiofiat. 

iK&Xti, contr. 3. pers. sing, 
imperf. iud. of «e&\/w. 

ticaoTot, 1}, ov, pron. adj. 
JEach ;— at 1, 41 ; 2, 17 ; 6, 7. 
etc., with Gen. of "Thing 
Distributed" [§ 112].— As 
Sabst.: a. Ikcuttos, ov, m. 
Fach man, each,—'b,tKturTOi, 
o»y, m. plur. (2%ey, etc.) each, 

licaTipof, a, ov, a(^'. F<wh 
of two, or singly. 

l-K&T^v, num. adj. iuded. 
One hundred, a hundred [for 



138 



VOCABULARY, 



kv-Kar6v\ fr. itts,kv-6i, "one"; 
kUtov, akin to Sans, qatan, 
"a hundred'*]. 

^KPaXX<S|&cvo«, i\, ovy P. pres. 
pass, of iK$d\\», 

Ik-P^LXXw, f. iK'fiUKw, p. 
iK-$€0f^VKat 2. aor. i^-4fi&Kov, 
V. a. [^*f, " out "; /8(£aa», " to 
cast "] 1. To ccutf or throw, 
out. — 2. To drive out, expel, 
efeot, from a place. — 8. To cast 
out, expose, — 4. With ^k : To 
cast out from in figurative 
force; to deprive off 6, 6. — * 
Pass. : iK-pdXXof&iu, p. 4k- 
fi€fi\rifiai, 1. aor. 4^-€fi\^eriv, 
1. fut. iK-$\riO^(roixat. 

IkP&Xwv, outra, 6vyV, 2. aor. 
of iK^dWw. 

2kPXt)0cCt), 8. pers. sing. 1. 
aor. opt. pass, of ixfidWic, 

lK-poyfi4t0 'fioifiA, f. 4k' 
fioridiia-u, v. n. [i<f, "out or 
forth"; fiori04M (neut.), •'to 
lend aid; to come to the 
rescue "] To come out, or sally 
forth, to the rescue ; to march 
out to the aid ; — at 8, 15 
4K0oriBovffiu is the Historic 
present; its Subject is 'Ira- 
fif\to5, <l>povpolf IvirtTs, and 
iriKTaaraL 

ImX, adv. : 1. There, in that 
place : — r^ 4ku apixocrp, (the 
there harmost ; i. e.) the har- 
most there or in tnat place, 
2, 16; see 1. b, no. 6.-2. With 
verbs of motion : Thitlier, to 
that place. 

iicci-voS) vVt v^9 pron. dem. 



[iKti, " there "] The person or 
thing there; that person, or 
thing; ^frequently to mark 
something that has preceded. 
— As Subst. : a. Iicflivot, ov, 
m. That person, he; — Plur. : 
licclvoi, uy. Those persons or 
men; those, they. — b. hcnvo, 
ov, n. That thing, that; — 
Plur.: Iictiva, mv. Those 
things. 

4KH-orc, adv. [iK(7, "there"; 
suffix crt, denoting "motion 
towards" a place] (**To 
there "; hence) To that place, 
thither. 

licciTo, licciVTo, 3. pers. ging. 
and plur. imperf. ind. of 
Kufxai, 

lKiKrr\fro,2. pers. sing. plap. 
ind. of Krdofiai, 

MXtvira, 1. aor. ind. of 

K€\€6m. 

kic/flov, 2. pers. sing, imperf. 
ind. mid. of icfiHu, 

licifpvta, 1. aor. ind. of 
Krjp^acru. 

lic-XcCirw, f. iK'\§iilf», p. 4k' 
\4\onra, 2. aor. ^(-^Aiiroi',v.a. 
[iK, denoting " completeness"; 
\flira, ** to leave "] (" To leave 
entirely "; hence) To forsake, 
abandon, quit, etc.; — at 4^ 2 
supply avr6 (= rb Bw&v 
iTfhloy) as the nearer Otg'ect 
of iKKnrdvrts, 

licXciafl^ 1. aor. ind. of 

licXYiriiv, owra, 6v, P. 2. nor. 
of inXdnic. 



VOCABULARY. 



139 



ImrfirXcvKo, perf. ind. of 

Imrcawv, ov^a, 6v^ P. 2. aor. 
of imciirm, 

Itc-iniSaci -int)8«0, f. ^k-vijS- 
'fitrofiai, V. n. f^ic, "out"; 
iri;5<£», « to leap *^] (" To leap 
out or forth "', hence) To aallt/ 
forth, to make a 8ally. 

|icin|8wox(v), contr. 8. pen. 
plur. pres. ind. of iKmfiM, 

lK-ir(irr«i, f. ^K-w^crovfiai, p. 
^K-ir^TTTwico, 2. aor. 4^-4ir€(roVf 
V. n- r^K, " out"; ninruy " to 
fall "J (" To fall oat "; hence) 
1. To he banished from one's 
country. — 2. Of Tessels, etc. : 
To he wrecked, to be cast 
ashore* 

iteiciirrw, ovira, oy, P. pres. 
of ^Kirdrrw. — As Subst. : 4k- 
irCirrorro, »v, n. plur. The 
things cast ashore, i. e. the 
tvrecks or wreckage ; 6, 18. 

imrXciv, contr. pres. inf. of 

Ik-itX^m, f. iK-ir\€^(rofiat, 
p. iKir4Tr\€VKa, 1. aor. ^|- 
cVAcv(ra, v. n. [^ic, **out or 
forth'*; ir\e«, '* to sail'*] To 
sail out or forth; to sail 
away, set sail. 

ImrXcdv, masc. ace. sing, of 
^KirAcas ; 5, 9. 

Ik-itXcus (Attic form of 
cK-irXcos), vAcw, adj. [^k, de- 
noting '* completeness"; irAcoy , 
" full "] (« Quite fuU "; hence) 
Of pay : I\ill, so that nothing 
shall be left unpaid ; 5, 9. 



Ix-vXiforov (Attic Ik- 
irXiJTT*»), f. ^K-irA^^a;, 1. aor, 
i^'irKnia, V. a. \_iK, in "in- 
tensive" force; vA^o-vm, "to 
strike"; hence, "to confound,*' 
efc] 1. Act. : To confound 
utterly, ^2. Pass.: Ix-irXifo'- 
vo|iai (Attic iK-irXifTTOf&ai), 
p. iK-ir4v\riyfi(u, 1. aor. i^- 
€'K'\'fix97iyt 2. aor. 4^-€w\dyriv, 
To he confounded utterly ; to 
be amazed or astonished ; to 
be panic-struck, 

iK-irw-^.a, pL&Tos, n. Hk, 
"out of"; irw, a root of nlpw, 
" to drink "] (" That which 
IS drunk out of"; hence) A 
drinkiny-cup, a goblet, 

lKTd{aa6(u, 1. aor. inf. mid. 
of iKrdffffoo, 

iK-rdo-ow (Attic iK-rdrrv), 
f. iK-rd^co, V. a. [eV, in 
" strengthening " force ; rdfr- 
<rw (of soldiers), " to draw up 
in order of battle"] 1. Of 
officers as Subject: To draw up 
in order of battle. — 2. Mid. : 
4K-Td(r<ro^ai (Attic iK-rdr- 
TOf&ai), f. iK-rd^ofiait 1. aor* 
4^'€Ta^&/nriy : Of soldiers as 
Subject: To draw (themselves) 
up in order; to draw (them- 
selves) out; — for 1, 24, see 
icaA^T, no. 6. 

lK-To{flvw, f. 4K-rolf{f<r»f 

V. n. [^ic, "out of"; to|€iJ», 

"to shoot"] To shoot out 

of or firom a place ; to shoot 

forth arrows. 

iK-rp^^w, f. 4K'Bp4^v, p. 



140 



VOCABULARY. 



iK-rirpo^a, 1. aor. i^'iBpt^^a, 
V. a. [iK, in '* streDgthening '' 
force ; rpe^v, " to rear, bring 
up**] To rear, bring up. — 
iSiss. : 2K-Tp^^o|«.ai, p. ^ic- 
riBpafifiai, 2. aor. 4^'trpa<piiv. 

and ^«r-^<v{ov/Aai, p. iK- 
7r€<p€vya, 2. aor. i^-§<t>vyov, 
V. n. and a. [^«, "away"; 
^€<J7«, *' to flee"] L Neut. : To 
flee away, escape by flight, — 
2. Act. : To escape from some- 
tbing, to escape something. 

JK-wv, oxitra^ 6if, adj. Will- 
ing, voluntary; — at 1, 16, etc., 
in " adverbial force," of one's, 
etc., oton accord, willinglg 
[akin to Sans, root TA9, " to 
desire, to will"]. 

2X2i^ov, 2. aor. ind. of 

^aCa, af, f. (<'An olive- 
tree "; hence) An olive. 

IXaotroiv (Attic ikarruiy), 
ov, comp. adj. (irreg. comp. of 
fiiKpSs, *' small " ) Less, whether 
in size, degree, or amount; — 
(it 7> 35 iKarrov is predicated 
of the clause xal Aa/SetJ' rovro 
Koi k-Koiovvai ; — at 1, 27 ; 
2, 6, ^AcIttovs is foUd. by Gen. 
of " thing compared" [§ 114]; 
cf. Lnt. Abl. and see Primer 
[§ 124]. 

IXa<r<»y, ovaa, ov, P. fnt. of 
i\avvta. 

iXarrovsy contr. masc. and 
fem. nom. and ace. plur. of 



lyATrmf, ov ; see iKitrwv, 

IXavvw, f. iK&(ro9 Attic i\oi, 
p. A^A.&Ka, 1. aor. IjKaaa, v. a. 
(" To set in motion "; hence) 
1. To drive off, or awag, 
cattle, slaves, etc. — 2. With 
ellipse of Xmrop, "ahorse": 
To ride, gallop : — ^xey i\a{fp- 
otv, he came at a gallop, 
3,44. 

l-Xa^-p^, pd, p6v, adj. : 1. 
Light, not heavy. — 2. Lights 
nimble, active [akin to Sans. 
lagh'U, ** light*'; € is a pre- 
fix]. 

IXci4p-£9, adv.' [^Xa^/K^s, 
"light, nimble"] ("After the 
manner of the i\a<l>p6s*' ; 
hence) Lightly, nimbly. 

IXcY^TTiv, 3. pers. dunl 
imperf. ind. of \4yw. 

iXe^a, 1. aor. ind. of X4yu. 

2XcvOcp-Xa, las, f. [_i\(v0€p- 
os, "free"] ("The state, or 
condition, of the iXfiuBtpos ".* 
hence) Freedom, liberty. 

2-Xev0-cf>os, ipoL, tpov, adj. 
("Doing as one desires," 
" pleasing one's self"; hence) 
Free, independent. — A s Subst. : 
iXcvdtpoS) ov, m. A free-man 
(as opp. to a "slave") [fcr 
i-\v6-epos, akin to Sans, root 
LITBH, "to desire"; whence, 
also, Lat. lib-er, lub-ef, lib-ef]. 

cXt|{a, 1. aor. ind. of X^w. 

IXi^^diio-ov, 3. pers. plor, 
1. aor. ind. pass, of \afifiay». 

IXOciv, 2. aor. inf. of tEpxo/xcu. 

^Ooif&ev, ^OoiTc, 1. and 



VOCABULARY. 



141 



2. pers. plnr. 2. aor. opt. of 

2X9w|My, 1. pen. plur. 2. 
aor. sabj. of fyxofuu. 

IXOmv, ovaa, 6y, P. 2. aor. of 
tpxofiat; — at 7, 15 i\B6inwv 
(supply ahrwv) is Gen. Abs. — 
N.B. Tbe Qen. of the part, 
sometimes stands alone in the 
absolute constmction, its nonn 
or pronoun being supplied from 
the context. 

cXlirov, 2. aor. ind. of Af/irw. 

1. 'EXXdtt, <18af, f. Eellat; 
(a city of Thessaly, said to 
have been founded by HelU 
en ; hence, that part of Thes- 
saly called Phthiotis; hence) 
Qreece. 

2. 'EXXa«, &S09 [1. 'EAA(if] 
Sellas ; the wife of Gongj^lus 
the elder, and mother of 
Gongj^lus the younger and 
of Eretrieus (trisyll.). 

'EXXtpr, nvQs, m. ("Hell- 
en/' the son of Deucalion; 
hence) 1. Sing. : (" A descend- 
ant of Hellen''; i.e.) A Oreeh. 
— 2. Plur. :*EXXitp^-ft, mv^ m. : 
a. Without the kst. t Greeks. 
—b. With the Art.: The 
Cfreeke, — atl, 1 = the Greek 
tniops of Cyrus j — at 1, 80 = 
the Greek nation.— -Hence (a) 
*EXXi|v-Ir^, Xiefi, Xk6», adj. 
Of, or belonging to, the 
Greeks; Cheek . — As Subst.: 
^EXXtptK^f ov (tc. crrpdrtV' 
/*o), n. With Art! The Greek 
arm^, the Greeks. -^{^i) 'EXXt|y« 



Cs, Xios, adj. f. Greek, Gree- 
ian ; 1, 29. 

*EXXi|vtf, «r; wee^tWriv. 

IXXi|v-Ctw,f. 4AAn>'(<''« Attic 
iXXriPi&, 1. aor. 4AXi^i'7o-a, v.u. 
(mostly in present) \^K\\riv, 
"KWriv-os, "a Greek "] ("To 
imitate a Greek "; hence) Td 
speak the Cfreek languaget 
to speak Greek, — ^N.B. This 
▼erbdoes not, properly, take 
an augment; by a fate writer, 
however, the augment is found 
with the perf. pass., where 
the verb, it is to be re- 
marked, is used In a different 
force to that above given ; viz. 
" To translate, or render, into 
Greek." 

'EXXt|vYK<S«, ^, 6p} 'EXXt|vCf, 
(8o¥; see 'EAAifi'. 
*EXXt|vurT-C, adv. rEXAifi'KrT- 
^fj ''one who speaks Greek"] 
("After the manner of the 
*E\Xiiw(rT^r," or "as the 
'ZWriPivrfis does"; hence) 
In the Greek langwxffe, in the 
Greek tongue. 

*EXXt|oi, dat. plur, of 

'EXXi{<r-irovTO«, xdm-ov, m. 
[7E\Xi»y,gen. of 'EXAi?, "Hell- 
e," the daughter of Athamas ; 
irdyros, " sea "] ("The sea of 
Helle ") The Hellespont (now 
Dardanelles) ; the narrow 
strait separating Europe from 
Asia Minor. It derived its 
classic name fh>m Helle hav- 
ing been drowned in it. 



142 



VOCABULARY, 



4Xoi86pci, contr. 3. pers. 
BiDff. imperf. iud. of \qiZopiw. 

lXirC(«>, f. iKirXfftOy p. ifiKiriKa, 
1. aor. ^AiTitra, v. a. [for ^Air(8- 
ffia; fr. iKiriSf Air/8-a5, 
" hope, expectation **] With 
Inf. fut. (of things future) : 
To hope, or expect, to ; 6, 84. 

IXvirci, contr. 3. pers. sing, 
imperf. ind. of \virieo, 

l^kd, wv ; see ^/a({s. 

4|&avT<Sv, If&avT^ , ace. and 
dat. masc. of ifiavrou, 

l|&-avTOv, ilX'avTTjs (only in 
sing, number), reflexive pron. 
of Ist person [^iydi, ifi-ov, " I'*; 
avrov, gen. of ain6s, " self] 
Of, etc., myself, or my otcn 
self; — sometimes to be ren- 
dered, f»,v own. 

l^'fiaxvia, f. ifA-fiiiffOficu, p. 
ifi'l^efiriKat 2. aor. iy-efiriv, T.n. 
[for iV'fiahcD; fr. ^v, "in"; 
JBo^w, " to go "] 2b ^a or 
step »»;—€« irAoia iyL^alv^iv, 
{to go in into vessels, i. e.) to 
emhar/c on hoard ship, 3, 3 ; 
see iL(r<l>&\'fi5. 

l|&-pcC\\w, f. ifi'fiaXa, p. 
ifi-fi^fi\7jKa, 2. aor. iv-4fi&\oy, 
V. a. [for iu'fidWw; fr. ^f, 
"in"; /3<£XA«, "to throw"] 
(To throw, or fling, in: — ifi- 
fiaXSov rhv nox^6v, for the 
purpose of throwing in the 
bar, i.e. of throwing it into 
its place, and so« of barring the 
gate, 1, 12. 

^fipaXuv, ovffo, 6v, P. fut. 
of ififidWn, 



l^kif If&oC, 4|&ov, ace , dat., 
and gen. sing, of iy<&. 

If&civa, 1. aor. ind. of fjLcvu, 

4|ii|&VT|To, 3. pers. sing, 
plup. ind. of fiifjLj^aKa, 

l|j,oXov, 2. aor. ind. of 

4|A-^, "fi, 6v, pron. poss. 
[_iy^, ifi-ov, " I "] Of, or be- 
longing to, me ; mg, mine. — 
As Subst. : 4|j,a, uy, n. plur. 
With Art.: {The things be- 
longing to me s Le.) Mg mat- 
ters or affairs ; 6, 33 ; 7, 40. 

c(ji-ircip-o«, oy, adj. [for ev- 
ir€ip-os; fr, iy, **in"; vup-a, 
" experience "] (" Being . in 
ireTpjx. "; hence) With Gen. : 
Saving experience of, well 
acquainted trtVA;— at 8, 39 
the Sup. is folld. by Gen. of 
" thing acquainted with '* {rrjs 
Xfi^pav), and also by a Gen. of 
" thing distributed " {t&v 
Trp§afivT&Tuy), fg§^ (Comp.i 
ifAV(ip.6r€pos) ; Sup. : ifiir§ip- 
6raT05, 

If&ircip^TaTOSf 17} oy, sup. 
adj. : see ^/xircipo;. 

^fA-irCirXtifi^ f. ifi'VX-fiffu, 
p. ifi-treTrXTjKa, v. a. [for iv- 
irifiv\r)fii (the first ft of the 
simple verb being dropped) ; 
fr. 4v, like the Lat. in, in 
"augmentative" force; viu- 
irArj/xi, "to fill"] ("To fill 
completely"; hence) 1. To 
make full, to fill completely. 
—2. To *a/w^.— Pass. : ^n- 
ir(|MrX&f&ai| imperf. ivkina' 



VOCABULARY. 



143 



irAa/Ki}V, p. iti.-ir4ir\rifffiou, 1. 
Ror. iv-fTh'^ffBriy, 1. fnt. ifi." 

vA&ro {nriffx^oiitieyos, were not 
satisfied (with) promisinffj 

7, 4/3; see ifiirivpfifu at end. 
l|fc-irCir|»i||fti, imperf. iv' 

fwl/ivpriVf f. ifi'Tirfiacff 1. aor. 
ip-ifpiiaa, p. ifi'T^TfniKa, v. a. 
[for iy-vifiirprifii ; fir. ^y, 
• * without force **; wlfAwprifju, 
" to bum "] To 5«r9i, «e^ on 
^rtf;— at4, 15 supply auras 
(= tAi B^pas) after ^fc- 
Trlfirpaccat. — N.B. The first fi 
of the simple verb is retained 
ID the compound when the 
following syllable is short, e. g, 
ifxvlfivpofjLM ; and so also when 
the augment occurs, e,ff. iv^ 
€vtft,TpriP. The same observa- 
tions hold good of iiiTcitrXn^i. 
l|i-'r68»to«, XoVf a^j. [for 
iv-it6i'Xos i fr. iv, "at**j iro^r, 
Toa-<$f, " a foot "] (" Being at 
one's foot or feet''; hence) 
With reference to hindering 
one^s way, etc. : In the way, 
presenting an obstacle; — at 

8, 4 folld. by Dat. [§ 1041. 
llLiFok'dM -«, f. ifivo?iiiau, 

p. ii/jLir6\7iKa, 1. aor. 4i/jiir6\i^aa 
and i»tir6\fj<rat y. a. [^juiroA-'^, 
"traffic"] ("To make, or 
get, by traffic"; hence) To 
obtain, or get, by sale. 

l|&iroXi](rai, 3. pers. sing. 1. 
aor. opt. of ^/iTToAoCo; 5, 4, 
where it is the opt. in oblique, 
or indirect, narrative* 



f|i-irpoo^cv, adv. (for tv 
irpo<r$€»; fr. 4y, "in"; irp6e69v, 
** before '*] (" In the place be- 
fore"; hence) 1. Of place: 
Inft'ont.'-2. Of time : JEar- 
Uer, of old ,formerlg, previous^ 
Ig. 

1. hf, prep. gov. dnt. : 1. 
Locally: a. In, toiMm.->b. 
In, among, amidst.^e, On^ 
at:—4y 9*iif, on the right 
hand, on the right. — 2. Of 
time: a. During.— h. In the 
course of. — 8. Of circum- 
stances, etc, : In. 

2. Iv, nent. nom. and ace. 
of tTs. 

IvcivtYoi, €o»; see ipamios. 

IvcivtYov, adv. [adverbial 
neut. of iyavTtos, ** opposite **] 
("Opposite, facing''; hence) 
With Gen. : In the presence 
of, before. 

lvavTY-^o|icii -ov|iai, f. iv- 
avTi^aofxat, p. iiyatniwfuu, v. 
mid. (act. form not found) 
l^yayrt-os, "opposite"] ("To 
make one's self iyairrlos"; 
hence) With Dat. of person 
and Gen. of thing : To set 
one*s self, etc., against a per- 
son about, or respecting, a 
thing ; to oppose a person 
about, or respecting, a Uiing ; 
6, 5 ; see /i^. 

IV'avrXoi, avria, avriov, adj. 
[iu, " without force " (cf. Lat. 
in); iivrios, "opposite"] Jlo 
Opposite. — 2. The opposite s 
the reverse or contrary, — 8. 



144 



VOCABULARY. 



Hostile, — As Subst. : IvarrCoi, 
wy, m. plnr. With Art. : {The 
hostile ones: i. c.) The enemy, 
thefoe. 

IvavTicSfrcTai, 8. pers. sing. 
fot. ind. of iyavri6ofiau. 

lv-avXito|&ai, f. iy-auKXtro- 
lieu and iv'au\iovfiai, 1. aor. 
iV'rivKiff&fJcuv and (in pass, 
form) h-riv\i<r$fiy, y. mid. 
[^i', " without force **; o&Arfb- 
fiai (as a military term), ** to 
encamp"] To encamp, hioou- 
ac. 

IvcLvXioOrivaii 1. aor. inf. 
(pass, form) of iyav>^(otiou. 

li^Sc-ia (trisylL), ias, f. 
[iy^i'-fis, " needy, in want "] 
("The state, or condition, of 
the iv9t-^s"} hence) Need, 
want, 

IvScdfAcvos, 11, ov, P. pres. 
mid. of iy^4<» ; 3, 3. 

lv-8^», f. iy'ttiiffw, Y, n.; 
also, Jv-8^o)iai, f. fy-Ji(T^(rofiai, 
V. mid. [^v, " without force '*; 
diu, "to want"] With Gen. 
[§ 111] : 1. To want, to he in 
need of, — 2. Impers. : IvSct, 
There is need or want, — Im- 
perf. : IviBti, There was need 
or want :--^o\\Qv ivdUfi abr^, 
there was need to him of many 
things, i. e. he was in need, or 
want, of many things, 1, 41, 
where ivihci contains its Sub- 
ject (viz. ivZtia) within itself. 

lv8T|)ia, ay*, see Mriixos, 

lv-8n|J.-09, ov, adi. [iv^ "in"; 
1U-0J, " a people '] (" Being, 



or dwelling, in, or among, a 
people"; hence) Of, or belong^ 
tng to, matters at home or tn 
a (particular) country; home-. 
— As Subst. : Iv8i|)ia, wy, n. 
plur. With Art.: ("The home- 
things"; hence) The customs, 
or duties, at home, i. e. in 
one's country ; homC'Customs; 
1,27. 

1. lv-8C^p-to«, Toy, adj. 
liy, "on"; dl<t>p'09, "a seat"] 
(" Being on the seat "; hence) 
Sitting on the same seat; — 
at 2, 33 folld. by Dat. of 
person. — As Subst. : IvSC^pYos, 
ovy m. A sitter, on the same 
seat; i.e. a guest or table- 
companion, as sitting on the 
same seat, or reclining on the 
same conch, as the host; 
2, 38. 

2. lv8C^pto$i ov; see 1. iy 
9l<Pptos, 

lv8o-9cv, adv. [for Moy- 
ety; fr. (iv^oy, "within"; suflBx 
ety (= 4k), "from"] JV-ow 
within, from the inside. 

Ik-8ov, adv. [^y, "in"] 
1. Within, inside; 1, 17,-2. 
Inside the house, indoors, at 
home; 1, 19, where it is opp. 
to tJia, 

Iv^ci ; see Mios, 

lv-fl8ov, 2. aor. without a 
pres., v. a. \Jy, "in"; cTSoi^, 
"to see "5 With Ace. of 
thing and Dat. of person : To 
see, perceive, or observe some- 
thing in a person ; 7> 4&. 



VOCABULARY. 



145 



frcKo, adv. With Gen. : 
For the sake of, on account 
of, for the purpose of, 

lycK&Xaw, contr. 3. pen. 
plur. iinperf. ind. of iyica\4w, 

lvcir(|&irXa(ro, 2. pen. siog. 
imperf. ind. pass, of ^/iv/vAii- 

iveir£|&irp&<raK, 8. pen. plur. 
imperf. ind. of ifM-rivpfifiu 

JvffX^f&cyoSi 71, oy, P. pres. 
pass, of ivix^* 

Iv-ixyp'OVf ou, n. [^i^, 
" without force "; ixvp-os, in 
meaning of "trustworthy"] 
("The trustworthy thing '*j 
hence) A pledge, security. 

k¥'ixu^ f. iv-4^w and iv' 
vx^<r», V. a. [iv, " in "; ^x»» 
"to hold"] 1. Act. : To hold, 
or keep, fast tn. — 2. Pass. : 
lv-^o|iai, f. (in mid. form) 
4p-4^ofuu, 2. aor. (in mid. 
form) iy-tcx^t^Vi To he held 
fast, caught, or entangled in; 
4> 17> where it is strengthened 
by foUg. iv. 

tMa, adv. : 1. Of place : a. 
There.— h. Where:— Ma 9^, 
where indeed, 6, 9, middle of 
section; see no. 2 below. — 
e. With verbs of motion: 
Whither , —tit 6, 14; 6, 87 
the demonstr. iutiffe la 
o.nitted before the rel. HkOa, 
— 2. Upon this, hereupon : — 
Ma ^, upon this then, 6, 9, 
beginning of section : see no. 1, 
a, above [prob. Sans, tulha, 
"there"]. 

Ana^. Book VI J, 



lvM-8f,adv.[Ma, "there"; 
8c=ir/Nfs, *'to"] C'To or 
towards there"; i.e. that 
place; hence) 1. Tiither^ there. 
— 2. Hither, here. 

MtCt\, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor. 
opt. of ivrWrifii. 

ivBiv - 8f, adv. [Mtv, 
« hence "; 8c ( = ix), " from"] 
From hence, from this quar- 
ter; — at 7, 17 used figura- 
tively, and denoting <*fn>m 
you." 

Iv9v|ifi99c, 2. pen. plur. 
pres. imperat. of MZfi4ofAat. 

lv-6v|&-^|Lai -ov|iai, f. ^y« 
Bv/iiiaofjuu, p. iv'TtBvfirifJuu, 
1. aor. iy-tfivfi'tiBri'', v. mid. 
[iy, "in"; ev/*-rfj, "mind"] 
("To have" something "in 
the mind "; hence) 1. To turn 
over in the mind ; to think of 
or upon; to consider, to pon- 
der, to reflect upon. — 2, To 
observe, notice, etc. 

Jv6v|M{0i|Tff, 2. pen. plur. 
1. aor. imperat. of ivBviiiofuu ; 
1, 25, where some editions have 
Mv/JLtiffOt. 

ky-BmpSiuilm, 1. aor. iy- 
^Bwpaxitra, v. a. [ivy " without 
force"; Bttpaxi^, "to arm 
with a breastplate"; hence, 
in a more extended meaning, 
"to cover with defensive 
armour "] To cover with, or 
equip in, defensive armour. — 
P. perf . pass.: Iv-TcOtfpoMcio'- 
|iivo«, fif ov, Equipped in de- 
fensive armour, mailed. 

L 



146 



VOCABULARY, 



^tavT^ff, of), m. A year ;— 
KOT* iviavr6y, year by year, 
yearly ; see Kurd, no. 2, d. 

hnZ^v, ovaa, 6u, P. of iv- 

IvXoi, 01, ce, adj. plur. Some ; 
—at 6, 19 folld. by Gen. of 
"Thing Distributed" [§ 112 
and Note']. 

kv^ax^tv^, lit oy, P. 2. aor. 
pass, of iv4x<o; see eV^x*'* 
no. 2. 

*Evo8l-a9, ou, m. [*Ey<<5t-os, 
" Enodius," an epithet of 
Hermes or Mercury, as having 
his statue by the way-sido] 
(<* He that belongs to £nod- 
ius ") JSnodias ; a captain in 
the Greek army. — N.B. In 
some editions the name is 
given as EioMsf in others 
'Evoire^f. 

*Evoir-cvs, 4o9Sf m. [^iifow'-ff, 
** war-cry or battle-shout"] 
(«Man of the war-cry or 
battle-shout") JEn6peus ; see 

Iv6(n|(ra, 1. aor. ind. of 
vocriot, 

IvravOo, adv. : 1. Of place : 
o. Here, there, — b. Hither, 
thither. — 2. Thereupon, here- 
upon, /*<?«.— 8. Herein; in 
this matter or respect, 

^eveev, adv. : 1. Of place : 
From this place, hence, — 2. 
Of time: From this time, 
after this, afterwards. — 8. Of 
cause : In consequence^ there- 
von, hereupon. 



lv-Ti0T|)&i, f. itf-B^tra, 2. aor. 
iy-4$rip, y, a. [^v, " in "; t*^- 
fit, "to put"] ("To put in"; 
hence) Of fear as Object : To 
inspire ; 4, 1, where also it is 
folld. by Dat. of person. 

cv-TifA-os> ov, adj. lip, " in"; 
rlfi-i}, " honour "] (" Being 
in honour"; hence) Held 
in honour, honoured. fg^ 
Comp.: iinifi-6r§pos ; (Sup. : 

ij/Tlfl-6TaTOs). 

4vTlyk6r€poi, a, ov, comp. 
adj. ; see %prip,os, 

Ivt5v-«»«, adv. \J4vroV'05, 
" strained " ; hence, " eager, 
earnest "] ("After the manner 
of the tvrovos "; hence) JEager- 
ly, earnestly, urgently. 

Iv-r69, adv. [^v, **in"] 
With Gen. : 1. Locally : 
Within, inside of; 8, 16. — 
2. In time : Within a certain 
time; 5, 9. 

'EwirvXa, wv; see ivvirvXos. 

Iv-vTTV-Xos, Xov, adj. \4v, 
"in"; frnvos, "sleep"] 
JBeiny, or appearing, in sleep, 
— As Subst.: IvvirvXov, ow, n. 
(" That which is, or appears, 
in sleep "; hence) a. A dream, 
— b. Plur. : Th *£y^yia, 
The Dreams ; a work written 
by Cleagoras ; 8, 1. 

I£ ; see ix, 

llayaYcSv, oC<ra, 6v, P. 2. aor, 
of ^1070;. 

^S-ayy^XXw, f. ^(-ayycXw, 
1. aor. i^'i)yy^i\a, v. a. \jl\ 
(= iK), "out"; &yy4\\u>, " to 



VOCABULARY. 



147 



cany as a measagie^ to teQ"] 
(<'To tdl oot"; hence) To 
maJke known, Mtaie^ report; — 
at 2, 14 folld. by clause intro- 
duced by 5ri. 

I$-«YM, imperf. il-nyov, f . 

i^ofy*, 2. aor. ^{-^fi^or, v. a. 

r^l, **ont or forth"; 6y«, 

*< to lead"] To lead out or 

forth. 

Ifoipcro, «f^; see ^|o/p- 

^-aCp-cTDf, cTor, adj. [/|, 
•*out*'; aip-4u, «*to take"] 
(" Taken oat " from a number, 
etc.; hence) Chosen, eeleet^ 
choice, — Aa Subst. : l{a£pcT«, 
mv, n. plor. Select, or choice, 
things ; cap. booty and things 
given as a special mark of 
honour, and not merely al- 
lotted. 

adj. plnr. [I|a«ii " six times"; 
XVuoi, " a thousand "] (" Six 
times athousandf" i.e.) Six 
thousand. 

l{-«-K^l-oi, oM, a, num. 
adj. plnr. Six hundred, — Ab 
Safast.: l{aK^oxoi, 9tv, m. Six 
hundred men or persons; six 
hundred [e^, "sU"; (a) con- 
necting rowel; K6ffi'Oi, pro- 
bably fr. Sans, gati, ** con- 
sisting of hundreds," with 
Greek plor. suffix at, etc.; 
and so, literally, *' consisting 
of six hundreds"]. 

l£-aX&«a(i«. f. i^'&Xaird^tie, 
'L aor. ii'fiKaira^a, T. a. [i^, 

L 



in ^'intenaiTe^' force ; AA&vd£«, 
**to drain, empty"; hence, 
** to destroy, sack/' a city,tf/0.] 
To destrojf utterhf ; to sack, 
pillage, plunder. 

lt&X&vato|uv, 1. pers. plor. 
fut. ind. of ^^aA&Td(«. 

It'tt^^ofiOi, f. ^|-A\ou/iai, 
1. aor. ^|-i|A2/ii}r, y. mid. 
[ii (=^jc), "out"; t^Xoiuu, 
"to leap"] ("To leap out"; 
hence) To leap, or spring, up* 

l{&ir&T$y,lt&ir&T&9^au,pre8. 
inf. act. and pass, of i^&mirdm. 

It'&'V&T^ -&ir&Ti*, 1. aor. 
i^-riuaniea, v. a. [^|, in 
*' strengthening" force; &irdr- 
dm, " to deceive "] T6 deceive 
thoroughly: — at 6, 23 without 
nearer Object; — at 6^ 21 
ii&K&T^ (Substantival Inf.) 
is used without nearer Object, 
and forms the Sulject of 
SoKci; 4^&KSraa9<u is also a 
Substantival Inf., and is cou- 
pled to ^{&T&Tfjr by ij. — Pass.: 
It'&v&T^oi&ai -avaTHiMii, p. 
^{-ipr&Tii;iai, 1. aor. ^^-iivar^- 
0iiy, 1. fut. i^-dM&TTiB^eofuu, 
fut. mid. in pass, force (3, 3) 

lt-«vaTi|, fit, f. [^^ in 
"strengthening^' force; huarii, 
" deceit "] Oross deceit. 

lt&vaTi{(rca#ai, fut. mid. 
of i^dward^, used in pass, 
force at 3, 3. 

lt&vaT(»|Mvo«, Vi or, contr. 
P. pres. pnss. of i^&rardm, 

l|-avXl(o|&ai, V. mid. [!(, 



hS 



VOCABULARY. 



"out"; ahKliofkai, "to en- 
camp"] ("To encamp out" 
of a place previously occupied ; 
hence) To leave, or quit, ontfs, 
etc., quarters : — ^{auAifcrai 
CIS Kfl^/ias, leavea his quarters 
and, goes into (some) villages, 
S, 21 ; see 1. tit, no. 1, b, (b). 
It-ci|&i, imperf. ^{-jjeiv, 
V. n. [i^, " out, forth "; ^Im, 
" to go "] To go, or come, out 
orforth. 
Itciv, fut. inf. of ^x«- 
{|ci«, 2. pers. sing. fut. ind. 

of ^x»* 
l{fXavKoi)ii, pres. opt. of 

It-cXavvM, f. il-f\affw 
Attic i^'iXSi, p. ^|-cA^\&ica, 
V. a.r^^,"out, forth"; Moww, 
" to drive "] To drive out or 
expel. 

ltcXv)Xv6^o«, masc. gen. 
sing, of ilt\ti\TtfQ6s ; 5, 4. 

l|cXT|Xve(&«, v<a, <{s, P. perf. 
of 4^€pxofAau 

^tcXOftv, 2. aor. inf. of 
4^4pxofiai, 

4tcX6ttv, ovtra, 6v, P. 2. aor. 

ItcvCoOai, perf. inf. pass. 

of^«WC«. 

^£eirX&Yir|v,2. aor. ind. pass, 
of iKv\'fi(T<rw. 

^t-^pira», 1. nor. i^'€lpinj(ra, 

V. n. [^(, <«out, forth"; ?/>»«, 

"to creep"] To creep, or 

toi, Ott^;— at 1, 8 of an 

r going slowly and reluct- 

from a place. 



p. i^'f\T^\vSa, 2. aor. i^'fi\$ov, 
V. mid. [^1, "out"; ipxofioi, 
" to come or go "] 1. To come, 
or go, out or forth. — 2. Of 
time : To come to an end, 
expire : — i^€\7i\v$6ros IjUri 
Tov fvi)v6s, the month having 
novo expired, 5, 4j Gen. Abs. 

[§ 118]. 
c|-f<m, imperf. ^I^i', f. ^|- 

^(TTat, V. impers. \Jl, denoting 
"completeness"; i<rrl (im- 
pers.), " it is possible "J (" It 
is quite possible " for one ; 
hence) It is lawful or allow- 
able ; it is permitted, etc. ; — 
at 6, 16 the Subject of ^ttrrt 
is the clause Koi rh ^fiirtpa 
. . . r*x^a(eiy ; and at 6, 37 
the clause &f €iriAi7irro»r iropev- 
€<r$ai ; — at 1, 21 cf. the clause 
col l|e(rTi avipl yty4<rO<u with 
the corresponding Latin con- 
struction, lieuit Themistocli 
esse otioso ; see Latin Primer 
[§ 109]. 

Il^rfi-aiv, iTfwy, f. [for 
i^haS'ffis; fr. 4^€TdCv (= i^e- 
rid^ffu), " to examine minute- 
ly "; hence, of troops, " to 
inspect, review"] An inspee* 
tion, review. 

l|cTc, 2. pers. plur. fut. ind. 
of Ix"' 

l{cTpa^v, 2. aor. ind. pass, 
of 4icTp4<ptu, 

{{iQCO-av, contr. I(j<rav, 
8. pers. plur. imperf. ind. of 



VOCABULARY, 



149 



l{-if-Korrs, nam. adj. in- 
decl. \t^^ "six"; (if) oonnect- 
ing YOwd ; kov ( = ^am in 
Sans, da-^am), "ten''; ra 
(= Lat. euf&x ius), " pro- 
vided with"] C Provided with 
six tens "; i. e.) Sixfy. 

^^)Jkr9, 3. pen. tang. 1. aor. 
ind. of i^dXXo/iau 

^S|kBw, 2. aor. ind. of 

I t uw & niOny, 1. aor. ind. 
pass, of iliwirdm. 

llUroi, pres. inf. of H^tfu. 

It-ucrlo^uu -iKMiv|a«u, f. ^• 
i^ofioif 2. aor. ^{-iico/Ai|r, t. 
mid. [^|, denoting '^ complete- 
ness"; ua^fOftM, "to come"] 
("To come quite, or entirely"; 
hence) To reach, eome up : — 
^r oiv fiii f^ucppTM raSra us 
rhif fuaBor, ^ then these thimge 
should not eome up to the paty 
(of the soldiers), t. e. do not 
amount to the sum required 
for paying the soldiers, 7, 54^ 
where iluayrat has a neut. 
nom. plur. as Subject [§ 82, a]. 

l^ucrJTot, contr. 3. pers. 
anpr* pres. subj. of ^(iicrco/uu. 

iflion, 3. pers. sing. pres. opt. 

I{Smv, ovffo, or, P. pres. of 

JS-o8o«, o9ov, f.[^{,'<forth or 
out"; Woj, " a way or road"; 
alsOb '* a travelling," etc."] 1. A 
waif, or road, out, — 2. Agoing 
out or awa^. — 3. A marching 
out, a militaty expedition. 



I{^|u9a, 1. pen. plur. fat. 
ind. mid. of lx<»« 6, 41. 

1. Itw, fat. ind. of Ix*. 

2. l|-», adv. [^£, "out"] 
1. Alone: a. Oa^K^e.— b. Out- 
side the house, out of doors ; — 
at 1, 19 supply ^ir)f9wn(9) 
with r(«.— 8. With Gen.: 
a. Outside ^.— b. ludepeud* 
cutUf of, besides, hsyoud; 
3,10. 

touBo, inf. ieutiifm, part 
ioiuAs Attic cucflSt, per£ with 
force of pres. fr. obsoL €&« : 
L With Dat.: lb be, or 
xeeM, 2«lw to. — 2, Alone : To 
seem or appear. 

loucMff, vM, Of, P. of louro. 

lopoKws* wd, 6s, P. perf. of 

iv-«YYlXXit^ 1. aor. ^v- 
4m^iKa, T. a. \iu4, " to"; ky- 
yiXXm, " to carry a message"] 
1. Act. : (*' To carry a message 
to"; hence, "to announce"; 
hence) To promise. — ^8. Mid. : 
iv-aYyAXo|Mik 1. aor. dw- 
fiyy€tK&fAiiP, 2. aor. iw-nyy^K- 
oiiifr : a. To promise for one's 
own self, etc, — b. Alone: To 
make offers of any kind; 
1,33, where iwuyytXXlfuros 
means "offering his services 
as a general." 

Iv-&7i*, f. iu'of^y 2. aor. 
hr^iySyov, v. a. [iir4, 
"against"; fry«, "to bring"] 
Of a vote asObject^ and foUd. 
by Dat. of person : To bring 
forward, or propose, a vote 



ISO 



VOCABULARY. 



againti a person;— at 7, 67 
in pass, constraction. — Pass. : 
lir-&YO|iAi, p. ir-jfytiauj pinp. 
i'K'Xtyn'nvt 1. aor. ir-'fixBritf* 

lir&9fff , 2. pen. sing. 2. aor. 
ind. of irao'x«- 

lir-aiv^» -aivd, f. Iir-aiy- 
c(r« Attic iir'aivdirofACU, p. ^v- 
^rtKa, 1. aor. itr'-fiftira, v. a. 
feir-/, in "strengthening" 
force; oi»'€», "to prai*"] To 
praise, commend. 

liraivo(i|, Attic for IkmvoT, 
8. pers. sing. pfes. opt. of 
hreuy4w, 

Iraivotf ov, m. [^iveuV'^w, 
"to praise"] Praise, com* 
mendation, approval. 

hr-al^, f. ix-apSf 1. aor. 
iir-^pa, y. a. [^t-^, "np"; 
oT/xv, " to Taise '^'] ('* To raise, 
or lift, up"; hence) 1. To 
stir up, rouse, excite, stimuU 
a^.— 2. With Inf. : To in- 
duce, or persuade, to do, etc. 

lir&icovo'a9,d(ra, ay,V. 1. aor. 

lir-&icov«*, f. {ir-oKoi^iro/iai, 
1. aor. itr-riKovo'a, v. a. [^ir-(, 
in *' strengthening " force ; 
Aicoiw, " tohear '*] With Ace. 
of thing : To hear ; to listen, 
or hearken, to. 

lircLvcLTcCvas, a<ra, av, P. 1. 
aor. of 4viivar€(yaf. 

lir-&v&Tc£vw, 1. aor. iir- 

avimva, T. a. \jiir-i, in 

"strengthening" force; &va- 

-«fv» {hjfA, "up"; Tf/fw, 

stretch"), "to stretch 



up or upwards"] To stretch 
up or upwards; to stretch 
out, hold up. 

liravcXO^v, ov<ra, 6p, P. 2. 
aor. of iiraP€pxo/i€U. 

lir-&WpXOtMli, f. iT-&P€\€6' 

aofiai, 2. aor. iiF'ayriKBoy, v. 
mid. [^v-^, in "strengthening^' 
force; ity4pxofuu(ayci,"btLck'*; 
fyxofuu, "to come or go"), 
"to come or go hack"] 37o 
coffte, or ^0, back; to return, 
lir&Tata, 1. aor. ind. of 

Iirc8clicv)k(v), 3.' pers. sing, 
imperf. ind. of iwiSuKyvco. 

Ivci, adv. and conj. : 1. 
Adv.: When, efter that.— 2, 
Conj.: Since, seeing that, in- 
asmuch as, 

lirci8-aK, conj. [^iwtiB-'ff, 
"when"; iy, indef. particle] 
Whenever. 

Iirci-8ij, adv. and conj. 
[^ire(, " when " ; i'/j, used in 
"strengthening" force] 1. 
Adv. : Of time : When, when 
that, — 2. Conj. : Since, seeing 
that, inasmuch as. 

lir-fi8ov, 2. aor. without 
pres., V. a. [4ir-i, "upon"; 
cTdoy, "to look"] To look 
upon, behold, etc. 

Iir-ci|&i, imperf. hr-^jptiy, f. 
iw-daofiai, v. n. [iirl ; eT/ii, 
"to go or come"] 1. [W, 
"to or towards"] ("To go, 
or come, towards" a place; 
hence) To go^ or come, on ; 
to advance, — 2. [|^W, "»- 



VOCABULARY. 



151 



gainst **] (•' To go, or come, 
against"; hence) With Dat.: 
a. To go, or come, agtungt ; 
io advance affainet, — b. lb 
fall upon, cpttaek, etc. — 8. 
IM, "after"] ("To go, or 
come, after"; fienoe) Of time : 
7h follow, succeed : — eif t^^v 
iwtovaay rvicra, on ihefollow- 
tMff, or next, night, 4, 14. 

hni - vcp, CODJ. [^c(, 
" ance " ; »€/», " indeed "] 
Sinee indeed, inasmuch as 
indeed. 

^-cipO|MU, f. iw-€pi(iroiiat, 
2. aor. iir'7ip6fi7iy, y. mid. 
[iu-'l, " besides " ; also, in 
"strengthening" force; ^pofiai 
(ml6,) =: Jfpoftm, "to ask"] 

1. liwl, ••besides"] a. To 
ash, or inquire, forther, be- 
sides, or again. — b. With Aoc. 
of person and clause intro- 
dnc^ bj ef : To ash a person 
ptrther, or besides, tf; 4, 10. — 

2. [^ivl, in "strengthening" 
force] a. To ash, inquire; — 
at 3, 12 folld. bj clause as 
nearer Object. — b. With Ace. 
of person and elanse intio- 
dnced by €< : To ash, or inquire 
of, a person, if; 2, 25 ; 2, 26 ; 
8, 4.— N.B. Used by Attic 
writers only in fnt. and 2. aor. 

kK€ia^v, 1. aor. ind. pass, 
of rciOof. 

en'-ciTa, adv. [^x-f, "in 
addition"; tJra, "then"] 1. 
Thereupon, then,— 2. With 
past tenses: Thereqfler,qfter' 



wards. — 3. With the fotore : 
Sereqfler. — 4. In the next 
place, further. 

hrfymtw, imperf. ind. of 

iu€^i^ 1. aor. ind. of 

IvcirpoKCi, 3. pers. sing, 
plnp. ind. of irtupatrKt», 

fu^poKTOf 3. pen. sing, 
plnp. ind. pass, of vpJur^a»» 

ht-ipxo^QiL, f. iit-tXwaofUit, 
p. iv'tXfjXvBa, 2. aor. ^- 
riXBow, y. mid. {^iw-i, " upon "; 
fpxo/iai, "to come"] ("To 
come npon"; hence) Of a 
country, ete. : To go over, to 
traverse ; 8, 25. 

frto^f, 2. pers. plur. pros, 
imperat. of hrofuu, 3, 6; 3, 43. 

Iv^oTcXXor, imperf. ind. of 

lircxcCpi|<ra» 1. aor. ind. of 

hrXxup€M, 
lvci|n{^l<ra, 1. aor. ind. of 

1. fa^Ko-os, ov, adj. [for 
hrdKO-os; fr. 4iraieO'ia9, "to 
listen "; see curo^] 1. Listen" 
ing. — 2. Within hearing, 
within earshot, — As Subst.. 
lin|Ko-os, ov, m. A place 
within hearing or within ear- 
shot. 

2. fn^Koos, ov; see 1.' 
iir/JKoos. 

Ivrjirro, 3. pers. sing. plup. 
ind. pass, of ^T&y«. 

M|XOov, 2. aor. ind. of 
iripxoiuu. 



IS3 



VOCABULARY. 



In-ifvcaa, 1. aor. ind. of 

^irgpa«, 2. pers. sing. 1. aor. 
ind. of ivaipa, 

ImfpcTo, 3. pers. sing. 2. 
aor. ind. of iw§lpoiJ.ai, 

lirC (before a soft vowel, 
Iv' ; before an aspirated vowel, 
J^'), prep. gov. gen., dat., and 
ace: 1. With Gen.: a. Locally: 
(a) On, upon: — iirlruvlinrvty, 
(on their hortes, i. e.) on 
horsehaokt 4, 4. — (b) In 
military phrases : J». — (c) On 
the borders of, — (d) On board 
of a vessel, etc, — ^b. In time : 
(aj ^^— (b) At the time of,-- 
(c) With namerals to denote 
( usually the depth of a body 
of soldiers; rarely of the 
length of a line ; and hence 
in non-military matters to 
mark) width : — ivl oktc«» 
vXivBoav ytitvav, eight earthen 
bricks wide or thick, 8, 14. 
—3. With Dat. : a. Locally : 
(a) On, upon,'—{^) At, near. 
— b. In the power of in the 
hands of — o. In regard to, 
in reference to, — d. At, on 
account of for. ^b. In addi- 
tion to, besides, beyond, — ^f. 
In time or order: (a) At, 
about, towards; 3, 34. — (b) 
After, immediately after, — g. 
At a circumstance, etc. — \k. 
On a certain condition, /or a 
certain purpose ; 6, 16 ; 6, 17. 
— 3. With Ace. : a. Locally : 
0», upon, up on, on to.^^ 



(b) At, — (c) To mark a part- 
icular quarter or direction: 
To, towards. — (d) Up to, as 
far as. — (e) In hostile sense : 
Against. — b. Of a certain 
point of time, etc, : (a) To, at» 
— (b) Up to, as long as. — c. 
Of an object or purpose : For, 
for the purpose of, — d. To a 
course of action, etc,—e. Ajs 
far as, as regards^ for, 

iiripovX-i{, ^f, f. \hei^ov\- 
€i5«, " to plot against "] (" A 
plotting against " one; hence) 
A plot, etc. 

Iiri-8ciicvv|u or lirt-Scucvvv, 
f. lTU'Z^[\(a, 1. aor. ^ir-^S€i|a, 
V. a. {i-Ki, in ^'strengthening " 
force; dtlKvvfu, "to show*'] 
To show; — at 4, 23 by words. 

Iirt8cticvva» ; see ivXSciicvvfu, 

l7cXel6iLt\v, imperf. ind. pass, 
of TTieCm* 

Itri0c-(ris, ar€Uf, f. [^irt- 
TXBrjfii, " to put upon "; mid. 
** to make an attempt on, to 
attack," through root Iirt6c 
{=M; 6f, a shortened root 
of r'idfjfii)] ('*A making an 
attempt on, an attacking"; 
hence) An attack; 4, 23 ; see 
preceding section 18. 

lirX-dv|&-^tt -w, f, ivX-Ovfi' 
ij<ra, 1. aor. iir-tdvfjL'Ticra, v. n. 
[iirl, '* upon"; »u/i.<Js,"mind"] 
1. With Gen. of thing [§ 111] : 
To set the mind, or heart, on ; 
to desire eagerly, to long for, 
■—2. With Inf. : To set the 
heart, or mind, upon doing. 



VOCABULARY. 



IS3 



etc; to desire ea^erU/, or 
long, to do, etc. s^ at 6, 37 
supply irAcTy after M6vfitir€, 
lirX* KolpXos, Kuipioy, adj. 
[/«-/, in " strengthening '' 
force; Koipiosj "seasonable"; 
also, "chief, prindpal"] 1. 
(" Seasonable "; hence) Suit' 
ahlef fitf proper. — 2. Chief, 
principal, most important. — 
As Subst. : IviKaipiOi, wp, 
m. plnr. With Art. : The most 
important persons; 7, 15. 

iirY-K<i|iai, f . hrX-K^iaoiMi, 
V. mid. {iirl, " upon "; icci^ai, 
•' to lie "] (** To lie upon "; 
hence) 1. With Dat. : To make 
an attach on or upon. — 2. 
Alone: To make an attack, 
to attach, assail. 

lirYKc£|Uvos, q, ov, P. pres. 
of iiriKtifiai. — As Subst. : Jiri- 
KcCfftcvob, UP, m. plur. With 
Art. : The assailants / 8, 17. 
iirl* kCvSvv-oSj ov, adj. [^»f, 
in ** strengthening " force ; 
kIp9vp-os, " danger **] (" Hav- 
ing danger"; hence) With 
Dat. : Dangerous, perilous, 
hazardous, attended with 
danger, to. 

ImKpar-cia, elas, f. ^irt- 
Kpar-iis, " being master of"] 
The quality of the iwiKp&T' 
f "; hence) Mastery, power, 
etc. 

lirlXcK-Tos, T17, TOP, adj. [for 
iirt\ey-ros ; fr. ^iriA€7-«, *'to 
choose, pick out"] Chosen, 
picked out, selected. — As 



i 



I Subst. : lirlCXcKToi, 001^, m. plnr. 
With Art.: The picked men; 
4^ 11 ; see preceding section 6. 
lirl-iUvity f. 4wX-fi9pS, 1. 
aor. iir'4fi€ipa, v. n. [^ivf, 
"further"; fiipw, "to re- 
main"] ("To remain further 
or longer"; hence) To stag, 
remain, abide, continue, tarry, 
lirlopic-^«» -«, f. Mopwfiirv, 
p. iirX^pKHKa, 1. aor. iitX- 
^pKriaa, v. n. [iirlopK''os, "per- 
jured"] To become, or be, 
perjurA; to perjure one's 
se^f, to swear /dlselg, for- 
swear one*s self, 

Ivtvcvvv, ovaa, 6p, P. 2. 
aor. of MitiirTM* 

lirl-irCirTM, f. M-wMffovfuu, 
p. ^iri-Wirraiira, 2. aor. ^x- 
4iF%cop, V. n. \_M, "upon"; 
irfiTTw, « to fall "] (" To fall 
upon"; hence) In hostile 
sense : 1. With Dat. : To fall 
upon, attack. — 2. Alone: To 
make an attack, to attack. 

'EirurO^f, cor ovs (Voc. 
*EiFiar0fP€Sf 4, 10), m. Dpi' 
sthenes; a native of Olynthus. 
lirX'crlT-iio^ax, f. M^air- 
IffOfiat Attic iwi-aiT-tov/iat, 
1. aor. in-taiT'Xo'dfirip, v. mid. 
[M, in ** strengthening " 
force ; aTr-os, "food"] 1. To 
procure, or get, food or prO' 
visions for one's self, etc. ; to 
firnish onis self with pro- 
visions.^2. With Ace. of 
cognate or equivalent mean- 
ing: To provide one^s self 



>S4 



yOCABULAJfV. 



etc., win ! — xAfHTTo /tktit- 
ivifuvti, ioDiBj ptVBided, or 
tupplitd, themnha Kith very 
maity thingt, i. e. with abund- 
once of proviBions or enp- 
plies, 7. I, wl 



loilA aomething in general: 
ttijirl(fa9ai ipyipiay, to pro- 
vide, or mpplg, thenueltttt 
teiih mono/, 1, 7. 

Jirlo^TtcrilfHl'DI, TJ, ov, P. 

1. aor. oF twtalTiioiLia. 

liTlirlTur-|iJt, poi', m. [fbr 
ArlffFTiS-zufi ; fr. firi'iriT/fo/un 
(= intaiTli-aoiuu), ''to fnr- 
uish oae^i «elf witli pro- 
vision! "1 {" A famiahing 
one'a Bcif with proyiBiona"; 
lieaco) A tlock, or ttore, of 
proriiiaaii 1, 9. 

crDjuai, V, mid. (" To etand db 
or by" a thing g beure) 
Mentflllj: 1. Aba.: Ta knoin. 
—2. With Iki ! To knou), etc., 
a<i{.-3. With Part in con- 
cord with nearer Ot^ect : To 
kwi» ihat one does, etc., ' 
pninetliin^.— 4. With Inf. : To 
ktiatB Sow ta do, etc, ; to be 
able lo do, ele.; to be capable 
o/'doing-, fit. {tri, " nt"; oro, 
alrin to Simf. root bthX, "to 



it-ioTokKo, 1. aor. Iw- 

■tiKii, V. a. r^t "to"; 

■aAq>, "to send"] ("lb 

d to"; hence, "to send a 

meaaaga"; hence) 1. To send 

a mestafft or informalioit 

about;— tA e, 41 foUd. bjr 

Ace. of nearer OWect and 

Dat. of peraon. — 2. With 

Dst. of person and Inf.: To 

enjoin, or eommand, a person 

to do, etc. ! 2, 6. 

hrurroX-i), qr. f. [for '"- 
oTtA-^jfr. iritrTrt-Aw, "to 
aend to"] (" Itat which ia 
sent to " H peraon ; hence) A. 
Utter, epistle, 

Inrl-TdovM (Attic Iirl~ 
tAttb), f. /sI-TcEi*. I. aor. 
h-lrala, V. a. [ftrt in 
" atrengthening^" force; ria- 
ffrH, in force of "to order"] 
With Dat. of person and Inf. i 
To order a person to do, ete. ; 
6,14. 

trtrirmt ; lee Mriirni. 

lirlT^TTuv, oBoa, Of, P. pres. 

tiriti)Scia, w ; see ^t- 

liriri^S-tLai, cln, tiDf, adj. 
[■tin to iir<Tij!.(i (adT.) 
" serving the pnrpose "] 
("Pertaining to irmji^i"; 
hence) 1. Serviceable, neceu- 
an/. — As Sabst. : jxinJScLO, 



VOCABULARY. 



155 



dicated of the clause robs /i^w 
ffrffan-u&Tos . . . rtlxovs. — 8. 
JFriendhf. — As Sobst. : Ivi- 
TifSooi, wr, m. plnr. With 
Art. : Hit (etc)JHe»d9; 7, 2; 
7, 67. — So, in Sap.: hn- 
<n|8ci^T&TOi, 9»p, m. plnr. 
Mis (etc) 0fo«^ iulimaU 
Jriends: 7, 13; but at 7, 20 
^s-mrScc^Aroc is a predica- 
tire adj. flg^ (Comp. : itri- 
Tffi^i^Ttpos) ; Sup. : /nri|8ci- 

InTifSci/draToty q, or, sap. 
adj.; see ^ii^Sciot. 

IvlTltfcrrw, 3. pen. plar. 
pres. iod. mid. of MrlBfifu, 

■ IwlTtOco^oi, pres. inf. mid. 
of hririBniiu 

I«f-Ti0i||tt, f. hrhO^am^ p. 
crc-reOcura, ▼. a. [^£, "npon"; 
rlBv/ih "to put or place"] 
1. Act. : To puty or place, 
Mpo». — ^2. Mid. : IvI-tI8c|mu, 
f. 4wi'B^<ro/i4xi,2.B!or.iw-€04fAfiP, 
("To pat one's self apon"; 
hence) In a hostile sense : a. 
With Dat.: To make an 
attempt upon, attack. — b. 
Alone : To make an attack, 

Ivi-Tpcw, f. in'rp4i^u, 1. 
aor. 4ir-€rp€^aj v. a. [^»f, 
"to"; Tp€w, ''to turn"] 
("To tarn to» or over to," 
another; hence) 1. With Ace. 
of thing and Dat. of person : 
("To commit, or entrnst," 
something "to" a person; 
hence) To leave something 
to tie arbitroHon of a .per- 



son, etc,; 7, IQ, where the 
daase irArtpa h» ^^lattmai 
forms the Ace. of thing. — 8. 
With Dat. of person and Inf. : 
To give mpto a person to do, 
etc.; to permii, or allow, a 
person to do, etc, — 8. With 
Ace. of person and Inf. : To 
suffer, or permit, a person to 
do, etc.; 7, &— 4. With Dat. 
alone, as if in neat, force : To 
give wag, or gield, to a per- 
son ; 7, 3, where some woald 
sapplj votciF rovro, and refer 
the word to no. 2 above. 
l«iTp^i|rai, 1. aor. inf. of 

mTp6|w, fiit. ind. of hri- 

^^"Tvxjifiam, f. ^i-rcv|- 
oimt, 2. aor. iw'4rvxoy, v. n. 
[W, "npon"; rvyx^^ 
(neat), *'to happen or 
chance"] With Dat.: To 
happen, or chance, npon; to 
meet with, or find, by any 
chance, etc.; to Ught upon. 

^X^ip-iiiraf v. n. \_M, "to"; 

X«/p, "hand"] («To put the 

: hand to " a thing ; hence) 

■ With Inf. : To endeavour^ 

* attempt, to do, etc. 

lirlx«'pMcr, oontr. 3. pers. 
plnr. pres. opt. of mx^tpw. 

lirii|n|4'^CTC, 2. pers. plnr. 
pres. imperat. of ^nfni^cvw. 

lirt-t|n|^-itM» f. ^n-^^tcrw 
Attic iwi-j^ii^AA, 1. aor. hr^ 
f ^Ifi^-Iira, p. /r-c^r^^ijco, T. a. 



156 



VOCABULARY. 



[iirl, "to"; ^^</>-os, "a peb- 
ble" used in voting; hence, 
"a vote"] Topitt to the votes 
— at 3, 14 supply out(£ (= 
rdvT<i) after iire^ii^Xaav \ see 
preceding clause. 
Mttv, oSo-o, 6yf P. pres. of 

liroCT|ara, 1. aor. iud. of 
roUa, 

liroCovv« contr. imperf. ind. 
of voi4ta. 

^ liroX^I&Ci, contr. 3. pers. 
sing, impeif . ind. of n-oAcjucV 
lir-o|&ai, imperf. tMfirjv, 
f. eijfofiou (= cT-irofAat), V. mid. 
1. With Dat. : TofoUow.^2, 
Alone: In hostile force: To 
follow in pursuit, to pursue 
[akin to Sans, root SAOH, " to 
follow '*; Lat. s^qU'Or'\, 

<ir-<^fjivvjjii and ^ir-oi&vvtt, f. 
iir-ofxovfiai, 1. aor. iv-dfioaOf 
v.n. \_iir-ty in "strengthening" 
force; ofii/vfjLi, **to swear"] 
To swear : — inofJiSaras elire, 
{having sworn he said; i. e.) 
he swore and said, or he 
said upon oath, 8, 2. 

lirof&cSo-as, d<ra, av, P. 1. 
aor. of iirS/upv/uLt, 
^irpa|a, 1. aor. ind. of 

^iTTi^ num. adj. indecl. 
Seven [akin to Sans, saptan ; 
cf. Lat. septem2. 

lir«&Xow, contr. imperf. ind. 



r^^-oir, " work"] (" To work, 
work at "j hence) With Ace. 
of thing : To do, achieve, effect, 
IpYoLoroivTiu, 3. pers. plur. 
1. aor. subj. of ipyaCofiat. 

IpY-ov, ov, n. [root Ipy, 
" to work "] 1. A work.— 2. 
Deed, act, action, a thing done. 
l^lVf fufc. inf. of €fp«. 
*EpcTpi-cv9, €as,m. ['EpcTpt- 
o, " Eretria," a city of Eubcea, 
nowNegropont] A man,oT na- 
tive, ofEretrias an iEretrian, 
cpv)fJM>«, 7?, oy, adj. (" Lonely, 
desolate "; hence) 1. Of troops : 
Unsupported, without sup- 
port, singly. — 2. With Gen.: 
Devoid of, without, free from 
[§ 108].— 3. Of watch-fires : 
Unguarded, without guards, 
from which the guards have, 
etc., departed [prob. to be 
divided l^-pri-fios, and to be 
referred to Sans, root bah, 
"to leave"; past part, "aban- 
doned"; so that 4 will be a 
prefix, and fios a suffix]. 

Ipi&Yiv-cvs, ^005, m. {^epfAfiy* 
€i5fl>, " to interpret "] An 
interpreter. 

lpop,ca, f. 4pii<rofjLCu, 2. aor. 
ijpSfxriv, V. mid. : 1. With e* : 
To ask or inquire if, — 2. 
Polld. by clause containing a 
question as Object : To ask, 
inquire; 3, 46. 

4povvTa, IpovvTcs, masc. 
ace. sing, and masc. nora. 
plur. of 4p&y, ovffa, ovy,l^. 
fut. of cTpoy. 



VOCABULARY. 



157 



fpX-oifcat, f. iX€'6irofuu, 2. p. 
iK^XvBa Epic ciA^XovOo, 2. 
aor. ^Avtfoi' Attic jjxdov, v. n. 
mid. irreg. : 1. To come, to 
go ; — at 7, 17 the pres. 
4px^/^^9a is used of an almost 
immediate future. — 2. With 
cogmite Ace. : 2b go, or pro- 
ceed, a way, etc. ; — at 8, 20 
supply &^6v with tiaKpordrriv ; 
see no. 3 below. — 3. With 
Gen. of place : To go, etc., 
through : — Staji 8t< iiaKp- 
ararrir Ix0oi rijs Av^ias, in 
order that he might go the 
longest wag^ or road, pos- 
eible through Zydia, 8, 20. 
When Xeoophon proceeded 
to attack the stronghold of 
Asidates on the plam of the 
Caicus, in Mysia, he directed 
his march by a circuitous 
route through Lydia, so that 
if Asidates got information of 
his movements it might be 
supposed that the destination 
of the force was some place in 
Lydia. — 4. To proceed, resort, 
have recourse to something 
[Sans. ABCHOHHA. (fr. root 

BICHH, or BI, **t0 go") = 

lp«rra» -«> f. ^pwr^rw, p. 
ilp^iIKo, 1. aor. ^p^annaa, v. a. : 
1. FoUd. by interrogative 
clause (whether in direct or 
indirect speech) as Object : To 
ash, inquire. — 2. With Ace. 
of thing : To ask, or inquire, 
abov/, — 3. A. With Acc-of per- 



son and Aec. of thing [§ 96] *- 
To ash one about something ; 
to inquire something of one; 
— ^at 8» 1 the clause w6aov 
Xpveiov Ix*' forms the Ace. 
of thing ; — at 3, 25 the clause 
rl hiyoi forms the Ace. of 
thing. — ^b. Pass. : With Ace. 
of thing [§ 96, Obs.^ : To be 
ashed something. 

Ipmrmvro i t contr. masc. 
gen. sing, of P. pres. of 
ipttrdm; 6,39, where ipMr&irr- 
oi 4ftov ual llo\vyiKOv is Gen. 
Abs. [§ 118], the part., how. 
ever, being put in the sing, 
number in concord with ifioV, 
as that word is to be more 
prominently brought forward. 

ip%rr^rrmv, contr. masc. 
<?en. plur. of P. pres. of 
ipwroMi 6, 4. 

H, Attic for cir. 

San<rdai, fut. inf. of 1. tlfii. 

I<rf(r0c, 2. pers. plur. fut. 
ind. of 1. tifii. 

lo-lcrtHrro, 3. pers. sing, 
plup. ind. pass, of adCu. 

of 1. fi/Ai, 

Iv'dris, erjrof, f. ("Tliat 
which is worn"; hence) Cloth' 
ing, dress; — at 4, 18 in col- 
lective force [akin to Sans, 
root TAB, "to wear "; cf. Lat. 
ves'tis'], 

loicc^aTO, 3. pers. sing. 1. 
aor. ind. of aK4wrofuu. 

I<rici{vi|<ra, 1. aor. ind. of 
j aKiqvita or CKJiviv, 




//^/<, »r,4 the t-. 
'A^^aio^, a. 



^» 



■««, 




VOCADULAJiV. >S9 

«CitK«-ia (tri«yU.), Cat. f. 
[ttiK>Lt-W f|'moa^ glorious"] 
("ITie quality of tbe»iic».«ni i 
hence) Fame, story. rWMMC". 

E4i<X«-»n* (t™yll.). "'«'. 
m. M«X«-<ii, "tamoM, glor. 
tons"] ("The Mn of the 
femoni or gloriom one"] 
BWciirfsi; a Eootlianyer of 

> (trinyU.), («t. f. 
r«e»B-of, "havipg a good or 
iindly mind "1 (" The qnfilit; 
Df theffoooi''; hence) Good 



HuviDg the mind 
in a good, or kind, 
IVame"; hence) 1. Alone : 
WtU-minded, metl-dUpoaed, 
v>eU-afeeted.—2. With Dat. 
r§ 102, (3)]: Well-mindsd, 
well-dupoied, wtU-affeded, 
le or tawardt. t^F Comp. : 
ii™iff-T«(iet i (Sup. : tlirtia- 



..a girdle or 
P* Having a good 
" well-girdled"; 
ons, " girt for 
ce) Of troops ; 
- As SiiUt. ; 
1 m. plnr. Lighi- 



«)■ 



oin"! see tGraaii — 



I. sing.; at 2. 31 






«ii|H, 2. pera. wng. I. r. 
ind, of ftrxu/iai. r. , . • 

E4o8-m«, f-s. ni. [»*«!- 

fi», " to have ft good way or 

StraightaiaB. free conree "; bence, "to lure 

immediately, a( well, to prosper"] ("Hethat 

fiireB weU or prospers") 



158 



VOCABULAR Y. 



icnnfrov, contr.S. pers. sing, 
imperf. iad. of (nenvi», 

l(r|iiv, 1. pen. plnr. pres. 
iud. of 1. tlyiu 

ccroiTo, 8. pen. siDg. fat. 
opt. of 1. •itiU 

l<ro|JLai, fut. ind. of 1. ct/xf. 

Icriracrp.ivos, v* op, P. perf. 
pass., in mid. force, of airda), 

*E(nrcpiTai, wv, m, plnr. 
ri<nr«piT77J, •'western"] ("The 
Western people") The Hes- 
perita; prob. the Western 
Armenians, as at Book 4, 4, 4 
of the Anabasis Tiribazns is 
mentioned as being their 
governor. 

1. ea-T€, conj. [for 4s (= 
cIt), Zt( ; €is, " up to "; 5t€, 
"when"] ("Up to when," 
i.e.) 1. Till, until :--t<rr' &v, 
until whatever time, — 2. 
While, so long as, 

2. iari, 2. pers. plnr. pres. 
ind. of 1. ufiL 

^(TTC^aVttl&^VOS, 1}, OVf P. 

perf. pass, of artipayScff, 

itrri{v), 3. pers. sing. pres. 
ind. of 1. €ifit, 

^<rrp&Tcvc(r6c, 2. pers. plnr. 
imperf. ind. mid. of trrpdrt^w. 

coTpaToirc8cv^|jLT|v, imperf. 
ind. of orrp&ToiTfdfiofiat, 

^aTpaT0irc8cvcrafi.T|v, 1. aor. 
ind. of (TTp&ToircSctJo/uai. 

Iratpos, ov, m. A comrade, 
companion, 

^TcXcvnfou, 1. aor. ind. of 

'Etc^-vIk-os, ov, ni, [^irfSs, 



(uneontr. gen.) irtS-os, 
" true "; viK-ri, " victory "] 
("He that has true victory; 
True Victor") EteHnicus; a 
Lacedemonian. 

cTt|, contr. nom. and ace. 
plur. of Itoj. 

CTi, adv. : 1. Of time : a. 
Present : As yet, yet, still, — 
b. Past : Any longer, still, 
— C. Future : Yet, longer, 
any longer, still, hereafter. — 
2. Of degree, etc, : Further, 
in addition, besides, moreover; 
still more, etc, [akin to Sons. 
ati, "beyond"]. 

irX9€VTo, 3. pers. plur. im- 
perf. ind. pass, of rterifii, 

Itoi|&o«, 7j, ov, adj. Ready, 
prepared; — at 1, 33 folld. by 
Inf. ; — at 8, 11 krolfittv 
XP^/i&r»v (supply ^yrwi/) is 
Gen. Abs. The foregoing is 
an instance of what is a rare 
construction. 

lhro9, €oy ovs, n. A year: — 
irSov ^hi &i 6ieTUKali€Ka &y, 
{being now (a man) of about 
eighteen years, i. e.) being now 
about eighteen years of age, 
4, 16, where the Gen. irw 
6KrvKal9eKa is the Gren. of 
'< Measure of Time" [§ 113] 
[akin to Sans, tfafsas, <^a 
year"]. 

tTpwrav, 8. pera. plur. 1. 
aor. ind. of rirp<&<rKu, 

Irvyxavov, Iriixov, imperf. 
and 2. aor. ind. of rtryxai'w* 

ir&v, contr. gen. plur. of l^ros. 



VOCABULARY. 



159 



Ay ad7. : 1. WeU.-^ In 
composition: a. Good, exeeU 
leui. — ^b. In '< intensi^^' force: 
Oreaifyf very mucky verif,^^. 
Eatu [like 4ts, <<good,'' akin 
to Sans. 9Uy which signiBes 
both ** good " and " well "1 

ci»-8cu|Ufv, hoLfjMv, adj. [c2, 
<'good"; 9atfugv, *' a tutelary 
genius"] (''Having a good 
tutelary genius"; hence) 1. Of 
persons : Protperoua, vteaUhtf. 
— 2, Of places: FUmrishingy 
prosperous, etc. 

cvcpyc-crCa, erlas, f. [for c^- 
tpy€T-ala ; fr. thtpytr-w, ** to 
bene6t''] ("A benefiting'*; 
hence) A benefit, service, &nd 
act, etc. 

«• well "; obsol. Ipy-w, ** to do"] 
(«He who does well" to 
another; hence) A henefae* 
tor; — ^at 6y 38 evtpySrov is in 
apposition to ifiov to be sup- 
plied after fitfip^aBcu; see 
preceding clause. 

cv-Ctfv-o«, or, adj. [fJ, 
«* good "; C^P'ii, •' a girdle or 
belt"] (''Having a good 
(iHyff ; hence, '* well-girdled"; 
hence, of persons, '*girt for 
exercise"; hence) Of troops: 
Light-armed, — As Snbst. : 
cv(tfvoi, uy, m. plur. Light- 
armed troops or soldiers. 

cMv-«, adv. [cv0v-f, 
"straight"] Straightway, 
forthwith, immediately, at 
once. 



f&cXf-ta (trisjrll.), lat, f. 
[^elKkt-iis,** famous, glorious"] 
(«< The quality of the tiftcXtiis"} 
hence) Fame, glory, renown, 

E«icX«-(8i|« (truyll.), liov, 
m. [€(ic\c-'4t, " famous, glor- 
ious"] (<<The son of the 
fomous or glorious one"] 
JSuctides; a soothsayer of 
Phliup. 

cwo-ia (trisyll.), las, f. 
[cl^yo-of, ''having a good or 
kindly mind"] ('< The quality 
of the c0roor ' ; hence) Oood 
will, kindly feeling, etc. 

tSro'Os, 01^ (Attic cv-vovfy 
vovy), adj. [« J, •* well " ; v6'0t, 
" mind "] (" Having the mind 
well, i. e, in a good, or kind, 
frame"; hence) 1. Alone: 
Well-minded, well-disposed, 
welUaffected.-^2. With Dat 
[§ 102, (3)]: WelUminded, 
well-disposed, well-affected, 
to or towards. ^SF Comp. : 
tifoicT'Ttpos ; (Sup. ; tvyoia"* 
r&Tos). 

CVV0V9, ouwi see ctrvoof ;~- 
at 3, ^ tHyovs is a masc. 
nom. sing.; at 2, 31 masc. 
ace. plur. 

civowrrtpos, a, ow, comp. 
adj. ; see t^voos, 

cv{«», 2. pers. sing. 1* r. 
ind. of €iixofuu. 

Evo8-cv«, i«9, m. [eboH- 
* to have a good way or 



€», 



free course "; hence, ** to fare 

well, to prosper "] ('* He that 

l&res well or prospers") 



i6o 



VOCABULARY, 



Euodeus (trisyll.) ; see *Evo8- 
tas. 

cihrop-la, tas, f. [ct^op-ov, 
** easy to travel tliroagh "] 
{'* The state, or condition, of 
the tHwopoi '*; hence) Facility 
of travelling or voyaging, 

cvp-T|f&a, ^fi&ToSi n. [^eifp- 
la-Ku, "to find''] ("That 
which is found"; hence) 1. 
A piece of good luck or good 
fortune.--^, A gain, adva»- 
tage, profit, 

cvp^vciv, fat. inf. of tbp- 

iffKW, 

cvp-(<rKoi, f. ttpiiffu, p. 
c0piifra, 2. nor. eZpoVf v. a. 
irreg. [root cvp] 1. Act. : a. 
To find.—h. To find out, 
devise f contrive. — 2. Mid. : 
cvp - CcTKOf&ai, f. eufyfi<roficUf 
2, aor. (vp6fiy\Vy To find for 
ont^a self \, e. to obtain, pro- 
cure, etc. — 3. Pass. : evp- 
i<rKO|&aiy p. tdfnifiai, 1. aor. 
cupeBrii^f 1. fut. tvpeB-fitrofiai, 
To be found or discovered, 

cvpoi, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor. 
opt. of eOpia-Kw, 

evp-os, 601 ovs, n. [ewp-vs, 
"wide"] Width .'—fit 8, 14 
tdpos is the Ace. of the 
"Measure of Space" [§ 99]; 
of. Primer, § 102, (2). 

Evpv - X0X09, \6xoVf m, 

[ewptJ-y, ** broad "; ^6xos, 

**anibush"] ("Broad Ambush") 

Eurylochus; a Greek hoplite 

^'-nrn Lusi, a town of Ar- 



Evp«Wnt|, 171, f. ("Europe 
or Europa;" a daughter of 
the Phoenician king Ag^nor. 
According to mythology, Zens 
(or Jupiter) became enam- 
oured of her, and assuming 
the form of a bull, and min- 
gling with the herds of her 
father, induced her by his 
gentleness to mount on his 
back. He then carried her 
across the sea to the continent 
which now bears her name, 
viz.) Europe, 

cvxo(i>Ai, imperf. cux<(/ii}v 
or yivx&iiriv, f. ci^^o^ai, p. 77S7- 
fiait 1. aor. ^v^a^i'qvor riv^afiriv: 
1. To pray, ^2, With Objec- 
tive clause : To pray that, 

c<|>a70v, 2. aor. without 
present : To eat [akin to Sans, 
root BHAE8H, " to eut "]. 

c^&aav, 3. pers. plur. 2. aor. 
ind. of ^i}uf. 

c^Tc, 2. pers. plur. 2. aor. 
ind. of 0Ti/&(, 

^^Cirovro, 3. pers. plur. 
imperf. ind. of i<j>4iro/jLai. 

i^'4nTO\kaVf imperf. itp-^tir- 
Sfiffyf f. iip-dylfOfiai, 2. aor. ^^- 
€<rir6firiif (but inf. always ^r<- 
(TviffBai), T. mid. (^0* (= 4iri), 
in " strengthening " force ; 
€iro/wu, "to follow"] 1. 
Alone : To follow behind or 
after troops, etc, ; 8, 39. 
—2. With Dat. : To foUow 
(xfter, pursue, 

i^ipovro- 3. pers. plur. im- 
perf. ind. mid. oi^ipui 4, 3. 



VOCABULARY. 



i6i 



c^, 8. pen. ung. 2. aor. 
ind. of ^id. 

€^060, lengthened form 
of ^iiSi 2. pen. siog. 2. aor. 
ind. of ^y^i, 

c^rfYCTOi 3. pers. sing, 
imperf. iud. of tp$4yyoftm, 

i^'^&'loY, Xov, n. [^^* 
(= iwi), ** on account of, for"; 
69'6ff ''a way or journey] 
(" That which is for a way or 
journey"; hence) Of an army : 
Supplies far the inarch or 
travelling ; travelling-money. 

. <<t>~op^^ -op^w, f. ^^• 
op/iiia'tt, V. n. litp* (= M), 
" at or over against "; 6pn4o9, 
"to lie at anchor"] (« To lie 
at anchor, or be moored, at 
or over agunst a place"; 
hence) To Ue at anchor^ or 
he moored, off the cocut, etc 

i^pliovotu, contr. fem. 
nom. plur. of P. pres. of 
44pepft4c». 

«, <'to hate"] In active 
force : (" Hating "; hence) 
Moitile.-~AA Subst.: ijfip^, 
ov, m. Om who is hostile i 
a» enem^. fBF Comp. : ^x^- 
iiwy; Sup.: Ix^<<''^^'« 

IXiXov, contr. 8. pen. slug, 
imperf. ind. o{ x^^^^» 

cxpviv^c, Attic and contr. 
2. pen. plur. imperf. ind. of 
Xpdofuu. 

^-iip^, vpd, vpiPf adj. 
[lx-«, "to hold feat"] 
(« Holding &8t"s hence) l. 

Anab, Book Vlh 



Strong, firm.^2. Of pUcess 
Stromf, secure. 

1. cx-«i imperf. c7xoy>f« ?^ 
(= lx*'^)>Dd0-xi$0'«,p. Icrx" 
i}iea, 2. aor. Itrxor, v. a. and 
u. irreg. : 1. Act. : a. To 
have, possess; — at 7, 41 rh 
belongs to fx*^^t ^^t to apy^p* 
iov I see 1. 6, no. 2 ; — ^at 1, 21 
the repeated use of ^x^is 
points to the eagerness of the 
speaken; — ^at 4, 15 the Sub- 
ject of the Inf. ^x**^ ^ i>ot 
expressed, as it is the same as 
that of the leading verb of 
the clause (l^ao^oy) ; cf.6,10; 
— at 1, 9 supply wbr6v (=^«-i- 
4ririffft6v) after Ix^^^^^'* — ^» 
The part. pres. may often be 
rendered with: — ix^^ Uptta, 
with animals for saerificef 
1, 85 : — Ix^^ hfBpAwovs, with 
men, 2, 11. — 8. To have, 
hold possession of, occupy ;•— 
at 7, 7 supply a^i^p (^rz-x^paip 
after ^xoptw.^^. To hold 
hack, check f restrains 1> 20. 
--4. With Inf.: To have 
the power to do, etc; to be 
able to do, eto,--6. To have 
m one's, etc, vinoer, or in 
one^s hands ; to holdfast, etc 
—6. Neut. : a. (lb have one's 
self etc. ; t. 0.) To employ 
one's self, etc. itobe engaged^ 
occupied, or busy ; 2, 16. — b. 
With Adv.: (To have one's 
self, etc. ; t . e.) To be in the 
state, etc,, denoted by the 
adverb: — koAws ^x^<> might 

M 



ifo 



VOCABULARY. 



he in a good ttale^ or prosper ; 
of. 7, 44: — KdWlov lx«*« «' 
better, or ^Atf &0^^0r pZai», 
8, 37 : — KOKwf fx^^^* ^^^ 
in a bad state, or t'fi ^oi^ 
plight^ 7| 40, where fx^yra 
belongs to rit ^K^ivoov, not to 
ilii : — fibf ^x** ('^« tt^Tflf = tA 
iyia)y how, or tn loAa^ situation, 
they are, 6, 33: — x''^^^^^' 
fTxo*', «wfc angry, 5, 16. — o. 
Impers. : cxci, cxoi, eto., 
(J/ has itself, i. e.) Ji^ is the 
case : — oSrus lxc<>'< (that thus 
it is the case ; i e.) that the 
case is this or stands thus, 
6, 17.-7. Mid.: ex-o|Mii, f. 
c|ojuai and o'x^^o'o/iat : With 
Gen. : (** To hold one's self, 
etc., fast to "; hence) To lay 
hold of, eto.; Q, 41. — 8. Pass. : 
tx'O^fu, p. iltrxvi^oUf 1. aor. 
iax^Brfv, 1. fut. (late) crxe^- 
^ojuat^ ^0 he held fast, to he laid 
holdof, as prisoners, etc; 8, 47. 

2* CX«<>> Pi*^* Buhj. of 1. Ix<^ ; 
3,28. 

cxwv, ovca, ov, P. pres. of 
^X»*— at 6, 16 supply fi^ 
with tx^^^ *~~ "^s Sahst. : 
CX0VT<«, »K, m. plnr. With 
Art^: {Those who possess 
property; i. e.) The toealthy ; 
8, 28 : — ol fjt^ ix^^^^^* {those 
v)]io do not possess property; 
i.e.) the poor, 3, 28. 

^ijnri^Xo'flur^c, 2. pers. plur. 
1. aor. ind. mid. of ^fpl^w. 

Iwpa, contr. 3. pers. sing, 
impoif. ind. of bpoM, 



lwp«*|fccv, contr. 1. pers. 
plnr. imperf. ind. of 6pd», 

iwn, contr. 3. pel's, plnr. 
pres. ind. of idw, 

Z', as a nnmeral sign =: 
(lirr^, seven;) l^fidofios, sev- 
enth: — UtvwpSivros Kvpov*Av&- 
Pdaws 7l (=17 k&t6yLi\ fii$\os) 
The Seventh Book, or Divi- 
sion, of Xenophon*s Anabasis. 

Cow, Imperf. t^C^u (later 

^070> ^* &^^ a°^ C^^ofiot, p. 
f(rtKa, 1. aor. t(tiffa, v. n.: 
1. To he alive, io live, — ^2. 
To support life, to live. 

tcipa, as, f. A wide upper 
garment ^stoned to the loins 
and hanging down so as to 
cover the feet; a zeiraj see 

X^^CL/JL^S. 

tcvyi), contr. nom. and ace. 
plnr. of (evyos, 

tcvy-o«, COS ovs, n. [^C^^ 
vHfii, "to join"; hence, **to 
yoke," beasts] ("That which 
is yoked"; hence) 1. A yoke, 
or pair, of beasts. — 2. Plur. : 
a. JPairs of animals.— b. 
Yoke-beasts, yoke-eattle^ 

Zcv«, gen. aUs, poet. ZiiwSs, 
m. Zeus; the Greek name of 
the Roman Jupiter, the king 
of the celestial deities [akin 
to Sans, div, "heaven"]. 

tiv, pres. inf. of C^u. 

CvfA-iTvit, iTov, adj. [X^fi-ri, 
** leaven "] Leavened, 

li&, contr. 1. pers. nng. 
pres. ind. of (dw. 



VOCABULARY. 



163 



C^v, pres. opt. of fjioi. 
Cwv, (Sica, C^y, P. pres. of 

1. 4j, conj. : 1. Or:^ili . . . 
ff, either . . . or: — wdrtpa 
(w6Ttpoit) . . . ff, whether 
• • . or. — 2. Or else, other- 
wise (= c2 Si fi^); 4, 16.-8. 
After words denoting com- 
parison or difference : 5rhan : 
— oMif ^TTov . • . fi, Not ai 
all less . . . than, 

2. 4, fern. nom. sing, of 
def. art. 6. 

3. 4|, fern. nom. sing, of 
rel. pron. 8r. 

4. j : 1. Fem. dat. sing, of 
xel. pron. 8s. — 2. As adv. 
(supply 68#) • Where, 

5. j|, 8. pers. sing. pres. 
snbj. of 1. ci/i/. 

6. ^, adv. In direct ques- 
tions: Frayl can it be? 
4,9; 6,^ 

4P«-oic«», V. n. inceptive 
[rifidi^u, *'to be at man's 
estate ''J To he coming to 
man'e estate, etc. 

i^Paoic«iv, ovira, ov, P. pres. 
of rifidffKcf, 

^^Yyvaro, contr. 8. pers. 
sing, imperf. ind. mid. of 
iyyvda. 

^Ycur6ai> contr. pres. inf. 
of riydofiai, 

^lYiiTtti, contr. 8. pers. 
sing. pres. iud. of riytofiai. 

^c-|jM0V, fA6yos, m. \Jiy4' 
ofiai, ** to lead "] (<' ^^^ that 

M 



leads"; hence^ 1. A leader, 
guide. — 2. A commander, 
generetl, 

^Y'^of&ai -ovfMi, f. iff' 
^iffofiai, p. Viyiifiait v. mid. : 1. 
a. Alone: 2b lead, lead the 
*^<*y i — for ^uToi rov trrpar- 
tvfidTos, see irrpdrtvfuu — b. 
With Dat. [§ 104] : To lead 
the way for, i. e. to go before, 
precede, guide, conduct, etc. 
— 0. To be a leader, chief, 
commander, etc. — d. With 
Qen. : To command, have the 
command of — 2. To deem, 
consider, think, hold, etc.; 
7, 27 [fr. same root as &y» ; 
see Ayui]* 

^tr^frxi, 2. pers. sing. fut. 
ind. of jfyiofixu, 

4^Yi{€ro|&ai| flit* ind. of 
^ioiiau 

^Cfw, imperf. ind. of &7W. 

4yov: 1. Contr. 2. pers. 
sing, imperf. ind. of ^^o/mu; 
7, 27.--2. Contr. 2. pers. 
sing. pres. imperat. of irv 
4o/iat ; 3, 9. 

ifYOv|&tvo«, 11, ov, contr. P. 
pres. of ^iofjMi, — As Snbst. : 
i|Y0ii|&cvos, ou, m. With Art. : 
Me that leads; the leader. 

liBciv ; see tidu, 

ffii'Vi, adv. [1981$;, iiU-os, 
in force of "well-pleased, 
glad **] (** After the manner of 
the ^Us "; hence) 1. Oladlg, 
with pleasure or delight. — 2. 
Jgreeahlg, pleasantly, with 
comfort, 
2 



1 64 



VOCABULARY. 



4i8i|,adv. : 1. Now, already; 
at this time ; at that time. — 
8. JPreeentl^f forthwith [akin 
to Suns, adya, <* to-day, 
now"]. 

^8(in|<ra, * 1. aor. ind. of 

4|Siov, adv. [adverbial nent. 
of ^Hiup, comp. of fidis, 
">?lad"] More gladly. 

{[S-Ofuii, f. rftrdiiorofiai, 1. 
aor. 9i<r$r}Vf v. mid. : 1. To he 
gladf pleased, or delighted. 
— 2. With Part, in concord 
with Snbject : To be pleased 
or deUghted at, — 8. With 
Dat. : To he plecued with, to 
take delight in [akin to 
Sans, root SYAS, or erkT), 
" to pleaae "]. 

^OiXtiao, 1. aor. ind. of 

^Kitrra, adv. [adverbial 
nent.plnr. offJKiaTos, "least*'] 
1. Least, — 2. Like Lat. 
''minime": By no means, 
not at all. 

^KoXoii6i)<ra9 1. aor. ind. 
of aKo\ov04v, 

1{K6rr'VLov, imperf. ind. of 

^Kovov, {JKovva, imperf. 
and 1. aor. ind. of iucovw, 

•SIkw, f. 1J|«, p. (late) fix«> 
V. n. : 1. To have come or 
arrived ; to he present, to he 
here; to arrive, — 2. With a 
part, other than that of the 
*'t. : Pleonastic : — 5iairpa|a- 
f ViK», (J am come having 



arranged; i.e.) I have ar- 
ranged, 1, 89. 
^Kmv, ovffa, ov, P. pres. of 

^Xawov, imperf. ind. of 

'HXctos, ov, m. An JElean; 
a man of JElis, a state of 
Sonth-Westem Greece. 

f{K0ov, 2. aor. ind. of fyx' 
ofiat. 

iJIK'Xoiy 'iov, m. The sun 
[akin to Sana, svdr, "the 
snn "]. 

^Xirltov, imperf. ind. of 

^fA^Tiae^ 1. aor. ind. of 

ilfJLfk4o9. 

^fAcv, 1. pers. plur. imperf. 
ind. of 1. 9lfiU 

4|Upa, as, f. Day; — at 
4, 14 riii4pas is the Qen. of 
time [§ 112, Ohs, 8];— at 

1, 40 ; 8, 6, etc., rifi4ptf u Dat. 
of time *' when" [§ 106, (5)]; 
— at 6^ 9, etc., ^tifpav, and at 

2, 21 Tifidpas, Is Ace. of dura- 
tion of time [§ 99]; c€. 
Primer, § 101, (1). 

4|&-^cpof, eripa, 4rtpop, 
pron. poss. [V"«*> *'we"] 
Of, or belonging to, us ; our, 
ours, — As Subst. : 4p.^poi, 
uv, m, plnr. Our men, our 
friends; 7.16. 

^aiov-lK^s, Xieht 1k6», adj. 
[jiijAov'Os, ** a mnle "] Of, or 
belonging to, a mule or mules, 

4|fA)krv«, eta, v, adj. Ha^. 
-^As Sabst. : a. ^p.(flrci9, cwy. 



VOCABULARY. 



165 



m. plnr. With Art: The 
half; 8, 1&— b. -^Aov, tos 
ovs, n. A ha^. 

1. 4[v, conj. with Saljnne- 
tire [contr. fir. Up, "if"] If. 

2. -Siv, 1. and 3. persons 
nog. imperf. ind. of 1. tii»i, 

3. ^, fern. ace. sing, of Zs, 

Suca, adv. When, 
oi, 3. pen. sing. int. opt. 
of ijint. 

{(Itf, fbt. ind. of 4(ic«. 

^aui ' iu fwp^, imperf. ind. of 
iwiar&uat, 

V^v^pci, contr. 3. pers. sing, 
imperf. ind. of awop4m. 

^^vopciTo, contr. 3. pers. 
sing, imperf. ind. mid. of 
hxop4^. 

'HpaacXf-(8i|« (qnadrisyll.), 
i9ov,m.['HfMucXc-i7s,"Heraclees 
or Heracles^ ("Son, or de- 
soendant, of Heracles;"] Hera- 
eleides, a native of Maronea^ a 
town of Thrace. 

4p{a|Mpf, 1. aor. ind. mid. 

of &px^» 

tipo|Lipf, 2. aor.ind. oitpoyuau, 

'4pX^H>^^> imperf. ind. mid. 
of ipx^» 

•flpArOf contr. 3. pers. nng. 
imperf. ind. of ipetrdv, 

^orov, 3. pers. plar. imperf. 
ind. of 1. ci/ii. 

•JiaBero, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor. 
ind. of alffOdrouai, 

iftfOntf tt v, 3. pers. plnr. 1. 
aor. ind. of ^9ofiai. 

wowat^l&ip^, imperf. ind. I 
of lunrd(ofuu, I 



jvX^rr^f|v, imperf. ind. 
pass, of aurxvv9»» 

1. ^fn, 2. pers. plnr. pres. 
snbj. of 1. cifi(; 7, 17. 

2. iJTc, contr. for ^cirt, 2. 
pers. plnr. imperf. ind. of 
2. €TjU( ; 7, 6. 

wn|<r«, 1. aor. ind. of 

)fTuur&|iip^, 1. aor. md. of 
alrtdofkou 

^TTov, adv. [adverbial neat, 
of Ijrrvy, "leas'*] Less: — 
ovx lirrov, not leae, no leee, 
not a whii lees : — ov9ky l^rrov 
II, in no reepect, or not at all. 
Use than; i.e. equally well 
with, or quite as well as. 

4|rrov«, contr. nom. masc. 
plnr. of fjrrtuf ; see IJttwi'. 

4j[rrmv (Attic for ^a<r»p), 
ov, comp. adj. (**Le88"; 
bence) Inferior, weaker. — 
As Subst. : 4JTT0VCS (contr. 
^TTocs, 4JTT0«s), WK, m. plnr. 
With Art. : The weaker, the 
less strong ; 3^ 5. 

i|vXit^p.i|v, f|^X£(r6i|v, im- 
perf. and 1. aor. ind. of 

T|vpuncov, imperf. ind. of 
^hpi<rKv, 

^X^ Wi ^•^<^v, imperf. 
and 1. aor. ind. of &x0o/iai. 

0aXeunr« (Attic faXafra), 
77 J, f. Sea : — Sri BaXdrrri,' near 
sea, i. e.) on the sea-coast, 
1, 28, etc.: — ^irl BiXarrop, 
to the sea, 1, 17: — Karit 



l66 



VOCABULARY. 



OiiKarrav, Iff Ma, 2, 10 : — 

iraph 0dkaTT<uf, (bende or 
parallel with sea, i. e.) alon^ 
the sea-eoast, 8, 7 : — iy rg 
0aX((rT|7, on the sea, L e. at 
sea, 2, 13 [prob. like rapda"' 
<rw, fr. Sans, root tbas ; and 
S0| *' the trembling or agitated 
thing/' in reference to the ac- 
tion of the winds and waves]. 

OaXaTTo, 7js; see OdXcunra, 

Baf^aki'ta^i adv. [eafipaXe- 
cr, <«bold, confident'*] ("After 
the manner of the $o^fa\4os**; 
hence) With boldness or con- 
fidence; boldly f confidently. 

Bap^'iia -», f. Baf^'fitru, 1. 
aor. iBdji^fia'a, v. n. [Odf^-os, 
"courage"] 1. To take cour- 
age; to be of good heart or 
cheer. "'2, To be bold or 
daring. 

0aTTov, comp. adv. [ad- 
verbial ncnt. of ddrrwy, comp. 
of ToxiJ^i "quick"] 1. More 
quickly, with greater speed, 
etc. — 2.'In time : More speed- 
ily, the sooner, 

0av|&ato>, f. $avfid(r» and 
BcLVixdATOfiat, p. TiOa^fiaKO, 
1. aor. iOa^fiatra, v. n. and a. 
[for 0avfAdT'<r» ; f r. Bavfia, 
eaijuMT'OS, "a wonder"] 1. 
Neut. : To wonder, marvel, 
be amazed. — 2. Act.: a. To 
wonder, or marvel, at. — b. 
FoUd. by Zri : To wonder at 
the fact that, 

0avfA&(n|Tff, 2. pers. plur. 
1. aor. subj. of 9avyiai», 



[for davyiar-r6si h, OavfAdfa 
(= Bavfidr-aa), ** to wonder 
at"] (" Wondered at "; hence) 
Wondrous, wonderful, mar* 
vellous, i@r (Comp. : Ow 
fiaffr-drepos) } Sup.: ^av/xaor- 
6r&T0f. 

OavifcooT^rarof, ii, ov, sup. 
adj. ; see OaufiaffTds. — As 
Subst. : 0av|fc<urT^T&Toi, «ov, 
m. plur. Most wondrous, or 
most marvellous, men; 7, 10. 

6ea-7^-T|«, €os ovs, m. 
[0c^ (uncontr. gen. O^d'os), 
"a goddess"; ycv, root of 
yiyvofiai or yivofiat, " to be 
born"] (** Goddess-born One") 
Theag^nes; a Locrian, cap- 
tain in the Ghreek army. 

0^X1, 8. pers. sing. pres. 
subj. of 6€\o). 

9(kia, f. BeX-fiaoo, 1. aor* 
ie4\ri<ra, v. n. To be willing, 
to will. 

BiktaaXfS. pers. plur. pres. 
subj. of 64\w. 

6^l&cvo9, ri, ov, P. 2. aor. 
mid. of r 1071 fit, 

6c6s, ov, m. and f. : 1. 
Masc. : A god, a deity : — -n-phs 
6§&v (as an oath), by the gods, 
by heaven, 1, 29. — With Art. : 
ol 6€oi, the gods, collectively, 
2, 15: — for ahv toTj 0€o7s, 
see <r^v, nos. 1 and 8. — 2. 
Fem. : A goddess ; cf. 6, 18 
[akin to Sans, deva ; cf. Lat. 
deus"]. 

0cp&ir-ci$«»^ f. 0tpairt6ffa9, p. 



VOCABULARY, 



167 



T< W|>0 W WM|T ■ SOT* t^pflhrMMTA* 

V. a. \^ifa!^y $4p&w*o%, "an 
attendanV' «<«?0 ("To be an 
attendant to "} hence) 1. To 
take eare ^.—8. 2b 6^00^ 
mediealhf; to keal^ emr€* 

^•vfcf 2. pen. plar. 2. aor. 
imperat. mid. of tX^tiiiu 

Mw, f. $tvao/uu, ▼. n. 7b 
rm»: — B4ovei 9p6fi^, rmu afjkll 
9peed^ If 15; see 9p6/uts, — 
N.B. Dissyllabic oontnusted 
verbs in 4m, and thdr com- 
poonds, admit only of the 
contiaetion into ci [akin to 
Sans, root DHAT, '* to nm "]. 

Btfiax, &w, f. plnr. l%ebm or 
Tkebe»: the capital of BcBoUa, 
a state of S. Greece.-^Henoe, 
6i|P-aios, o/o, QMPy adj. Of, 
or belonging to, Thebes; 
Ti«6a».— AsSnbst.: 611^04- 
en, ov, m. A Tkeban, 

ehripoSot, ov ; see e^iSeu. 

^FVif ^h f* ThebSi a town 
of Mysia. 

8f|ippiir, mms, m. Tkimbr' 
an; a Laced»monian general, 
who was sent ont B.O. 392 to 
take the command in Asia 
against Stmthas, a Persian 
satrap, by whom he was de- 
feated and slain. 

6in{-<nn», f. BoFovfitu (also, as 
formed fr. the perf., reOr^^w 
and rtOrh^ofUu), p. rdBrnica, 
2. aor. iBojfow, y. n. : 1. In 
present tense: To die: — 
MivKti p6a^, {diee bg die- 
ease; i.e.) diee a natural 



deaik, 2, 88.— S. In perf. 
tenses: (*<To bsYc died"; 
t. e,) Tobe dead.—Z, 2b fail 
in battle, to be slain [root 
9ov, akin to Sans, root hak, 
"to strike, to kill"]. 

AdpSPos, ov, m. Tnmult, 
elamomr, uproar, 

6p^ts, wr, plar. of ep^. 

6pfin|. lyr, f. Thrace; a 
country of the S. £. of Europe, 
corresponding Yery nearW with 
the modem Koumelia. — 
Hence, 6p^-Yot, lo, X09, adj. 
2%rariaii.~N.B. Probably the 
word is derived from rpuxMk 
(the aspirate being transferred 
firom the x ^ ^^'^ ^)» ^'^^* ^ 
rp&x^s, "rugged"; and so 
means ** the rugged country.** 

-ep^Yot, a, or ; see 6^^. 

6p^, Bp^s, m. A ThraC'^ 
tan; — Plur. Thraeians, 

Op&vvf* €«o, ^> adj. Bold, 
eomrageome, spirited, fiH* 
Gomp. : tfp^Lo^-Tcpof ; (Sup. : 
$pair6-raros). 

0p&ovnpos, a, oif, comp. 
adj. ; see Bpaavs, 

6&y-&Ti|p, ar^pos drpSs, f . 
A daughter [akin to Sstna, 
duhitr-i, ''a daughter"; fir. 
root SUH, " to miUc "; and se, 
literally, "a milker"]. 

Ov-i&o, fi&Tos, n. [9v-«, *' to 
sacri6ce"] ("That which is 
sacrificed"; hence) A saeri" 
fiee, victim. 

0v-|i6«, fiov, m. ( '* Breath"; 
hence, ••the soul"; hence^ 



i68 



VOCABULARY, 



" the mind "; hence, as being 
an affection of the mind) 
Rage, anger, wrath, resent^ 
ment [akin to Sans, root Dfli>, 
or DHU, " to blow "]. 

6vvoC, &v, m. plor. The 
Thyni ; a Thracian people. 

CK;pa, as, f. A door, gate 
[akin to Sans, dv&ra, "a 
door, a gate "]. 

6v(rai, 1. aor. inf. of 0i$w; 
2,14 

6von2&|icvoti i?> ov, P. 1. aor. 
mid. of Bint, 

6vflrtif(v), Attic for Bdtrai, 
8. pers. sing. 1. aor. opt. of 0vw. 

Ovcrwvy ovffOf ovy P. fat. of 

6v-«, f. Bvffot, p. riOvKO, 
1. aor. idv<ra, v. a. : 1. Act. : 
a. To eaerifioe, offer in eaori- 
flee, slay, etc. — b. Alone : To 
offer sacrifice, to sacrifice; 
8, 4: — fOv* . • . irSrcpa, he 
saerifloed . . , . (to learn) 
whether, 6, 44, where some 
editions have the middle voice, 
Mrro, — 8. Mid. : Ov-ofuu., f. 
OvffOfiai, 1. aor. iBwdfiriv, p. 
pass, in mid. force r^W/icu : a. 
To offer sacrifices for one's 
self; to have a victim slain 
for one's self; to consult or 
take the auspices : — iBxitro ci, 
he consulted the auspices (to 
learn) if 2, IS.—b. FoUd. by 
fvi c. Ace. : To consult, or 
take, the auspices [on march- 
'*9) against a person, etc,; 
21. 



0«»paK-(C«», 1. aor. iBrnpAx" 
tffo, V. a. [0^pa^, O^paK-os, *' a 
breast-plate**] ("To put a 
breast-plate, etc, on '* a per- 
son ; hence) 1. To arm or equip 
another with a hrecut-plate, 
etc. — ^8. Mid. : OwpoK-CtofiOi, 
To put a breast-plate on one's 
self; to put on, or arm one's 
self with, a hreast-plaie. — 8. 
Pass.: Owpfluc-Ctofioi, p. re- 
Bufpcuc'ifffxcu, 1. aor. iBmpdic- 
laSriv, To be armed or 
equipped with a breast^plate, 
etc. 



,i7j,f.("Awood") Jd«, 
or Ida, a woody mountain in 
the Troad. 

iSXqi ; see ^los, 

f8(o9, a, oy, adj. Om^s own; 
private, personal, — Adverbial 
dat. fern. : 181^ On one's own 
account, privately. — ^As Snbst.: 
tSiov, ov, n. With Art. : 
(*<The personal thing*'; hence) 
My, etc., personal advan- 
tage; my, etc., private bene" 
fit ; 7, 39. 

l8X-«inf|«, <iTov, m. [18i-os, 
" private "] (** One made 
XSiXos **; hence) A private per^ 
son ; i. e. one in a private 
station. 

t8oi|&i, opt. of cTSoy ; see 
1. cXBw. 

t8«i|&cv, 1. pers. plur. aalj. 
of tVioy ; see 1. ctiSw. 

I8wv, ovaa, Sy, P. of clSor ; 
^see 1. dSw. 



VOCABC/LARy. 



169 



t8tiv»(v), 8. pen. plnr. salj. 
of cISoy ; lee 1. ftSw. 
Uroi, pras. inf. of 2. ttfu. 
Upa, mp; tcp^v, ov; see 

Upc-lov (qnadrisyll.)» iov, 

n. [Icpc^f, Upi-ttSf *' a prieat "] 

("A thing pertaining to a 

Itpt^s"; hence) ^11 axMiaZ 

jTor sacrifice, a victim. 

tcp^, ^, 6y, a^j.s 1. Sacred^ 
consecrated, hallowed : — t2^ 
Up6w6pos, ihe sacred mounU 
otn ; a name g^ren to a mount- 
ain, or mountain-ridge, in 
ThTaoe.-*N.B. The term Up6s 
waa commonly applied to any 
country, mountam, river, etc., 
nnder the aupposed tutelage 
of some deity. — As Subst. ; a. 
tcp^v, ev, n. (" A sacred build- 
ing"; hence) A temple, — b. 
Upd, &9f n. plur. (« Sacred 
things"; hence) (a) Sacri" 
fices, offerings, etc.— (b) The 
enirinls of a victim, etc. — (c) 
Auspices, — 8. With Gen. : 
Sacred, or consecrated, to. 

'l«p-^vS|i-os,ov,m. [length- 
ened fr. 'lep-^wfi-os ; fir. UfH 
6s, " sacred" ; tyvfi-a (= tfvo/A- 
o), *' a name "] (•* Having, or 
i]i, a sacred name ") Sieronym^ 
us (** Jerome"), an Elean; 
one of the senior captains in 
the Qreek army. 

ti|Tf, 2. pers. plur. pres. 
subj. of 2. c7/ii. 

fOi, 2. pera. sing. pres. 
imperat. of 2. el/ii. 



Ik-&v^, Mi, Mp, a^. 
[usually referred to la, root 
of licdtfm, and U^y^ofuu, ** to 
come "] (" Becoming, befit- 
ting"; hence) 1. Student; 
— at 8, 2 the Inf. inrtdvai is 
dependent on &art under- 
stood, not on U6p6v. — 2. a. 
Competent, capable. — b. With 
Inf. : Competent, or able, to 
do, etc.; capable of doing, 
etc.;— at 7> 38 supply fionOri' 
cai after faJb^rf y; s ee preced- 
ing context. 1^" (Comp. : 
Ulku-t&Ttpos) ; Sap. : Udtf* 
ctfrArot. 

Uav«iT&Tot« i|« otf, Bup. ady.; 
see UdM6s. 

U^Ttvou, 1. aor. ind. of 

UiT-cv«», f. UrrHcm, 1. aor. 
lK4T€vca, V. a. [/kct-ijt, "a 
suppliant"] («To be a /jc^r 
to"; hence) 2b supplicate, 
beg, entreat. 

Ik-^ty|«, 4rov, m. [U, root 
of ltc'p€6tiui, **to come"] 
("One who comes" to seek 
aid, protection, etc.; hence) 
A suppliant. 

CXctfv, gen. plnr. of IXcary ; 
6,86. 

CXc«>s, »p, adj. [Attic form 
of t\ao5, ** propitious "] Pro- 
pitious, favourable. — N.B. 
The quantity of the a is 
mostly short; in some pass- 
ages of the poets it is long. 

IpAx-Xov, lov, n. dim., only 
in form [obsol. Tfia (=r cffio). 



I70 



VOCABULARY. 



tfjAr»osy "thatwhich one puts 
on"; hence, "a cloak/* etc,'] 
1. A clodkf mantlet outer 
garment, — ^2. Plur. : Clothes 
or (farments in general. 

tvo, conj.: With Subj.: That, 
in order that. 

toicv, 8. pers. plar. pres. 
opt. of 2. tlfii. 

UvTcSf masc. nom. plar. of 
P. pros, of 2. c7/i(. 

linr-c^, 4oos, m. [tirir-of, 
"a horse"] 1. Sing.: Ahorse- 
man.— 8. Flur. : Horsemen, 
cavalry, 

lirirtK^V) ov} see ImriKSs, 

tinr-XK^, iK-fi, Xk6v, adj. [Tmr- 
oj, "a horse"] 1. Of, or belong- 
ing to, a horses horse-, — 2. 
Of, or belonging to, cavalry ; 
cavalry-, — As Sabst. : linr- 
Xk6v, ov, n.: a. A cavalry 
force^ cavalry ; 6,26; 6, 29, 
middle of section. — b. With 
Art. : The cavalry ; 6, 29, 
beginning of section. 

tinr-o«, ou, m. A horse : — 
ivl rSav Imrwv, {on their 
horses; i. e.) on horseback, 
4, 4 [akin to Sans, ag-va ; cf. 
Lat. equ-us"], 

tcroUri, irreg. 8. pers. plur. 
ofoTSa; see 1. c^Sctf. 

XaBi, 2. pers. sing, imperat. 
of olda; see 1. €t8». Know thou, 
be thou assured: — tZ KaOi, 
knowwellfi, e. be well assured, 

Xtm, 2. pers. plar. imperat. 
of oTSa; see 1. ttSw, Know 
ye, be ye assured. 



t-irnj-|ii, f. crr^iTM, p. f- 
imiKa, 1. aor. ttrriiaa, 2. aor. 
tarriv, v. a. and n. : 1. Act. : 
Pros., imperf ., 1. fat., 1. aor. : 
To make to stand; to set, 
place, etc. — 2. Neat. : Perf., 
plaperf. (as pres. and imperf. 
in force), 2. aor.: a. To stand. 
— b. To stand still, to halt, 
— 3. Mid. : t-crrSL-iuu, f. itt^- 
ffofiai, 1, aor. itrrrifr&nfiv : a. 
In pres., imperf., and fat. : ( 7b 
make one*s self to stand ; i. e.) 
To stand, — ^b. In 1. aor. : To 
set up, erect; 6, 86. — 4. Pass. : 
t-aT&-|&ai, p. tffraiioi, 1. aor. 
iarSBiiy, 1. f. araSiitrofiai, To 
be set or placed; to stand; 
cf. no. 2 [akin to Sans, root 
sthA, "to stand"; cf. Lat. 
sio (= sta-o)]. 

to--«>s, adv. [i<r-os, "equal"] 
("After the manner of the 
ttros"; hence) 1. Equally, — 
2. Probably, perhaps, 

'IrdPcXit, ios, m. Itabelis ; 
a Persian officer who held 
command in Comania. In 
some editions his name appears 
as 'iTajSeXeo'is, 'Ira/icyijr. 

txvos, €oy ovf, n.: 1. ^ 
footstep. — 3. A track, whether 
of troops or horses. 

USv, ovffa, 6v, P. pres. of 
2. €7jui;— at 8, 16 the editions 
vary between i6vT(s and 
irapi6pT€S, 

K&YoOa = Kot iiycied. 
K&Y«i = ical iyi&. 



VOCABULARY. 



171 



KoOd, adv. [icaO* (= iceiret), 
" according to "; S (neut. ace. 
plur. of is, " who, which '*), 
" which things **] (** Accord- 
ing to which things''; hence) 
According as. Just as» 

K&O-^ofiai, f. KaB'fZovfuu, 
v.mid. [ica»*(=icaT(0,"down"; 
€(ofiat, ** to seat one's self, to 
sit "] To tit down. 

k&OcIXkov ; see k&B4\kv. 

K&0-Aic«, imperf. K&O-ctXic- 
ov, f. KaO-i\^» and KoB-tXtcv- 
a», p. KaB'tlKKVKo, v. a. [ic&0' 
(= K&rd), *' down"; cKku, " to 
draw or drag "] Of a vessel : 
(" To draw, or drag, down " 
to the shore; hence) To 
launch ; — ^at 1, 19 the imperf. 
points to the commencement 
of the act : began to launch. 

Ka9-i|Y^o|fcai -tiyovifcai, f. 
KaQ'-irfhironat, 1. aor. k&0. 
riyriaa/jLriy, v. mid. [k&S^ 
(= Kiird)f in *' strengthen mg^' 
force; ^co^ai, "to lead the 
way "] (" To lead the way "; 
hence, '* to lead the way and 
teach"— cf. Jj&t. praire verbis 
— hence) To point out ; 8, 9. 

Ka9i|YY|<r6(uvos, P. fat. of 
KoBriydofMi. 

Ka9-v||iai, imperf. i-KaO' 
'fl/iWt imperat. KdO-ov (contr. 
fr. KdB'fio'o), inf. KaB'TJcBai, 
part. KaB-^fi€vos, v. mid. [jcaO^ 
(= K&rd), " down "; fnai, " to 
sit"] 1. To sit down, to be 
seated, to sit. — 8. To be seated, 
to sit, in coxmcil, etc. 



ic&Oij|icvof , 11, ov, P. pres. of 
ic&0i}/4cu ; — at 1, 83 KaBjunivmv 
rwv arpariwrmv is Qen. Abs. 

[§ 118]. 

K&Ourr&voi, pres. inf. of 
K&Bl(rTrifik, 

ic&0-CoTT||ii| f. fcara-oT^o'w, 
1. aor. KaT'darfiaa, p. icaO- 
dffTtiKa, 2. aor. icar'4(rrfiv, 
V. a. and n. [mA^ (= icarcC), 
"down"; XffTtitu, "to cause 
to stand; — to stand"] 1. 
Act.: In pres., imperf.* fnt., 

1 1. aor. : a. To set down, to 
set, place, etc.— b. Of guards, 

' etc, : To set, arrange, station. 

; — 0. With second Ace. : To 
make, or render, an Object 
that which is denoted by the 
second Ace; 7, 23.— d. To 
appoints 7, 56. — 2. Neut.: 
In perf., plnperf., and 2. aor. : 
To set one's self dpwn, to 
settle, to be set, etc. 

Ktd, conj.: 1. And, also :^ 
Koi . . . Koi, both . . . and; 
— KaC Yf, and indeed, used to 
introduce something more 
emphatic ; — koI ydp, an ellip- 
tical mode of expression where 
Kat reiterates, as it were, what 
has preceded, while ydp assigns 
the reason in what follows; 
e. g. and (such and such is the 
case, or 1 say so) /or; hence, 
commonly rendered, and truly, 

for indeed, for ofasurety. — 2. 
To make a word or statement 
emphatic : Also, too. — 8. 
Even :->Kal cl, even if, used 



172 



VOCABULARY. 



in a supposed case which does 
not exist, and which is often 
to be regarded as impossible ; 
— cl KalL, if even, if indeed, 
although^ allowing that, allows 
something which does or will 
really exist, or has existed. — 
4. Equivalent to JItc : When ; 
4. 12.— 5. With Participles : 
Though, although, albeit, 

K^Xkos, ov, m. Ca'ious; a 
river of Mysia. 

Kai^cvos, Iff ov, P. pres. 
pass, of Kai», 

Kaip6sf ov, m. Of time : 
The right time or season ; a 
fit, or suitable, time,* an 
opportunity s^-At 6, 87 folld. 
by Inf. [akin to Sans. kaUfa 
(for Jcriya), " ready "]. 

KaC-TOi, adv. [^Kai, *' and *'; 
roi, ** indeed '*"] And indeed ; 
and yet, although in truth, 

KaCw (Attic k6m), f. Ka6<rw, 
p. KeKttVKo, 1. aor. tKouffa, 
Attic %Kta, V. a. : 1. To light, 
kindle, a fire, etc, — 2. To set 
on fire, to burn, — 3. To lay 
waste by fire, to bum, — Pass. : 
icaCo|Aai (Attic Kdo|iai), p. 
KdKavfjMi, 1. aor. iKavOriv, 1, 
fut. Kavd^ffonai, 

K&KCiVO = Koi iKt7vo, 

KaKdvo-ifli (quadrisylL), las, 
f, [k&icJi'o-o J, "evil-minded*'] 
("The quality of the k&k6' 
voos ") Ill-will, malignity, 
malice, 

Kwii6%, 4i, 6v, adj. Bad of its 

'^dj evil, etc.; — at 6, 4 



folld. by Ace. of "Kespect*' 
[§ 98].— As Subst. : kokov, 
ov, n. ("A bad thing "; hence) 
a. An evil, an ill, a mi^or- 
tune, — b. A hurt, harm, in- 
Jury, fgg^ Comp. : KOK-iuy; 
Sup. : KaK-taros, 

KUK^&s, adv. [fcaK-Js, 
'* bad "] In a bad way, badly, 
ill i — for KUK&s TToieiy, see 

TTOltOf, 

K&Xci, contr. 8. pers. sing, 
pres. ind. of Ka\4w, 

1. KoX^o-ai : 1. 1. aor. inf. 
of icoA€« ; 7, 12.— 2. 3. pers. 
sing. 1. aor. opt. of KoAew ; 
3,18. 

2. K<£Xco-ai, 2. pers. sing. 1. 
aor. imperat. mid. of icaAew ; 
2, 80, where the editions vary 
between Kd\t<rai and Kd\€troy, 

K^\iaas, aca, a», P. 1. aor. 
of K&Aew. 

KaXco-ov, 1. aor. imperat. of 
KaX4w, 

K&X^tt -u, f. K0L\4au and 
Ka\&, p. k^kXtiko, 1. aor. 
iKd\€(ra, V. a. : 1. Act..: a. To 
call, call to one^s self, summon, 
etc.^b. (a) With second Ace: 
To call one that which is 
denoted by the second Ace; 
6, 38, where the imperf. de- 
notes a cnstomary act: used 
to call, — (b) Pass. : With the 
same case following, as pre- 
ceding, the verb : To be called 
something. -~ c. Part. pres. 
pass, with Art. : The so 
called; 1, 24; 1, 33; 4, 11; 



VOCABULARY. 



^73 



5, 12, ete.'^d. To call by 
name; to eall ; 4, 15.— •. lb 
invite to an entertainment, 
etc.; 3, 18; 6, 8.-2. Mid.; 

KoX^Ofiflli -OV|MU, f. fCOAoD/AOi 

later K&KiffopMi, 1. aor. ^koX- 
ca^ijy. To call, or summon, 
aa one's own act or for one's 
self; 2, 80.— 8. Pass.: k&X- 

1. aor. ^jcAi^Oi^y, 1. f. icAi}0^- 
ffoftau 

K&X^wv «v» ^ov(ra oi;<ra, coy 
ot/y, P. pres. of Kik\4«, 

KoX-X-Ycp-^ -«, f. KOXA- 
X€fr^a», p. fccicaAAt//>i|ira, v. n. 
[_Ka\'6s, " favourable " (with 
A doobledy as is often the case 
in words conipo\inded with 
it); hp-d, «< sacrifices"] To 
make favourable saorifioeSf to 
obtain good omens, 

1. KdXXlov, nent. ace. sing, 
of NoAAiwy ; 7, 41. 

2. icdXXiov, comp. adv. 
[adverbial neot. of KoKKUa, 
"more favourable, better"] 
In a more fatfourable way, 
etc; better; 3, 87; see ^x^* 
no. 6, b. 

KoXXioTov, 17, OP, sap. adj. ; 
see KoX^r. — As Subet. : koX- 
Xurrov, ov, n. Amosifortunate 
thing ; a very favourable, or 
most eofcellent, thing ; 6, 2. 

KoXXlwv, oy, comp. adj.; 
see Kfi\6s, 

KaX-6s, 4i, 6v, adj. : 1. a. Of 
persons : JBeautiful, beauteous, 
handsome* — b. Of things, 



places, etc,: Seaut(fiil s^^At 
2, 88 the Sap. isfolld. by Gen. 
of the " Thing Distributed " 
[§ 112].— 2. Good, noble, 
excellent, — 3. Noble, brave, 
— 4. honourable, glorious.—' 
5, Favourable, propitious, 
auspicious, — 6. Jfavourahle, 
advantageous, for any pur- 
pose;— at 1,24 folld. by Inf. 
to denote the purpose = Latin 
Gerund with ad: — ofor jriA.- 
Xiirroy iicr^uvBai, asfavour* 
able as possible fbr drawing 
(themsefves) up in order. 
HT Comp.: icaA>Ar«y; Sop.: 
KdK'kiffTos [akin to Sans. 
cA<!r-ii, "beautifhl"]. 

ic&Xoitf|fctvof , 17, oy, contr. P. 
pres. pass, of k&\4w ; see kAA- 
cw, no. 1, c. 

ic&XovvT<«, oontr. nom. 
masc. plur. P. pres. of ir&A^«. 

KoX-Mf , adv. UoX-^s/' bean- 
tiful, honoarable"] ("After 
the manner of the iraA^f"; 
hence) Well: — icoAdf Herat, 
It will be well, i. e. all will 
be well, or things wHl turn out 
well, 8, 48. 

K^irw, f. KOfiovfiat, p. k4' 
KiMiKo, 2. aor. iniktiov, y, n. 
1. To labour, toil— 2, To 
labour under sickness ; to be 
sick or iU [root Kfltfi, akin to 
Sans, root 9AV, in the original 
signification "to get tired"; 
and, also, to Sans, ^m, 
"work"]. 

icd|fcv««v, ovffa, ov, P. pres. of 



174 



vocabulary: 



K(f/iy».-*A8Sabst.: icd|fcvovTC«, 
«y, m. plar. With Art.: 
The sick ; 2, 6. 

X. kSi^ (= fcal &v), CODJ. 
Even if. 

2. K&v (= iral ^v) ulm2 tit. 

Kainr&8oKXa,tar, f. Cappa- 
dociaj a country of Asia 
Minor. 

KflipSovxoiy vy, m. plur. : 
1. The Carduchi, a people 
inhabiting the high mountain- 
ous tract between Persia and 
Mesopotamia ; the modem 
Kurds, — ^2. The country of 
the CardHohi, the modem 
Kurdistan. 

Kar6, (before a soft vowel 
nay, before an aspirated vowel 
leas'), prep.: 1. With Gen.: 
a. Down from.-^h. Down 
upon or over, — c. Down into ; 
beneath, below. — d. Down 
upon or towards, — 2. With 
Ace: a. Doun^ along or with. 
— b. Of space : (a) On, over, 
throughout, up and down, 
all about. — (b) Sg:^^Kat xark 
yrjy feed Korit BdXturaay, both 
bg land and by sea, 6, 87 ; 
cf., also, 2, 10.— 0. Opposite, 
over against : — rit km airohs 
iKTriirrovra, the things cast 
ashore over against thetn- 
selves, i. e. the wrecks on their 
own part of the coast, 6, 13 : 
— itotA robs ^4yous, opposite, 
or before, the guests, 3, 22. — 
d. Distributively or of time : 
^-'; — Kar' oXiyovs, (bg few, 



i. e.) by small parties, 6, 29 : 
— ifOT* iyiavr6v, year by year, 
yearly, 1, 27. — •. Of purpose, 
etc. : For, after, in search of. 
— ^f. According to, in accord' 
ance with : — Kurk rabrd, ae- 
coring to the same things. 
I.e. to the same effect, 8, 18; 
8, 23 : — Kar^L rbv Bp^ioy y6fi- 
ov, according to the Thracian 
custom, 2, 23. — g. Against. 
— h. With Abstract Subst to 
form an adverbial expression : 
— Karh awovi^y, hastily, in 
haste, 6, 28 : — icar& Kpdros, by 
force, forcibly, petforce, 7, 7. 

K&T&-P<Uv«i, f. icaT&-/3^. 
cofjuu, p. K^r&'fiifinKa, plup. 
/c&r-cjSfjSii/ccif', 2. aor. icar- 
i^v, V. n. [icard, "down"; 
Mvw, "to go*'] 1. To go, or 
come, down ; to descend. — ^8. 
To dismount firom a horse; 
8,45. 

K&T&BcUvMV, ovo-a, ov, p. 
pres. of Karofioiym. 

K&T&pdc, do'a, ctv, P. 2. aor. 
of Kikra0aiy». 

icaT&P&-(rit, (Tcwf, f. [tcSrH' 
fialyu, " to descend," throngh 
verbal root uaralfa (= icctrS ; 
Pa, a root of fiaiym)} ("A 
descending "; hence) l. A de- 
scent, a way or road down.^^ 
2. A marching, or march, 
down from the interior of a 
country to the sea coast (opp. 
to kyS^aais). 

K&T&PcPijKi&f, via, 6s, P. 
perf. of KaT&fialyv. 



VOCABULARY. 



175 



KaT&pijvai, 2. aor. inf. of 
it&Ta8i{o-o|fcai, fat. ind. of 

K&roi-pXaKCv«», f. Koira^ 
fiXoKi^crUf 1. aor. irar-cjSAdK- 
€vaa, ▼. a. [K&Tfi£, "as to"; 
fiXaK€6w, "to be lazy"] ("To 
be lazy as to" a matter; 
hence) To treat carelessly, to 
mitmanage. 

K&T&Y&yciV, 2. aor. inf. of 

icaT-aY», f. K&T'd^w, p. m&t- 
fty^oxa, 2. aor. K&T»4iy&yov, 
V. a. [itaT-rf, "down"; Jkywy 
"to bring"! ("To bring, or 
lead, down" to a place, the 
sea-coast, ete.s hence) To 
bring, or carry , hack. 

K&ra-SciXlfiMi -8fiXl», f. 
ncftrd-SctAlflUrw, 1. aor. k&t- 
c5ciAfa(ra, v. n. [/e&r^, in 
"strengthening'' force; 5ciX- 
ra«, "to be afraid"] 2b he 
(xfraid; to exhibit fear or 
cowardice ;— at 6, 22 fblld. by 
Ace. of "Respect" [§ 98]. 

9o^&a'ot, 1. aor. Kdr-c5<({A(ra, 
v. a. iK&rd, in "strengthen- 
ing" force; Zo^&Cof, "to 
think or suppose"] With 
Objective clause: To think, 
suppose^ or imagine that, 

K&Ta8o{<urciav, Attic 8. 
pers. plur. 1. aor. opt. of 
KaraHo^a^w. 

KaTa8pa|jM»v, ovca, 6v, F. 
2. aor. of KaraTpcxa;. 



K&T&Svonw, fat. ind. of 

K&T&SvW or K&T&SvKtf. 

K&T&-8i»« or K&T&'SvVW, f. 
K&To-Svcraf, p« K&T&-8c8i}ira, 
1. aor. K&T-^8v(ra, 2. aor. jc&r- 
iivv, v. n. and a. [k^i^tA, 
"down"; Ivv or ^vv», "to 
sink ; — to make to sink "] 1. 
a. Neat. : In pres., imperf., 
perf., and 2. aor.: To sink 
dovm, to ftiiJt.— b. Act.: In 
fot. and 1. aor. : To make to 
sink down, to sink; — at 2, 13 
supply aMf as the nearer 
Object of JcoraSww. — 2. Mid. : 

1. aor. K&r- €9v<rifiiir = no. 1> a ; 
7,11. 

K&t&Of iVy contr. pres. inf. of 

K&T&9^|fccvof , 17, OP, p. 2. aor. 
mid. of K&r&ri9rifu, 

K&t&-Otf««, f. K&T&-$€6<rofiai, 
V. n. [n&Tcf, "down"; ,$4w, 
" to run "] 1. To run down.-— 

2. To make an inroad, — N.B. 
This verb admits only the 
contraction into ^cts €is, ^ct 
c<, and 4€iy uv, as its simple 
form {Bin) is dissyllabic. 

ic&T&9i{<rf(r6ai, fat. inf. 
mid. of KararXBrifii, 

K&T&-ica(n», f. K&T&'K&yw, 
p. K&ra-KiKoya, 2. aor. kot- 
tK&yov, y. a. [kcItcC, in 
"strengthening" force; icatV- 
w, "to kill, day"] To kill, 
slag, 

KaT&-Kfli£t>, f. KdT&'Ka6(r6f, 
p. KarA-iccicavica, 1. aor. ic&r* 



176 



VOCABULARY, 



iKOMfTOy V. a. [k&tci, in '* inten- 
sive" force; /eaf«, "to burn"] 
To hum complete^, hurn up, 
consume hif fire; to reduce 
to ashes; to laif waste hy 
fire ; see iropBiw, — Pass. : 
KaT&-KaCo|iai, p. ic&T&-K^icav- 
ixai, 1. aor. K^r-iKaiBniv^ 1. fat 
IC&T& - ica v0^(ro/Aa( . 

K&T&ic&vciv, 2. aor. inf. of 
K&T&Koiifoi I — at 6, 8 the 
editions vary between icara- 
K&vetv and Kartutravuif, 

K&T&K&vuv, ovcro, 6v, P. 2. 
aor. of KaraKaivot ', — at 6, 86 
the editions vary between 
KS.r9LKliv6vm and k&tAk(koi/- 

K&T&Kavdij<rca^ai, 1. fat. 
inf. pass, of R&r&Kaiw, 

K&T&KaiScrac, dcra, ai', P. 
1. aor. of K&T^Kaiv, 

K&T&Kattfov, fut. ind. of 

K&T&KCKovwfi, ma,6s,V,^'d, 
of Jc&T^Kari/w ; see /e&Tcbc&yflSy. 

K&TaKXcur9v)vai, 1. aor^ inf. 
pass, of K&raJcXc(w. 

K&ra-icXcUi) f. Attic K&ra' 
kKiw, 1. aor. K&T'iKKfiffOf v. a. 
[Kdrd, in " strengthening " 
force; icXefw, "to shut"] To 
shut up, enclose, confine. — 
Pftss. : ic&Ta-icXc(o)iai, p. KHra- 
jc^KXei/i&at and Kdra-ic^KAcKr- 
fiai, pluperf. Kar'€K€K\tifffiriy 
and K&T 'tKtKXiliJLfiy, 1. aor. 
K&r-tK\€lffBriv. 

K&T-&ICOVTXt«i| f* KiiT'aKOVT' 

Xcru, 1. aor. KaT'iv^Svriffa, 



V. a. [jc&T-cE, ** down "; ijcoyr- 
r^w, "to strike with a dart, 
to shoot"] To strike doum 
with a dart or darts ; to shoot 
down; — at 4, 6 the nearer 
Object of K^rnKovrXfTtv is 
r6ffous, or irdyras, which is 
omitted before the relative 
Utrovs, 

K&TaKT&vftv, 2. aor. inf. of 
KaTaKTtivw, 

K&Tfll-ICTd0|Aai -KTW|tflll» f. 

Kftra-KTi^oro/Kai, p. Kcira-ic^- 
KTijiuu, V. mid. [Kard, in 
"strengthening" force; icrd' 
ofMi, " to acquire "] To ac* 
quire, or ffet, entirely or 
certainly. 

K&ra-KTf Cv», f. ic&ra-KTCf^fltf, 

1. aor. K&T'4KT€tva, 2. aor. 
K&r-^KT&vov, V. a. [xari, in 
"strengthening" force; KTc(y«, 
"to kill"] To kill, slay, 
slaughter, 

ic&T&-Xa|JiP&v«i, f. icarft- 
A^if^MoU) p. ic&r-c(A^^a, 2. aor. 
i(&r-/\^oy, V. a. \K&rd, in 
" strengthening " force ; Xo/a/S- 
cCvw, "to take"] 1. To take 
possession of, seize, occupy. — 

2. To find, dwcooer.— 8. With 
Ace. of place : To gain, reach, 
arrive at; 8, 8. 

icaTa-Xfiirv, f. ic&t&.\€(i^w, 
p. K&rd-X^Aoiira, 2. aor. ic&r- 
ixXxov, V. a. [icolrcC, in 
*' strengthening" force; Xc/rw, 
"to leave"] 1. Act.: a. To 
1 20000 behind. — b. 2b 2eao« 
I ^tfAtiMi for use, etc. ; io re- 



VOCABULARY. 



m 



serve ; 3, 22.— e. To foreake, 
abandon. — 2. Pass. : k&t&- 
Xc(iro|Mii, 1. aor. ic&T-eAc(^0i}i/, 
1. fut. K&r&-Xei00^o'o/iai : a. 
To he left behind,—}). To be 
left remaining, to remain. 

K&T&XcvffOcC9i f'i(rci$ ^iff P. 
1. aor. pass, of KaroKila. 

Kara-Xcvtt, f. icaTa-\ev(rw, 
1. aor. KUT-^Acvcra, v. a. [ic&T(i, 
in '' streDgthening " force ; 
A«!^, " to stone "J To stone 
to death, — Pass. : k&t&- 
XctSo)&ai, 1. aor. ir&r-cAci$(r0i7v, 

1. f. ir&T&-Acvo'9^(rofiai. 
ic&T&Xi{\|fO|fcai, fat. ind. of 

KaT&Ao/u/S&vw. 

K&ToiXtirciv, 2. aor. inf. of 
ic&ToAe/irw. 

K&TfllXXirciyv, oviTtL, 6v, P. 

2. aor. of k&t&Ac/tw. 
KaT&|ia9«Sv, ovtroj 6v, P. 

2. aor. of K&T&^cafBikva, 

K&Ta-|Miv6av», f. K&r&' 
fiaO-fiffco, p. K&T&'fi€fid0riKa, 2. 
aor. K&r-iyMov, v. a. [ic&Tdf 
in "strengthening'' force; 
fjMpe&yoa, "to learn"] ("To 
learn thoroughly " ; hence) 
To find outy discover, ascer- 
tain, -—foWd. by tn at 2, 18; 
7, 43 ;— at 4, 6 without nearer 
Object. 

KaTOficXvai, 1. aor. inf. of 

KaTa-|&^v», 1. aor. k&T' 
ifjLtiva, V. n. [K&rd^ in 
** strengthening*' force ; ixivw, 
** to remain"] To remain, to 
stay behind, 

Anab, Book VII, 



K&T&-|Upit«i« f. Attic jcftrft- 
fteplo), r. a. \^KS.rd, in *' strength- 
ening" force; /tepr^w, ** to 
divide"] To divide out, to 
distribute, etc. — Pass. : ic&t&- 
)&cpito)&ai, 1. aor. K&T-tfitp' 
iiT0r}v; — at 5, 4 KdrfixvplaBri 
has a nent. nom. plur. as Sub- 
ject [§ 82, a]. 

ic&T&-)&^Yvv)ii and k&t&- 
uiyviitt, f. K&T&-fii^w, Y. a. 
iK&rd, in " strengthening " 
force; fiiyvviii, "to mix, 
mingle"] 1. To mix, mingle. 
— ^. Pass. : K&T&-|iCYvii)i(U| 
imperf. K&r-c/iix7i'i)/Ai}v, To be 
mixed or mingled: — tls r&s 
iri^Acir Kartfilyyvyro, went 
into the cities and were 
mingled amongst the citizens, 
2, 3 ; see 1. tls, no. 1, b, (b). 

K&T&-vo^«» -vod, f. K&rd- 
vo-fiffw, p. KS.T&-if€y6riKay 1. aor. 
K&T'€v6iia'ay V. a. [K&rd, in 
"strengthening" force; yo4M, 
"to perceive"] To perceive, 
observe, marie, notice, 

K&T&voi{<ras, affa, ay, P. 
1. aor. of K&T&votv. 

K&T&v^T|<rov,l. aor. imperat. 
of KaT&vodw. 

Kara-iroXctiitt -iroXcfi,w, f. 
Kard-voXtfiiiffta, 1. aor. irar. 
€To\4/jiii<ra,Y,A. [#c&T<{,"down"; 
'iro\€fi4a>, "to war"] ("To 
war down "; hence) To reduce 
or exhaust by war ; to utterly 
vanquish. — Pasfi. : icaT&-iroX- 
cficofiai -'iroXc)iov|i.ai, 1. aor. 
K&r • croA €fi^0i}f'. 

N 



178 



VOCABULARY. 



K&Tairpa(a«« wra, av, P. 1. 
aor. of K&ravpdffffu, 

K&TairpafourOoi, 1. aor. inf. 
mid. of K&rairpdffffco, 

K&Ta-irpao'O'ca (Attic Kara- 
irpdTTia)^ f. ifOTo-wp(£|«, 1. 
nor. K&T-4'Kpa^a, v. a. [^Kard, 
in " strengthening ** force ; 
irpiffffa, " to do "] 1. Act. ; 
("To do thoroughly"; hence) 
To achieve^ execute, acconi' 
plish, — 2. Mid. : Kara-irpao'- 
<ro)&ai (Attic Kara-TrpaTTO- 
p.ai)} 1. aor. K&T-€rrpa^S^r}Vf 
To cKComplish, etc., as one's 
own act or for one*s self; — at 
7, 27 Tovro, omitted before 
follg. rel. i, is the nearer 
Object of K&TaTod^a(rOai. — 3. 
Pass. : K&ra-irpao'O'op.ai (At- 
tic K&Ta-irpdTTOf&ai), p. Kara- 
vtirpayfiai, 1. aor. Kor-evpdx' 
0rif, To be accomplished, etc. ; 
7,27. 

KaratrpdrTu ; see Kara- 
ncpdcrau. 

KarairpaxOrivai, 1. aor. inf. 
pass, of K&Tairpdffffa. ^ 

KaT-apao)j,ai -apuftai, f. 
K&T-apd(ro/xai, 1. aor. kot- 
ripdaofiriy, v. mid. [^Kar-d, 
"down upon"; apdofjiai, "to 
curse"] (**To curse down 
upon "; hence) With Dat. of 
person: To call down, or 
imprecate, curses upon; to 
curse s 7, 48. 

KaTa-<rKi)va« -<riCT)vw^ f. 
K&Ta-aKr}viiffw, 1. aor. kot- 
eaicfivriaa, V. n. [^Kard, in 



** strengthening'* force ; 9X71$^' 
dot), "to pitch a tent," etc.2 
To pitch a tent or tents; to 
encamp ; to take up one's 
quarters, 

KoLraoicoTr-i^, ^s, f. [Kara- 
ffKoir-ew, "to spy, recon- 
noitre "] A spying or recon- 
noitring, 

KaTacrrf]<rai, 1. aor. inf. of 
KdBiariiiii. 

KaTaoTi)croL9, atra, av, P. 1. 
aor. of K&OiaTrifit, 

K&Ta-(rTpi4>fli), f. K&Ta- 
arp4^oi, p. K&T'^a'rpotpa, 1. 
aor. Kiir-4(Trpi^a, v. a. [k&t(£, 
"downwards"; (rrp4ip<o, "to 
turn"] ("To turn down- 
wards"; hence) 1. Act.: To 
subvert, overthrow, etc.— 2. 
Mid. : Kara-trrp^iftoitai, f . 
Kara-(rrp4}lfOficu, 1. aor. kAt- 
fffTpe^afiriv, (" To subvert for 
one's self"; hence) To sub- 
^ect, subdue, conquer, over- 
throw, by one's, etc., own act. 

Karaoxc^v* 2. aor. inf. of 
k&t4xo9. 

Kara^fTj^t^, f. K&ra-o'xta'w, 
V. a. [icdra, in " strengthen- 

ing" force; o'X*f<*'» **^ 
cleave "] 1. To cleave asunder. 
— 2. To break down; — at 
1, 16 the Subject of icora- 
(Txiauv is omitted, as it is the 
same as that of the leading 
verb {itpaaMf) of the clause. 
KaT&-TlOf)fJll, f. K&T&.^<rv, 

1. aor. (only in indie.) it&r- 
4BriKa, V. a. t^carci, "down**; 



VOCABULARY. 



179 



rraij/ii, "to put"! 1. To put, 

or lay, down, — 2. Mid. : ic&r&- 
Ti9c|jLau, 2. aor. K&T't04fifiy ; 
a. To put or lay dawn as 
one's own especial act ; to de- 
posit anywhere ; 1, 87. — b. 
To lay up in itore; 6, 34, 
where it is used in a figura- 
tive force, and ia equivalent 
to " to secure." 

K&Ta-rp^tf, f. K&ra'^p&fjL* 
ouftai, 2. aor. K&r-tBpiifjLoy, 
V. n. iK&rdf "down"; rpix», 
" to run "] To run down. 

Kar-avAitoi&flii, 1. aor. k&t- 
ilvXiff&ftriy (late), earlier, 1. 
nor. pass, in mid. force, ic&t- 
riv\(ir$riv, v. mid. [ii&r-a, in 
"strengthening" force; a^A- 
iCofAoi, in force of "to biyonac, 
encamp"] To hivouae, en* 
camp, 

KaT&-4&v-i{«, ii, adj. [tc^rd, 
in <* augmentative " force ; 
^v, root of ^/r«, ** to show"; 
pass. ** to appear, be seen *'"] 
Thoroughly or plainly ieen; 
clearly visible, 

K&rifPaivov, imperf. ind. of 

K&TcPcPifiCfO'av, 3. pers. 
plur. plup. ind. of Karafiatyw. 

K&WPi)v, 2. aor. ind. of 
Karificuvm. 

KaTtpXaKciMra, 1. aor. ind. 
of K&TaB\aKf^w, 

K&Tf8ciXCa<r«> 1. aor. ind. 
of KardSciAicitf. 

K&TctSov, 2. aor. without 
pres., V. a. [icdr-rf, **down on, 

N 



below " ; tlBoy, ** to look, see ;' 
see ct8«] 1. To look down on, 
to see below, — 2. To see, oi- 
serve, 

ic&TCicav6i|v, 1. aor. ind. 
pass, of K&T&Ka/a». 

KOTcXa|iP&vov, imperf. ind. 

of K&T&\afA$&tfCf, 

KaTfXOciv, 2. aor. inf. of 
K&Tdpxo/xat. 
K&T^|fc&Oov, 2. aor. ind. of 

ic&TC|MpCor6t|v, 1. aor. ind. 

pass, of K&T&fA€pl(», 

k&tc)&Cywvto, 8. pers. plur. 
imperf. ind. pass, of ie&Td,^i7- 
vvfu. 

K&TciroX«|fcif9i|v, 1. aor. ind. 
pass, of K&T&'wo\tfi4w, 

icST-cpY^to|Mii, f. KdT'toyd* 
aofMi, 1. aor. ic&T>ci/>7&ra^ijy, 
p. Kdr-flpycurfMt, Y. mid. [kSt- 
d, in *' strengthening " force; 
ipydCofiat, <* to work "] (** To 
work out, effect''; hence) To 
obtain, achieve^ acquire, prO' 
cure. 

ic&Tfp7&ira|Uvo«, ri, o¥, P. 
1. aor. of Jcarcfryd^oAicu. 

K&T-^pXO|iai, f. K&r- cAf ^0*0- 
fiai, 2. aor. Kar'4\Kv0oy and 
KiiT'yiKQov, v. mid. {jc&T-d, 
**down"; ^f>x<>Aw<» "to come"] 
("To come, or go, down"; 
hence) To come, or go, bach ; 
to return, 

KaTCO-ia{inr)0'a, 1. aor. ind. 
of Kdratricriydu, 

K&Wx^i, 3. pers. sing. pree. 
opt. of icaT^x*'' 



l8o 



VOCABULARY. 



K&T-^«, f. Kft0-^(« and 
ic&Ta-a'x^«'»# P» ifoT-^trxiyKOf 
2. flor. ic&T-^o'xof^y ▼•&< [K&r*(£, 
in " strengthening " force ; 
Ixw, " to have or hold **] 
(" To hold fast"; hence) 1. To 
take possession or lay hold of; 
to seize upon, — ^2. To have, 
possess, occupy. — 8. To retain, 
keep possession of. — 4. To 
check, restrain, 

K&TtiYop-^a) -ttj f. KHrriyop' 
^law, 1. aor. K&Triy6pricra, v. n. 
[Kar^yop'OSg "an accuser"] 
("To be a Kariiyopos*'; hence) 
1« To accuses to bring forward 
an accusation or charge, — ^2. 
With Gen. of person : To he 
an accuser of; to accuse. 

K&Tt|Yopi{<rc»v, outra, ov, P. 
fut. of Karriyopiu. 

K&rqYdpovv, contr. 8. pers. 
plor. imperf. ind. of Kariiyop' 

K&n|p&(r&To, 8. pers. sing. 
1. aor. ind. of K&r&pdofxm. 

ic&T-v|pc}Jiit<»t f. K&r'ript/xiffu, 
1. aor. K&T'fipifjutra, v, a. [^kuT' 
d, in *' strengthening " force ; 
ilpifilCv, ** to calm "J To calm 
thorough^ ; to appease, paci- 
fy, — Pass. : KaT-'i|pc|i.ito|fcai, 
p. Kar-rip4nianai, 1. aor. k&t- 
TiptfiiffBriy, 1. fat. K&T'riptfiiff' 
O^ffo/iqu. 

KarqpcjjiCirai, 1. aor. inf. of 
KaTript/ju(cf. 

K&TT]pc|AC(r9«|<rav, 8. pers. 
r. 1. aor, ind. pass, of 



ic&n|vXC<r9i|<rav, 1. aor. ind. 
(pass, form) of K&Tav\i(otiat. 
k&tXS^v, ovaa, 6$f, P. pf 

icaw ; see ica/w. 

KCi-f&at, f. icc(<ro/iai, v. mid. : 
1. To lie down, to be lying 
down.~'2. Of tables: To be 
laid; to be placed or set [akin 
to Sans, root 9I, *' to lie, lie 
down **]. 

iccKpaY<&«, v7a,- 6s, P. perf. 
of Kpa(u ; — at 8, 15 KtKpay* 
6to»v abrwv is Gen. Abs. 

[§ 118]. 

KcXfvf , 2. pers. sing. pres. 
imperat. of kcAcv». 

KcXcvo-ttv« ovaa, ov, P. fat. 

of Kf\€{Ka, 

KcX-cvtt, f. iccA«^(r», p. 
K^KfKtvKa, 1. aor. iK^Ktvca, 
V. a. ("To urge on, impel"; 
hence) 1. With Objective 
clause : To bid, or command, 
that one should do, etc.: 
7, 12 : — flrtTy (supply avrohs) 
K€\€i&fi 26^^, commands thtU 
they tell Seuthes, or bids them 
tell Seuthes, 2, 19.— 2. With 
Ace. of thing : To demand, 
require, etc. — 8. With Dat. 
of person and Inf. : To urge 
a person to do, etc.; 1, 38 
[like K^K-ofiat, k4\'\», <*to 
urge on," etc.; akin to Sans, 
root KAL, ** to impel "]. 

Kcp-asy aros, Attio dot, 
contr. 00s, n. ("A horn" of 
an animal; hence) 1. a. A 
drinking-horn, — b. The eon- 



VOCABULARY. 



i8l 



tents of a drinking-horn } the 
wine in a born ; 3, 32. — 2. A 
horn or trumpet. — 3. Military 
term : A wing of an army ; 
1, 23, etc, [prob. akin to Sans.. 
^nga, " a horn "]. 

K^pao-i, dat. plur. of Ktpas. 

Kipara, nom. and aco. plar. 
of Kfpas. 

KcpT^vXov, ov, n. Certon^ 
turn; a place in Mysia be- 
tween Adramyttinm and 
Atarneus. — N.B. Some edi- 
tions have Kur^piov, ** Cy ton- 
inm *'; but that place was be- 
tween Mysia and Lydia; while 
the place mentioned by Xeno- 
phon was in Mysia. 

Kc^aX-i), 7}s, f. The head 
[akin to Sans. komdZ-ae, ''a 
head"]. 

K^Sw) f. icriZ^<ru, 1. aor. 
iKiiBriffa, v. a. : 1. To vex, 
trouble^ distreee. — 2. Mid. : 
Kif8o|tai, f. K'i\Z'ii<rofMi (Epic 
K€Kat'f\(xotxai)y p. in pres. force 
K4Kri^a : With Qen. of person : 
To vexj trouble, or distress 
one's selff etc., jTor, or on 
account of, a person ; to feel 
anxious, or a concern, for a 
person ; 5, 5 (after KiiBarOai) ; 
— after iK-fiSou, also in 6, 6, 
supply avTov (= 2cv0ov). 

KtlpVCrfftt (Attic KT|pVTT«»), 

f. KTipTi^w, p. K^K'hpvxat 1. aor. 
iniipv^a, V. a. (" To proclaim " 
as a herald does ; hence) To 
command, order, bid, esp. by 
a proclamation ;— at 1, 7 foUd. 



I by Objective dause ; at !» 86 
by 8ti. 

KtipvTTw ; see iciip6<rff», 

KlpwrAov, lov, n. dim. 
[Ktj3»T-^f, "a box or chest"] 
A small box or chest, 

KIXXk-Xo, Xas, f. [Ki\XK-€s, 
«The Cilicians," a people of 
Asia Minor] The country of 
the KiAiwcs or CiUoians; 
CiUcia. It was divided into 
Bockv Cilicia and Cilicia in 
the plain country. 

Kiv8vvcv<rai, aaa, tw, P. 1* 
aor. of KivZvy*{fu. 

KivSvv-tvtt, f. KivZvv^^frv, 
p. KtKivZviftvKn, 1. aor. iKiv» 
ivvtvva, V. n. [kIvZvv'OS, 
"danger"] 1. To fall, ovbe 
brought, into danger or peril. 
— 2. To encoutUer danger ot 
periL 

K(vd^yo9, ov, m. Danger, 
risk, hazard, peril : — Klviwot 
lafl, danger, etc., thai; see 
fii\ ; — at 1, 31 KivZvvos is the 
predicate, tovto is the Sub- 
ject, and iffri is to be supplied 
as copula. 

KXc-aYop-a9» ov, m. {kXI* 
OS, *' glory "; iiyop'd, in force 
of "the place of assembly" 
for the people] ("Glory of 
the iiyopd") CleagoraSf an 
Athenian. 

KX^-av8p-os, ov, m. [kXc« 
OS, ** glory ";. it-yfip, &v^p'6s, 
" a man "J (*« Man of glory") 
Cleandros or Oleanders a 
Spartan harmost. 



I $2 



VOCABULARY. 



KXc&vwp) opof,m. Cleanor; 
a native of Orcbomenas> in 
Arcadia, who had the com- 
mand of the Arcadian hoplite 
force. 

xXci^dpoK, Bpov, n. [^KXtt-u, 
••to shut*'] («*That which 
shuts or closes"; hence) A 
bar, or hoU, for dosing a ooor, 

icXtCw, f. KK*i(r», p. ic^«cA«iiea, 
1. aor. ^fcAcio'a, y. a. To shut 

kX^it-tw, f. K\4}lf09, p. k4' 
K\o<l>a, 1. aor. ficXctpa, Y. a. 
and n. [root kXcit] To steal, 

ncki^a/i, affo, ay, P. 1. aor. 
ef K\4irr«c» 

kXt|9cC«i €7<ra, iv, P. !• aor. 
pass, of k9lK4u. 

kXIv-vi, ijj, £ [k\Iv-w, "to 
recline; to lie"|] ("The reclin- 
ing thing"; i.e. ''that on 
which one reclines or lies"; 
hence) A couch ; a led, includ- 
ing the iVame of it. 

KOlVtfV-^W -6, f. KOlVtfV' 

'fio'u, p. KtKoivAvriKaj 1. aor. 
iKoiPt&yriffa, Y, n. [^Koivmv-Ss, 
"a companion or partner"] 
(•* To be a koipuv6s"; hence) 
lyith Qen. : To have a part 
of; to take a share of or in, 

KOivonn^cras, aca, av, P. 1. 
aor. of Koivtev4w. 

Koiv<»-v6S) vov, m. [length- 
ened fr. K0lV0'V6il fr. K0iv6'0», 

** to make common " with an- 
other; hence, "to share"] 
With Qen. : A sharer of; a 
^artaher of or in. 



KoipaTa8v|«, ov, m, Ccsrat- 
ades; a Thehan, who went 
about offering his services, as 
a general, to any city or 
nation that would accept 
them. 

KoiToi, 90V, m. plur. 2%« 
CcBim ; a people of Pontus in 
Asia Minor. 

KdX&'O'ig, fftvs, f. [for K<^X- 
a^'crisi fr. icoAd^<» (= icoXctS- 
<r»), "to punish, chastise'] 
("A punishing or chastising "; 
hence) Punishment^ chastise' 
ment, inflicted : — riis ^9i| 
KoXaffus, the ready, or tm- 
mediate, chastisements, 7, 24 ; 
see 1. 6, no. 6, a. 

K6Xxot, wy, m. The Colchis 
or Colchians; the people of 
Colchis, a country at the E. 
extremity of the Pontus 
EuxTnus ("the Black Sea"). 

Ko|MivX<&, as, f. Comania ; 
a fortified post in Mysia. 

K^-TW, imperf. $Koirrov, f. 
k6^w, p. KiKo^a, v. a. [root 
Koir] ("To beat, strike"; 
hence) To knock, or rap^ at a 
door, etc., on the outside fo> 
the purpose of gaining admis- 
sion ; 1, 16, where the imperf. 
denotes a continued act : kept 
Jcnocking at; see below. — N.B. 
Opposite to the above is the 
term ^ofp^tvOipov or Bvpa^,ete., 
"to knock, or rap, on" the 
inner side of a door, etc., in 
order to give warning to 
passers-by that some one ia 



VOCABULARY. 



183 



coming oat ; us the hooses of 
the Greeks opened ontwards 
into the street ete, 

KopvXos, d, m. Corylat; a 
ruler of the Paphlagonians. 

icpat«i> f. KtKpA^ofMi and 
Kpd^w, p. KiKpdya, 1. aor. 
^Kpa^ct, V, n. To cry out, call 
out aloud [prob. akin to Sans. 
root EBU9, " to cry out "]. 

icpdvo«) €os ouSf n. [akin to 
Kopa, ** the head "] A head^ 
piece, helmet, 

Kpar-^M -«Sy f. Kp&rfiffM, p. 
KtKpaTTiKa, 1. aor. iKpartiaa, 
V. n. and a. [icp^T-oi, "power"] 

1. Neut.: ("To have power 
or strength"; hence) a. Alone : 
To he atrongf or powerfttl; to 
he superior in force, — b. 
Alone: To prevail, get the 
tapper hand ; to he conqueror, 
to gain the victory, to prove 
victorious, — c. As iuYolving 
the notion of superiority : 
With Gen. : To conquer, pre- 
vail over, get the mastery of; 
8, 3, etc. — A, With Gen.: 
lb he lord, or master, of; 

2, 25. — 2. Act. : To conquer, 
master; 6, 32. — Pass. : tcpar- 

^0|MU. -OVI&ai, p. KfKpaTTIfJLat, 

1. aor. iKpariiOTiy, 1. fat. Kpar- 
fld^ao/jLoi, 

KpaTiord, sup. adv. [adverb- 
ial neut. plur. of Kparurros, 
"best"] In the hest way, 
hest, 

Kp&T-urTOf, icrrri, icrroi^, 
adj. [^Kpdx'os, "strength"; 



with superlative suffix iirros] 
1. Strongest, mightiest, — 2. 
Best, most excellent, etc. — 3. 
Best, most advantageous, — 4. 
Best, most powerfitl or infiu. 
ential, nohlest ; — at 3, 21 ; 
4, 21 foUd. by Gen. of " Thing 
Distributed '^ [§ 112]. HT 
Used as irregular superlative 
of iiyMs, 

Kp^T-o«, €os ovs, n.: 1. 

Strength, might. — 2. Might, 

force : — jcotA Kpdros, hy force 

of arms [akin to Sans, krat^u, 

" power "]. 

Kp&Tov|&cvos, fi, ov, contr. 
P. pres. pass, of Kp&rin ; — at 
7> 32 KpiiTovix4$fov aov is Geu. 
Abs. [§ 118J. 

Kp&TovvTcg, masc. nom. 
plur. of KpHr&if, contr. P. pres. 
of KpartM, 

Kp&Twv, ovffa, ovif, contr. P. 
pres. of Kpar^ftf;— at 7, 32 
ffov Kparovyros is Gen. Abs. 

[§ 118]. 

Kp^ contr. ace. plur. of 
Kp4as, 

lepras, Kpiaros, Attic KpiwSy 
n.r 1. Flesh. — 2. Plur.: Most- 
ly : Dressed meat, meat ; cf . 
3, 21 [akin to Sans, kravya"]. 

Kp^&o-i, dat. plur. of Kpdas, 

KpciTTO(n(v), dat. plur. of 
Kpeirrcov, 

KpciTT-»v, 0$^, comp. adj. 
[akin to Kpdrtffros'] 1. Strong- 
er, more powerfld , — at 6, 35 ; 
7, 31 folld. by Gen. of "Thing 
Compared " [§ 114]. — As 



1 84 



VOCABULARY, 



Sabst. : KpcCrrovcs, uv, m. plar. 
Strong&r, or more powerful, 
persons; 7, 6. — 2. Better^ 
superior, ffg^ Used as ir- 
regular comp. of ^y&96T, 

icpc|A-awv)ii (rarely Kpc)ji- 
flivHJca), f. Kpffx&trcOf 1. aor 
iKp4^&(ra, y. a. To hang, hang 
up, suspend, — Pass. : (xpcfi,- 
awSi&ai, perhaps only in 
shortened form) icpc)&&)iai, 1. 
aor. iKp^dffOriP [prob. akin to 
Sans, root kbam, "to goto"; 
and so in causative force, and 
with accessory notion of fixity, 
"to cause to go to a place 
and to be there "]. 

Kpcftaa^cCs, €7(ra, 4v, P. 1. 
aor. pass, of Kpffidupvfit. 

Kpcwv, contr. gen. plur. of 
Kp4as, 

KplOif, Tjs, f. Barley; mostly 
plur. ; cf. 1, 13. 

Kp^)ifj.i;ov, ov, n. An onion, 

KTdo{&ai -w)j.ai, f. Kriiffofiau, 

1. aor. 4KTri<rdfjiriv, p. K4Kri\iiai, 
plup. iKiKT-fiixriv, V. mid. : 1. 
In pres., imperf., f ut.,. and 1. 
aor.: To acquire, get, etc.; — 
at 3, 31 the editions vary 
between Ka\hs KT-titrri and 
KaraKT'fiffri (2. pers. sing. fut. 
ind. of KaraKrdoiuLai). — 2. In 
perfect tenses: To have ac- 
quired, i. e. to possess ; — at 

2, 38 the Object of KT'fi(ra(T0ai 
is the Gen. &p, which is 
attracted out of its own case 
^the ace. &) into that of its 

tecedent awdvTfay; see Us, 



no. 1, a, (a) [akin to Sans, root 
KSHi, " to possess "]. 

Krij-fia, fi&ros, n. [ictti, a 
root of Krd'Ofiai ; see KrdofMi] 
(" That which has been ac- 
quired, or is possessed"; hence) 
A possession. 

Kn/\au&Qat, 1. aor. inf. of 
lerdofiai. 

Kri)(rt|, 2. pers. sing. fat. 
ind. of Krdofiai. 

Kv^Kr\v69, ov ; see KvCitos. 

Kvl^Kos, ov, f . Cyzicus ; a 
city on the Propontis (Sea of 
Marmora) in Mysia. — Hence, 
Kvtiic-ii]v^«, r^H}, rtv6v, adj. 
Cf, or belonging to, Cyzicus ; 
Qyzicene. — As Subst. : KvCuc- 
v|vtfs, ov {so, (rrariip, which is 
sometimes expressed), m. A 
Cyzicene stater ; a gold coin, 
equal in value to 28 Attic 
drachmse, ». e, £1 2s, ^d, of 
English money. 

KVK-Xos, \ov, m. ("That 
which is bent "; hence) 1. A 
ring, circle, round. — ^Adverb- 
ial Dat. : k^kX^, {In a circle; 
i.e.) Roundabout; 1, 14; 
2, 21, etc; see no. 2 below. 
— 2. A ring, circle, or knot of 
persons : — ici^kX^, in a circle or 
round body, 8, 18 ; different 
from KlK\<f in no. 1 above 
[akin to Sans, root ExrcH, 
« to bend"]. 

Kvvcs, nom. plur. of r^v, 

K{;vC<rKOS, ov, m. [KvvltrKos, 
"a little dog, a puppy"] 
Cyniscus ; a Spartan ; 1, 13. 



VOCABULARY. 



i8s 



Kvpci09, tt, ovi see Kvpos, 

Kvpos, ov, m. Cyrtu ; a son 
of Darius Hystaspes and 
ParysHtis, and a brother of 
Artaxerxes Mnemon, against 
whom he rebelled. He is 
Qsnally called Cyrus the 
Younger, in order to di- 
stinguish him from Cyrus the 
founder of the Persian mon- 
archy. — Hence, Kvp-cu>«, %ia, 
uov, adj. Ctfy or belonging to, 
Cyrus : — tS Kvptioy oTpctrci;- 
fia, the army of Cjyrut, i. e. 
the Qreek army that took the 
field nnder Cyrus [Persian 
Kuruth, Hebr. Koresh or 
Khoresh, prob. "sun or 
fire"]. 

KVifv, kvp6s, m. and f. A 
dog [akin to Sans, gvan, "a 
dog "; cf. Latin cftn-isl. 

Kmkvaruv, overo, ov, P. fut. 
of Ka»Ai^». — As Subst.: k^Xv- 
ow, oiTToSf m. With Art.: 
JEe who intended to offer a 
hindrance or to be an obstacle; 
— at 2, 15 Toi; Kwhvffoyros 
Hx^y^o* IS Gen. Abs. [§ 118]. 

KitfXvw, f. KO)\v<rv, p. ire- 
K(i\VKat 1. aor. iKt&hvira, y. n. 
and a. : 1. S^eut. : lb offer, or 
be, a hindrances to be an 
obstacle, — 2. Act. : a. To 
hinder, prevent* — b. Folld. by 
Ace. of person and Inf. : To 
hinder^ or prevent, a person 
from doing, etc. ; 6, 13 ; 6, 29 j 
— supply rifMs after icmA^ci 
at 3, 3 ; so, i^r ixtiKvoy at 



6, 25.— N.B. The v is always 
long before a consonant ; but 
•is common before a vowel. 

Kw-|4t|, fitjs, f. (" A thing — 
or place— for lying down or 
sleeping"; hence) A village, 
as a dwelling-place fakin to 
Sans, root 9?, "to be down, 
to sleep "]. . 

X&Pciv, 2. aor. inf. of Aa/u/S- 

X&poi, X&Poicv, 8. pers. 
sing, and plur. 2. aor. opt. of 
\afA$ikyof, 

X&Poi|uv, 1. pers. plur. 2. 
aor. opt. of \afi$&tf». 

Xdp«t|Acv, 1. pers. plur. 2. 
aor. subj. of \aix0&yw. 

XaP»v, ovffoj 6y, P. 2. aor. 
of \afi$dvu. 

X&j^MO-i, 3. pers. plur. 2. aor. 
subj. of \au0ayu, 

1. A&icc8ai}Ji6v-tot, to, Xoy, 
adj. [Aairc8a//iC0y, AoKt^al/iov- 
OS, " LacedsBmon "] Of, qr 
belonging to, Lacedcemon ; 
Lacedemonian, — As Subst. : 
A&Kc8<u)L^ios, ou, m. A Lace- 
dmrnonian, — Dual: With 
Art. : 7^ two Laced€Bmon» 
ians ; 7, 12 ; see AdKoty, — 
Plur. : Lacedcemonians ; and 
with Art. : The Lacedamon* 
ians. 

2. Aaicc8ai|fc<Svios, ov; see 

1. ASjctBaifi6yios. 
AaKc8flii|iovC», ace. dual of 

2. AaKi^aiii6vios ; 7, 12. 
A&Kc8a£|U0v, ovos, f. Lace' 



1 86 



VOCABULARY. 



<2«mofi,otberwi8e Spartaipovr 
Mirilra), the chief city of 
Laoonia in the Peloponnesus 
(now the Morea). 

A&Kwv, ttvos, in. A Lacan' 
ianf a man of Laconia; see 
iiaMMiiwv. — Dual : With 
Art. : The two Leuionians, 
7» 19 ; t. e. Charmlnns and 
Polynlcus, who at 7» 12 are 
called rh AcuctZcufioviof, — 
Plnr. : With Art. : The Lac- 
onianSf etc. — Hence, A&kwv- 
Ik^, tK^, lK6vf adj. Xfoconian, 
LacedtemotUan, — ^As Subst. : 
A&kwvIk^, oVf m. With 
Art. : The Laeonian or Laee- 
damonian : — for t&ptov Aok- 
ttpiKov, see 1. 6, no. 8. 

AaKoivc, nom. and ace. dual 
of AdKOfV, >> 

AaKttvc«, nom. plnr. of 

AcLkwIk^S, ^, 6p; A&kuv- 
Xk^, off ; see li&Kw, 

XajjipdvcTc, 2. pers. plur. 
pres. imperat* of Xafifiibfo); 
1, 13. 

Xa(|&)P-<£voi, f. K-fr^ofjMtf p. 
ti\ri<pa, 2. aor. ^Kafioy, v. a. 
irreg. : 1. To take, receive, 
obtain, get ; — at 1, 13 supply 
abri (= ri ^irir^Scia) after 
Xafi6vres; — at 5, 2 supply 
ahri (= C^^yn VM'ioviKii rpia) 
after XafifTu ;— nt 5, 3 XafitTy 
is a Substantival Inf., and 
forms the Subject of &pKu. — 
" ^^ ^s as Object : To take, 
-8. To take with 



one ; 4^ 6, etc, — 4. Of a road, 
etc, : To take, follow, pro- 
ceed hff 3, 42.-5. To take 
by violence ; to seize, lay hold 
<f, carry off as prize, booty, 
prisoners, etc, ; to capture. — 
6. To take, or wreet, away, 
— Pass.: Xa(|&)P-ayo|&ai» p. 
clXir/ufiai, 1. aor. 9lkii^Bri¥, 1. 
f. Xji^Qiivofiai [strengthened 
fr. root XaP, akin to Sans, root 
LABH, <' to obtain"]. 

Xa|AP&vwy, 01/0*0, o¥, P. 
pi*es. ofXafifiwu, — As Subst.: 
AafjiP&vttv, ovrof, m. With 
Art. : The receiver ; 7, 36. 

Xa|&ir-p^, pd, p6v, adj^ 
'Kdiiir- 



(( 



fit 



to shine "] 
Shining"; hence) Splendid, 
rilliant, etc. |^* Comp. : 
Xa|iirp-6Tcpo«; (Sup.; Ao/ixp- 
St&tos), 

Xa|&irp^cpos, a, or, comp. 
a<^j. ; see KofiirpSs* 

Aa|ji>|rain|voC »" i see Ac^ii^* 
aKos, 

A<£|&i|r&co«, ov, f. LampsaC' 
US; a town of Mysia. — Aa|&^- 
aic-Y|v^, Jivii, yiv6v, adj. Of, 
or belonging to, Lampsacus, — 
As Subst.: Aa|&i|raicii|vo(, &v, 
m. plur. Men ofLampeacua ; 
Lampsa^cenee, 

Xav9&voicy, 3. pers. plur. 
pres. opt. of Aay0&fe0. 

Xa(v)6-av«>, f. A^crw and 
X'iiVQikai, p. XiKtfia, pluperf. 
^AcA^^cif, 2. aor. tKaQov, v.n. 
and a.: 1. Neut. : To escape 
notice or observations to he 



i_ 



VOCABULARY. 



187 



hid OP eoneealed ;—tL% 7, 22 
\ay0&yuv is a Substantival 
Inf., and forms the Subject 
of i<rrL—2. Act. : a. To eg- 
cape the notice or oheervcUion 
of, — ^b. In connexion with a 
participle in concord with the 
Subject of the yerb, the par- 
ticiple is rendered as a verb of 
the same tense as that in 
which XavO&ifw, etc., is fonnd, 
while \ap$dw, etc, is ren- 
dered by an adverb, etc, : Uh' 
awctree, without being eeen, 
without being aware, etc. ; cf. 
3, 38 ; 8, 42. 

[\&(f>vp-a, "spoils'' taken in 
war; (0) connecting vowel; 
in»\-4v, "to sell'']^M;20r 
of spoils or booty, 

Xpf4r», 3. pers. sing. pres. 
imperat. of A^yw. 

Xfyoii X^oMv, 3. pers. sing, 
and plur. pres. opt. oi \4y». 

Xcyo», f. \4^», p. X^Acxo, 
1. aor. fXc^o, y. a. and n. : 1. 
Act. : a. To speak, satf^ etc. ; 
— at 7, 15 after Xiy^iv supply 
the ap5d5sis A^e tJn6, say it; 
— at 3, 25 \4yoi is the opfc. in 
an indirect question ; — at 4, 23 
\4yoify is the opt. in oblique, or 
indirect, narrative ; — at 1, 39 
the change from direct speech 
(iiairpa^dfi9yos ^ku) to indirect 
(\4y€iy) should be observed. 
— ^b. 2b tell, declare, make 
known, state, etc. — e. To 
speak- of, mention, etc. — d. 



Folld. by Objective danie, or 
clause introduced by Sri or As 
(that) t To say, or state, thai ; 
— at 1, 83 the imperf. tKsy^v 
points out the commencement 
of the act : '< began to say." 
— e. Folld. by a speech, eto,f 
as Object : To say, — 8. Neut. : 
2b speak, etc. — 8. Pass.: 
X^|iAi, p. x4\eyiMi, 1. aor. 

a. To be said or spoken,^}}. 
To be said or reported ,*— at 
2, 22; 5, 13 folld. by Inf.— e. 
Part. pres. : Xty^fuvot, ri, oy : 
With Art. : The sO'Called, 

X^ytiK, ovo'o, oy, P. pres. of 
Xiytt, — As Snbst. : X^yMr, 
oyrosj m. With Art. : The 
speaker : — 1 7« rrpStrot x4y»y, 
the first speaker at least, 6, 10. 

XtCa, (u, f. Booty, plunder, 
spoiL 

X(c)(ir-i*, f. \€l}lf», 2. perf. 
K^Koiira, pluperf* i\t\onr9ty, 
1, aor. lAci^o, 2. aor. Miroy, 
V. a. : 1. Act. : a. To leave, 
quit, etc.—- b. To leave, leave 
remaining or standing ; 4, 1. 
— 2. Pass. : XtCv-ofjim, p. A^- 
Af i/i/iai, p. pcrf. iK^XtififAriy, 1. 
aor. i\ti<p9riv, 1, fut. \ti<f>$ii- 
ffofiai, 3. fut. A«A(/^o/tiai : a. 
To be left, to be left behind ; 
3, 43.~b. With Gen. of per- 
son and Dat. of thing : To be 
inferior to, or less than, a 
person or persons tn some- 
thing; 7, 31 [root Xiv; akin to 
Sans, root bich, '* to leave"]. 



1 88 



VOCABULARY. 



Xci^cCt, uira, 4y, P. 1. aor. 
pass, of Ac^TAi. 

Xci^OJTff, 2. pen. plar. 1. 
aor. subj. pass, of A.c£ir«. 

X^tov, 2. pers. sing. 1. aor. 
imperat. of \4yct. 

AcvK-^, 4if 6v, adj. (" Shin- 
ing, bright, brilUaut ''; hence) 
White [akin to Sans, root 
BVOH, "to shine"]. 

Xifyw, f. A^{», 1. aor. I\97|a, 
▼. n. To cease, come to an 
end ; to end* 

Xiitoi&ai; see \7ii(ofim. 

XY|ito|&ai (Attic X||to|&ai), 
f. Xrilffofuu, 1. aor. i^niaofiriy, 
V. mid. [= KniS-aofJLai ; fr. 
\'nts, KriXi-os (Doric for \tia), 
"booty, spoil"] 1. t)f a 
conntry, etc. : To spoil or 
plunder ; to ca/rry off "booty, 
etc., from, — ^2. Of wrecks, 
wreckage, etc: To plunder, 
pillage, — 3. Of persons or 
things as Object : To seize as 
booty ; to carry off as spoil 
or prey, 

Xt)po«, 01/, m. SiUy talk, 
nonsense, trifling, 

XiJo-oiAcv, 1. pers. plar. fut. 
ind. of \avBav»», 

XTaoTC-ta (trisyll.), las, f. 
[Aj7<rT€-i5» ( trisyll.), «* to rob"] 
Mobbery, pillage, 

Xti^O^vai, 1. aor. inf. pass, 
of \<^i^&V(o, 

Xi)t|rcv9ai, fat. inf. of Aa/AjS- 

Xi{i|roivro, 3. pers. plar. fat. 
opt. of \afifi&vu. 



Xiji|ro|uii, fat. ind. of Kofifi* 

X£av, adv. Very, exceed' 
ingly, 

XtfJi^S, ov, m. Hunger; — 
for use of article with this 
word at 4, 15, see 1. 6 
no. 14. 

Xiirwv, ovtra, 6v, P. 2. aor. 
of AefiTtf. 

X6y-os, ov, m. [for Xiy-os ; 
fr. \iy-w, *' to say or speak "] 
("That which is said or 
spoken " ; hence) 1. a. A 
word, — ^b. Plar. : Words, i. e. 
language, talk, — 2. A speech. 
— 8. A story, account, stctte* 
ment, narrative, etc. 

X^YX'H' ^'» ^* • ^* '^ speoT' 
head;— at 4, 15 folld. by 
(gen.) Hop&Twv, — 2. A spear, 
lance, 

Xoi8op-^fl» -w, f. Xoidofyfitrw, 
p. \€\oih6p7iKa, 1. aor. ^- 
\otJi6priffa, y. a. [^KolBop-os, 
"abasive"] 1. To be abusive 
to ; to abuse, rail at, revile, 
—2. To chide, 

X(o)iir-6s, ^, 6v, adj. 
[strengthened fr. Xiir, root of 
\tlira, "to leave"] 1. Left, 
remaining, — As Sabst. : a. 
Xoiir^f, ov, m. With Art. : ' 
The remaining person, the 
other. — b. XoiiroC, &y, m, plar. 
With Art. : The remaining 
men, etc.; the rest, — 2. The 
rest, or remainder, of that 
denoted by the sabst. to which 
it is in attribntion. — 8. Ot 



VOCABULARY. 



189 



time : a. Bemaining, re- 
tnainder of, — b. Future, — 
Adverbial expression : t^ 
Xoiir^y : (a) Menceforwttrd, 
hereafter, Jbr the fkturci 
4, 24.— (b) (As opp. to rh 
TpwTov, " at first, in the first 
place") Subsequently, after^ 
wards; 8, 14. 

AoKp6sf ov, m. A Locrian, 
The Locri, or Locrians, were 
an ancient Greek people 
divided into two tribes : the 
Eastern and the Western Locr- 
ians. The Eastern Locri were 
subdivided into two: the 
liocri Opuntii and the Locri 
Epicnemidii. The Locri Op- 
untii, who took their name 
from their principal town 
Opus ("Oirous), inhabited a 
naiTOW slip of territory from 
the pass, of Thermttpj^lss to the 
mouth of the river Cephlsus. 
The Locri Epicnemidii were 
so called from dwelling about 
Mount Cnemis (Ki^/uis), now 
«• Talanda." The Western 
Locriansy termed Locri Ozol», 
inhabited a tract of country 
on the Coi'inthian Gulf. The 
origin of their distinctive 
appellation of OzoIsb is uucer. 
tain. By some it has been 
assigned to tCcoy "to smell, 
emit asmeir'; — either from the 
stench arising from a spring 
at the foot of Mount Taphias- 
8us, where tradition placed 
the burial-place of the Centaur 



Nessus ; — or from the abnnd. 
ance of asphodel which scented 
the air;— or from the un- 
dressed skins which these 
people anciently wore. By 
the Locri themselves the 
name was held to be derived 
frbm t(oi9 "branches of a 
vine '*; the vine growing most 
luxuriantly in their country. 
— N.B. Distinct from the 
above are the Locri Epi. 
zephyrii, t. e, *' The Locri to- 
wards the West." These were 
Greek colonists, probably from 
the Locri OzoIsBi who settled 
in Italy, in the territory of the 
Bruttii (which obtained the 
appellation of Magna GrsBcia 
in consequence of the numer- 
ous Greek colonies that there 
established themselves), and 
there founded the city of 
Narydum. 

Aov(r-X&TV)«, idrov, m. 
X/iowT'ol, ** Lusi "; a town on 
the north of Arcadia, a 
country of the Peloponnesus or 
S. Greece (now " The MorSa'*] 
A man of Lusi ; a Lusian, 

Xox-ay-^* ov, m. [for Aox- 
ity'6si fr. \6x-os, "a company 
or band of soldiers"; ^7- 
fo/iai, "to lead"] ("Com- 
pany-, or band-, leader"; hence) 
A captain, 

X6)(-o«, ov, m. [for Xiy-os ; 
fr. A^7-» (in mid. force), " to 
lie" anywhere] («'A lying** 
anywhere ; csp. in ambush ; 



IQO 



VOCABULARY. 



"a body of men lying in wait'; 
an ambuscade"; henoe) A 
company of soldiers, 

AvSio, as, f. Zydia ; a «onn- 
try of Asia Minor. 

Avicaov£a> as, f. Lycaonia; 
a country on tbe S.E. of 
Phrygia in Asia Minor. 

AvKCi-ov, ow, n. [AitKU-os, 
«*Lyceu8," an epithet of Apollo, 
who was ao called either as 
being the slayer of wolves 
(K<tKos), as the god of light 
(Avici?), or as the Lycian 
(AiJjcioy) god] ("The thing 
pertaining to Lycens*') The 
Lyceum; a gymnasium, or 
public palaestra, with covered 
walks in the eastern suburbs 
of Athens. It derived its 
name from its proximity to 
the temple of Apollo Lyceus. 
Xvir-^w -w, f. Avjr^o-ft), p. 
AeAvTijico, 1. aor. 4\vjtnffay 
V. a. [Avir-ij "grief"] 1. 
Act. : To cause grief to one; 
to grieve, distress, pain, etc. 
— 2. Pass. : XvirWo|&ai -ov|j.ai, 
p. AeAvjny/ttoi, 1. aor. iXwriBiiv, 
1. f. At/inj^^o-o/uu, To he 
grieved, etc. 

Xvirt| - p«5s, pd, pSv^ adj. 
[lenj^hened fr. \vire-p6t; fr. 
Auire-w, "to grieve," etcl 
("Grieving"; hence) Griev. 
ous, distressing, pain/UL fg^ 
Comp. : Kvvnp-irtpos ; (Sup. : 

AVTTTJp-jTdTOS). 

Xv7rT)p6Tepo9, a, ov, comp. 
adj.; sec hvwTipSs ;— tit 7, 28 



XvwTip^^pov is predicated of 
tbe clause U fiaat\4(»s <9i- 
t&Tfiv 4>aMiivm ; supply iarl as 
copula. 

Xwd|i€vos, Vy ov, P. 1. aor. 
mid. of Avdtf. 

Xv-«, f. Av<r», p. \4\vKa, 1, 
aor. HKvffa, v. a. ("To loosen"; 
hence, "to loose, set free"; 
hence) 1. Act. : To release on 
receipt of payment.— 2. Mid. : 
I Xv-oficu, f. \i&<rofiai, 1. aor. 
4\va&fji7iy : 8. Of persons as 
Object : 2b release by pay- 
ment made; to ransom ^b. 

Of property, etc., as Object : 
To redeem by payment made ; 
to buy backs— hi 8, 6 ap- 
plied to a horse bougbt back 
from the person to whom it 
had been sold [akin to Sans, 
root lO, "to cut"]. 

X»-t«y, toy (contr. X«W, 
01'), comp. adj. [akin to \dJ\&, 
" to desire "] More desirable, 
better ;— at 6, U \<&toy is pre- 
dicated of the clause tA4y€i¥ 
TopA 2e%. fgg^ Used as a 
comparative otity&96s. 



H-a, a particle used in oaths 
and protestations, and foUd 
by Ace. of the deity, etc., to 
whom an appeal is made. It 
contains in itself neither a 
negative nor an aflSrmative 
meaning: Sy:—tik rhv aUl 
by Jove, 6, 11 i^yat fih ^u 
Yea, by Jove, 6, 21. 

|AaY«8i«» Gen. ^(ry<f8iJo*, 



VOCABULARY. 



191 



Dat. iiayditt, and paydilf 
Ace. fiiySXiv, f. A magadiss 
a three-cornered nrasical in- 
strnment like a harp, and 
havinj^ twenty strings. 

ftaCvofjiai, f. fjLav^ffofxai and 
liavovfiai, p. fji^finyaf 2. aor. 
pass. dfx&vriVf v. mid. To he 
mad or frenzied ; to he out of 
one's mindf to he heside one^s 
self: — fi^ fiatv^fitda, let us 
not he mad, 1, 29. The firRt 
person plur. of the Snhj. is 
nsed at tiroes, as here, to 
express "exhortation or ad- 
monition." When employed 
in this force, it is called 
•'SnbjunctTvus Adhortativns." 
Moreover, fiaiy^fitBa (pres.) 
denotes a permanent state; 
while the follg. SnroXt&fitBa 
(aor.), which is conpled to it, 
points ont a transient one. 

Maur&8T)«, ov, m. Jfasad' 
es ; a Thracian king, the 
father of Sentbes. 

MaKCfrr-to«, Xov, m. [M({ie- 
iffT'Os, '*Maci8tu8'*5 a town 
of Elis in the Peloponnesus 
(now " The Morea ")] (" One 
belonging to Macistns "; 
hence) A native of Macistus } 
a Macistian, 

. fiaic-pd«, pdy p6v, adj. Long, 
whether in space or time ; — 
at 8, 20 fiaKporarrjv (supply 
696p) is the cognate Ace. after 
ff\6ot; see fpxofxai, no. 2; 
also see 2. Zri, no. 2, c. ^^ 
(Comp. : fjMKp'6Ttpos and fida- 



<rt9v) I Sup. ! ^oKp-JtrftTot (and 
ft^KKTrof) [akin to Sans, root 
UAH, originally MAan, ''to 
be great "]. 

l&aicpMlToc, 17, o¥f Bnp. 
adj. ;' see ficutpSs, 

M^KpMvcf, »y, m. plar. 
The Macrdnes; a powerful 
tribe in the £. of Pontns, 
about the MoscbYci Mountains, 
a range connecting the Cau- 
casus with Ant!-Lib8nus. 

fjidlX-a, adv. : 1. Pos. i a. 
Much, greatly, very, very 
much, exceedingly ; — fid\a 
ipv\arr6fJLeros, heing very much 
on his guard, i.e. keeping 
good watch, 2, 21.— b. To 
strengthen the word to which 
it is joined : Quite, very, etc. : 
— atnXKtk fidXa, (quite immed* 
lately ; i. e.) at the very in- 
stant, 6, 17 i—fidXa i\a^p&s, 
vety lightly or nimhly, 8, 83 : 
— /uoXa i(pttfjL4vtos, very hum- 
hly or suhmissively, 7, 16 : — 
fxaXa fjLSXis, with very great 
difficulty, 1, 89. — 2. Comp. : 
fjioLXXov : a. More, in a higher, 
or greater, degree: — fmXXoy 
ff, more than. — b. JRather: — 
naWov 1i, rather Man.-— 8. 
Sup. : |jidX'-i(rTa : a. Most, in 
the highest degree, exceedingly, 
chiefly, most of all, especially : 
— fAtikiarra fi4y, especially t»- 
deed, above all indeed, 7, 19. 
— b. Polld.by Gen. of "Thing 
Distributed'*: Most of, ahove : 
— ftdXiara vdyrwv, ahove all 



192 



VOCABULARY. 



men, 6, 16 [ace. to Bome, akin 
to Sans. varaSy ''remarkable"; 
ace. to others, akin to Sans, 
root MAn ; see /ucyas]. 

fi^Xurra, fiaXXov ; see 

fjiav-Tis, T€(oSt in. An in- 
spired person ; a seer, sooth' 
sayer [akin to Sans, root man, 
" to think "i also, " to know, 
to declare **\ and so, ** The one 
who knows or declares" the 
will of the gods' or future 
events]. 

l&apTvp-^w 'Uif.fiafnvp-ficw, 
p. fitfAapTVfniKa, 1. aor. ifiap- 
rvprjact, v. n. [^fidprvs, lAdfnvp- 
os, " a witness "J {" To be a 
ndprvs"; hence) To witness, 
to bear witness or testimony, 
to testify. 

ffcopTvptifrai, 1. aor. inf. of 
/iaprup/w. 

|fcap-Tv«, Tvpos, m. ("One 
who remembers"; hence) A 
witness, as one who relates 
what he remembers [akin to 
Sans, root- bmbi, '' to re- 
member "] 

MapwvcC - ti(|«, tov, m. 
[Mapcdi^ct-a, ** Maronea"; a 
town in Thrace] A man, or 
native, ofMaronea; a Maron- 
iie, 

|jiaaTc^«»,v.a. To seek after, 
to search out, 

|fc&T-aiOf, ata, aiov (also 
Attic |fc&T-aio«, atov), adj. 
llA&T'fi, "a folly"] ("Per- 
taining to fi&Tii**; hence) 



Foolish, useless, unavailing, 
trifling, 

l&ax-atpcii oipas, f. A sabre 
or sword [like fJLdx'Ofiau, ** to 
fight," akin to Sans. maJeh-a, 
" a warrior "; and so •* the 
thing for fighting," or "the 
warrior's weapon"]. 

l*»X-^» "ns* f. [/«£x-0Mai, 
" to tight "] A fight, battle : 

— ^^cxpt T^s y^x^^t <*p ^^* or 

until, the (memorable) battle, 
i. e. at 1, 1 the battle of 
Cynaxa, in which Cyrus was 
defeated, as mentioned by 
Xenophon in Book 1, Chap- 
ter 8, of the Anabfisis; see 
1. b, no. a, (d). 

|jiax-l|vo«, i/nty, i/noy, adj. 
[ju&X"'7, " battle "] (" Per- 
taining to yJkx'i * hence) 
Warlike. 

Ix&X'OF^Ai, f. iULX^<roiuu, 
fiax'fl<^ofiai, iiaxovfjMi, p. /tic- 
fidxiifMu, ix€iJuixfe'fjMi, 1. aor. 
iiiax^e&fjLriv, y. mid. irreg. To 
fight [root fjioxi akin to Sans. 
makh-a, "a warrior"]. 

Ik6.x6iu.vii9, 97, oy, P. pres. 
of ju&xoAtcti. 

|ji&Xov(&cvo«, v, o¥, p. fut. of 
/LiaxoAtai. 

I&^ya, nent. nom. and ace. 
sing, offiiyas, 

lUYoXoi, i&sy&Xoit, masc. 
nom. plur., and masc. and 
neut. dat. plur. of fi4yas, 

l&cy&Xoirpfir^oT&Ta, sup. 
adv. ; see iMtyaKoirp^v4€rrS,Tos, 

|ACYaXoirpcir^<rT&T09> Vp o*'* 



VOCABULARY. 



193 



sup. acy. ; see ^rya^oTpcir^s. 
— Neut. ace. plur. as Adv. : 
In the most magnificent, or 
splendid, way ; 3, 19. 

|tcyaXoirpcir-i{s, 4s, adj. 
\ji€ya\os, (uncontr. gen.) 
^«7a\o-of (regular bnt obsol. 
form of fi^yas), "great"; 
irpdTT'W, in force of "to be- 
come, beseem"] ("Becoming, 
or b€»eeming, a great man ; 
hence) Magnificent, splendid, 
i^S^ Comp. : firyaKovpfTT' 
ffrrtpos); Sup.: /ityak99ptir' 
dtrraros, 

|icyaXoirprir-£«, adv. [/xc7- 
a\oirp€ir'iis, " magnificent **] 
(<* After the manner of the 
^a7&Aoirpcir^f "; hence) Ma^f' 
nificentltf, splendidly, 

\UfaLV, masc. ace. sing, of 
fi^fas. 

|ik^-a9, &\ri, a, adj; : 1. Of 
size: Great, large, — 8. Of 
degree: Cheat, high, vast, 
mighty. — 8. Of number, bulk, 
or weight t Great, large, — 4. 
Of rank, authority, ete, : 
Cfreat, potverful, mighty, eX' 
tdted, — 5. Of importance, 
£to, : Great, important, etc. 
—As Subst. n. : a. fUyai '^ 
great, or important, thing, 
— ^b. ^^i^urrovi With Art.: 
The greatest, or most import' 
ant, thing. |^*Comp. : fJL€l(wv\ 
Sup.: fityiaros [from same 
root as tiaX'p6s ; see fjuutp6s']. 

lUyiOTov, sup. ady. [ad- 
Terbial neut. of fiiyifrros, 
Anab, Book Til, 



i 



"greatest"] Of degree: In 
tJ^ greatest degree, most : — 
ol fi4yurroy Hvpdfitifot, they 
who are most powerflil, 6, 87. 

I&fyurrot, % ov, sup. ac^j. ; 
see fidyas, 

fuO*; see fAtrd, 

|M$^(r«», fut. ind. of nt$» 
"trjfAu 

|jic9-Iy||&i, f. fAtB-iifrw, 1. aor. 
in indie, only) fie$-riKa, y, a. 
J/ttefl* (=[ft€Tel), "away " as to 
Letting go; tTy/ni, "to send"] 
(" To send away " from one's 
grasp ; hence) Of a person as 
Object: To let go qfs give 
up; 4,10. 

fjit69-« (found only in pres. 
and imperf. and pres. part.), 
y. n. Ifi4$v (found only in 
nom. and ace), "wine"] ("To 
haye fA46v "; hence, as a result 
of taking too much of it) To 
he drunken, or intoxicated, 
with wine, 

IftcOvwK, ovtra, ov, P. pres. 
of ti€B9w, — As Subst.: imvSuv, 
oyros, m. An intomcated, or 
drunken, person, 

|Mit«, ivvv I see fuiCvv, 

|MCt«v, ov, comp. adj. ; see 
fi4yas. — As Subst. : |Uittt 
(contr. £r. fi€((ova, fjitl(oa), 
6vuv (sc. iQpa), n. plur. 
Greater, or larger, gifts or 
presents, 3, 20, the first n^i^v ; 
but the second titi(c» is an 
adj. in concord with &y&6d, 

|ACkXXx-Xos, i«, tov (also 
|M(XXx-of, ov), adj. {jAtiXiffffUf 

O 



194 



VOCABULARY. 



**Ui make mild, appease" 
through root |ACiXix] Of per- 
sons : In Pass, force : (*'Made 
mild, appeased "; hence) 
Mild, gentU, graoiou9; — at 
8, 4 an epithet of Zens, as 
heiDg the protector of those 
who invoked him with pro- 
pitiatory offerings. 

1. ffcciov, nom. and ace. 
nont. sing, of fitlvv, 

2. i&ciov, comp. adv. [ad- 
verbial neut. of fktlvvy "less "] 
X^M;_at 1, 27 foUd. by 
Oen. of <* Thing Compared" 

[§ 114]. 

|fccu0v, ov, comp. adj. Lesi; 
see ntKp6i. — As Subst. : a. 
uciov, opos, n. A less amount, 
less, a smaller sum ; 6, 16. — 
b. {sc, Ztdarnfia) A less di- 
stance, less ; Z, 12, where /ictov 
is Ace. of ** Measure of Space ** 

[§ 99]. 

McXavSiTai (also called 

MfXavS^irrai), &v, m. plur. 

The MelandittB (or Melan* 

depta) ; a Thracian people. 

l&Aci ; see fi4\u, 

McXtv-o-^ay-oi, ovr, m. 
plur. IfAtKiy'ti, " millet "; (o) 
connecting vowel; ^ay, root 
of ll'<pay-oy, "to eat"] 
(•' Millet-eaters ") 1. The 
MeUnophagi ; a Thrncian 
people.— 3. The countrg of 
the MeUnophagi. 

|ji^\||, 8. pers. sing. pres. 
snbj. of fitWtt, 

yiiXkoi, 8. pers. sing. pres. 



opt. of n4\Xt9 ;•— at 1, 89 the 
editions vary between fA4?iXoi 
ahy iauT^ and fi4\Xois trhv ahr^, 
l&AXw, f. /iteXA^<ro», 1. aor. 
ilUW7\ffa, V. n. t 1. To he 
about to he or happen ; to he 
on the point of being or taking 
place. ^2. With Inf.: a. 
Present: 2b he about to do 
at the present time ; to he on 
the point of doing, etc, ; to 
intend to do, etc, ; cf. 1, 89 ; 
4, 7 ; 4, 9 ; 5, 10.— b. Fatnre: 
To he about, or intend, to do, 
etc,, when some aetion or stato 
yet future becomes present. 
In this construction h4kXv 
with its dependent ftiture Inf. 
may be rendered by the Eng- 
lish wiU and the finite verb 
of the Inf.; cf. 2, 15; 8, 8; 
7, 1; — at 8, 8 supply aini 

(= XP^f^'va) M the Subject 
of/u^\Ap[§82, o]. 

|UX», f. /ticA^crw, p. /iCficX- 
flKu, 1. aor. ifiiKriffa, v. n. : 1. 
7^ he an object of care or 
interest. — 8. Impers. : With 
Dat. of person: fUXci, etc.. 
It is an object of care to, or 
U is a care to, a person ; — at 
7, 44 the Subject of m^Xci is 
the clause ticm ^ . . Ixof. 

fJi^fji^o|&eu,, f. fi4fj.yffofiai, 1. 
aor. ifitfiy^afuriv, v. mid. To 
blamCf find fault with, censure, 

|Ji^fi«|raa9ai, 1. aor. inf. of 
/x4fi(f>ofiat. 

^v, conj. : 1. Indeed, on tie 
one haud:-^fi4¥ ... 5^, on 



VOCABULARY. 



195 



the one hand , , .onthe other 
hand. — 8. To mark an objec- 
tioD, etc, : Yet, however, still, 
nevertheless, 

^Jyjfiy 2. pen. sing. pres. 
subj. of fi4y», 

f^iv'TQi, adv. [fJi4v, "in- 
deed"; rot, enclitic particle 
used in " strengthening " 
force] 1. Tet, but, however, 
nevertheless. — 2. In truth, in- 
deed, at any rate. 

|Uiw, f. fiw&, p. fitfi4iniKa, 
1. aor. ^P^t^Oj, Y, n. and a. : 1. 
Nent. : a. To remain, wait, 
— b. To remain, stay, in a 
place, e^c. ;— at 6, 25 n4uup 
18 a Snbstantiyal Inf. of Nom. 
case, and in conjunction with 
iw\ Bp^tcfis forms the Subject 
of ^y; cf. 6, 44;— at 7, 51 
$i4y€tp is a SnbstantiTal Inf. 
of Ace. case, and in coi^nnction 
with irat^ iiioi forms the Ob- 
ject of oha ; see 1. tt^w, USF* 
— ^2. Act. ! To wait or tarry 
for ; to expect. 

^Jvwv, ovea, ov, P. pres. of 

|Upo<i €0f ovf, n. : \. A 
part, portion, share. — 2. A 
person's share, turn, etc. : — 
Koi iy r^ M^pct Kal irapA rh 
fitpos, both in his turn and 
(beyond =z) out of his turn, 
6,86. 

|ii(r-o«, 17, oy, adj.: 1. 
Locally : Middle, — ^As Subst. : 
|U<rov, ov, n. : a. The middle, 
the space between, — b. The 

O 



middle or centre z—iy ft4e^, 
mid-way.^2. Where a thing 
is in we middle, t. e. tM 
middle q^that denoted by the 
subst. to which it is in attrib- 
ution ; 1, 14. — 8. In time : 
Middle: — fi4ffas y^tcrar, (the 
middle night-hours; i. e.) 
midnight, 8, 40 ; see yi${. — 
As Subst. : pioov, ov, n. The 
middle: — iiAeoy iifi4pas, the 
middle qf the day, mid'day, 
8, 44 : — BO, fi^o'of x*^t*^''> ^^' 
middle of winter, or mid- 
winter, 6, 24 [akin to Sans. 
madh-yas, " middle "; whence 
also Lat. med'ius'], 

iu(r-T^, rii, r6y, a^j. : 1* 
mied, full.^2. With Gen. 
[§ 108] ; cf. Primer, § 119, b : 
mUed with, mi of, 

ffcrrA (berore a soft vowel 
(icT*; before an as pira ted vowel 
uc6^, prep.: 1. With Gen.: 
WUh.'^2, With Ace.: a. 
Among, — ^b. In sequence or 
succession : After, — e. In 
time : After : — ^^«tA rovro, 
after this, 8, 7, etc, :'—fAtTii 
ravro, c^^ter these things, 
2, 12, etc,: — fittt iifi4pay, 
(after day; i.e.) in the 
course of the day, by day^ 
3,Z7. 

|ACT&-8l8«»ULi, f. fA€r&'i^e», 

2. aor. |icr-c8wv, v. a. [/uerct, 
denoting " participation or 
community ''; ZlJiwfii, " to 
give '*] To give a part of, te 
share. 



196 



VOCABULARY. 



IftCToSovcv^ 3. pel's, plar. 2. 
aor. opt. of iJL^ToXiiZaiu, 
|fcCT&ccxupt)K^vai, perf. inf. 

of fJL€T&X^P^^' 

1. aor. ficT-f/i€Ai}0'Cy V. n. 
impers. {.f-frd, denoting 
*' change ''; fi4\tt, " there is a 
care" to one, etc.'] ("There 
is a change of care '* to one ; 
hence) With Dat. : li repents 
one, etc, 

|UT&|MXi{(rci, |MTa|icXi{<rciv, 
fut. ind. and inf. of /iterd- 

|jicT&-ir^)&ir», 1. aor. /jl^T' 
4irt/i}lfa, V. a. [^fi^rd, •' for, in 
quest of, after"; trtfiirw, "to 
send"] 1. Act.: To send for 
a person. — 2. Mid. : |&ct&- 
ir^|iiro)&CLi, f. fiird'irefi^ofiaif 
1. aor. fitT'ev^fiypd/jLTiP, To send 
for, or summon, to one's self. 

|ji(T&irc)i.>|ra|Uvos, 97, oVf P. 
1. aor. mid. of fitTaTr4fnra>. 

fjMTooxctv, 2. aor. inf. of 

. fJicTcl-xwp^v "X^P^} ^* f'^'rH- 

X»P'h(f<Ot p. lltT&-K^X^P^'^^i 

V. n. [ji^rdf denoting 
"change "; x^P^^» " ^o f?o *'] 
('*To go to a different, or 
another, place"; hence) To 
go away, remove, depart, 

|&cTrir^)&\|raTo, 3. pers. sing. 
1. nor. mid. of fjL%T&ir4fxir», 

f&cT^oxcTc, 2. pers. plnr. 2. 
aor. ind. of /u€T€x». 

UeT-^«, f. /460-€|», p. fl€T' 

1,2, aor. /ACT-eVxoi', v. n. 



[_fitr-df denoting "participa- 
tion •'; ^x»» "to have "] (« To 
have in participation" with 
another ; hence) With Qen. 
of thing : 1. To participate 
in, share in, partake of, — 2. 
To take a part in, 

tt^Xpi' or P-^Xpw, adv.: 1. 
Of place : With Gen. : a. Up 
to, as far as, — b. Even to, as 
far as,—^. Of time : a. With 
Gen. : Untilj up to. — b. With 
Ind. : Until, until that : — 
fi4xpi ikpiKovTo, until they 
came, 1, 1. 

|x^XP^ ; see f^4xpi. 

fff, adv. and conj.: 1. Adv. : 
a. Not, as conveying anegative 
impression ; also, in independ- 
ent clauses, containing a com- 
mand, entreaty, warning, or 
expressing a wish or fear : /tt^ 
. . . /I'fyrt (aiJA*), not . . . nor. 
— ^b. In combinations: (a) «c 
H'fl, If not ; i. e. except. — (b) 
€l B^ fiif, But if not.—{c) oh 
fA-fi, Not hy any means, by no 
means,— c. In prohibitions : 
(a) With imperat. of pres. or 
I. pers. plur. of pres. Snbj. 
forbids what is occurring or 
being done ; cf. 1, 29. — (b) 
With 2. or 3. persons of Subj. 
aorist forbids generally, or 
something not yet begun ; 
cf. 1, 8.— -d. When used in 
questions a negative reply is 
expected, and fi-fi is not ren- 
dered into English: /ttj} iifuy 
iyapTiiiatrai ; will he oppose 



VOCABULARY, 



197 



tt« ? (= ^ mil not oppose its, 
will he?), 6, 5.-6. After 
verbs expressing negation, 
prohibition, doubt, etc, fiii 
strengthens the negative, etc, 
idea : — roTs vavKXiipois &T€tirf 
fi^ ii&yttyf forbad the ship- 
masters to convey them 
across, 2, 12. — ^2. Conj. : a. 
That not, — b. Lest, — 0. After 
words denoting " fear ": 
Thats cf. 1, 2; 1,18,0^0. 

l&t|8a|AiQ, adv. [adverbial 
fern. dat. of ixti^dfids, ''not 
even one, no one^, none "] 1. 
Of place: a. Nowhere, — b. 
After a word expressing hin- 
drance, prohibition, etc, : Any^ 
where. — ^2. In no wise, not at 
all, — ^N.B. This adv. is written 
both with and without the 
iota subsoriptnm ; viz. yLithoifi^ 
and /uijSdfi^. 

|jit|8&(&-«s, adv. [id.] Of 
manner: In no way, by no 
means, in no degree, etc. 

|jM|-8^, conj. [/»4 "not"; 
Z4, ''and"] 1, And not ^ nor, 
neither: — tuh . • . tijfii, not 
. . . nwr, not , , , neither: — 
fivilie , . . tJiii94, neither, . . 
nor; but after a preceding 
negative, either , , , or, 1, 6. 
— 2. Not even. 

f&t|8-f(s, firiit'fua, iniZ'iv, 
num. adj. \jkiih'4, *'uot even''; 
cTf, *' one "] Not even one, not 
one, no, none; — at 3, 34; 6, 36 
folld. by Gen. of « Thing Dis- 
tributed" [§ 112] :— after a 



E receding negative, .^i^.-^As 
ubst. : a. )i.Y|8f(«, ^v6s, m. No 
one, nobody r-^after a pre* 
ceding negative, Anv person, 
anybody, any one, — ^b* pTiS^v, 
wis, n. Nothing, 

|jiY|8cvC, |JiY|8cv6«9 ^At* and 
gen. of ykvfifis, 

|in8-^Tfpo«, %ripa, 4r§pov, 
*^J' \,M^-4, ** neither "; trtfMs, 
'* one of two "] (" Neitlier one 
of two ''1 hence, in reference 
to two persons or things) 
Neither one, neither, 

Hrfiiok, air, f. Media; a 
large and important country 
of W. Asia, divided into Media 
Magna and Media Atropen€. 
It comprised the modern Irak 
jMemi, Kurdistan, part of 
Liuristan, Azerbijan, and per- 
haps Talish and Qhilan 
[Hebrew Mddai, i. e. " Mid- 
land'' (also, ''The inhabitants 
of the midland country"); 
the name given to the coun- 
try known as Media, from its 
supposed central position in 
Asia ; so also Polybius (5, 4) 
says, 71 Mribia KcTrai trtpl fi4any 
T^v *AaXav, " Media lies about 
the middle of Asia "]. 

Mi{8oico«, ov, m. Meducus; 
king of the Odrysi in Thrace. 

My|8oo'&8i)S| ov (heteroclito 
Voc. Mri^6ff&S€s, 7, II), ni. 
MedSsades ; a Thracian, a 
dependant of Seuthes. 

fjii{6'; Bee fi-firt, 

I. ^r\y, a particle used in 



198 



VOCABULARY. 



strengthening affirmations, 
protestations, 0<0. ; 1. In good 
truth, vsrilgf/ truUf, ifidsed i 
— at 6, 88 alter ob /jLrjv supply 
i/uy iZ6icti ifi^ K&r&K&iftiv; 
see preceding section.— 2. In 
combination with ^ : Now 
verily, f^l surely. 

2. ffc^v, firivSs, m. A month 
(as a measure of time); — at 
8, 10 ; 6, 1 rod firiv6s (hy the 
month, per month) is Qen. of 
Time [§ 112, Obs. 8] ;— at 
5, 4 c(cAi}XvO({ror row fAiivSt 
is Gen. Abs. [§ 118] [akin to 
Sans, root MA, ** to measure"; 
md'SU, **tL month"; cf. Lat. 

men'Sui]' 
ptjvtt, nom. plar. of 2. n-hv, 
|jit|voiv, |jii|vwv/gen. dual and 
plnr. of 2. fi'itf. 

I&i|v^, gen. sing, of 2. ftiv, 
fJi>^p^S, ov, m. A thigh, 
u,^>Ti (before a soft Towel 
|jii^'; before an aspirated 
vowel itij^), conj. {ji-fi, " not "; 
T€, **and"] And not, nor:-— 
^tiJTf . . . /I'frre, neither , . . 
nor; but after a preceding 
negative, either • . .or; cf. 
1, 6 : — ivfurt , » , r4, both not 
« . . and. 

I&if-Tvip, r4pos (contr. rp6s), 
f. A mother [akin to Sans. 
md'tri; fr. root mA, in mean- 
ing of " to produce **; and so, 
"a producer"; cf. Lat. ma- 
fer]. 
l&t|TpC, |jit|rp^, dat. and 
n. sing, of fi^rrip. 



jtipt&vi(, ^f, f . Means, eon* 
tnvance, device, 

Mi0pi8aTV)«, ov, m. HUhH' 
dates ; a Persian noble, Satrap 
or Governor of Lycaonia and 
Cappadoda, and one of the 
adherents of Cyrus.— N.B. 
The name is aJso written 
MtBpoZanis, a form more in 
accordance with its etymo- 
logy; viz., Persian Mithra, 
"the Sun"; root DA, «*to 
give." It, therefore, means 
"One given by the Sun"; 
cf., in Greek, ee^orof, ** One 
given by the gods." 

I&licp^, i, 6v, a^. ! 1. Pos. : 
Small, little, whetiier in size, 
number, degree, or amount.^ 
Adverbial expression : icari 
fUKp6if, into smaU pieces, 
8, 22.-8. Comp. : iXdrt^nr, 
OP : a. Less In number, 1, 27. 
— ^b. Jjess, or it^erior, in 
power or might; weaker, — 
As Subst. : {JTroifs (contr. fr. 
ffTTOfcf), 6pcov, m. plur. With 
Art. : The weaker, i. e. those 
who are weaker than ourselves, 
etc; 8, 5. I^T Comp.: /uKp^ 
Srtpos, ixdffffwv or iPidrrtty, 
ficlwv ; Snp. : filKp'^Tdros, 
ixdXKfros, fiuffros. 

|fci-fjivi{-arKO|i;m, f. furfiffofiut, 
p. fiifunifiai, 1. aor. ifitrfic^y, 
V. mid. : 1. Abs. : To call to 
mind, remember, — 2. With 
Gen. [§ 111] : a. To remem- 
ber, bear in mind, — ^b. To 
mention, make mention of:— 



VOCABULARY. 



199 



Toiruif ifitftvriTO, made any 
mention of tJiete things, 6, 8 
in middle.— 8. Folld. bj&si 
To mention, declare, or etaie, 
tkait 6, 8 at beffinning.— 4. 
Folld. by Inf. : To remember 
to do, be, etc, — 6. Folld. by 
Fart, in concord with Sabject 
of verb : To remember that 
one 18, efo.^N.B. In Attic 
Greek the perf. fU/unyAtu, etc, 
(cf. 6, 38), IB always used as a 
pres. [akin to Sam. root KsX, 
" to remember "]. 

|Lur-^» -tS f. fJLia^ffu, p. 
/i€fii<niKa, 1. aor. i/iuniira, ▼. a. 
l/ii<r-os, •' hatred"! (" To have 
fiicos of or towards "; hence) 
To hate. 

|Lur0o8oT-^« -», f. /uaBo- 
Zar^acff, Y. n. [jAt<r$oZ6T'ris, 
"a paymagter"] ("To be a 
liia$o96Trit "; hence) To give 
poMf to soldiers ; — at 1, 13 folld. 
by Dat. of person [§ 104]. 

|U4r6^, ov, m. : 1. Wage; 
pmf, hire. — %. Secompenee, re- 
ward. 

uw^wrBai, contr. pres. inf. 
mid. and pass, of y^i<rB6». 

|Uff6o-^p-^y af, f. [for 
fuaOo'^ep-d ; tr. inaB6i, (on- 
contr. gen.) iuvBLos, " pay"; 
^ip-tt, "to bear or carry"] 
(« A bearing, or carrying, of 
/ua$6s**; hence, "receipt of 
pay"; hence) Fay, esp. of 
soldiers. 

lkurdo'^6p-99, ov, a4}. [for 
fU(r6o'if>ep-o5 ; fr. fii(r$6s, (un* 



coutr. gen.) fiur06»os, " pay "; 
^4p'U, "to bear or carry"] 
(" Bearing, or carrying, pay'^ 
hence) Seceiving pag, eerving 
for hire, — As Sabst.: f&urOo. 
4^po«, ov, m. A hireling eoU 
dier, a mercenary, 

fjiur0-6oi -w, f. /utrB^cw, p. 
fitfitffBotKo, Y. a. [jnaB-6s, 
"pay"] 1. Act. J To let out 
for pay or hire; to let.^2. 
Mid. : |&ur0-do|iai -•viuii, f. 
fuaB^ofuu, 1. aor. i/uaBv 
eHfAKIv, p. pass, in mid. force 
lAtt^ivBmiMi^ To have some- 
thing let to one, etc.; to hire 
for one's self.— 8. Pass. : f&iv0- 
^OfMU -ov^icu, p. /itfiiaBitfiat, 
1. aor. i/uaBtoBfiP, 1, fot. 
fucBuBiie'ofiai, To be hired. 

IturoiTf, contr. 2. pers. plor* 
pres. opt. of fuff4», 

ftvo, /li^af, f. ^ mina; a 
snm of money equal to about 
£4 1«. 8({. English. 

|i,ini||&ov-lic^, XiHi, ikSv, adi. 
f/ii^/uctfv, iirfifioV'OS, "mind- 
ful"] ("Pertaining to in^* 
fwi*"; nence) Of persons: 
Saving, or poeeeseed of, a 
good memory ;->at 6, 38 the 
Sup. is folld. by Gen. of 
"Thing Distributed" [§ 112]. 
0g^ (Comp.: tunifioviK-t&r€p-. 
os) ; Sup. : fivrifioyiK'^T&Tos. 

|i,ini||u>vucd*T&TO«, 97, oy, 
snp. adj. ; see funiifiopXK6f, 

|ftvwv, gen. plur. of /uyo. 

fji^Y-it, adv. {^fi6yos, " toil, 
[trouble"] 1. TTiih toil an4 



200 



VOCABULARY. 



pain, with difflcuU^, — 2. 
Scareeljf, hardly. 

fioC, dat. fling, of iy^. 

p^Xtff, adv.; another form 
of tt6yts. 

u6\maWf 8. pers. plar. 
suDJ. of ^ftoXoVt 2. aor. of 

1. |i^vov, adv. [adverbial 
neut. of fi6yos, " only "] Only; 
3, 46 ; 6, 4, etc, : — o6 fi6yoy 
, . , hkxdf not only . . . hut, 

2. fi^Foy, maic. ace. sing. 
of ii6vos ; 5, 11. 

|&^-o«4 7], ov, adj.: 1. Onhf, 
alone. — 2. Alone, by ornfs 
seilf, etc., apart from others. 
— ^. 2%0 onZy o»0 that, 

MooxrvK-oiK-oi, »v,m, plar. 
[ju((0'0't;i', fASaavv-oSf" avfooden 
hut or tower"; oIk-4w, "to 
dwell in"] ("Dwellers in 
wooden huts or towers ") 
The MossynoBci; a people on 
the coast of the Pontus Eu- 
xinns (Black Sea), between 
the Tibareni and MacronSs: 
their name was obtained from 
the nature of their dwellings. 

|u>v, gen. sing, of iy4, u^ 
enclitically; cf. 2, 24, etc, 

|jioxX^9| ov, m. A bolt, bar, 
for fastening doors, gates, 
etc. 

l&vpC-ofi, a, ov (mostly 
plur.), adj.; 1. Of number: 
Numberless, infinite, — 2. As a 
definite numeral: Plur.: Ten 
thousand, i, c. countless, num- 

-less, innumerable, | 



Mvota, as, f. Mysia ; a 
country of Asia Minor. 

fjiwp-tt«, adv. [jjL»p'6t, "fool- 
ish '* J (** After the manner of 
the fiwpf^s "; hence) Foolishly. 

vtti, a particle used in strong 
affirmation : Yea, verily, 

vavapx~^<>* '^t V. n. [yaiapx- 
OS, " a commander of a fleet "3 
(" To be a vaiapxos **; hence) 
To command a fleets 

vav-apx-os, ov, m. [for 
yaF-apx'OS ; fr. yavs, Doric 
Gen. ya-6s, " a ship "; &pX'», 
"to command"] (*'A com- 
mander of ships "; hence) A 
naval oommander-in'chief, an 
admiral; — at 1, 2; 2, 5 the 
term is applied, as elsewhere, 
to the Spartan or Lacedsemon- 
ian admiral; the Athenians 
gave the name of irrpwnty6s 
to their commander-in-chief 
whether at sea or on land. 

vavapxovvra, contr. masc. 
ace. sing, of P. pres. of yav* 
apx^to. 

vav-KXY)p-o«, ' ov, m. [for 
yaF'K\fip-os ; fr. yavs, Doric 
Gen. va-6s, *' a ship "; kXtjp-os, 
" a lot "] (" He who has a ship 
as his lot"; hence) A ship' 
oumer; a ship-master, or 
captain, of a trading vessel. 

1. vavs> yec&s, f. A ship 
[akin to Sans, naus ; cf . Lat. 
navis"], 

2. vavs> Attic ace. plur. of 
1. yavs. 



VOCABULARY. 



20I 



v«Sr(-<r«ot» tfKw^ m* (dim. 
only in form) \v^wi-9s^ ov, 
'^a yoong man''] A ffoung 
mans a jfouik. — The tenn 
was applied to men up to the 
age of forty yean. 

W|iit, f. y*fi& later y^fi^trw, 
p. ytif^fiiiKa, 1. aor. %vtiiia, 
V. a. To deal out, dupense, 
distribute, etc. : — itpt&p fi€4rro\ 
vw9fiaii».4pm¥,fiill of, or filled 
wiik, meat dealt out, i. e. with 
portiofu of meat, 8, 21 ; see 
Kpicts, — Pass. : Wpb-ofuu, p. 
v€y4fiiifAat, 1. aor. iytfA'^Brir, 1. 
fat. v€fiiiB^irofuu, 

vfVf|i,i||Uifof , fi, o¥, P. perf. 
pass, of v4ti9». 

Hioy Tuxof , n. \vio¥, neut. 
of Wof, "neMr"; ruxos, **a 
waU"] ("New Wall") Neon 
Teiehoe, or as one word 
Neonteiehos ; a fortress on the 
coast of Thrace. 

Wof, a, ov, adj. ("New"; 
hence) Of persons : xomng, — 
Ck>mp.: Younger, — As Snbst.: 
vc«iTCpoi, t»v, m. plnr. With 
Art.: The younger men; 4i,h. 
—Sop.: Youngest f — at 4t, 6 
foUd. by Qen. of '' Thing Dis- 
tribnted" [§ 1121. $^ 
Comp. : v^'impos ; Sap. : yc- 
Ar&ros [akin to Sans, naiea, 
** new "; also, ** yoang "]. 

Ntf-wv, ttvos, m. [p4't», ** to 
swim *'] (** Swimmer") Nidn: 
— ^1. A native of AsKne ; 1, 40. 
— 2. A Laconian ; 2, 29. 

yfwp-Yov, XoVf n. [v€'»p-6s 



(fr. yaSs, vt-^s, "a ship"; 
Ap-a, "care"), "he who has 
the care, or charge, of ships ; 
a dock-master'*] (*<That 
which belongs, or appertains, 
to a 99wp6s "} hence) A dock- 
yard, 

W)-90ti orov, f. An island 
[akin to Sans, root 0VA, " to 
bathe"; as "that which is 
bathed or washed" by the 
sea, ete,']. 

vifii¥f Attic gen. plnr. of 
ravs* 

v^liitif 2. pers. sing. pres. 
imp^t. of rof»l{v. 

voffclt^iuvof , 11, OP, P. pres. 
paas. of voiiii». — ^As Snbst.: 
ro|fciC4f&4va, w, n. plnr. With 
Art.; The customary things, 
the things that are usual; 
3, 10; d!. poiuQ», no. 1, b; 
no. 4, a. 

vo|i-i{«», f. yofitaw Attic 
yofuw, p. vtySfJUKo, 1. aor. 
4v6iutra, v. a. {y6iJL'OS, " a cus- 
tom "] 1. : a. Act.: To own, 
or hold, as a custom; to use 
customarily, to practise, etc. 
-^b. Paas.: To be the custom ; 
to be customary or usual. — 
2. With Objective clause : To 
hold, deem, consider, think, 
etc., that; 6, 12, etc. ;^f or 
construction at 8, 8, see {cW(». 
—8. With second Ace: To 
hold, deem, consider, regard 
an Object as being that de- 
noted by the second Ace. ; — 
at 2, 81 ainois, the first Ace. 



202 



VOCABULARY. 



after rofdC^iw, is omitted* 
seemingly becaiue just b^oie 
ahroi has been omitted before 
cfcK In this pusage the 
Subject of vofu(*uf is not 
ezprened, as it is the same as 
that of tiie preceding leading 
verb, f^i|. If expressed, it 
would be in the nom., viz. 
ahr6s [§ 87, (2), Oi*.]-— *. 
Pass. : a. 2b fttf outtomary or 
usual; see above, no. 1, b. — 
Impers. (Opt. in indirect nar- 
rative) : vofA^o^To, It was 
customary or usual; U was 
the custom ; 3, 18, where the 
clause dwArt . . . kKifiimas 
forms the Sabject of voi»Xi,o»fro. 
— ^b. To he held, deemed,^ con- 
sidered, reputed, etc.;— at 
6, 87 folld. by Inf. ; see, also, 
no. 3 above. — Pass.: vo|i- 
Ito|Mtt, p. v«y6fuffiuuf 1. aor. 
iyofAladriy, 1. fiit. vofuaOtffO' 

fUU, 

vo|x.tov|uv, 1. pen. plor. 
Attic fat. of yoftli^. 

v6|fc-o<, ov, m. [for v4fi-os ; 
fr. W/i-w, *<to asrigny appor- 
tion"! ("That which is as- 
fflgned orapportioned"; hence, 
"a law, OKlinance"; hence) 
A usage, custom, practice, 

VQor-^ttp -», f. voiHitrtt, p. 
p€v6trriKa^ 1, aor. iySirne'a, v. u. 
rv6<r-os, '« sickness''] ("To 
have pSaros '*• hence) 1. 2b be 
sick or »7«.— 2. Of state afi^us 
or a state : To suffer from 
faction. 



v6oQ9, ov, f. BiehneBi, dig' 
ease, 

rovsi pov (Attic contr. form 
of p6os p6ov), m. 3£ind, 

wKT-o-^Xof, &KOS, m. 
[p^^, pvKr-6s, "night"; (o) 
connecting vowel ; ^^Ao{, " a 
watcher or guard "] A niffht- 
watcher, one who keeps watch 
hy night ; a mght-guard, 

V^KT-M, adv. [PV^, PVKT'6f, 

** night "1 J3y nighi, at night, 
vvr, adv.: 1. Now, at the 
present time, — 2. Of the im- 
mediate past: Just now, re* 
centlg, lately [akin to »Sans. 
uMOtnA, "now"]. 

vvy-(| adv. [pvp, "now"; 
i, demonstrative suffix] Now^ 
at ibis moment, ait this present 
time, 

vv{, pvKr6s, f. : 1. Night; — 
at 2, 17; 2, 22; 3,34; 8» 9, 
etc,, pvktSs is the Gen. of 
Time •< when " [§ 112, Ohs, 
3]; cf. Primer, § 120;— «t 
6, 9 mSucra is the Ace. of 
«' Duration of Time " [§ 90] ; 
cf. Primer, § 102, (1). —2. 
Plur.: a. Nights ; 2, 21, where 
vittras is Ace. of '* Dura- 
tion of IXme" [§ 99]; cf. 
Primer, § 102, (1).— b. Night- 
hours, night-watches ; \, e. the 
(three) watches into which 
the Greeks divided the night : 
— ^for ikiiras p^ktus (3, 40; 
8, 12), see fi4<ros, no. 3 [akin 
to Sans, ni^ ** night "; nolr- 
/am, "by night"]. 



VOCABULARY. 



203 



Hav9iKXt|«, iot ovff, m. 
Xanthicles; an Acbssan^ ap- 
pointed general in the room 
of Socrates, who had been 
treacherously seized and killed 
by Tissaphemes, as mentioned 
in Book 8, 1, 47 of the Ana- 
basis 

l.{cv-ta,7as,f. K^v-m, **a 
gnest-fnend"] ("The state 
of a ^ivo% "; hence) Friendly 
reloHon between two foreign- 
ers ; hospitality ; — at 6, 8 the 
editions vary between ^tvtff, 
(dat. sing.) and ^4vta (ace. 
pinr.) ; see {^yio in ^4vios. 

2. iMa } see ^Mos. 

{cv-ittt, f. ifyttru Attic 
f€in&, 1. aor. i^Maa, ▼. a. 
B^r-oy, "gnest-friend"] ("To 
treat as a ^ipos"; hence) 2b 
receive hospitably or frith 
hospitality s to entertain as 
a yuest;^ fit 6, 3 supply 
air 06s (= robs AoKtBaifioV' 
(ovs) after i^4t^tC* ;— at 3, 8 the 
Subject of the Inf. iifvtaBai 
is not expressed, as it is the 
same as that of the preceding 
finite verb yofiiovfitp. Had it 
been expressed, it would have 
been in the nom. (^/t««) [§ 87, 
(2), ObsJ],^T8iB8.: tcv-ito|&ai, 
p. i^tvia-fAui, 1. aor. i^fvl(r0riy, 
1. ftit. ^tyiffHitrofuu, 

tAr-Tof , Xa, toy (and t^- 
tos, toy), adj. K^v-oj, "a 
guest-friend"] (**0f, or be- 
longing to, a ^4yos"i hence) 
J2b^i7a6^.— As Subst. ! {^v- 



Ya, wy (se, 9&pa), n. plur. 
O^s ofhospUaUty, fliendly 
presents, 

t^of, oVf m.: L ^ y**^^*^ 
friends i*6* a member of 
some foreign state between 
whom and one's self and the -i 
heirs on both sides there is a 
treaty of hospitality, ratified 
by mutual presents and an 
appeal to Zcm U4yios. — ^8. A 
yuest.—Z. A host. 

tcvovvTai, tcvovrai, contr. 
3. pers. plur. and sing. pres. 
ind. pass, of (ci^^. 

Hcvo^^^i vyros, m. 2Ceno» 
phon, the son of Gryllus, was 
bom at Athens, about B.o. 
444. In early life he was the 
friend and pupil of Socrates. 
In B.O. .401 he joined the 
expeditionary force under 
Cyrus, and on that account 
was banished from his country. 
In B.C. 896 he served under 
Ag^esilaus in his Asiatic camp- 
aign, and fought against his 
countrymen at the battle of 
C5ronea, B.O. 394. Sub* 
sequently he resided for many 
years at Scyllus, near Olympia, 
on an estate given him by the 
Lacedsemonians; and on being 
expelled from it by the 
Eleans on their making war 
with Sparta, he retired to 
Corinth, where he died in 
about the 90th year of his 
age. The writings of Xeno- 
phon are not few; the best 



204 



VOCABULARY. 



known of them being the 
<< Anabasis/' wherein he de- 
scribes tbe "Retreat of the 
Ten Thousand," in which he 
himself bore so distingmshed 
a part. 

{cv-6m -w, f. ltvd»«F9», p. 
ilhoiKOt V. a. [£€i/-of, a guest- 
friend'] (" To treat as a I^Voj"; 
hence) 1. Act. : To entertain 
as a guest. — 2. Pass.: fcv- 
dofiOi -ovfioi, p. ^livatiioUf 1. 
aor. il€U(i>B7iv, fut. mid. in pass, 
force ^wdxToiuu : With Dat. 
of person : To he entertained 
hy one ', to take up an abode 
with one ; 8, 6 ; 8, 8. 

{£^os, cos ovs, n. A sword, 
|vX-tvo9, Ivri, Xpov, adj. 
K<Ja.-ov, "wood"] Q/; orie- 
longing to, woods wooden, 
wood: 

1. 6, riy r6, definite article : 
The : 1. With Subst. : a. (a) 
To point out some particular 
person or thing : — rhy vaiapx- 
oy, the admiral, 1, 2: — t^ 
ap/ioary, the harmost, 1, 8 :— 
rh frrpdreu/xa, the army, 1, 8 : 

"~Tk\ V'^'^^' *^ 9<^tes, 1, 12. 
— (b; To point out some per- 
??"' *^'»fir> etc., before men- 

Tn ^ *? ^f^^POUS, ^ 13.--(C) 

i^t f!f''^ something belong, 
mgtoa person or thing:! 

-■''i;^^Jf^^,<fA^;i.e.the 
>«v. N S^^^ (who was 



their arms, 1, 7 ; 1, 15 ; 
2, 3, ^c; but, yoicr arms, 
1, 22:— tV apx^", *** dom- 
inions or empire, 1, 28 : — 
rbj' iiiaQ6p, your pay, 3, 10. — 
(d) To point out something as 
well known or famous: — iv 
ry avafiaffti, in the expedition 
into the interior, 1, 1 : — fJ-^xpt 
rrjs fidxiis, up to the battle 
(i. e. of Cynaxa), 1, 1: — ot 
*'EWriv€5, the Greeks, i. e. the 
Greek army, 1, 1. — b. With 
Personal names of individuals : 
To point out the person (a) 
As the one just before spoken 
of: — Thv EvKKelBrjp, 8, 3, 
points to EvK\€lBris, 8, 1; so, 
6 Tifiaalup, 6 ^pwicKOS, 5, 10, 
point to Tifiaalvy, ^pvpiaKos, 
5, 4. — (b) As one famous or 
well known : — irtpl rod ISci^dov, 
1, 14; TV 2€%, 6, 2.— C. 
With names of countries or 
cities (a) Beferring to a pre- 
vious mention of them. — (b) 
To mark them as well known 
and famous : — rhu HSvtop, row 
U6ptov, 1, 1 ; cf. 5, 12 ; rijs 
*A<ria$, 1, 1 ; rrjs *E\Ad5os, 1, 80. 
— 2.Theneut.art. sing, isjoined 
to an infinitive mood to form 
a verbal noun :— rb Sio^^iirr- 
€tp, 3, 23 ; rov crparevco'Oai, 

5, 9 : — akin to this is the em- 
ployment of the neut. sing, 
art. before a clause : — Bih rh 
apayKdCfffOcu rohs Bp^Kas, 

6, 28 ; rh ravra vvp fi^ Kara- 
frxitPf 7, 28; rod ii^ xdKfu 



VOCABULARY. 



205 



— 8. The masc. or fern. art. 
folld. by €ren. of the name of 
a person denotes the son at 
damghier of snch person. — 4. 
'With participles = Lat. is qni, 
he^ etc.» who, etc.; one, etc, 
mhOf etc.: — rchs ZtaiiivowraSj 
those who remain behind^ 1, 6. 
— 5. With cardinal adjectires: 
a. To mark a number de- 
cisively. — b. To mark the 
specified nnmber as a whole. 
—6. With Adverbs forms :.'a. 
An adjectival expression : — 4» 
T^ rp6<rB€i' ^.6y^, in the pre- 
ceding aceonnt or narrative, 
1, 1 : — rks ffSif iroA&rcif, the 
ready chaslieemente, 7, 24 : — 
4k tw vXiiffiow x^p'^^^tf^^ 
the neighbouring strongholds, 
S, 15:— T^ rvF fiaaiKti, the 
present king, 2, 32: — rV 
r6r€ Ttwltw, his then poverty, 
i. e. the poverty in which he 
then was, 6, 20. — ^b. A com- 
plex nonn : — rh rp6o-0€0, the 
front or van, 3, 41 : — row 
iyyvraTw, of the nearest man, 
8, 14. — 7. Masc art. plnr. : a. 
With (Tvy and Dat., or iirrd 
and Gen., of the name of a 
person, or a pron. referring to 
a person, denotes that person's 
followers, attendants, etc.: — 
01 avw aun^, those with him, 
i. c his followers, etc , 1, 15 ; 
cf ., also, 2, 20.— b. With xcp£ 



napd with Dai. of person, or 
proo. denoting a person; de- 
notes that person's followers, 
sometimes taking also within 
its meaning the person him- 
self: — ol w€p\ Eryo^wrra, 
J^ienophon and his men, 4^ 16 ; 
8, 18; cf., also, 2, 18.— 8. The 
neat, art.: a. With Depend- 
ent Gen. denotes the thing, 
etc, of, or pertaining to, a 
person, etc. : — rh ro&rou, the 
things of this man, i.e. this 
man's affairs or business, 
6, 22 : — rh rw voAc/a/mk, the 
things of (i. e. belonging to) 
the enemy, 6, 31: — rh ixfivou, 
the things belonging to him, 
i.e. his goods or property, 
8, 12: — T&y rov AmcwTkov, 
the {things, i.e.) propositions 
of ^ Itoeedatmonian, 3, 8. 
— b. Folld. by a prep, and 
its case denotes the thing, etc., 
connected with that which 
snch prep, and its case point 
ont: — r&y iu rod opovs, of 
those from the mountain, 
4, 13 i^-rh rapii aov, the things 
from thee, 7, 31.— 9. The 
masc or fem. art. : a. With 
Dependent Gen. denotes the 
persons, etc,, belonging to a 
person : — ot liiwos, those be- 
longing to Neon, i.c. Neon's 
ffl^ 3, 2. — ^b. Folld. by prep, 
and its case denotes the per- 
sons, etc., connected with that 



or hfipi and Ace of person, or which such prep, and its case 
pron. denoting a person ; also, ! point ont: — ro^f tls rpubcorrft 



206 



VOCABULARY. 



IItti, thai the men, or tkote, 
up to thirty years of age, 
8, 46:— T«i' M BaKdrrxi, ojf 
those on the sea-coast, 2, 38 : 
— ol ip rf &Kpoir((Xci, those in 
the citadel, 1, 20 :— t& iv raif 
K^fitus, the things in the vU- 
l^^f 7, 2.— 10. Position of 
the article with an attribntive 
adj. or part, and its snbst. : 
a. When the quality of the 
Bubst. is to be particularized, 
the attribntive is placed be- 
tween the art. and the subst.: 
— 6 'EWriviKhs y6fios, the 
Greek custom, 3, 37 : — iK 
ruy Bp<fK(uv Kvfi&p,fl'Otn the 
Thracian villages, 1, 13. — b. 
When the quality is to be 
emphasized, the art. is pre- 
fixed to both subst. and at- 
tribuiive, the subst. with its 
art. being placed first: — r£ 
v6u.(f r^ 6fi€T4p<^f 3, 39; rh 
Ta0rifM rh ffx^^ioy, 6, 30 : — 
akin to this is the repetition 
of the Art. with a subst. in 
apposition, or with a prep, and 
its case : — ry Att ry BcurtKtt, 
6, 44 ; ip rf apafidcci rf fierh 
Klpov, 1, 1. — 0. With fi^as, 
ti4a'os, S\o5, and some others, 
the adjective stands either be- 
fore the art. or after the 
subst.: — 8tA fi4(rns rrjs ep<fK' 
ns, 1, 14 :— so in the case of 
the demonstr. pronouns, ovtos, 
?5c, iKfTpoi, abrSs, (self, very), 
the pron. stands either before 
3 adj. or after the subst. : — 



a^T^ TovTo rh Bv(tipriop, 1, 27; 
at K&fjLoi aZrat, 7, 1: — but dif- 
ferent from this is the use of 
these pronouns as subst. : — rhs 
ro{nmp airuXdi, 7, 24. — d. For 
position of tm with art. and 
subst. see vas, — 11. An at- 
tributive Gen. is sometimes 
placed between the art. and 
its subst.: — r^s fiaun\4u)s 
X^P^i 8, 25; Ik t^s "X^^Bov 
^iKias, 5, 6 ; Ik rr^s ro{rr»p 
criKparcfas, 6, 42.— 12. The 
art. may be separated from its 
subst. by one or several words. 
Such words are generally to 
be taken as an adjectival 
sentence standing as the at- 
tribute to the subst.: — 17 kot 
4ptavrhp wp6ffo9os, the yearly 
revenue, 7, 86. — 13. Neut. 
art. is joined to adj. to form 
an adverbial expression: — rh 
TcpSoTOP, at first i rh irpSrtpop, 
formerly, previously, before, 
— 14. Firefixed to an abstract 
subst. the art. imparts the 
notion of the quality existing 
in the fullest degree: — T<p 
Ki/i^i ^l^ hunger, 4, 5 : — dirb 
rris alffxvpyis, through shame, 
7, 11. — 15. The article is some- 
times separated from its sub- 
stantive by the particles fi4p, 
Se, 7^, &pa, rol, rolpw, ydp, 
Ka(, 8^, and ad : — 6 fi\p Heyo- 
<l>wp, 5, 9; Tp S' 6(rT€pa(f, 
6, 7; & y^p 'HpoKKtlBiii, 5,»4.— 
16. For article with !(AXos, 
see (UAos.— 17. The demonstr. 



VOCABULARY. 



207 



pranoimB of quality and qaant- 
ity, roiovros, rooovros, etc., 
baye the art. when the anhat. 
to which they are joined is 
conceived of as a daaa: — oi 
roiovToi fti'dpes, such men as 
these; men of this class, 7> 24. 
—18. Where two ov more 
peraona or things, oonpled hy 
Kol, require to be severally 
brought distinctly under not- 
ice, the article is repeated 
before each:— ro^r irrpaniy- 
ohs JKol robs Xoxoyo^s, 1| 18 ; 
robs ivZpas jra2 robs Iwwovs, 
2, 34; r^ x^fias ictd rhr otro¥, 
4, 5 : — ^bnt where they are 
closely connected, or identified, 
in meaning or relation, the 
article is lued sometimes only 
with the first, sometimes only 
with the last : — robs orpan/y 
ohs icaUt \0x9y06s, 1, 8; rk 
BrKu KoX OKtifi, 1, 7; ahrhf 
Kot ywtuKa Ka2 TaJSof koI 

f^ XP^f^'*'^ ^ 9* — 19* 'Ad- 
verbial expressions: — t& fi4y 
• • . Tcb 8^, oil the one hand . . • 
on the other hand; partly . . • 
partly : — rp ii4v . , , rp i4, on 
the one part ... on tie other 
part. — ^K.B. Proper names of 
individual persons, and also of 
cities and countries, do not 
require the art, except as 
above apecified. — A proper 
name is folld. by a subst. with 
art., in apposition, wEen the 
person bearing it is to be 
distinguished from others of 



the same name : — Tifuuriw 6 
AapiSyt^, 5, 4; ^pwlaKOS 6 
*Axtu6s, 6| 4 ; Tlo\vKp6fn^y rhy 
*Mn¥M¥, 2, 17; liiwyos rod 
AaKȴliicov, 2, 29 [akin to 
Sana, sa, '* one "; and ta, *' he, 
she, it "]. 

2b 6, 1^, r6, demonstr. pron. : 
1. This, that, etc. — As 
Subst. : Se, she, it, etc. : — 6 
U, and he, 1,2; 1,6; 1,8; 

1, 41, etc, : — ol 94, and they, 
8, 7 : — robs fi4y, them indeed, 

2, 14.— S. Repeated : 6 fi4y 
. . . 6 B4, the one . . . the 
other .*— 0/ fA4¥ , , ,ol Z4, some 
. . . the others : — ol ii4p . . . 
ol94 , , • oi Zh Koi, some • . . 
others • • . others also. 

8. S, neut. nom. and ace. 
sing, of ts, 4, 5. 

i^fX-£ovot> iericov, m. dim. 
I60f\'6s, "a spit"] ("A 
small spit "; hence) A spti in 
general ; 8^ 14, where the at- 
tributive adj. fiow6pos shows 
that the word is not there used 
as a diminutive. 

^YSo-ij-Kov-Ta, num. adj.? 
indecL Sightv \j6yZo-os,^ 
" eighth " ; (ir; connecting 
vowel; Kotf (= gan, in Sans. 
da^an), ** ten "; ra suffix (=: 
Lat. tus), "provided with"; 
and so, literally, "provided 
with the eighth ten "]. 

8-8c, fi'Zt, rS-Bf, pron. de- 
monstr. [old demonstr. pron. 
6, "this"; encUtic di] This 
person or thing; this one 



2o8 

iltfrA— -Adverbial dafc. fem. : 
td8c, I» this place, here; 
2, 13 ,— but at 3, 19 t^«€ is a 
pron. in concord with x^P*f' 

68cv(ra«, dca, ov, P. 1- aor. 
of bZivu, 

68-cvw, f. 6M(rco, 1. aor. 
fi8€i;(ro, V. n. [<J5-(^y, "a way ; 
a journey "] ( " To proceed on 
one*8 way or journey *'j hence) 
To travel, go, journey . 

6S-<5«, oD, f. (" That which 
approaches or forms an ap- 
proach"; hence) 1. A. way, 
road,^2, A journey, march, 
etc.;— at 3, 16 b^6v is Aoc. 
of "Measure of Space" [§ 99] 
[akin to Sans, root sad, in 
force of " to approach "]. 

*08p«ao£, «y, m. plar. The 
OdryscB; a Thracian people. 
—Sing. : *OZ^Mi%, "«'» "*' 
One of the Odryace ; an 
Odrf/sian, 

08pv<njs, ou ; see 'OSpi/traC. 
5-6cv, adv. [Ss, (unconfer. 
ren.) S.OS, " who, which''; ^e*', 
nseparable particle denotingr 
notion "from"] 1. M^om 
yhicA place, etc. ; whence $ — 
t 6, 12 the demonstr. adv. 



VOCABULARY' 




r."^" ) Jf'rom to/to m / jff 
hich s cf. 3, 5 ; 7, 1. 

!• ol, masc. nom. plur. of 

nnd 2. b, 

2. ot, masc. nom. plur. of 

• dat. sing, of pron. 



flSMed encUficdlyj 1, «»* 
^'^'oKenditio); sees, or- 

otSc, maac nom. pw^ 
"".iw Attic for olv, a. ?««• 

ind. of oro^««- , j^.„ «a 

^°^',''°r »cle = »Plf. 



nouse. .~-- ;^rticle = »P»f' 

"to their own country, 
to aroeco. ,. r^tic- 

ohc-cijO«> «^ ^- ^ be- 
o,, «« bouse 3 t i.V' hence, 
longing; to, ^«»» b'o„8ehold, 

do^.sr"f ^^nf ) ^s^^ 

Melations, friends, roiVeT-of, 

oUcC-o^, adv. L^*^55 «] 

-belongingr to » ^^J^^thi 

(••After the na«^°®' ^^J^r, 

or ff^^dly, spirit or way- 

^K„«a, V. n. ^«d a„t"^,T; 
•« a house, dwelling J \ - 
have an oTito* "; hence) ^ 
Nent- : Of persons, etc- : ^ 
dwells live. — 2. •- a. ^.ct^^*; 
dwell in, inhahU.'-yi' Fass.. 
I Ta he inhctbited. — ra8S. . 



VOCABULARY. 



209 



1. aor. ^itiOfiv, 1, fat. otjci;^- 
aoficu, 

oiict|-|ta, fi&ros, n. [for 
oXK€'fia I fr. oUd-Wf ** to dwell 
in, inhabit"] ("That which 
is dwelt in or inhabited"; 
hence) A dwelling, habitation. 

oun|-orDS> trtttSf f. [for ofvc- 
ffis; fr. oIkc-«, *<to dwell in, 
inhabit"] ("A dwelling in or 
inhabiting," in abstract force; 
hence, concrete) A dwelling- 
place, abode, habitation, 2, 88. 

oltelurmv, owra, ov, P. fat. 

of OtKttt, 

oIk-Co, Xat, f. [^otK'4t0, " to 
inhabit "] ('* An inhabiting," 
in abstract force ; hence, con- 
crete) A habitation, dwelling, 
abode, house, 

oXkO'Bw, adv. [oTjcot, (an- 
contr. gen.) otko-or," a house"; 
hence, "home"; 0€y (= ^k), 
** from "] From home. 

otx-oi, adr. (o1k-os, "a. 
house"] 1. Ai home. — 2. In 
ont^e oum count-ry, etc. ; — at 
1, 34 oXkoi = at Sparta ;^at 
8, 4 =: at Athens. 

olKovvTi, contr. masc. dat. 
sing, of oIk4». 

olicT-c£p«t, f. oiKT€p&, 1. aor. 
^KT€ipa, V. a. [oT<cT-oj, ** pity "] 
To pity, have compassion on, 

offMU ; see oXofiat. 

olvog, ov, m. Wine. 

olvo-x^'Of > o»» ™* [f^^ ^^^^'' 
Xe-os ; fr. olvos, (uncontr. 
gen.) otuo'os, "wine"; x^'^f 
A nab. Book VJI^ 



" to pour "] (" Wine^ponrer '*f 
hence) Cup-bearer, whose office 
it was to poor wine into the 
cops, or goblets, of guests, 
etc, 

oioiTOt 3. pers. sing. pres. 
opt. of oXoixai ; — ^at 4, 19 opt. 
in indirecti or oblique, narra- 
tive [§ 163, 1, 5]. 

o-t-ofiai (olf&ai), imperf. 
^firir (fixriv), f. oi-fitro/xai later 
oifi$ifiao/jLai, 1. aor. tfij$riif : 1. 
lb thittkt imagine, suppose, 
etc. — ^2. With Objective clause: 
To think, imagine, or sup^ 
pose, that;—^t 1, 19; 1, 28; 
2, 2 ; 2, 4 ; 2, 34 ; 4, 19 the 
Subject of the follg. Inf. mood 
is in each instance omitted, 
as it is the same as that of 
the preceding finite mood, or 
participle, of otofiai ;— at 7> 19 
^^17 is to be supplied (fh>m 
the notion of "saying" in- 
volved in iK4\€V€v) before 
oUaBai ; while further the Sub- 
ject of the follg. Inf. 'irt7trai is 
omitted for the reason above 
given. — 8. Inserted paren* 
thetically in a clause: Isup^ 
pose, I imagine [akin to Sans, 
root I, " to .go," which with 
prefix ava (here represented 
by 0), viz. AYA-I, has the force 
of " to cousider, believe "]. 

oU}i.evos, 77, ov, P. pres. of 
oXoyLCLt, 

1 . olov ; see olo^, 

2. olov, adv. [adverbial 
neut. of oios, " such as "] In 

P 



210 



VOCABULARY. 



comparisons: lAJce as, just as; 
3, 82. 

otosi a, oPf adj. : 1. a. : (a) 
Such cu, of such sort or kind 
as, — As Subst. : ola, ay, n, 
plur. Such things as. — (b) As 
correl. : As : — roiovrov , . . 
otov, such ,,,as,7, 4i7. — ^b. 
With Inf., mostly with re 
added (Mt re) (''Such as 
for to" do, etc.; hence) (a) 
Suitable, or Jit, for doing, 
etc.; able to do, etc, — (b) 
Neut. : ot^v tc IcttCv, etc., It 
is, etc. t possible to do, etc. : — 
Hn ohilv oJ6y t€ ttrj roirav 
y€v4<r0ai, (that it was possible 
that not one, i. e.) that it was 
impossible for any one of 
these things to take place, 

2, 10; where cfi; is Opt. in 
indirect narrative [§ 163, 1, 
6], while oT6y re dri forms an 
impersonal verbal expression, 
and has for its Subject the 
clause 02^5^1^ roinuy ytuMai; 
see oi : — obK i<pi\(rBa oT6y re 
that, {you denied that it was 
possible, i. e.) you said that it 
was impossible, 2, 28; where 
ou9hy ro6roov yfvMat must be 
supplied, the reference in this 
passage being to Xenophon's 
answer as given at 2, 10, 
where see the text : for con- 
struction see above ; cf., also, 

3, 13;— at 7, 51; 7, 52 
iffri must in each instance 
^ »npplied: in the latter 

the Subject is the 



Substantival Inf. fi^yuy, ajid 
the dat. ifioi is dependent on 
ot6yr€. — 2. Of what sort or 
kind ; what sort, or kind, of, 
— As Subst. : a. olot, ay, m. 
plur. What sort of persons. — 
b. ota, cty, n. plur. : (a) What 
sort of things. — (b) What 
sort of circumstances, — c. 
With Superlative Adj. to de> 
note the highest possible de- 
gree : Ajs possible : — x^P^^^t 
otov KiKXicToyriToiovroy x»P^ 
toy otov KdXKiffr6v icrt, {such a 
place as is most favourable, 
i. e) a place as favourable as 
possible, 1, 24. 

otcrti, 3. pers. sing. fut. ind. 
of ^ipta ; 6, 7. 

oMa (before a vowel otoO*), 
2. pers. sing, of oTSa; see 
1. et^u. 

oXxoivro, otxoiTo, 3. pers. 
plur. and sing. opt. pres. of 
olxo/J-ai. 

otxo|&ai, imperf. tpx^f-V* ^• 
olx'h(^<fH'^it p* oXxo9Ka, ^x^^'h 
^XV/JMi, V. mid. irreg. : I, To 
be gone, to have departed: 
— the imperf. is used in the 
force both of a pluperf. and 
an imperf. — 2. With Part, in 
concord with Subject: a. 
Other than the future : To 
denote the continuance of an 
act already begun : — 4x^*^0 
h.7re\aivovrfS, (riding off theyi 
were gone; i.e.) they toent 
and rode off, 6, 42 :— jcora- 
\Xx6yTts otxoufTo,. (having 



VOCABULARY. 



211 



left hekhd had gome; te.) 
iad gone and left hddud^ 
7> 33 ; where olxouro is OpL 
in obKqne narn^ve [§ 163, 1, 
h\ — b. Fntare : To denote a 
''"parpose " (as in other cases 
of the use of this part.): — 
dtxotro outi^mw, had depart' 
ed for the purpose of dwelUug 
or residing, 7, 55 ; where, as 
in no. a. aboT^ tKxotro is Opt. 
in obliqne narrative [§ 163, 
If h'\;~-4x'*^^o ipovrres, de- 
parted for the purpose of 
ielUmg, or Hating; 1, 32. 

&cl>JUt, V. a. and n. : 1. 
Act. : Of sailors, etc. : To run 
a ship, ete^ aground, — 8. 
Neat. : Of a ship : To run 
aground, to he driven ashore ; 
to run ashore ; 5, 12. 

Amnfip-Mt, adr. [^urnip- 
6s, '< hesitating, backward''] 
^'^ After the manner of the 
iKnip6s'*i hence) MesOatinglg, 
Ktth backwardness or rehtet* 
amee, reluctantly. 

Arr-a-K^af-oi, w, a, nnm. 
adj. pinr. ^ight hundred. — 
As Snbst. : ftKrSictfaloi, wr, 
m. plnr. JEight hundred men, 
eight hundred [orr-(6, "eight"; 
(a) connecting vowel ; jc^o-i-oi ; 
see Tpiax6eio{\, 

5icTw» nnm. adj. indecl. 
Eight. — As Snbst. : Bight 
persons t eight [akin to Sans. 
"aehtan, '^dght'*]. 

*irr«»-«K«*-««Ka, nnm. adj. 
plnr. indecl. [hK-rA, ''eight"; 

P 



Ktd, "and"; Un, "ten"] 
(<«^ht and tea"; t.e.) 
Eighteen, 

1. ftXIyov, neot. nom. and 
ace. siog. of hhXyos. 

2. ^Mkyov, adv. [adverbial 
ncnt of hXlyos, •'little*'] 
Little, hut littU, slightlg. 

^YOS, If* ow, adj.: 1. Of 
number : Small, little. — As 
Snbst. : AXItot, ov, n. With 
Art. : The little; 7, 86.— Plnr.: 
Few. — As Snbst. : ftXlyoi, mp, 
m. plur. Few persons or men; 
fbw, a few. — ^2. Of time: Little, 
short, brief. 

6XoKavr-^t» -», v. n. and a. 
[6x6Kavr-os, ** bnmt whole "] 
(«<To make 6A6KauTos**$ 
hence) 1. Nent.: To offer, or 
bring, a whole bunU offer- 
ing. — 2. Act. : 2b offer, or 
bring, something as a whole 
buriU offering ; to offer whole $ 
8,5. 

*0\<n%-lo%, Tov,m. [^0\u»tf. 
Olynthns"; a city of 



OJ. 



« 



Macedonia] ("One belonging 
to Olynthns") An Olynthian. 

(S|i-Y|p-os, oif, adj. [for S/«- 
ap-os ; fr. bfi'Ov, •' together "j 
ip-of, «* to fit "] « Fitted to- 
gtether "; hence, "joined to- 
gether, united"; hence) As 
Snbst.: S|ii|po«, ov, m. ("A 
pledge for the maintenance of 
union or unity ; a security "; 
hence) Of persons : A hostage. 

8|&-|ia, fi&TOf, n. [for iT-fxa; 
fr. root bw (found in l^/ioi 
2 



212 



VOCABULARY. 



= <r-«roM«), "to Bee"] ("The 
seeing thing"; hence) Tke 
eye, 

S|i-irv|U and A|i-v««i, f. 
o/iou/ioi later 6fi6<rv, p. o/i- 
ti/ioKo, 1. aor. A/ioa'ay v. n,: 
1. To swear ; 7, 40, where it 
is folld. by Dat. of person and 
an Objective chinse. — 2. With 
Ace. of a deity : To swear by ; 
6, 18, where also it ia folld. by 
Dat. of person and an Objec- 
tive clause [prdb.akin to Sans, 
root YAM, ** to restrain '*]. 

S|i-oioC| o^ otoWf adj. : 1. 
X/ike or similar,--4i. With 
Dat. : Equal to [§ 102, (1)] 
[akin to Sans. sam-Of in force 
of ** like," «fc.]. 

6|iOi-«K, adv. [5/toi-os, 
«Uke"] ("After the manner 
of the i/ioios'*; hence) In like 
manner, 

6|M>XoY-^» -A. f. dfio\oy{i<rot, 
p. &/io\^Ka, 1. aor. &fio\iy, 
IKTO, V. n. and a. [W^oy-oJ. 
"assenting"] (*«To be SpAay- 
oj"; hence) 1. Kent: Tk> 
'"/^'"^J'''^''' *• With Ace. 

FJ^'alLt^ Objectire clause : 
To allow, confess, own, ae- 
^«>ledffe tl^^ one u/e^. 
or one to be. eic ^0^ ^x^^\* 

-t of such Inf. u the «^ 

^ '^^ ^^ "af»^«?e, eon- 
• to do, e^c. . 4 22 

adr. [adverbial ',;;tt. 



gen. of 6/Aiis (''one and the 
same "), as a gen. of place] 1. 
At one and the same place, 
together. — 3. Without refer* 
fflice to place : Tbffefher : — 
6fiov 6yT^Vf {hein^ together, 
L e.) heinff combined, 1, 28. 

1. &|i-iit, adv. l^fi-is, "in 
common "] (" Afl^r the man- 
ner of the 6fi6s''; hence) 
JSqually. 

2. 8|i-«i«t adv. [id.] Never* 
theless, yet, still, notwith' 
standing, 

1. Sv, neut. nom. and ace. 
sing, of 8s. 

2. ty, neut. nom. and aco. 
sing, of &v. 

ftm^oois, 2. pers. sing. 1. 
aor. opt. of oylvn/u, 

&v-Xyi||ii, f. oyi^M, 1. aor. 
&tnii<raf v. a. [rootdv] IbprO' 
Jit, benefit, advantage, help, 

8-iro-|iA, ftarot, n. [for 6* 
ywc/ia; fr. root ^vo, short 
form of Yvw, whence yi-yv^" 
0'icw, "to know," with 6 as 
prefix; cf. Lat. no-men for 
gno-men"] ('* The thing which 
serves for knowing" an ob- 
ject by ; hence) 1. A name ; 
— at 3, 23 ivofia is Ace of 
« Respect ••' [§ 98].— 2. Name, 
fame, renown, reputation, 

bvoyLoar^i, adv. [oM>/iatfT* 
6s, " named "] By name. 

ovTivoovv, mascacc. sing, of 
SarXaovy; see Zerris, no. 1, b. 

Svcp, neut. nom« and ace. 
dng[. of SiTTfp, 



VOCABULARY. 



213 



€vi|, adv.: 1. Where, — %, 
Im what wcof [either an ad- 
verbial dafc. of obBol. proD. 
iit6s = obflol. v6t, akin to 
Sans. Ira, *' who ? "; or length- 
ened fr. Ti}]. 

ftv&a4<(v), adv.: 1. Behimdf 
at the hacK — 2, Of an army : 
In the rear. 

6«ur#o^XaK-lit -iS, v. n. 

''one of the rear-gnard"] 
("To be an ^t<r0o^^Aa( "^i 
hence) To guard the rear, '^ 

^X-lTi|f| ftov, m. a^. 
[twK'U, plar. ; see SirAov, 
no. 2, a; ond no. 3] (" Made 
for Zwka'*i hence) Of an army : 
Seavy^armed, in JkU arm' 
our. — As Sabst. m. : A 
heavy-armed eoldier, as di- 
stinguished from the light- 
armed ; a man in full arm^ 
our; a hoplite. Soldiers of 
this class were equipped with 
helmets, cuirasses, g^reares^ a 
large shield covered with brass 
and reaching almost to the 
ground, a long spear or pike, 
and a sword. 

hmklr-Xui^f ik^, Xk6v, adj. 
[4ir\«T-ijf, «« a hoplite *'] QT, 
or belonging to, a hoplite or 
to hoplites. — As Subst. in col- 
lective force: ovXivfic^v, ov, 
n. A hoplite force ; hoplites, 

SvXov, ov, u. (** A tool, im- 
plement"; hence, in especial 
force) 1. Sing. : An implement 
of wan an offlnuive weapon. 



— 8. riur. : a. Weapons in 
general, arms, — b. Men-at'- 
arms, armed men^ hoplites; 
3, 40.^3. A shield carried by 
the hoplites; 8,18. 

Siroi, adv. [either old dat. 
form of obsol. hifr6t (see Ztii) ; 
or a lengthened form of iroi, 
" whither "] To which place, 
whither; see, alio^ i Kr, 
no. 2. 



0, ow, adj. [either 
fr. obsoL 6w6s (see Svif); or 
lengthened fr. wows] 1. Of 
what sort or kind 1 tee, alsoi 
2. &v, no. 2.-8. Whatever. 

6fm6909t If, OF, a^j-: L Of 
number: As mang as, how 
mang, — As Subst : a. ^tf^oi, 
wv, m. plar. Ajs mang men 
as, as mang as; 2, 33:— 
iw6(rot JSlv, as mang soever 
as, 2, 6, where it is foUd. by 
Gen. of *' Thing Distributed^' 
[§ 112] ; see 2. &y, no, 2.— b. 
iir^a., utv, n. plur. As mang 
things as : — &ir6ira &y, as mang 
things soever as, — 2. Of 
quantity: As much as, as 
mang as [either lengthened 
from w6aos, or akin to Sans. 
ka, '-who?"]. 

^^T-av, conj. [^^T-e, 
<<when"; &p, in « indefinite 
force'*] Whenever, whenso- 
ever ; see 2. &y, no. 2. 

6ir6Tff, adv. [either fr. obsol. 
Air6s (see Btti) ; or lengthened 
fr. lr^^^e] When, 

6irdTcpo<, a, oy, acQ • [length- 



214 



VOCABULARY. 



cned fr. TSrtpos] Whichever 
of two. — Ab Sabst.: 6ir^cpa, 
»v, D. plnr. Whichever o/^ 
the two things ; — at 7» 18 w 
renders it still more indefinite 
than it is by itself. 

Sirov, adv. [either fr. obsol. 
6'k65 (see Uni) ; or lengthened 
fr. -rov] 1. Of place: Where; 
— at 3, 8 = iKfiae, Zirov. — 2. 
Of time: When: — Brrou 6.V, 
whenever ; see 2. Htv, no. 2. 

Sirws, adv. and conj. [either 
fr. obsol. 6ir6s (see 5irij); or 
lengthened fr. irws] ^* •^^^* • 
In indirect questions : In 
what way J in what manner^ 
how, — 2. Conj.: a. Final; 
That, in order that, — b. To 
introduce the statement of a 
fact, or a reason: That, — 
Elliptical phrase : ovx ^{irws 

. . . aWd (= oifK ipW OITMS 

. iiWd, I will not say that 
. hut; hence) Not only 
not . . . hut ; *J, 8. 

6pf , contr. 3. pers. sing, 
pres. ind. of bpAw ; 7) 9. 

6p<iw -u, f. 6^ofxou, p. i6pd' 
MOf later idopwca, v. n. and a.: 
1. Neut. : To see, have sight, 
— 2. Act.: a. (aV^b see, he- 
hold, etc.— (b) With part, in 
concord with Object : To see a 
person, etc.^ doing or being 
something ; io see that a per- 
son, etc., does or is, etc, — b, 
(a) To see mentally; to per- 
" ohserve, etc. — (b) With 
concord with Object : 



• • 



• • 



To see, or perceive, a person, 
etc, doing or being something 
or in a certain state ; — at 
2, 15 the Substantival Inf. 
hta^aivuv forms the Object of 
4c6pa.— Pass.: 6pdo)iai -flSffcai, 
p. iSpapLou and idpa/xai, 1. aor. 
(late) kopdBr\v, 1. fut. (late) 
&pdBi\ao^lM, 

6pY-lt<»} f. Qpytffta and opy- 
la, 1. aor. &pyi(ra, v. a. \ppy- 
il, " anger *'] ('* To cause to bo 
in hpyii "j hence) To anger, 
enrage, — Pass. : 6pY-l||o|&ai, 
p. tipyicrfiou, 1. aor. wpyla' 
0TIV, 1. fut. 6pyi(r$'fi(rofiai, fut. 
mid. in pass, force opyiovpuou. 
To he angry or enraged, 

SpYvIa {or ^pyvld), as 
(or as), f. A fathom = about 
six feet [commonly regarded 
as a derivative of Ipiyw, ** to 
stretch out," and so denoting 
" the length of the outstretch- 
ed arms"; but rather akin 
to Sans, riju, ** straight," and 
denoting the measure of a tall 
upright man, ». e, six feet, in 
general]. 

6pfyfi», f. 6p4^Uf 1. aor. 
^pt^a, V. a. (*' To stretch out"; 
hence) Of a goblet, horn, etc., 
as Object : To reach forth, to 
hand ; 3, 29. 

&p-civds, ciyfii fivov, adj. 
l_6p-os, ** a mountain "] (" Of, 
or belonging to, Upos "; hence) 
Of persons: Dwelling in t/ie 
mountains, mountain; hill-, — 
As Subst. : 6pavoi, wv, m. 



VOCABULARY. 



215 



plur. MonniaineerifhUlHuen ; 

ip^{ai, 1. aor. inf. of 6p4yw, 

of>t|, op4t0y, plnr. of Spos, 

ifB-mt, adr. [ap6-($s, '< erect, 
npright"; hence, "right"] 
^" After the manner of the 
op06i "; hence) RigMly. 

6p-i{«f, f. bpXWf p. &piKa, 
▼. a. [ip-os, '* a boandary **] 
{** To make an vpos of" some- 
thing; hence) 1. Act.: ('*To 
bonnd"; hence, "to mark 
ont by bonndaries"; hence) 
To determine, define^ eeltle ; 
7, 36.-^2. Mid. : &p-ito|iai, f. 
ipXoviiai, 1. aor. &pia&tifii^: 
(" To mark ont by bonndaries 
for one's self"; hence) With 
Ace. of thing: To set up 
something as a bo«ndaty, 
boundaries, or limits: — arff- 
Xas SpurdfjLtifoi, having set up 
pillars as limits, b, 13 ; — afler 
SpiaaaOai in same section sap- 
ply ainds (— oT^Aaf) as Ace. 
of thing. 

6pla&|uyos, Vt ov, P. 1. aor. 
mid. of 6pi^». 

6ptaaadai, 1. aor. inf. mid. 
of &piCt». 

8pK-o$, ov, m. [for Fipy-os ; 
fr. Ffpy-v = ttpy-09, " to shut 
in, restrain"] ("That which 
restrains"; hence, morally) 
An oath as restraining a per- 
son from violating his word, 
etc. 

bpp^'^M -», f. Spfiiiffa, p. 
^pfMiKa, 1. aor. &pfATiaa, v. a. 



f 



V-«/'a start." ete.']l. Act.: 
/'To make bpfiii*'; hcnoc) 
To set in motion, urge on, 
— 2. Fbss.: 6p|i-^M|fcai *«»f&a», 
p. &pfififuu, 1. aor. &pfi'fi0n''» 
1. fut bpiiJiHaopMi, ("To be 
set in motion"; hence) To 
start, set out, etc.; 6, 11. 

Spot, COT Qvs, n. A mount- 
ain : — 81& TOW Upov 6povs, 
through, or across, the Sa- 
cred Mountain, 1, 14 ; 3, 3. 
"The Sacred Mountain " was 
a mountain-range extending 
from Thrace into the Cherso- 
nese. 

8po^-of, ov, m. [for l^pc^ 
OS', fr. iptip-u, "to cover"] 
(" That which covers"; hence) 
A roofs cf- Lat. "tectum." 

1. 6p^v6i, 'fi, 6v, adj. 
Without parents, fatherless. 
— ^As Snbst.: hp^fw^ ov, m. 
An orphan. 

2. 6p^av^, ov; see 1. 
op<pSLv6s, 

*Opxofi.M-o«, ov, m. [*Op- 
Xofifvi'os, "of, or belonging 
to, Orchomenus," a city of 
BoeoUa in Northern Greece] 
A man of Orchomenus i an 
Orchomenian. 

6pf cv, contr. 3. pers. plnr, 
pres. opt. of Spdcc, 

6p&v, Sxra, &y, contr. P. 
pres. of 6pdn. 

6p«i>vTc«, contr. masc. nom. 
plur. of P. pres. of Spdw. 

hp^vTO, contr. 3. pers. plur. 
pres. opt. pass, of 6p€u». 



2l6 



VOCABULARY. 



>oi(r), contr. 8. pen. 
pinf. pres. xnd. of Spdn, 

&i> lit ^* pron. rel. and dexn.: 
1. Belatiye : Who, which ; — 
nt 2, 23 the plar. aoc oi/i 
relates to the dual ace. 8^o: 

•— ^y f {sc, xp^*^)t (*^ ^^ ^^"^ 
that, i.e.) while, 1, 15, etc: 
for 6» 11, see belov, no. a, (b). 
— a. Particular constractions: 
(a) By attraction the relative 
is pat in the case of the ante- 
cedent instead of that re- 
quired by gprammatical eon- 
stmction: — aic^»v, Sp hy 
9w^fi€0a KT^itrcurBou, for & Ap, 
etc, 2, 88.~(b) The demon- 
strative pron. is frequently 
omitted before the relative : — 
&fco^ovTCT, & Tpdrroi "Zt^Bris, 
for &KOi)orrcf iKt7va, & wpdrroi 
^§iOris, 4^*21, where irpdrroi 
is Opt. in obliqne narrative 
[§ 163, 1, (6)].— (c) Some- 
times the relative takes the 
place of the omitted demon- 
strative :—<rJn' oTs tx» for 
chv ixtlyois, ots lx^> ^» ^ • 
— i<l>* oTs it^9rii \4yu for 

6, 44) : — irtpl Sp 9ia<p4pofiai for 
ir«p\ iKtivcou, oh Sicupipofiai, 
6, 15 : — &» 4fJio\ Sofij artpoiro 
for iKilvaVyh. ifiol Holrjf crepoiTO, 
6, 16. — (d) The relative some- 
times attracts the subst. out 
of the demonstrative clause 
into its own clause : — 'EAXr/v- 
XBa Bi, els ^v irpStrov IjhOoixfv 
6\iy, for *EWrivXda Si ir6\tv, 



w ^y Tp&roy IlKBofAty, 1, 29 : 
— Sv»s <r6 T€ &|(os BoKoliis 
€t»€u, Sw ot 0col <roi iHhtKay 
ikyoBAy, for Siraif <r^ re i^ios 
9oKotris ctvai iictlywy hycfiwy, 
&y ol $€ol 0-01 ISwjcoy, 7, 37 ; 
cf. no. a, (a) above.— -(e) The 
rektive (like the Lat. qui) is 
sometimes put at the oegin- 
ning of a sentence in the place 
of the demonstrative and a 
oonj. : And he, etc. — {f) For 
Zs in combination with &y, see 
2. iy, no. 2. — (g) The relative 
danse sometimes precedes, for 
emphasis, the demonstrative 
clause; cf. 6» 82 at end. — b. 
Particular idiom : forty ot = 
Hviot, some, — 3. Demonstra- 
tive: This, that. — ^As Subst.: 
a. jffe, she, it, etc. — b. At the 
beginning of a clause in Attic 
(and louic) prose in conjunc- 
tion with leaf, for the demonstr. 
oZtos : — Koi Ss, and this man, 
and he, 4t, 8, where Zt means 
Xenophon, of whom mention 
has just been made ; cf., also, 
8, 45 ; 7j 2 :— xal o%, and these 
men, i. e. the Lacedemonians, 
who have just been spoken of 
as making inquiries about 
Xenophon, 6, 4. 

Scrov, adv. ; see Zooi, 
8<ros, t\t ov, adj.: 1. Of rise: 
As great as; how great. — 8. 
Of number, etc : a. As many 
as, as much as ; how many, 
how much, — As Subst. : (a) 
SvoCy vv, m. plur. As many 



VOCABULARY. 



217 



persons as, as many as, 1, 19. 
— (b) S<ra, vv, d. plur. As 
mat^ ihinffs as ; how many 
things: 7, 46. — ^b. As a cor- 
rebitiye to xas {all) : — xdrra, 
tvoj all things t as many as; 
all things,^ that, 1, 2: for 
So-a irdbn-o, 1, 1, see below, 
no. 6, b : — irar, 80-or, stery* 
thing, that.'-Z. Of time: As 
long as, how longi-^ttrov 
Xf^^f'ov . . . TOtf'ovror \sc, XP^'^' 
ow), as long a time as , . , so 
long {a time), 4, 19.-4. Of 
space : As far as, how far, — 
5. Of qaantity or deg^ree : As 
much as, how much. — 6. Part> 
icalar constractions : a. Tbe 
Gorrelatiye rScrot or roeovros, 
also was or iwas, is some- 
times omitted in the demon- 
strntiTe clause; — at 6, 19 5<ra 
= r6aa, or rotravra, Zaa ; see 
also nos. b. and c. below. — b. 
Sometimes the claase contain- 
ing Zffos, etc,, precedes the 
demonstratiye clause, when 
emphasis is intended : — Ihovs 
ll\&fi€, KarificSirrttrtv, for Zffovs 
f\6fit, r6eov9, or irdtnas, 
Kari^K6tnX<r€P, 4, 6 ; cf., also, 
1, 1. — C. Tbe substantive is 
attracted out of the demon- 
strative clause into that con- 
taining Haas, etc., and assumes 
the case of the latter : — Aa/3- 
6irr€S, Ztroi ^<rav 06fS kci\ 
wp6fi&Ta, for Kafi6vr^s fi6as 
jcol irpSBara, Zaoi ^trciy, S, 16, 
where also the aoy. oaoi belongs 



to Tp6fiikra as well as to 06as, 
but takes the gender (masc.) 
of the latter as being the 
"more worthy" gender. — 7. 
Adverbial expressions : a. 8<rov : 
(n) As much as, so much as,'^ 
fb) So far «#/ 7, 8; 7, 46.— 
(c) Alone or in combination 
with fi6yov: Only just : — Zaop 
i^hoy, only Just (his) travel* 
ling money, 8, 20 : — oeoy $^ 
fidra, only just (as) frietms,\.e, 
only just enough ror sacrificial 
purposes, 8, 19 : — Zeroy fi6yoy 
yt^eraaOat, onlyjust to tctste, 
8, 22.~(d) With numeral 
adj., or a word denoting di* 
stance: About: — Zvoy 8ia« 
K6eioi, about two hundred 
(hoplites), 2, 20 : — Ztroy ircrr* 
•^Kovra imriai, about fifty 
horsemen, 8, 47; cf., also, 
7, 2 : — Zeow rptdKoyra <rTo8« 
iovs, about thirty stadia, 
8, 7 ; cf., also, 5, 15.— (e) With 
Superl. Adj. to denote the 
highest possible deg^e : — - 
Zeoyi^^dro /i/yioror, <ts great 
as, or the greatest that, he 
was able (i. e. to carry), 1, 87. 
— ^b. With oh : — tffov oh, only 
not, all but; 2, 6.— C. oovr 
fi^vov ; see above, no. 7, a, (c). 
d. Adverbial dat. of measure : 
tvtf. By how much : — Zav 
fitt(co • • roffohrtf fifi(», by 
how much greater , , , by so 
much greater, 3, 20: — Za^ 
lAoWoy , • . Tovohrtp fiaKKov, 
by how muoh the more . • . 



€<roiT 
<T<. or 



i V. 



im \ 






jb 



"* i^. 






VOCABULARY, 



219 



words of anotUer person. In 
this case it is equivalent to 
the inverted -commas nsed in 
English, and is not to be 
rendered.— C. When 8ti (or 
^s) is separated from the word 
to which it belongs by a 
parenthesis, eio., it is often 
repeated for the sake of di- 
stinctness. — 3. Conj. : a. Be- 
cause, — b. Seeing thai, inoJi- 
tnuch as, for that. — c. With 
Buperl. words, to denote as 
many, etc., as possible : — Bri 
TKfiffTwv iLKov6trmv, {as many 
persons as possible hearing ; 
i.e.) in the hearing of as many 
persons as possible, Z, 7; 
Gen. Abs. [§ 118] ; — Zri fioKp- 
orarriy, as long a road as 
possible, i. e. the longest pos- 
sible road, 8, 20; see fiaxpSs: 
— ^1 rdxKTTa, as quickly, or 
speedily, as possible, 2, 8 ; 
2,12. 

3. S Ti (or S,Ti), nom. and 
ace. neut. sing, of Bimf, 

Srtf, Attic for frivif dat. 
sing, of ttrris ; 8, 6 ; 6, 26. 

OTMV, Attic for &irnycav, 
gen. plur. of Btrrts; 6, 24', 

1. oh before a consonant 
(ovK before a soft vowel, ovx 
before an aspirated vowel), 
adv. : 1. ybt. — 2. Sometimes 
ou imparts to the word to 
which it is joined a directly 
opposite mcaniog; e. g. S{,y. 
afjMi, io be able; ob 8i;vfi^a, 
to be unable; — fiovKofiaiy to 



be willing; ob fiovXofiat, to 
be unwilUng; — ^fii, to say 
"yes,** to qffirm ; oh ^fiiy to 
deny, to refkse ;-'^\6v tc, 
possible ; ohx oT6y tc, impos- 
sible; — iffrt, it is possible; 
oifK icri, it is impossible ;^^ 
m7i\os, obscure; oint &$t}Aot, 
manifest, clear ^ plain; — 
^<^X^> quickly; ob rax^t 
slowly ; — iroXKol, many ; ob 
iro\\oi,few ; — idw, to permit; 
obic idwi to hinder, prevent.—' 
3. oi |i^, folld. by aor. subj. : 
Shall not by any means :— 
ob fi^ Bthfis, you shall not 
by any means fear, 3, 26 ; 
cf.M^y no. 1, b, (c). 

2. oh, 6t, I, reflexive pron. 
(without nom.) Himself, her^ 
self, etc. 

3. oil, maso. and aeut gen. 
sing, of 8f. 

ov8o|jkt|, adv. [adverbial 
fem. dat. of obi&fi6s, "not 
even one "] (" In not even ono 
place "; hence) 1. In no place, 
nowhere. — 2. In no way, in 
no wise, not at all, by no 
means, 

ov8&)Jioi« adv. [adverbial 
uncontracted dat. of obiafi6s, 
*' not even one "] (** To not 
even one place"; hence) No 
whither. 

oi-Sc, conj. and ndv. [06, 
*'not";8^, "and"] 1. Conj.: 
And not, nor : — ovte . . • 
o65e, neither . . . nor; — after a 
negative, either , , * or ; — ou 



220 



VOCABULARY. 



(o&k) • • • o&8^» not . . . nor. 
-^. Adr. : Not even, 

oM-tUy o&8ff-fua, ov^^v, 
ndj. [oW-/, "not even"; eft, 
"one"] Not even one, not 
one; — sometimes with Gen. 
of "Thing Distributed" 
[§ 112].— After ii ncgntivo: 
Any, — a. As Subst. : (a) 
Masc.: No one, nobody;'-^ 
after a negfative, any one, any- 
body, — (b) Nent.; Nothing ; 
—after a negative, anything. 
— b. In adverbial force: o^StK, 
Not at all; in no respect, etc ; 
— ^af ter a negative, at all, in 
any respect, tn any degree, 

1. cv^^Xa, fern. nom. of 

2. oMffiaXfy i^em. dat. of 
oi;8c(r. 

cihfkyXav, fem. ace. of 

oMv, neat. nom. and ace. 
of oiHels, 

Miva, o^AfvL, masc. and 
fem. ace, and dat. of ottBtls, 

o^ ; see oih9, 

o^K ; see oh. 

o^K-M, adv. [^oIk, "not**; 
Iti, •* any longer '*] Not any 
longer, no longer, no more ; — 
after a preceding negative, 
any longer, any more, 

1. ovK-ovv, adv. \ohK, 
•• not "; oZv, ** therefore "] 
In direct negations: Not 
therefore, not then, 

2. o^K-ovv, adv. [originally 
ntical with 1. oiinovp ; bat 



gradaally it lost its negative 
force] Therefore, then, accord' 
ingly, 

viv, adv.: 1. With refer- 
ence to what precedes : Then 
certainty, really, at all events, 
— 2. In inferences: Then, 
therefore, consequently, 

ov-ir«, adv. [o&, ** not "; 
WW, " yet "] Not yet, not as 
yet ; — at 3, 24 snpply o'xoAafw 
with olhrm; see preceding 
context. 

1. o^, &t6s, n. An ear; 
4^3. 

2* oSf, masc ace plar. of 
8s. 

oWav, oiCorfi, fem. aoc. and 
gen. sing, of iy, P. pres. of 

1. €lfli, 

ofi<rrlra«, masc ace. plnr. 
of 8<rTi J. 

o<5-Tt (before a soft vowel 
o^*, before an aspirated vowel 
o«e'), conj. [oft, "not"; t€, 
"and"] 1. And no^.*— ofrre 
. . • oOt€, neither, , , norg 
— otfre • . . o0T« . . • olhtf 
neither . . . nor , , , nor ;— 
— oUrt ... re, both not , , . 
and, — 2. After a negative: 
odrt . . . otht. Either , , , or, 

ovTi, adv. [adverbial neat, 
of oStis, '' none, not any "] 
By no means, not at all, in 
no degree; — at 6, 11 the 
editions vary between oth-i, 
o6 ri, and olhot, 

ovrlvof, masc. and neut. 
gen. sing, of ions. 



VOCABULARY. 



221 



1. oSroi, inasc. Dom. plur. 
of oZrot. 

2. o^Oi, ady. [©&, " not **; 
rot, "indeed"] ifot indeed, 
indeed not, ^ 

o^oc» affrt;, rovro, pron. 
dem. TAm; — ^at 5, 1 atmi 
refers to ikiKra^ but by at- 
traction takes the gender of 
hpxh [§ 166, <i]. — Plur.: 
2rAtfttf. — As Subst. : a. : (a) 
Sing. : (a) o&rot, etc., in. 
2%w man or person : — ifti^ 
8' fyri oZrot •tvcu, and when 
he (i.e. Xenophon— not the 
interpreter) eaid that he was 
this man (i.e. the one from 
the armv ; see context), 2, 20 ; 
where the Subject of cTi^oi is 
omitted, as it is the same as 
that of Ktprif the leading verb 
of the clause. — {0) aCni, 
f. This woman; 8, 9.— (b) 
Plur.: oStoi, ete,, m. These 
men or persons; these, — ^b, : 
(a) Sing. : tovtOi ete,, n. 
liis thing, Mif.— (b) Plur. : 
TavTO, etc, n.: (a) These 
things, — (fi) These places or 
parts; 5, 18. — Phrases: (a) 
Ir roi^r^. In the mean time, 
meanwhile; so, fully, ^i' ro^rtf^ 
TV XP^^Vi 6, 1.— (b) Ik tov- 
Toti : (o) After this, — (/B) 
Thereupon. — (c) Lich tovtov, 
From this time, after this; 
so, fully, ixh ro^Tov rod 
XP^yoif, 6, 8. — (d) Tttvnj : (a) 
In this wasf.—($) Tn this 
place, here,--^e) mX Tavroy 



And that, and this too ; 1, 29; 
6, 85. 

ovTo<r-C, auTfi-l, rovT-l (=: 
Tovro'l), pron. dem. [oStoj, 
** this "; demonstr. suffix /, in 
"intensive" force] This per- 
son or thing here; 2, 24 ; 6, 12. 

o&n* ; see ofhvs, 

oSt-»« (before a consonant 
ovT-w), adv. [oZt'Os, "this"] 
1. In this way or manner, in 
this stale, Mtftf.— SL In such a 
way or manner, in such a 
state, so : — o0r«f ,,,&$, in 
such a way (or manner) . . . 
as, 1, 27 : — ofhtts , • . &a»tp, 
so . , , as indeed, 2, 27. — 
8. Thus; upon this, hereupon, 
— 4. Su this means, thus.—' 
6. With this view, for this 
purpose, with this object: — 
o0T«5 , , . i»s, with this view 
. . . that, 6, 16.— 6. Referring 
to what precedes : In this case, 
in such a case, — 7. lieferring 
to what follows : Thus, in the 
following way, as follows. — 
8. In augmentative force : So, 
so very, so much, so excessive^ 
ly, etc 

ovT«Mr-(^ adv. [o9r«r« ''thus, 
as follows"; demonstr. suffix 
t, in *' intensive " forci^e] In the 
very way that foUows, just as 
follows, 

ovx ; see o&. 

o^£, a strengthened form 
of obx i see o&. 

64^CXoiTOf 8. pers. sing. 
I pres. opt. pass* of o<^c(\«. 



222 



VOCABULARY. 



d^iX^iuvoSy % OP, P. pres. 
pass, of 0ip€(Xc9. — As Sabst. : 
e^iX^tuvov, ov, n. With Art: 
That which is owed or due, 
]. e. the debt; 7, 87. 

A<bcCXu, f. 6<pti\'fi<TC0f p. 
&(P(l\7iKa, 2. aor. &^€\oy and 
6^i\oy, ▼. a. : 1. To owe, — 2. 

Pass. : 64*^0^*^ 1* <^o^* 
&^€iX^9i7i^, To he owed, to 
be due. 

'O^pvvtov, oUf n. Ophryni- 
•M»(prob. now JVen-jr<p»r); a 
small town of Troas, in Asia 
Minor. 

5^ca^, 2. pers. plur. fat. 
ind. of bpi». 

waOciv, 2. aor. inf. of 

ir&9-T|)ia, ^fidros, n. [ir^irx^, 
«*to snffer/* through root 
va6] ^ suffering, mwfortune. 

iroiSas, iraiO€«, ace. and 
nom. plur. of vais. 

iraio-cpa-(m{Sf irrov, m. 
[toij, icmMs, "a boy"; ipd-w, 
" to love "] A lover of boys. 

irate, 2. pers. sing. pres. 
imperat. of voTw. 

<ira£s« irat8<{sy comm. gen.: 
1. A child, whether hoy or 
girl ; — Plur. : Children. — 2. 
A servant, slave. 

iraC<7Cic(v)« Attic for vattrai, 
3. pers. sing. 1. aor. opt. of 
vaiu. 

irai(ri(v}, dat. plur. of iraTs. 

train, f. iraitrw and irowfiffu, 
^.ircuxa^ 1. aor. ^ireuoraiT.a. 



To stride, smite, either with 
the hand or a weapon ; — at 
4, 9 without nearer Object 
expressed. 

vaXai, adv. Long ago, long 
since. 

vaXiv, adv.: 1. Back, hack- 
wards. ^2. On the other hand, 
on the contrary. — 3. Again, a 
second time.— -A. Again, bach 
again [akin to Sans, pard, 
" back "]. 

iri£fi-iroXvs» v6XXri, xo\v, 
adj. [for rdtrr-TToKvi ; fr. irSs, 
trayT'Ss, "all"; iro\^^, *' much"; 
"great" in space, amount, 
etc.'] 1. Very much or many. 
— 2. Very great in space or 
amount. — As Subst. : ira(&- 
iroXv, vc^iir6Wou, n. A great 
space or extent. — 8. Of an 
ViTsnj I Exceedingly great, very 
numerous, 

irav, neut. nom. and ace. 
sing, of vas. 

iravovpY'ta, Toy, f. [»aj'- 
ovpyos, "ready to do every- 
thing "; hence, in a bad sense, 
" knavish "] (" The quality of 
the jravovpyos"; hence) Knav^ 
ery, craftiness, unscrupulous 
conduct, villainy. 

irdvra, masc. ace. sing., and 
neut. nom. and ace. plur. of irS; . 

iravrd-ircuri (before a vowel 
-irao-iv), adv. [prob. ace. and 
dat. plur. of Troy, « all "] ("All 
things in or to all things"; 
hence) All in all, altogether, 
wholly, entirely. 



VOCABULARY, 



223 



irdvras, vavTC9» xnasc. ace. 
nnd nom. plur. of irat. 

"perfect, complete"] ("After 
the manner of the iroj^cA^j **; 
hence) Perfectly ^ entirely ^ 
completely, 

iravrC, masc. and neat. dat. 
Slug, of vas, 

iravT-o-0"f, adv. [iroj, iravr' 
6sy " all, every "; (0) connect- 
ing vowel; locative suffix trc 
(= Je), denoting motion " to 
or towards '*] To, or towards^ 
all placet or every place j 
everywhere, 

irdvTwv, masc. and neut. 
gen. plnr. of iras. 

trdv-fi [vav, neat, of iras, 
"all"] ("In all respects," 
etc. J hence) 1. Altogether ^ 
greatly, — 2. With Adj. or 
Adv. : Very, exceedingly, 

trao|iai, f. •nacofiatf 1. 
aor. ^vamrHfiny, p. tr^ire^ai, 
v. mid.: 1. To get, ac- 
quire, — 2. Perf. ( To have 
got or acquired i i.e.) lb 
possess : — frA^^'^t ircirdToi, 
(having stolen possesses them; 
i. e,) has stolen and keeps 
possession of them, 6, 41, 
where supply aiftd (= rh, 
ycy6niya) as the Object of 
ireTrdrat. 

trap* ; see vapd, 

irapd (before a vowel •nrap'), 
prep. : 1. Witli Gen. : a. IVom. 
— b. Py.-— 2. With Dat.: a. 
Beside, ly, — ^b. At the house 



of; 2, 32 ; 8, 8.— C. With, 
near, at, — 8. With Ace: a. 
Along, hy the side of, — b. 
With,-'e, J>uring,^d, Be* 
side, along, near, by, — e. Be- 
yond, above, — f. To, towards. 
— g. Contrary to, against 
[akin to Sans, pard, " a way '*] . 

ir&paYaY«Sv, ov<ra, 6v, F. 
2. aor. of irapHyta. 

irapavYCiXat, 1. aor. inf. of 
ircLpa77cAA(v. 

ir&paYYe(X||, 8. pers. sing. 

1. aor. sabj. of vaparfyiKKw. 
ir&p-aYy^XX», f. Trap- 

ayyt\&, 1. aor. irdp-'^77€iAo, 
V. a. and n. [irap-d, " from "; 
&77^AA», " to convey a mess- 
age '*] (** To convey a mess- 
age from " one to another ; 
hence) Military term : 1, To 
pass word, etc., along the 
line, — 2. To order, command. 

irapaycv^crOai, 2. aor. inf. 
of irapaylyvofiat. 

vapayivoioBt, 2. pers. plur. 

2. aor. opt. of vap&yiyvofiai, 
irapaYcv6ficyo9, rj, ov, P. 

2. aor. of ir&poyiyvofjLau 

irapd-Y^7vo|iai (-Yivo|i,ai), 
f. irapa-yfv^ffofiat, 2. aor. irfip- 
€y€p6fi7iy, V. mid. [Trapd, "near, 
beside"; ylyvofiai, "to he"] 
(" To be ^ near or beside '^ 
one ; hence) 1. To be present. 
—2. To arrive.-^d. With 
Dat. of person : To stand by, 
support, aid, assist, come to 
the aid of. 
viip-uYti); f. vap-d^u, 2. aor. 



224 



VOCABULARY. 



tr&p'^y&yotf, v. a. [wap-A; 
&y9», "to lead"] 1. [to^cC, 
"by, past"] To lead Jy, or 
pattf a place ; to lecid off or 
away, — 2. [irop-«t, "near"] 
(" To lead near "; hence) To 
bring forward, to introduce, 
etc.;~at 6, 8 anpply avroiJs 
(= rovs AoKtiaifioiflovs) after 
f&payfiy. 

v&ip&8c8pa|ii{Kca'ar, 8. pers. 
plur. plup. ind. of •uHparpix^- 

v&p&8C86vai, pres. inf. of 

v&pa'<8l8tt»|u, f. TcSifA-^^am, 
p. ir2p&-9^5wKa, 1. aor. (only 
m ind.) •u&p-il»Ka, v. a. [rapi, 
"from"; 5r$»/ii> "to give"] 
(" To give from " one's self to 
another; hence) 1. To give, 
or hand, over; — at 1, 10 folld. 
bv Dat. of person and Ace. of 
thing ; also by Inf. denoting 
purpose or intention = Lat. 
Gemnd in dam with prep. ad. 
— 2. To give up, surrender, — 
8. To deliver up into the 
hands of another. — 4. Of a 
watchword as Object: 2b 
give out, pass, — Pass. : v&p&- 
ol8o|iai, p. T&pH-htSofiat, 1. 
aor. iriip't%66riv, 1. fat. vapd- 
ioO^trofxat, 

vap&8lS«0O'i, 8. pers. sing, 
pres. ind. of ir&pa^xivfii, 

irapoSoOija'CTai, 8. pers. 
sing. 1. fat. ind. pass, of «-Ap&. 

ir&p&8o£t|, 8. pers. nog. 2. 
r. opt. of ir&pa5I9w/iii. 



v&p&8ovvai» 2. aor. inf. of 

irap&8i&<roi, 3. pers. sing, 
fot. opt. of irapaSiS»/ii. 

irap-aiv^w -aivw, f. irop- 
aiv^aoa and irap-aiv4<rofi€u, p. 
Tap-^v€Ka, V. a. [irap-d, in 
"strengthening "force; aivfw, 
in meaning of "to recom- 
mend "] 1. With Ace. of per- 
son and Inf. : To recommend, 
advise, exhort that one should 
be, etc. —2. Without Object : 
2b advise, give advUse, 

vap&K2LX^(rais, oUra, ay, P, 
1. aor. of irap&ic&\^». 

irap&-ic2LX^«t -KCkXw, f. 
ir2pa-icaA» later irap&-Ka\^o'«^ 

1. aor. TAp-cfc(£Ac<ra, v. a. [irap- 
A, "to"; KoAfV "to call'»] 
0* To call to" one ; hence) 1. 
2b send for, summon; — at 
6, 11 iropoicaAci is the Hist- 
oric present [§ 144]; some 
editions have iropcK^ci, the 
imperf. — ^2. 2b eticomrage, «r- 
hort, 

v&p&-KCi|iai, V. mid. [vop^ 
" beside, near "; Ktlfiaif " to 
be laid"] With Dat.: To he 
laid, or placed, near or he^ 
side. 

vap&KcC|&ciros» ri, ov, P. pres. 
of ir^dirci/uii. 

trap&X&Pwv, ovtra, Sy, P. 

2. aor. of wapaXofjifiSMv, 
<irap&-\a|iPav«t, f. ir&pcU 

Ki,\^ofjLai, 2. aor. ir&p»4\ik0otf^ 
v. a. [irapa ; Kofifiitw, ** to 
take"] 1. iTopd, "from"] 



VOCABULARY. 



22j 



('<To take from" another's 
hands; hence) jfb receive; — 
at 7, 56 supply. can&. (= raB- 
rtC) after iropdAo/SiJi'Tcs; — at 
7» 47 supply iiii with ofoy 
after rapcX&jSfs. — 2. [irapa, 
'* to "] With Ace. of person : 
(" To take to " one's self, eUs.; 
hence) To take with one, etc.; 
2, 17 ; 2, 20. 

ir&p-&|&c\^«t -|&cX«, p. irop- 
i^fi4\riKa, V. n. [nap-d, m 
** strengthening force "; iifitK- 
««, « to neglect "] (" To neg- 
lect greatly or altogether"; 
hence) lb he negligent; to he 
offon^e, etc., guoird, 

ir&p&(&f Xowras, contr. masc. 
ace. plur. of P. pres. of rfip- 

ir&pairXcv«ra«, 00*0, u»f P. 
1. aor. of iroi)airA.^fli. 

irap&-ir\cW| f. ir&pA-irA.c<}- 
trofiM and ir&pd'TrXtvaovfiai, 
1. aor. Top'hrhtvaaf v. n. 
[vapd, **past"j ithdw, "to 
sail ''] To $ail poet, to coatt 
along.^ 

v&p&cniYYilv, ov, m. A 
parasang ; a Persian measure 
of length equal to ahont SO 
Greek stadia, or about 8] 
English miles [a Persian word, 
"Farsang"]. 

vapao-KcvoC^IMvos, 17, ov, 
P. pres. mid. of if&paxrKtwita ; 
7, 67. 

v&pa-O'iccvaCtf, f. ir&pa- 
o'lccvcUrw, p. iraf)-€<rKc<(&Ka, 1. 
aor. irap-€0'K€tJ&(ra, v. a. [vapci, 



in " strengthening " force ; 
(TKcucECwj **to prepare"] 1. 
Act. : a. To prepare^ make 
ready. — b. To provide^ pro- 
cure, — ^2. Mid. : ir&pa-o'Kcv- 
&(o|fcai, 1. aor. irAf>-co'iccvaar&- 
/ii^y : a. To prepare as one's 
own act or for one's self. — 
b. To prepare ontfe self, to 
make preparations ;-^at 9, 85, 
folld. by &ffTt and Inf. ;— at 
7, 57 supply irt\$€7if or itx* 
Uvai after Tapa<rK9va(6fAtvos. 
— 8. Pass. : ir&oa-o'KcvaCo- 
(&ai, p. ir&o-€<rKtva€rtJuu, plup* 
7rap't<rK€vi<rfiriv, 1. aor. ir^<^' 
C(rjccv(£<r09}v, 1. fut. irAf>a-<rK€u- ' 
a<r9^4ro/ia<: In perf. : To he 
prepared, to he ready. 

<ir&pauriccvav&|iCvo«, 17, ov, 
P. 1. aor. mid. of irapavKtV' 

ir&pcurxtiv, 2. aor. inf. of 
v&pixw. 

ir&p&TCivai, 1. aor. inf. of 
irikp&Tfiw, 

ir&p&-TcCvtt», f. ir&pii-T€P», 
p. 7r&pii-r4T&Ka, 1. aor. irop- 
trtuta, Y. a. [iropcL "from"; 
Tthw, "to stretch"] {"To 
stretch from " a place ; hence). 
To extend, draw out or along,, 
etc. 

irapa-Tp^«t, f . Tr&pa-Hp&fiod'* 
fjMtf p. TT&p&'teSpafirjKa, plup.' 
vap'fUelip&fiiiKtiv, 2. aor. irAp- 
e^p&fiou, r. n. ^apd, "by"; 
rp4xw, "to run"] 1. To run hy 
or past; — at A, 18 strength- 
ened by follg. irapi c. Acc« — 

Q 



226 



VOCABULARY. 



2. With M (or %ts) and Ace. : 
To run up to, to run quickly 
to. 

ir&paTp^tfV, ovtra, ov, P. 
pres. of r&paTp4x». 

rh XPW^ ** bleside the thing"] 
On the spot, forthwith^ ttn- 
medicttehf, straightway. 

tr&pcyYvav, contr. pres. inf. 
of irdp677vaw. 

Tcdp'Tiyyv^tra, v. a. [irap-<£, 
"from"; ^77V(i», "to hand 
over*'] (" To hand over from" 
one ; hence) As military term : 
To pass on the word of com- 
mand, etc., alon^ the whole 
«ne;— at 3, 46 foUd. by Ob- 
jective clause; — at 1, 22 the 
word occurs twice : in the 
first instance it is folld. by an 
Acc.« in the other by an Ob- 
jective clause. 

v&pc8c8p&|i.i{Kco'av, 8. pers. 
plur. plup. ind. of ir&parpixof. 

ir&p^wKa^ 1, aor. ind. of 
^ap&SiSe»fit, 

wapjtcv, fop ir&pcCtiouv, 8. 
p". plup. 2. aop. opt. of ir&p^ 

ftrson^^^:^,^,^ithDa^^^ 

of.ov near to « ^ o 

^' he nJZ^ * ^ person.— 2. 
Vn^ • *^ *« present.-^, 
^ngs as Subject : To he 



at hand, to he ready ; 5, 9. — 
4. Impers. : ir(£pcoTi(v), It is 
in oni^s power, it is possible ; 
— at \, 26 with clause oXos . . . 
uKa(fiv as Subject. 

2. irap-ct|fti, imperf. irap- 
T^uv, v. n. [rap-d, " by '*; 6?/*i, 
"to go"] 1. To go hy or 
past ; to pass hy.^^2. To come 
forward, to advance, 

ir&pcXvai, pres. inf. of l.iraf>- 

(IfU. 

ir&p€io'i(v)y 8. pers. plur. 
pres. ind. of 1. irApci/ii. 
ir&pcic&Xc<rc^ 1. aor. ind. of 

V&p&K&\4w, 

ir&pA&Pov, 2. aor. ind. of 
trap&Ka/ifi&yu. 

ir&p-c\avv»y f. w&p-fK&cm 
Attic ir&p-cAWf 1. aor. irdp- 
4i\ii(ra, v. n. [irap-d, "past"; 
iXaivof, " to ride, to drive *'] 
To ride pcut or alony the 
line. 

irJip«\i{\ii9a, perf. ind. of 

miJf^fyw, fut. inf. of r^- 
4x<».^ 

irap-^pXO|i>ai, f. irap-cAci5<ro- 
fiai, p. ir&p-cA^Xv^Oy 2. aor. 
ir&p-^A9ov, v. mid. irreg. [vap- 
d, *' by "; fyxofiat, ** to go or 
come "] 1. To go, or c^hm, 5^ 
or past ; to pass hy, etc. — 2, 
To come forward for the par- 
pose of speaking. 

vap^o-c<r6ai, fut. inf. of 

1. TOLpeifXt, 

irap^frofiai, fat. ind. of 
1. Ttaptifii, 



VOCABULARY. 



227 



«&pc(m{v&TOy 8. pen. sing. 

1. aor. ind. mid. of •uikpitmt' 

fU. 

irapcon, 8. pers. sing. pros, 
ind. of 1. ir&p€ifu ; — at 1, 26 
impers.; at 6, 18 personal. 

perf. pass, in mid. force of 

v&p-^M, f. v&p'4^» and 
w&pa-ffx^a-ct, p. ir&p'4<rxfl'f«h 

2. aor. ir&p'4<rxov, 7. a. [vap-df 
<* beside or near''; lx<** "^ 
have or hold'*] ("To have, 
or hold, beside or near"; 
hence) 1. Act.: a. Xbfiimishf 
auppUf, provide ; — at 1, 88 
ihe Subject of ir&p4^€tu is not 
expressed, as it is the same as 
that of the leading verb f^. 
— b. To catue, produce, oc- 
eaeion,ffhe rise to. — ^2. Mid. : 
v&p-^o|iai, f. ndp'4^ofuu and 
irdpa-<rx^<ro/Aai, p. pass, in 
mid. force wip'taxyifMi i a. 
3b Jkmish, provide, eupply 
as one^s own act. — b. ft 
9hoto, dieplcuf ; 6, 11. 

iropj, 8. pers. sing. pres. 
sabj. of 1. ir&p9itu, 

v&pi|YyCa, contr. 8. pers. 
sing, imperf. ind. of w&pwyyv' 
Act. 

vapf|V, 8. pers. sing, imperf. 
ind. of 1. irapci/u; 8, 21. 

«^pv|our, 3. pers. plor. im- 
perf. ind. of 1. ir^c</ii. 

«^&p4i96a, lengthened form 
of wif%s, 2. pers. sing, im- 
perf. ind. of 1. ir&pcifu. 

Q 



riapOMov, ov, n. P(iir^A«»- 
ium ; a town of Mysia. 

napOMo9> ov, m. The Par^ 
thUntue (now JBaHan'Su or 
SartineY; ariver of Paphlag- 
onia. B^ the Greeks the 
origin of its name is assigned 
to irapB4yos, "a maiden or 
yirgin,'' in accordance with 
the myth that the yirgin- 
goddess ArtiimiB (the Latin 
Diana) lored to bathe in its 
waters. It is now generally 
held that the Greek name is 
but a modification of the 
native word. 

riopiavoC, dy, m. plor.; see 
ndpXov. 

ir&pWvai,pre8.inf. of 2. ir&fh 

v&p-(t||U} f. ird^4<r«, 1. 
aor. (only in indie.) vdp-^xa^ 
p. irAp-ciica, 2. aor. irAp-iyv, 
V. a. [rap-d, " by the side "; 
lillii, "to send "J ('«Tosend 
by the side" of one; hence, 
"to let fall"} hence, "to 
yield, g^ve up"; hence) To 
euffer, pemM, allow; — at 
2, 15 the editions vary be- 
tween viip€i§y and vfwcTey. 

n&plov, ov, n. P<urium$ a 
town of Mysia on the Helles- 
pont.— As Subst. : riapiavoff 
nvr, m. plnr. The inhabitants 
ofPariMm ; the Pariani. 

ir&p-£(m||iii» f. it&parcrr^trw, 
p. irifH4ffTnicaf pluperf. ir^ 
furHiKtiy, 1. aor. vip'4(rTri<ra, 
2» aor. '*ap'4ffT7iP, v. a. and 
2 



228 



VOCABULARY. 



n. {rap-^t '< bedde, by, near "; 
IffTTifu, « to eanse to stand j — 
to stand"] Act., in pres., im- 
perf., 1. fat., and 1. aor. ; — 
Kent., in perf., pluperf.^ and 
2. nor. : 1. Act. : ("To cause 
to stand beside, by, or near "; 
hence) To place, or 9€t, some 
object beside, hy, or near one. 
— 2. Neut.: To stand beside, 
by, or near. — S. Mid. : ir&p- 
(oT&iJMU, f. ir6pa»ar'fia-ofMi, 1. 
aor. wap'ttrrriir&firiif. To place, 
or set, by ofufs side os near 
one; 8, 3. 

irjipiwv, ovffa, 6v, P. pres. 
of 2. it&p€ifii, 

v&p^vTa, masc. ace. sing, 
and neat. nom. and ace. plar. 
of irUpdiP, 

ir&p^vTos, masc. ace plur. 
of trSix&y, 

irSp^vTfi«v, masc. gen. plar. 
of vipf&v; 8, 21. 

vapi&v, ovca, 6y, P. pres. of 
1. 'rapufii. — ^As Subst. : irap- 
6vraf w, n. plur. With Art.: 
The present things : — r^ vap' 
6yra irdifra, dU the present 
things, 7, 86; see irof, no. c, 

irof, waffa, vay, a^j* -^Uf 
every, — As Subst.: a. irdvrcs, 
uy, m. plur. All persons, all, 
— b. wav, irayr6s, n. Hvery* 
thing, — c. irdvTa, viyrtav, n. 
plur. AU things. — Position 
of itas in connexion with Art. 
and Subst.: (a) When the 
subst. is to be strongly marked. 



irSf is placed either before the 
Art., or after the Subst.; 
7, 36; see irapvv,-^^^) When 
totality is denoted, km is 
placed between the Art. and 
Subst.: — rhv vdyra Xp6voVf 
8»19. 

vcUrar, fern. ace. sing, of 
xas, 

ir^ian, fem. dat. sing, of 
iras. 

iram(v), maso. and nent. 
dat. plur. of irat • 

vdoxoicv, 8. pers. plur. 
pres. opt. of irdUrx«. 

ira-oxv, f. ic^lvofuu, 2. p. 
xiifoyBa, 2. aor. ttfoBov, y. 
irreg. [for itdB-ifxof; fr. i-oot 
ira0] 1. To be treated by one 
in any particular way. — ». To 
suffer, undergo. — 8. With 
words expressive of good or 
evil : a. Of good : ikyoBit wd- 
0'Xcii', to receive benefits, to 
be well treated; 8, 20; so, in 
same force, cS 7i:dffxtiy» 7, 8.— 
b. Of evil : kukAs tAcx^w, to 
suffer hurt, 8, 87.— With 6xrf 
and Gen. of person : 2b be 
ill-treated by ; 7, 16. — 4. 

Phrase: wdax^^^ '''h ^ i^v« 
some evU happen to one, etc.; 
euphemistic for to be put to 
death, 2, 14. 

irolra{oi«, cUra, a», P. 1. aor. 
of K&rdfffTw. 

ir&T04r(r«», f . r&ralM, 1. aor. 
in&raJ^a, ¥• a. and n« To strike, 
smite. 

va-rqp, ripos rp6s, m. (''A 



VOCABULARY. 



229 



protector''; also, "a nonr- 
isher '*) A father^ as one who 
protects, etc. [akin to Sans. 
pitri, fp. root pA, "to pro- 
tect, to noarish"; cf. Lat. 
pater], 

iraTp^rty dat. plnr. of va* 

<iraTp-Yo9} Xa, Xov, adj. 
[irfirj^p, 'irarp'6Sf "a father" 5 — 
Plur. : « Fathers, forefathers," 
etc,] ("Of, or belonging to, 
one's fathers"; hence) Handed 
dofon ijf oiu^s fathers, hered- 
itary : — ry irarptip v6fi^, ac- 
cording to hereditary custom ; 
8, 6 ; cf. Latin " more mfyor- 
nm." 

iraTp-foc, 4^, ^ow, adj. 
irirfip, iraTp-6Sf **a fether"] 

Of, or pertoining to, a 
father") Coming from on^e 
father ovfathere, inherited, 

iremm, f. va^urm, p. irciravica, 
1. aor. Kirav&a, v, a. : 1. Act. : 
a. 2b make a thing to cease ; 
to stop, check, put a stop or 
end to, — ^b. With Part. prea. 
in concord with iOlject : To 
stop a person, e^e.,^o»i doing, 
etc, — 3. Mid. : iravo|&ai« f. 
Ta^trofiai, 1, aor. 4rrav<rafifiy, 
p. ir4'Kavfun, (" To make one's 
self to cease"; hence) a. 2b 
cease, stop, leave off, — b. 
With Part, in concord with 
Subject : 2b cease to do, etc. ; 
to leave off doing, etc.; 6, 35. 
— C. Absol., or with \4yMP 
(** speaking ") tobe snpplied : 



f 



2b leaoe off speaking; to 
cease to speak ; 6, 38. 
ria^XaTovCa, as; see ITo^A.- 

ria^X&Ywr, 6yos, m. A 
native of Paphlagonia, a 
ooontry m the north of Asia 
Minor; a Taphlctgonian s ^^ 
Plur. : 2^e JPaphiagonians, 
— Hence, ria^X&Tov-la, Xas, f . 
2%e country of the JPaphlag^ 
Unis, TapMagonia, 

'TcSl-vot, vil, v6v, a4j. [ircST- 
ow, «*a plain"] ("Of, or be- 
longing to, rc8<0K"; hence) 
Level, even, Jlat, 

in8-Cov, lov, n. [akin to 
W5-0V, "the ground"] A 
plain, 

irctiD > Bee irt(6s, no. 1. 

wtt-^, ^, 6yt adj. [Wf-o, 
« the foot "1 (" Of, or pertain- 
ing to, TcXa"; hence) 1. On 
footgwalking. — ^Adverbial fern, 
dat. sing.: int'S (*c, 6i^) : a. 
On foot, as opp. to riding. — 
b. Sy land, as opp. to sailing 
on board ship. — 2. Of soldiers: 
Serving, etc, onfoot,foot'4 — 
As Subst. : ircC^, ov, m« A 
foot-soldier ; — ^Plur. : Foot- 
soldiers, infaniry, 

irc£6oiTO, 8. pers. sing. pres. 
opt. mid. of ircC6«. 

vciO-«t) f. irc^iTa;, p. W€ir€tKa, 
1, aor. ^irc icro, v. a. [root iri0] 
1. Act. ! a. To prevail upon, 
persuade, induce, eto. ; — at 
7, 19 supply abr^ (= Tcb 
AdKotye) as the Subject of 



230 



VOCABULARY. 



vffitf'ai I see^ also^ ofo/xai, no. 2 
at end;--at'2, 10 supply 
9itn6if (= Bfi^o^^Syra) after 
wtlfftty, — b. To urge with 
entreitiy, to try to pernuule, 
— 0. Without nearer Object : 
To permadBf L e. to use per- 
au€ttion, to try pereuaeion. — 
2. Mid. : vcC6-0|uUv f. ircf<ro- 
^Mi^ p. iriiroiBa, 2. aor. M06' 
tiflP : a. With Dat. [§ 102, (4)]: 
To ohey, to eubmit to ;— irciV- 
taBcu rf iK«7 apfioffrp, 2, 15 ; 
ir€iOofi4vovs 2c^0», 4, 13; in 
which section the preceding 
ntiffto'Ocu is the fntl inf. of 
vdUrx». — ^b. With Objective 
danse : To heUeve that; 8, 8. 
— 8. Pass. : its (9-oiiai, p. 
w4n€urfjLeu, L aor. iwtlaOiiy, f. 
irci0'0^<ro/Aai : a. To be per' 
iuaded, prevailed on, — ^b. To 
obey, to be obedient, to sub- 
mit. 

^cXpo, as, f. Trial, eX' 
perience, proof. 

'iff ip&crftai, contr. pres. inf. 
mid. of ir€ipdu, 

" ircipao'^)Jiff6a, 1. pen. plur. 
fht. ind. mid. of wtipdco, 

ir€ip'&» -», f. Ttipatrw, p. 
trdrtipoKO, 1. aor. iwetpaxra, 
V. a. [veip-a, " an attempt"] 
1. Act. : To try, attempt, en- 
deavour. — ^2. Mid.: ircip-^fJiai 
-w|&ai« f. ir€ipA<TOfiat, 1. aor. 
iveipda'aftriv : a. With Inf.: 
,To try, attempt, endeavour to 
do, etc. — b. AJone : To make 
f^n endeavour, etc; to attempt. 



iriip^lfMvof, 17, ou, contr. P. 
pres. mid. of v^ipdat. 

ifffip^) contr. 2. pers. sing, 
pres* opt. mid. of ireipdot. 

irclo-oi, 1. aor. inf. ofirttBv. 

wtia-ai^t, 1. aor. opt. of 

ircCou«, 00*0^ ay, P. 1. aor. 
of wfiBu. 
inConciv, fat. inf. of w^l9w. 

1. ircCcTfcrOai, fht. inf. mid. 
ofirf/9(»; 2, 15. 

2. tnitrta^ax, fat. inf. of 
vdtrx^ i 4, 18. 

irtCo-fTcu, 3. pers. sing. fat. 
ind. of vdurxv ; 2, 14. 

ircC<r||, 2. pers. sing. Int. 
ind. of wdax^ > 8, 20. 

ircCooiuti, int. ind. mid. of 
frtte» ; 8, 89. 

1. iradrovrai, 8. pers. plor. 
int. ind. of ird<rx» » ^* ^* 

2. ireCovvTOi, 8. pers. plar. 
fat. ind. mid. of irelOn ; 4, 5. 

ircXraor-Tifs, rod, m. [for 
iTf \Ta5-TiJ J J fr. ir(\Ta(o9 (= 
TcAraS-ffw, " to be a targfet- 
eer "] A taryeteer, peltaet, 

ircXraoT-XK^y XkIi, XkSv, 
adj. [ircXTaflTT-ilij/'apeltast**] 
Of, or belonging to, a peU» 
met or peltaste, — ^As Snbst.: 
ircXrooT-XK^v, ov,b. A pelt- 
aet force, a body qfpeltaste. 

ir^Krq, ris, f. A small shield 
of leather, without a rim, 
originally nsed by the Thrac- 
ians. 

irl|Mrti, f. rdfiipM, p. W- 
irofupa, 1, aor. Itcic^o, v. a. 



VOCABULARY. 



231 



To «M<I;— at 1, 2; 2, 7 
without nearer Object. 

mfymmr, owra, o¥, P. prea. 
of W/iir«;-— at 6« 12 2e^- 
ov wifitoyros ia Gen. Aba. 

[§ 1181 

Wu.i|rat, &ira, tof, P. 1. aor. 
of w4fxw», 

" to work for one'a bread "; 
henoe» " to be poor"] A poor 
man, — ^N.B. The word is also 
used as an adj.: '^jpoor, needy." 

ircy-Ya, )fo5, f. (jr^v-ijr (ad^.), 
** poor, needy "] {« The state, 
or condition, of the T^vi}t "; 
hence) Poverty, need ; — for 
riiu r6T€ vcfioy, 6, 20, see 
1. 6f no. 6, a. 

ifivrtf num. ac^. indecl. 
Five [akin to Sans. pa4chan, 
" five "]. 

vcrr-i{-icovTa, num. adj. 
indecl. m/iy [w4yT-t, "five"; 
(17) connecting vowel ; kov (= 
^an, in Sans, daqan), ** ten "; 
ra suffix, like Lat. tue, '' pro- 
vided with '*; and so, literally, 
"provided with five tens"]. 

•■r€VTt)KrfvT-Op-0«, OVf f. 

[for 'KevTHK6vr'^p'OS ; fr. 
weKT^icoi'T-o, '* fifty "; io, root 
of ip'itnruj " to row "J (** A 
fifty-rowed " vessel; i. «.) A 
ship (of burden) with fifty 
oars; afifty'Oared vessel, 

«nirXot^lm(v), 8. pers. sing, 
perf. ind. of v\ovrii<». 

vcirovif||Ji^o«, 17, ov, P. perf. 
pass, of wov4w. — As Subst.: 



irfiron||ji^, -^p, n. plur. 
With Art.: The toils that have 
been undergone i 6, 10. 
irffirpoKCFoi, perf. inf. of 

VlXpdffKV, 

ircirpacFe|&ai,a fut.ind. pass, 
of wtwpdo'Ku, 

wfp, enclitic particle^ em- 
phasizing the word to which 
it is subjoined: Indeed, in 
truth f etc.; 7, 47. 

ircpcLiovatfflu, contr. pres. 
inf. pass, of ircpoi^w. 

Wfpai-^ •>«, f. X9pai<&<r»f 

1. aor. iirtpatuo'a, v. a. [ir4pai 
(= ir4pa), " beyond," as found 
in comp. wtpai'Ttpos, "fur- 
ther"] 1. Act.: To carry be- 
yond or across; to convey 
to the fiirther side of, — 

2. Pass.: inpai-^i&ai -ov- 
l&oo, p. w§wtpai»fiai, 1. aor. 
4w9pau&Biiv, 1. fUt. ircpaictf^tf'o- 
/iai, fut. mid. in pass, force 
irepai^ffofxai, ("To be can*ied 
over"; hence) To pass, or 
cross, over, 

ir^pav, adv. Across, beyond, 
r\lgyaju>9, ov, f., and 
n^pY&jjiov, ou, n. Fergamus or 
Ptfr^afnum (^oyiBergamah); a 
city of Mysia ; 8, 8. Pergfim- 
us was the seat of one of the 
Seven Churches of Asia men- 
tioned in the book of Revela- 
tion. 

ircpC, prep. : 1. With Gen. : 
a. Around, about. — b. Near, 
— 0. Concerning, respecting, 
about, — d. To denote value or 



232 



VOCABULARY. 



worth: Jbr, oft — wepl »Ae^ 
orov vMCi^^, to reekam an 
object (for, i e. worth, more; 
h^oe) of more imporkmee, 
7, 44; — BO, irepi vXcforov 
voicmtAu, to redkom ofhighegt 
importance, to set tie k^hewt 
valme om, to hold in iciest 
esteem, S, 9.-2. With Bat : 

a. Around, round about.— 

b. Hard hy, near.-^. For, 
on aeeount of. — 8. With Aoc : 
a. Around, about ; — ^for artide 
folld. by %fpi and Aec. of per- 
son, see 1. 6, 7, b.~b. Near, by. 
-»e. With regard to, about, re- 
neeting,—^ Of time : About. 

WCpl-P^LXX», f. ir€pi'0^&, 
2. aor. ir§pt'4fiixoy, y. a. [r§pl, 
*' aroond **; fidWat, " to throw 
orcast"] ("To throw aronnd"; 
hence) L lb surround. — 2. 
Mid. : wcpK-P^LXXofftai, f. vcpi- 
fidKovfuu, 2. aor. w€pi'€fiii\6- 
fi-nv : With Ace. of thing : To 
throw something around, or 
over, on^s se^, etc., for the 
purpose of defence; 4^ 17, 
where it means "to throw 
behind so as to cover** 

w«ptY«^^F#a^ 2. aor. inf. of 
'Ktpiyiyvofiau 

«cpX-Y(Yvo|&a^ f. vtpi-yfv^ 
fiaofxai, 2. aor. wtpX.^€v6ftriw, 
V. mid. [irc^r, "beyond, above"; 
ylyyo/uu, "to be**] ("To be 
beyond or above ^; hence) 
Mone : To prove superior, to 
'»»^; 1, 28. 
-ciSov, 2. aor. without 



a present (osed as 2. aor. of 
tepH-opdm), v. a. [u'€pi, **a- 
roond"; eI8«v, "to see or 
look*'] ("To see, or^look, 
aronnd"; hence, witlT the 
accessory notion of not notic- 
ing) 7b pass by, or aver^ 
without notice, etc. ; to over- 
look, neglect, etc. ; — at 7, 49 
ir€pif86i> is folld. by part, in 
concord with its Object. 

vcploXKOK, impen. ind. of 
TcpieAirw. 

wtpC-cifu, imperf. mpi-^ev, 
V. n. [«pt, "roond"; cf/tu, 
"to go*'] 2b go round or 
about: — T^ *EXAft8a ircpc- 
pcc, used to go about Ghreeee, 
I, 83; where the imperf. 
irfptpei denotes a customary 
act. — ^N.B. The present tense 
of ttfu, "to go,** and of its 
compounds is generally used 
as a fiiture. 

TKfX'ikiKA, 1. aor. T6p<>c(A- 
Kvaa, V. a. [w€pl, " around '*; 
lAfc«, "to draw or drag"] 
To draw, or dr(ig, around ; to 
drag about, whether actually 
or figuratively : — Sp ^fias 
w€ptu\K€, by which he leept 
dragging us about, 6, 10; 
where &v is put in Oen. by 
attraction to ixiiyup omitted 
after dSpra Siici^v, instead of 
in the dat. oTt. 

iffpXlirXci, oontr. 8. pets, 
sing, imperf. ind. of ir€piir\4», 

wtpleoTavpwKro, 3. pers. 
plur. plnp. ind. of T^pirraup^. 



VOCABULARY. 



233 



wy tl ^ i p w, imperf. ind. of 

««pt||ci, 8. pen. ring, im- 
perf. ind. of wtpUt/Au 

«f pYX&P^, owrof 6p, p. 2. 
aor. of vepiAo/i/S^w. 

vcpX-XaifcPJUw, f. vcpi- 
X^o^Mu, 8. aor. v€pi'4\Afiop, 
y. a.[ir«p^ "aroand"; Xcva/3* 
4j^«, <<to take"] ("To take 
around"; henee) lb throw 
ike arm§ aromuL, to embrace, 

«fpl|UrtTiy 2. pen. plnr. 
pres. imperat^ of wtpXiiipm, 

«iipV-|Mvtiy 1. aor. irfp7- 
ilJMum, ▼. a. and n. [vcp^; 
lUimt " to renuun "] 1. Act. : 
[»€pl, " for 'H To floai^ Jbr, 
awaU. — 2. Neat: [ir«p<, in 
"strengthening" fbrce] To 
remain, wait, etajf or atop 
anywhere. 

ncpCvtfCoi, «y] see n^p<r0of. 

n<piv9of, ov, f. Pm»^Aiit 
(now EreitUSi a dt^ of 
Thrace^ on the Propontis.-— 
Uenoe, ncp(v0-Yot, Xa, toy, 
adj. Of, or helonging to, 
jPirintkue ; Pm»^Aum. — As 
Subst. : hcpCv^i, »v, m. 
plor. With Art.: The people, 
or inhahitants, cf PerintSms} 
the Ferinthiane, 

leipiiftLdv, [strengthened fr. 
TTtpi (adr.), " around "] With 
Gen. : Around, round abowt. 

wcpYopfv, contr. pres. inf. 
of mfuopdu. 

WCpV-Op^ "OpW, f. Vffpc- 

i^oiJtxuy p. irtpi-f (jpdica, y. a. 



[iTfp^ «<aroand"; ^prfw, "to 
see"] ("To see, or look, 
around"; hence, with access- 
ory notion of not notic- 
ing) 2b paae hy, or over, 
wUhout notices to overlook, 
neglect, etc.;— •at 7, 40; 
7, 46 irtpHopfy is f olid, by 
part, in concord with Object 
of yerb;— at 3, 8 the ace. 
ilfiSis must be supplied with 
Mtoiiirevs after wtpt6\^9ff0M, 

irfpX^o^a^ fut. inf. of 
xtpiopiot, 

vspV-wCvni, f. TTtpX-wto'^ 
ovfuu, 2. aor. vtpX-itrBcop, 
y. n. [wtpi, "around"; vtwru, 
" to f aU "] (« To faU around " 
a person, etCf hence) With 
Dat : To fall in with, to fall 
foul of. 

wspC-wXIti, 1. aor. wtpX~ 
4T\€vfra, y. n. \jirtpi, ** round"; 
irA^«, "to saU"] lb eail 
round from a place; — at 1, 20 
the imperf. (vcpZ^Xci) points 
to the commencement of the 
action. 

wvpi-oravp^ -oraiipM, f. 
v<pt-<rravp<^<rw, p. ircpi-ciTTa^p- 
vKo, V. a. [yrtpt, "around"; 
<rravp6», " to fence with 
pales "] To fence around, or 
about, with palee ; to pali- 
eade around, — Pass. : wtpi- 
oravpdofMu -oTavpovj&ai, p. 
TfpX'taravpufiai, plnp. wtpi- 
€(rravp<&fjt7iv, 1. aor. ir€pt« 
taraup^fBitv, 1. fat. Tepi- 
aravpuBiio'ofMU, 



234 



VOCABULARY. 



vfoi-rr^ (Aiiic for vtfM- 

*« beyond"] (" Beyond '^ the 
regular number ; hence) Over 
and above, 

VfpiC-^pw, f. wtpX-oitrmf 1. 
aor. rtpt'^v§yKaf 2. aor. vtpi- 
^yeyitoy, v. a. [vtpl, "round"; 
^4fm, "to carry"] To ea/rry 
rottm};— at 8, 24 the Snlject 
of ircpU^cpov is omitted be- 
canee indefinite persons are 
intended : ihey^ or mm^ "kepi 
oanying round i the imperf. 
here denoting a continued act. 

ir^potf ov, m* A piece cf 
rockt a etone, 

«i{Y*^F^^ ^ «nY-HJ«, f. 
fr4(«, p. riwnx»9 1* aor. Iriy^a, 
▼. a. (<<To make fhst"; hence, 
'< to make solid, siifi; or hard"; 
hence) To freeze. — Pass. : 
iHjiy-i^uMi, p. wiwTiytieu, 1, 
aor. iifix^*'> 2. aor. iw&yriVf 
2. fnt. ir&yfiffofuu; — at 4, 8 
the imperf. denotes that which 
customarily happens : tteed to 
freeze [akm to Sans, root FA9, 
« to bind "]. 

vUl«, f. vi^crW) 1. aor. M' 
•era, v. a. (" To press, squeeze''; 
hence) 1. Of an attacking 
force as Subject: To prete 
hard,-^2. Pass. ; irU{o|jiai, p. 
ireirUfffAat, 1. aor. iiri4e'$7iv, 
1. f. vifffO^ffofuu : Of a force, 
etc., attacked as Subject t To 
be hardpreeeed, 
' tnwp£mM, p» r4wpdKa, 
•*iup. iwtwp&Ktir, V. a. 2b 



««2/. *— Pass. : «Mr|»44nco|M&, 

p. vhrp&fiM 1. aor. iwpMnp, 
f. vdrpdcro/iot later irpd^- 
(To/iai;— at 7, 26 with Qen. 
ofprice[|116]. 

aor. pass, of furrtUf. 

viOT*f^, f. v((rrff^«», p. 
vtir/orevKo, 1. aor. iwUrrewot 
V. n. [irfcTT-if, "trust"] 1. 
Act : a. With Dat. [§ 100, 
(8)] ; cf. Primer, § 106, (8) : 
To truet, put truet orfaUh 
in; to believe or have eo»» 
fidence in^r^h. With OUeettre 
clause : To believe, to be etm- 
fideni or cure, that; 7, 47. 
— %, Pass.: VMrr-c^i&aiy p. 
wnriertvfuu, 1. aor. 4wtffTW» 
Bfiv, 1. fat. wurrevO^io'Ofiai : A. 
Alone : To be trueted or he* 
lieved : — rh viert^terBtU tre, 
your being trueted, 7, 26} 
where the abore clause is in 
apposition to rovrc ; see 1. 4, 
no. 2.— b. With bw6 and Qen. 
of person : To be believed or 
trueted byi 6, 88.— e. With 
Inf. fut.: To be believed to be 
ahout, or likely, to ; 7. 25« . 

wurr^v, ov ; see Turr6s, 

v(0-r^t; fr. iri]0, root of trcli9«, 
** to persuade "; Pass., " to be 
persuaded, to trust"] 1. Of 
persons : Trueip, faithful.—' 
8. Of things : to be trueted, 
eure, to be relied on, truet' 
worthy,— Am Subst.: wurr&r, 
ov, n. A pledge, eeeurUyi — 



VOCABULARY. 



235 



afc 4^'22 in plnr. HT Comp. : 
wurT^^tpo$ ; Sup. : vi<rr- 

VMI TOT&TOtf Iff 01% sop. 

acy* ; see vurriff .— -As Sabtt. : 
tnoTdr & To t, ov, m. With Art. : 
He thai m mott fmtl^s 
•^at 2» 29 6 vMrr^ftros is in 
appodtion to dko( implied in 

wiu'iiripotf a, OF, oomp. 
adj.; seetrioT^f. 

irXa(«iov, ov, n.: 1. ^o&2oii^ 
figure or body. — 2. Aa milit- 
ary term : vXafo'ior W«X«vy>- 
ov, or simply vWo'cof, means 
a body of troops drawn ap in 
an eqnal-sided vXoUo'ior, i,e, 
in a sqnare : A tquare, 

vXav-dift -«, f. vXoi^o'w, 
1. aor. ^Xi(yi|^a, v. a. [irXiU. 
or, ''leading astray "3 1. Act: 
To lead attrt^, etc--2. Psss. : 
vXatr-^ltoi -fi i ttti , p. vcvXflr. 
17/iai, 1. aor. iwXarfi$iiw, 2b 
foander, or ^o, ot^roy; — at 
79 24 in flgnratiye meaning. 

vX^ior, oros ; see vXc^f. 

1. vkuaruy sup. adv. [ad- 
verlual nent. plnr. of «Xc<Wof, 
" most "] Jfof^, in the highest 
decree, especially ; 6, 85. 

2. vXsioTo, cpy ; see »X»«rT- 

Of. 

vXsSoToc, n, ov, snp. adj. ; 
see voX^f: 1. Mott, very 
many: — &s htf vKtUrrovs, <u 
many as ever, 2, B, where it 
is foUd. by Gen. <rf " Thing 
Distributed" [§ 112].— As 



Sabst. : a. vXsSarai, mr, m. 
plnr. Very ntat^ persons, 
very mai^ : — for 5rt vX(ttrr»r 
iucovSrrmr, 8, 7, see 2. 5ti, 
no. 2, e. —With Art. : 0/ 
irXciirroi, the greatest part or 
nmmbert the rnqforOys 4, 6. 
— b. wXtiara, uw, n. plnr. 
Fify many ihinys.^ With 
Art.: The greatest part of 
the things, — 2. Very mmct, 
very great t 6, 11 :— for inpi 
irXttoreo, 8, 9, see wepi, no. l,d. 

vX^Tt, contr. 2. pers. plnr. 
pres. ind. of tK4m. 

wXf UiT (vXImt), or, comp. 
adj. ; eee voX^f : 1. More. — 
As Sabst. : vXfior (mUor), 
ores, n. More$ h, 4:*^for ftpX 
wXtloros, see w€pi, no. 1, d: 
— T^ vXcTor, the more, 6, 16. 
— 2. More mtmerous, greater 
in number; 6> 16. — 8. In 
space, etc, : Longer, Jkrther. 
—As Sabst.: a. vXcior, orof 
(se, Ziderjifui), n. A longer, 
otjkrther, mstanee ; 3, 12; 
cf. /u(mrm 

wkior, comp. adv. [adverb- 
ial neat, of vX^y, ** more " j 

wXcvvWyl. aor. inf. of rX^. 

wXlii, f. vK*6<ro/Aai and 
irXfveovfuu, p. v^vXcviray 1. 
aor. IrXcvo-o, v. n. (*' To swim 
about "; hence) To sail. 

1. tr\£»sr, OP, comp. adj.; 
see irX6(«y. 

2. vXi^, ovea, or, P. pres. 
of vXc«. 



238 



VOCABULARY. 



Tovro (xefiBrriog to the pre- 
ceding sUtement) after voc 
iietifupos, — b. With eeoond 
Aoe. : To wuUte^ on ooe^s own 
purt» an object that which 
IS denoted by the eeoond Ace; 
2, 38^ where snpply d/toi as 
lint ace.; eee praoeiSUDg con- 
text. — e. 2b hold^ deem, eon- 
Hder, reekom, regard; 7, 44; 
B, 9.-^4. Faae.: «oUofMi-ov- 
|Mi, p. w€woififuu, 1. aor. iwoi- 
il0iir, 1. fat* woiii04i9oiuuf To he 
done 9 etc 

«oM|(r&|urot, HI, oPf P. 1. 
aor. mid. of voUw, 

woiifaaty o^Oy Wi P. 1. aor. 
of iroi^«. 

wou^iniv, fat. in£ ofvoUw. 

vovqojjfi, 2. pers. nng. 1. 
aor. snbj. of votiw, 

«ou{9i|Tf, 2. pers. plnr. 1. 
aor. snbj. of voi&f. 

woii^aDi, 8. pers. sing. fat. 
opti 01 %oUm, 

voii|o«|ftai, ftit. mid. of 

voii(ffifV| ovcra, ov, P. ftit* of 

voi^iTs, contr. 2. pers. plor. 
pres, salj. of voUtt, 

ffoioit\v, Attio for roioi/Ai, 
contr. pres. opt. of iroi^w. 

iroiOi|jii|K, contr. pres. opt. 
mid. of voiiv, 

irobof, a, 0^1 adj. 0^ what 
iort or A;i»(2; toAa^ kind of, 
etc.— rfr is often joined to 
woios, thereby merely render- 
ing it more indefinite ; of. 6, 24. 



wSktut, nom. and aoc. plor. 

of v^Atf. 

woXff|t im -f»y f. roXefi^ffv, 
p. vevoA^ifica, 1. aor. iroKeii- 
Ilea, y. n, [wSXtfi-os, '* war "] 
L Alone: 2b war; to wage, 
or oorrjr on, war; 6, 1. — 
2. With Dat [§ 102, (3)] : 2b 
warmth; to make war on, to 
wage war with or against; 6, 7. 

iroXc|fci(9wr, ovo'a, op, P. 
fat. of woX€fii», 

woXf|fc-l«$f, ttffi, Xk6p, adj. 
[ir^Affi-of, «war"] (**Of, or 
belonging to, ir^Xe^t "; hence) 
!• Of persons : Warlike; — at 
2, 22 the Sop. is folld. by 
Gen. of " Thing Distributed " 
[§ 112].—2. Of thmgs : Fer- 
taining to war, — ^As Sabst. : 
voXc|ilK^, ov, n. ("A thing 
pertaining to war"; hence) 
A hattle'ory, war-ihout; 8, 33. 
fgSir (CkNnp.: 7ro\€fUK'^T€pos)} 
Snp.: roXtfUK'^T&Tos. 

voX«|aXK^&ro«, -n, or, sap. 
a4)« j see iroA6/itJc<$5. 

1. voX^|i-Xo«, lo, lovy a$. 
rir<J\€/i-of, "war"] 1. (y, or 
belonging to, war, — 2. Some- 
times with Dat. [§ 102, (3)] : 
Hostile, — As Sabst.: weX^it- 
io«, ov, m. An enemy in war ; 
a foeman, etc. — With Art.: 
Thefoeman, the foe ; 3, 26. — 
Plar.: With Art.: The enemy; 
—at 8, 84 fill ap the passage : 
of Tc yh.p icoXimol ilffi BpqKts 
Vfiiy, Kal (ffi€7s oi iplXoi icrk 

0p§KfS, 



VOCABULARY. 



239 



2. *Ko\l\fA9%, ov; see 1. 

3. voX^|&-Yo«, lo, "iov, adj. 
[toX/^-iot, "an enemy"] 1. 
Q^ or helon^ng to, the 
enemy ; 6, 25. — As Snbst. : 
voXc|ita, as (sc. X^P^)* ^' -^^ 
enemy's country. — 2. Hostile. 

ir6X-c|jio9> ^/uov, m. [prob. 

for ird\-(fAos ; f r. iraX, root of 

xdWu, "to brandish, bnrl," 

etc."] (<* A brandishing or hurl- 

ing" of weapons; hence) 1. 

Battle, Jight.-'2. ITar;— at 

1, 27 rbj' T^AfMOV r^y irphs 

Tohi Acuct^ufiortovs refers to 

the Peloponnesian War, which 

was brought to a dose, B.O. 

405, by the defeat of the 

Athenian fleet at i&gos- 

pdtfimos ("Goat-river") by 

the Lacedsemonian commander 

Lysander. 

irtfXcox(v), dat. plor. of 
v6\is. 

w6\tt»9, Attic gen. of t6\is, 

v6Xi-f , 6S (Attic w6\€'»s), 
f.:l. A city. — 2. At Athens : 
With Art.: The ^cropoUe, as 
being the site of the old 
city; 1, 27 [akin to Sans. 
pnri, '<a town or city'*]. 

v^Xi^'liA, /i&Tos, n. [for 
woXiH-fia; fr. iroXl(w (= iroA(8- 
<r»), **tobnild a city"; hence, 
•'to build" generally] ("That 
which is built "; hence, " the 
buildings of a city **; hence) 
A city, toum. 

1. iroXXa, adr. ; see toA^s. 



2. voXXo, Sof ; see iroX^f. 

iroXX-&iciS, adv. [voXis, 
ToAA-oO, " much " 5 plur. 
"many"] Many times, often^ 
times, frequently, 

iroXX-a-irX&oto«, rXtSurXa, 
vX&eXov, adj. [iroA^f, iroAA-oD, 
" much, many"; (o) connect- 
ing vowel ; the origin of the 
last member of the word is 
uncertain] Many times more 
numerous, several times as 
many: — at 7, 27 folld. by 
Gen. of "Thing Compared" 
[§ 114], inasmuch as the no- 
tion of comparison is involved 
in the meaning of the word. 

iroXX&X'Hi B^^^* fobsol. iroA- 
Xax^i, "many"]" 1. Many 
times; often, frequently. — ^2. 
In many plaees, as opp. to 
otiatirj. 

voXXoC, iroXXoiC, voXXd, 
nom. plur. of woX6s. 

voXXwiis, voXXdff, voXXd, 
ace plur. of roX6s, 

voXXiwK) gen. plur. of -roA^r, 
whether as adj. or subst. 

1. voXiv, nom. and ace neut. 
sing, of -roAi^f. 

2. voXv, adv. [adverbial 
neut. of iroA^;, "much"] 
1. Of degree: Much, far, 
very. — With Comp. Adj.: — 
iroXb vX^tovs, many more, 
5, 16 : — iroXh Kp€irroa't(v) 
ifiavTou, by those far superior 
to, or more powetful than, 
myself, 6, 87. — 2. Of space : 
A great way or distance, far. 



240 



VOCABULARY. 



\ 



Yoc. TloKitK^rtiy 2, 80)^ m. 
_Vo\-iJ*, *'much"; (w) oon- 
Decting Towel ; Kpar-os, 
••streDgth"] (*'0no having 
much strengui "] Polyeraiea; 
an Athenian mentioned at 
2, 17, etc, 

rioX-v-vIiC'Os, ov, m. [iro\- 
ist "much"; plur. "many"; 
(v) connecting vowel; vIK'Ii, 
" victory "] (•' One having 
many victories") Polynious ; 
a Spartan mentioned at 6, 1 ; 
6,43. 
iroXvf , ToKKti, vokI, ac(]* : 

1. Of number or quantity : 
a. Sing. : Large^ grwU. — ^b. 
Plur. : Many, numeroui, in 
great numben ; much : — 
To^\al KpiBal Kti wvpoi, much 
barley and wheat, 1, 18. — As 
Subst.: iroXv)iro\Xoi;,n. With 
Art. : The much; 7, 86 ;— at 

2, 8; 5, 12, etc,, with Gen. of 
"Thing Distributed" r§ 112]. 
— As Subst. : (a) voXXoi, w, 
m. plur. Jfan^ persone, many, 
—With Art. : T^e many, the 
mafority. — (b) iroXX^, &y, n. 
plur. Many things. — 2. Of 
degree, value, etc, ; Mttoh, 
great, high, large, — Adverbial 
neut.: iroXXd, Much, great- 
Jy, very; 6, 86.-3. Of 
space: Large, great, — ^N.B. 
When TOMS in any of its 
forms is joined to an acy. by 
Koi, the Kai is not rendered in 
English : — &y8par iroKKohs itoX 



fiaxifMvs, many warUke men, 
8, 18 : — ToWh KhyaBd, many 
good things, 1, 83. UST 
Comp. : irKticty or vK4uv; 
Sup.: irXctcrror; see these 
words [akin to Sans, purus, 
" much, many "]. 

vov-^« -w, f. woy^ffM, p. 
irfirJ^i^ira, 1. aor. iT6p7ia'a, 
V. n. and a. [irrfv-oj, "labour"] 
1. Neut. : a. To labour, toil. — 
b. To undergo, or suffer, toil. 
—2. With Aco. of thing : To 
work, or toil, hard for g to 
gain by toil, labour, or exer- 
tion; 6, 41.— Pass.: irov-^oiuii 
-ovfiai, p. irtwSimifuu, 1. aor. 
iirov^diiu. 

'vovfi - p^, pi, p6v, ad|j. 
[lengthened fr. irovt-p6s\ fr. 
Tovi-u, in force of " to feel, or 
suffer, pain"] ("Peeling, or 
suffering, pain"; hence, "pain- 
ful"; hence) L Bad, sorry, 
useless, good for nothing.— -2. 
Of locdities : Bad, us^awmr- 
able; 4, 12. — 8. Morally: 
Bad, wicked, ill-disposed. 

irom^orof , wra, op, P. 1. aor. 
of vovin, 

ir^voSy ov, m. ToU, labour t 
—6 di rohs fffurdpovs rrSyovs 
Hx^h omdhe on the other hand 
has (the fruits of) our toils, 
6, 9; where 7r6yovs means 
that which has been obtained 
through toil. 

ridvTOf, ov, m, [ir6vros, 
"sea"] Pontus: 1. With or 
without EH^fivos : The JPont- 



VOCABULARY. 



241 



it8 or PontfU Suxinus {now 
'* the Enzine or Black Sea")* 
Anciently it was termed 
nSjrros "A^tvos or "A^ttpos 
{Inhospitable Sea), but after, 
wards, by a enphemism, ndtfr- 
OS Eiflttyos (Sospitable Sea). 
— 2. A country in the N.E. of 
Asia Minor. It derived its 
name from its bordering on 
the Pontos Euxinns ; 1, 1. 

iropc-{a (trisyll.), las, mi. 

[irope-tJ« (trisyll.), in mid. 

force; seeiropfO«] ("Agoing, 

a marching"; hence) 1. A 

Journey. — 2. A march. 

troprvco^, 2. pers. plur. 
pres. imperat. mid. of wopti- 
o/icu; 1, 13. 

iropcv^lMvos, 11, oy, P. pres. 
mid. of woptiiu. 

iropfiMroi&cvoSi v, ov, P. fht. 
mid. of iropevctf. 

vop-cv»» f. wop9^(r», 1. aor. 
ivSpwira, v. a. [irA>-o», ** a 
way, pathway," etc.] 1. Act. : 
2\) make, or eause, to go. — 2. 
Mid.: irop-cvo|Uii, f. irope^ 
(TOfuu, 1. aor. 4irop(v<r&fxiiv, 
1. aor. pass, in mid. force 
ivopt^y. To make ontfe eelf 
io go; to go, proceed, set 
forward, set out, march, 
*i tropOWw -o, f. wop0^4r», 1. 
aor. tw6p9ff<ra, v. a. [collateral 
form of ir4p6a, ** to destroy "] 
Of things as Object : To 
destroy, plunder, ravage, lag 
waste, devastate ; — at 7y 6 
fill np the sentence : ^v {sc, . 
Anab. Book VII, 



X^pto') f*-^y iBfXoifity TopBtTlf, 
iKtiyjiy {sc. x^t^f) iropOovyr§s, 
^v {sc. x^po^) 8* i04Xotfity 
KaTcucaleiy, iKttvriv (sc. x<^P*i^) 
Karcucaioyres. — Pass. : vopO- 
^0|Jiai -ov|jiai, p. ww6p9rifjiat. 

iropOov|icvo9, fit ov, contr. 
P. pres. pass, of TtopBin. 

irop6ovvTf9f contr. masc. 
nom. plnr. of Top64». 

1. irop-(t«, f. iropiu, p. 
'KtT6p'tKa, 1. aor. MpXaa, v. a. : 
1. Act. : To provide, Jhtrmsh, 
supply. ---2. Mid. : irop-(Co|fcai, 
f. TopXovfiai late iroplirofiai, 1. 
aor. iTopltrdfiriy, To provide, 
etc., for one's self, etc.; to 
furnish one's self with, to 
procure [either fr. rSp-os, ** a 
way," and so ** to make a way 
for*'; or else to be referred 
directly to Sans, root pbi, 
" to bring over*']. 

2. iropitw, pres. snbj. of 
1. ToplC»; 8, 10. 

w6-a»«, 17, oy, interrog. adj. 
JQTow great? — As Subst.: 
v6<rov, ov {sc. ^idtrrrifta), n. 
Sow great a distance ? 8, 12, 
where wdcoy is Ace. of ** Mea- 
sure of Space " [§ 99] [akin 
to Sans, ka-s, " who P " cf. 
Ionic K6'(ros2. 

iror-&u^, ajuoD, 121. [vor-Sy, 
" drink '^] ("That which per- 
tains to drink"; hence) A 
river, as being drinkable 
water. 

1. ird-Tc, interrog. particle, 
At what time ? when? [akin to 

R 



242 



VOCABULARY. 



Sans, ha-i, " who P " cf. Ionic 
fonn k6'T§], 

2. tro-ri, enclitic particle : 
1. At amf time, — 2. Of an 
indefinite future point of 
time : At some time or other; 
at some time; S, 8 [id.]. 

tr6mpa, vdrcpov; see v6- 
rtpos, 

vf^-Tipos, r4pat rtpov, adj. 
Whether of the two, — ^Nent. 
Sing, and Flnr. as Adv. : iro- 
TCpov, ir&n^ Whether : — 
xmpov (irSrepa) • • . ff, whe' 
ther , , , or whether [fr. same 
root as 1. Wtc ; see 1. ir^c]. 

iroT^p-tt9» adv. [ir^tp-oSf 
"whether, or which, of the 
two ''] (** After the manner of 
the w&repos **; hence) In which 
way of two. 

iro-Trfv, TOW, n. ("That 
which is drunk *'; hence) 
Dnn^;— at 1, 33; 3, 10 in 
plur. : ffira koX vordj food (or 
meat) and drink [root tro, 
akin to Sans, root Pi, "to 
drink "]. 

ird-To«, TOW, m. ("A drink- 
ing"; hence) A drinking bout ; 
a carousal [id.]. 

1. irov, interrog. adv. 
Where 7 fr. same root ps irrf- 
cos, ir6'T€; cf. these words]. 

2. iro^, enclitic adv.: 1. 
Somewhere, anywhere, — 2. 
Possibly, perchance, etc. [id.] 

irovs, iroi'Ss, m. T^The 

going thing **; hence) A foot, 

hether of men or beasts [for 



woU'S ; akin to Sans. pAd, or 
pad, " a foot/' fr. root pad, 
"to go**; cf. Lat. peSfP^d-isj 
also, Englisbybo^]. 

irpaY-)ta,/xaror,n. [irpdtrarv, 
" to do," through root irpay] 
1. That which is done; a 
deed, act, etc. — 2. A fhiny; a 
matter, an affair, a circum* 
stance. — 3. Plur. : a. Circum* 
stances, affairs, esp. of a 
troublesome kind; 6, 24. — b. 
A state, kingdom, etc. 

irpaY)t&T«cvo|&ai, f. irpay 
fx&r€vaofiai, 1. aor. iirptpf 
fx&Ttvff&jjLTjv, p. icenrpayfiarW' 
fiai, V. mid. [vpayfiot vpdy' 
fi&T-os, "a matter"] ("To 
eijciploy one's self, etc., about 
a matter," etc, ; hence) With 
Ace. of thiDg : To take in 
hand ; to busy or employ 
one's self, etc., about; to be 
engaged m ;— at 6, 25 the 
Ace. of thing after vpay- 
fiar€v6fjLtyo5 is the demonstr. 
pron. 4kuvo, which is omitted 
before the follg. rel. tri. 

irpaYft&TCvdiJicvos, r\, ou, P. 
pres. of wpayfi&Tf^o/iai. 

irpd{aipii, 1. aor. opt. of 
TpdffiTia, 

irpa(i«, €»s,f. [for vpay-iris ; 
fr. irpoy, root of Tpduraru, in 
force of " to do"] (" A doing"; 
hence) A transaction, busi* 
ness, matter, 

irpcUr-otti (Attic irpdr-Ti*), 
f. irpd^co, p. vdnp&xa, pluperf. 
4r€Tpaxfty, l.aor. Iirpa{a,y.a. 



VOCABULARY. 



243 



and n. [for vpAy-att ; ft, root 
vpay] !• Act. : a. 2b bring 
about, do, effect, achieve, ac- 
complish,—^. With Ago. of 
thing and Dat. of person : To 
exact something of, or from, 
a person; 6, 17.^2. Nent.: 
a. To fare in a particular 
way.— (a) With #3: To fare 
well$ stnctly elliptical for cS 
Tpdrrtip (as v. a.) rh ainov^ 
etc., to bring his, etc., trffairs 
to a good issue; cf. 6, 11; 
6, 20; 7, 42, etc,-^) With 
nent. adj. or pron.: To fare 
in the way denoted by such 
ndj. or pron. : — raOra »p<£t- 
TovTCf, faring thus, 6, 31 : — 
& irpdrroi 6 Sfi^s, how Seuth- 
es was faring, 4, 21.— b. To 
bargain, treat, negotiates — 
at 2, 12 the imperf . iirparr^ 
points to the commencement 
of the action.— 8. Pass.: irpila'- 
vo|&ai (Attic irp4T-TO|jiai), p. 
trtTpayfiai, 1. aor. hrpAx^Tiv, 
1. fut. rpaxHffoiiai, To be 
done, etc. 

wp^rrrw ; see vpdaffv, 

vpax^^rtTOi, 8. pers. sing. 
1. fat. ind. pass, of wpd/rerm or 
vpdrrut, 

«rpforPc-(a (trisyll.), las, f. 
[irp€fffit-^ (trisyU.), "to go 
as an ambassador"] ("A 
going as an ambassador"; 
hence) An embassy, as con- 
sisting of ambassadors ; 3, 21. 

vpcap-ciS«*, f. wptefititrof, 
p. irtvptcrfituKa, V. n. [wpiafi- 

R 



v9, in force of ''an ambas- 
sador "3 L To be an ambas- 
sador, — 2. To go, or be em- 
ployed, as an ambassador ; — 
at 2, 23 the imperf. denotes a 
customary act. 

irpcapcvMV, owra, ov^P.pres. 
of Tpc<rj9e^. 

woiafhttf vos and c«s, m. : 

1. An old mtm, — Hence are 
formed the comparative and 
superlative adjectives, irpf(ri9- 
iW-cpofy vp€afiIwy,older,irp€<r$* 
(nUroSf xpicfiiffros, oldest,—^ 

2. An ambassador [prob. to 
be divided irp4(r-$V'S ; of which 
the parts are respectively akin 
to Sans. adv. puras, "for- 
ward," and root bhv, "to 
be"; and so, '<he that is 
forward, or more advanced," 
in age]. 

«rpcaPlST&TO«| fif oVf ffup. 
adj. ; see rpdafivs, no. 1. — As 
Subst.: irpcopiiTttToi, »u, m. 
plur. With Art : The oldest 
men ; 8, 89. 

wpiopvTtpot, a, OP, comp. 
a^. ; see rpdcfivs, no. 1. — ^As 
Subst.: wp«(rPirrfpoi| vv, m. 
plur. Old men, elders; cf. 
Latin " seniores." 

wp(v, adv. and conj.: 1. 
Adv.: a. Before, — ^b. before 
that, ere th<U.~^2, Conj.: 
Mostly with Inf. aor.: Before 
that, sooner or rather than, 

vpS, prep. gov. gen.: 1. Of 
place : Brfore, in front of, 
— 2. In time : Before, pre* 

2 



244 



VOCABULARY. 



viawljf to. — 8. In behalf of, 
for. ---A. For, or a/, a defence 
againtt^ 8, 18.— 5. Of cause 
or motive : For, 

vp6-pJUT0K, Tou (moetly 
plnr.), n. [irp<J, *' before "; Pci, 
root of i3a/w, *'to go"] 
(' < That which goeSt or walks, 
forward "; and, so, an animal 
that walks, as opposed to one 
that flies, etc. ; hence, esp. of 
small cattle) A eheep* 

ir0o-7cy-of ; fr« vp6, ** beforei, 
earlier"; yw, root of ylyt^or 
fuu, in force of to be bom"] 
(« One bom before or earlier" 
than another } hence) Afore* 
father, ancestor. 

irposXiv, for irpocCi|<rov, 3. 
pers. plur. 2. aor. opt. of vpo- 

vpo-MVovi 2. aor. without 
pres., I. wpo-€p&, V. a. [irp6f 
« before" others; hence, 
" publicly **; <Tirov, " to say"] 
(**To sky publicly**! hence) 
With Inf. and Datl of person : 
To publicly command, or 
order, a person to do, etc.; 
7, 13, where fill up the sentence 
as follows i^-vpo€pc9P avrots 
{zzXapfilp^ Koi TIoKwIk^) 
itvttvat iK rris X^P^h ^^^P 
7rpO€7v€V oifT^ (== U€yo<l>wyTt) 

irpocXT)Xv6c<rav, 3. pers. 
plur. plup. ind. of vpofyxoiiat, 
trpoc\6»v, ovifa, 6y, F, 2. 
or. of irpo4pxo/ifu. 



vpo^cvot, II, o¥, p. 2. aor. 
mid. ofrpoirifu, 

vpo-tfpXOi&OLi, f. irpo-cAc^- 
cofjLoi, p. rpo-cXiiXvOa and 
irpO'-fiKyBa, 2. aor. irpO'^kBov 
[irpS, "forwards"; ^pxofiat, 
" to come or go "] To come, 
or ffo, forwards; to ad- 
vance, 

irpOcpAv, ovmif ovv, P. fut. 
of irpou'wov. 
■ vpo€0T&vai, for wpotimi' 
Kivai, perf. inf. of irpoto^jtu. 

vpo€9Ti}Ka, perf. ind. of 
xpottmiiu. 

vpo«m|in&9> via, 6s, P. 
perf. of wpoitmifAu 

vpo*i)Y^o|iai • -i|YoO|uu, f . 
wpo'iiyiitroficu, v. mid. [wp6, 
"forwards"; 7iy4ofMi, "to 
lead"] To lead forwards, 
lead the way : — ix^ hvBp^wv 
irporfyoififva, tracks of persons 
(letiding forwards, i.e.) who 
had gone forwards or before, 
3,42. 

vp<n)Yov|MV09, 1}, ov, contr. 
P. pres. of frporjytofiM, 

vpo6v|jicl90ou, contr. pres. 
inf. of irpo0vfi4QfMi. 

vpo6v|Ji-^opi<u -ovi&cuy f. 
TpoOvfjL'fiffoftai, 1. aor. pass, in 
mid. force TpolOvfiiiBriv {i.e. 
wpO'eBvfjkiiBriv), v. mid. [irpj- 
Ovfi'os, "ready, zealous"] 
With Inf. : To be ready, for- 
ward, zealous, or eager to do, 
etc.; 2,2; 7,47. 

irpoOiS|&-ta, Xas, f. \jrp6' 
Bvn'os, " ready, zealous "J 



VOCABULARY. 



MS 



(** The quality of the wpMvft- 
OS*'; hence) MecuUneaSf zeal. 

vp6-0v|i-o«, OP, adj. [irp^, 
««forwardB"j evn'6s, **mind**2 
(** Haying the mind forwards ; 
being of a forward mind"; 
hence) Seatfy, wUUn^, zeal. 
0U9f eager, {WST Oomp. : 
vpo$vfib-(h€pos i Sup.: vpoBvfi' 
6r&Tos.) 

irpo9v|&^fpov, comp. adj. 
[adverbial nent. of wpoOvfi" 
irepoSf comp. of TpoBvfMs, 
** ready "] 1. Ifora readiUf or 
wUUngljf, — 2. As a modified 
snperl. : Vety re€idify or will' 
ingUf. 

vpo9v|&o^|&cyos, ih ^^i oontr. 
P. pres. of irpo$vfx4ofiat, 

irpo6v|ji'-ttS, adv. [xp60vfi' 
OS, " ready, willing, zealouV' 
etc.2 ^*' After the manner of 
fiberpoBvfioi*; hence) Readily, 
toilUngly, zealouely, eagerly, 
etc. 

vpoW|Mvo«) ti, ov, P. pree. 
mid. of irpofrifii» 

irpo-ti||u, f. frpO'4iffm, 1. aor. 
trpo ^fca, 2. aor. irpo-^f^, v. a. 
[icp6, «* forth"} Vi, ••to 
send"] 1. Act.: C*To send 
forth "i hence) Folld. by Inf. 
to define the action : To allow, 
permit, etc., to do, etes 2, 15, 
where it is also folld. by Dat. 
of person; cf. wapirifM. — 2. 
Mid.: irpo-(c|&at (found in 
inf.), 2. aor. vpO'4yi,j\v (found in 
opt. 'JFpO'€(fi'ny and irpO'o(firip), 
inf. wpo-4(r$at, ('* To send forth 



from oneself," eicg hence) a. 
With Ace. of thing and Dat 
of person: 2b eoufit^ or 
hestow, something freely or 
wUhomt etifeXaJtvm on a per- 
son ; 7, 47.--b. To give one^e 
eelf, etc., m^ or vver to a per- 
son; 8, 81. 

VpO-t0TI||U, f. vpo-oT^«, 
1. aor. TpotfoTif^a (i.e. vpo- 
^mrtf'a), p. vpo•tfrnJKl^ |ia- 
perf. wpo'€tTr4iK9tp, 2. aor. 
rpoHeniw (i. e. itpo'^vriiv), 
V. a. and n. [vp^ *■ before *'; 
Vmiiii, <'to set, to stand"] 
1. Act. : Pfes., imperf ., 1. fat., 
1. aor.: To eet before. — 2. 
Nent.: Perf., plnper^, 2. aor. 
(<'To stand before"; hence) 
With Qen.: a. 2b preside 
over, have the command off 
command, — b. To be at the 
head of, to be the chief power 
of 

vpo - KftCtf^ f . trpo-Ka^0'«, 
V. a. [frp6, "before"; ko/w, 
"to bum"] 1. Act: To bum 
before. — 2. Pass.: irpo*icci(- 
Offtai, p. wpo-'K4Ko»tuu t Of 
watch-fires, ete.i To be lighted, 
or kindled, before or in front ; 
— at 2, 18 strengthened by 
follg. irp6, 

wpoKfKav|ft6^, 1}, or, P. 
perf. pass, of -rpoKoltt; — at 
2, 18 irpoKtKeufti4wa takes the 
gender and nnmber of the 
Subject Til Tvpd, and in con- 
junction with the sing, verb 
iXri forms the third person 



246 



VOCABULARY. 



sing, of the perf. opt. pass, of 
fpoKolv. The present con- 
stniction of a plur. part, with 
a sing, number of tifti, and 
forming together with it a 
▼erb which has for its Subject 
a neul nom. plur. [§ 82, a] 
should be obsenred. 

wpo-KivSvvci^, 7. n. [rpi, 
**for"j Kiv^vrtiv, "to en- 
counter danger"] FoUd. by 
dir^p with Gen. : To en- 
counter, or hratoe, danger for 
or on hehalfof} 8, 81, where 
int\p (ToS belongs to trpoKUfUvp^ 
*{tuv as well as to fovw, 

ripoicXiif, 4os out, m. Pro~ 
eU»! the governor of Teu- 
thnmia. 

wpo-X^Y*** ^* vpo-Xi^Wf y. a. 
[irpd, ("bef<Mre" others; hence) 
" publicly"; Xiyot, «to say"] 
('«To say, or tell, publicly "; 
hence, with accessory notion 
of command) With Dat. of 
person and Inf.: To order, 
bid, command a person to do, 
etct 7, 8. 

vpo|&&X"**'*'> cdi^of , m. [ir^o- 
Ik&X'OfMi, in force of "to 
fight in defence of, to defend"] 
(<* That which defends " ; 
hence) A huUoarJe, rampart ; 
8, 13; cf. Lat. propugnaciUum 
in same meaning. 

«rpo-|Jivdo|tai -|iyw|Jiai, 1. 
aor. irpo'tfumia'afiviv, v. mid. 
Iwp6, ''for, in behalf of"; 

-to/*oi, "to woo"] ("To 
or court, for, or in be- 



half of," another; hence) 
With Ace. of thing : To plead, 
urge, etc., a matter ; 3, 19. 

irpo-votfo|fcai -voovifcOi, f. 
wpO'Wo^ffOfjLot, 1. aor. irpohuori' 
(rdfiriv ^= 7rpo'€ytnja'&firip), p. 
wpo-vmrifjicu, y. mid. firpo; 
po4ofjtM (mid.), "to tnink, 
to think about 'n 1. [vf>^, 
"for"] With Gen.: To 
think, or tc^e thought, for 
or in hehoLf of; to provide 
for: 7, 38.-2. [vp6, "be- 
forehand"] With Ace. of 
thing: To think about, or 
plan, beforehand; to provide; 
7,87. 

wp^-ia (trisyll.), (as, f. 
Ivpiro'os, ** forethinking, pro- 
vident"] ("The quality of 
the vp6poos**; hence) JFbre- 
thought, prudence, foresight, 

wpo-w^vw, f. wpo'-vifi^w, 
1. aor. •Kpo-^vtin^a, contr. 
fpothrtfij^a, V. a. [irpi •* for- 
wards"; vifiiru, "to send"*] 
1. Act. : ft. To tend forwards, 
tofdrward, — b. To conduct, 
escort, — 2. Mid.: irpo-irtf|&ir- 
0|MU, 1. aor. irpo-circfii^itiyr, 
contr. irpovreft^afiriy. To send 
forwards, or on, as one*s own 
especial act; 2, 14. 

«rpoir^|jii|rai, 1. aor. inf. of 
trpovefiirct, 

irpo-irii>», imperf. vpoffwlpov 
(contr. fr. vpo-iwipov), f. irpo- 
fioiuu, p. vpo-ir^wica, 2. aor. 
rpofhrtop (contr. fr. ir^o-^ir7or), 
V. n. and a. [vp6, "before, 



VOCABULARY. 



247 



first"; »rw/* to drink"] ("To 
drink before, or first "; nence) 
1. Neat.: a. With Dat. of per- 
son : To drink to, or pUdge, 
another; 3, 26.— b. Alone: 
To drink otu^tf etc., health; 
8, 27.-2. Act. : With Ace. of 
thing: To drink something 
to a person's, etc., health; to 
drink a person's health in 
something; to pledge a per- 
son, etc., in something: — 
lUpara oXvov lepoH-Klpov, they 
pledged one another in horns 
of wine, 2, 23.— It was the 
custom among the Greeks for 
the person who drank to, or 
pledged, another to drink first, 
himself, and then to pass the 
cnp to the person pledged. 
Not unlike this is the custom 
that now holds good when the 
" loving cup " is passed round 
at public entertainments in 
our own country. 

trp69, prep.: 1. With Gen.: 
a. Loodly: I^om. — b. In 
oaths or adjurations: JSg: — 
wphs 0t&y or r&u Bt&p, hg the 
gods, 1, 29 ; 6, 33.— c. ^om 
a person : — irpi* biiuv, from 
gouy 6, 83. — d. Before, in the 
presence of. — e. Towards, — f. 
In accordance with* — 2. With 
Dat.: a. Locally: Bard hg, 
near, at, close to, — ^b. To, on 
to. — 0. Added to, begond, he- 
sides, in addition to.—d. With 
Ace. : a. Locally : (a) To, unto, 
up to, towards a place or 



person.— (b) Upon, against, 
— b. With relation or respect 
to, in reference to, for. — c. 
For an object or purpose ; for 
the purpose of. — d. To, in 
replg to.-^^. In time: To- 
wards, near. — f. With verbs 
of "lookmg": Towards.— f^. 
In accompaniment to a music- 
al instrument: To the sound 
of. — "h. In replies: To, in replg 
to, — j. : (a) In hostile sense : 
Against, with ; 1, 27; 8, 19» 
— (b) Without hostile sense : 
With a person, etc. ; 2, 7, etc, 
— k. In comparison of, com" 
pared with ; 7, 41. 

irpoo'-aiT^ -ouTiS) 1. aor. 
irpoff'ijrriffa, v. a. [vp6s, ** be- 
sides, in addition"; alrtu, 
"to ask"] (*<To ask besides, 
or in ad^tion"; hence) 1. 
With Ace. of thing: To ask 
an addition to, to ask an in- 
crease of; 6, 27.-2. With 
Ace. of person and Ace. of 
thing: To cuk a person for 
something additional or in 
addition; to ask something 
additional, or in addition, of, 
or from, a person; 8, 81 
[§ 96]. 

irpoo'aiTi)oi&9, daa, ay, P. 
1. aor. of wpoaouriw. 

irpoooiToK, oMTci, oOi', contr. 
P. pres. oi irposTatrin. 

irpoa&vf MTCiK, inf. of vpoir- 

&PUVOV, 

irpoir-Svctirov, 2. aor. with- 
out pres., ▼. a. [*p6sp '*be- 



248 



VOCABULARY. 



■adeSi in addition"; &vc«iroF, 
" to declare"] To declare, or 
announce, besides or in addi- 
tions—at 1, 11 the Object of 
Tpoc&yeiTuy 18 the clause ts 
• • • ttirtafftrai. 

vpov7tYcn||Uvo«, V, ov, P. 
per£ of wpoffyiypofioi ; — at 
1, 28 *ABnvtti»v wpoffyeyeirfi' 
liipuv is G^n. Abs. [§ IIS]. 

vpocr-Y^YVoi&ai, and (later) 
vpov-YiroiMi, f. wpoff-ytrfi- 
aofiatf p. irpoc-ytyiniiicu, 2. 
aor. wpoc-^fySfi'tii', v. mid. 
[9^65, **in addition''; Y^yfo- 
fiai, «to be"] («*To be in 
addition"; hence) To he added; 
— sometimes foUd. by Dat. 

vpoa'-oavci{o|Aa^ 1. aor. 
wpofT'ciaiffurafii^Pt V. mid. 
[«-p<(f, "beudes"; lkaf€t(ofiai, 
** to have lent " to one ; ** to 
borrow" (mid. of BaPfiCv, 
**to lend' on usury)] To 
horrovf besides or in addition. 

irpocr8aycur&|&cvo9} Vt <^v» 
P. 1. aor. of Tpo<rSay€l(ofjMi. 

irpoo'-8^o|Aai, f. wpov-Sefi' 
ffoficu, 1. aor. vpotr-c^eiiBiiv, 
V. mid. [irp6s, •* besides, in 
addition"; ^^ofiai, in force 
of "to need"] With Gen. 
[§ 111] : To need, or want, be- 
sides or in addition ; to stand 
tnjktrther need, or want, of. 

-^9oo-8oKav, contr. pres. inf. 

KT'SOKOM -80KW, f. irpoff- 

V, V. a. [»p(Jy, in 



''strengthening" force; obsol 
JioKa», ** to ez^ct "; — or to be 
divided irpo<T-ZoK-cm\ for tpotr* 
8cic-aw ; fr. vp65, in " straigth- 
ening " force ; 8cx-o]ueu, Ionic 
B4K»ofieu, in force of "to ^ 
expect, await"] With Ace. ' 
of thing: To expect, or look 
for, whether in hope or fear. 

wpoa8p&|M&r, ovca, 6v, P. 
2. aor. of •spoirrpix^' 

wpooty^vcTo, 3. pers. mng. 
2. aor. ind. of wpocylywonat. 

vpoov 8cio6e, contr. 2. pers. 
plur. imperf. ind. of irpoir- 

wpotrihov, imperf. ind. of 
vpoa'$4<». 

irpovtCKtf^, perf. ind. of 
rpotrXafjifiSyw. 

wp6v'€tpXf imperf. wpoa- 
j/eif, V. n. [irp^j, "to"; dfii, 
"to go"] ("To go to, or up 
to "; hence) To go or come 
up ; to approach, etc. ; — at 
6, 24 foUd. by Dat. [§ 108]. 

wpoo-cXaPov, 2. aor. ind. of 
irpwrXaiJifiaw. 

wpocrcX&iraii 1. aor. inf. of 
irpwrtXaOvw. 

wpoacX&tras, aca, ay, P. 
1. aor. of irpoaeKavyu, 

irpo<r-cXavvM, f. Tpoff-eXaoru 
Attic irpoa'-eK&, 1. aor. irpoa'- 
^Katra, v. a. [irp6s, " towards"; 
i\a^vw, " to set in motion "] 
(" To set in motion towards "; 
hence, as v. n. through efiipse 
of neai^r Object) 1. With 
ellipse of 0TpaT4fi', "an army": 



VOCABULARY. 249 

(^To ai an aimy in motiaii L lb idomg io, io eo m ea m . — 



A flMTcA «^, irfpimw «■- (bosUj IblU. faj Dat. of per- 
With dfipR of sod; Inifc sonetiBe^ «■ at 
«*a Itone": ("To set 7, Ifl^ bj Aee. cC penoo), (IQ 
m ho—e in motion faw i M i h ** a was JU^ or proper^ Jb'' » \*0 
plMse; benee) 2b rid^ or knnv,-— ai 7, 18 the done 
jwil^^np; 3,7; S,47. Ik r^t x^^ ^«^>« ■ tbe 

vpandkJyBry •£•% ir, P» 2L • Snbjoei of apav^ao^* 
nor. of ayarifxiiai vponijMwy 2L nor. ind. of 

■ n og ^ t»nS *• apar-:«|par4^^pwi. 
cAcOTpax, p. ■yg gA jXafc, 2. • vpavjr^ coBtr. fr. gpay 
nor. ap i r -jAii r , t. mid. [«]^, icna, 2. pen^phir. imperii ind. 
"to"; l^ix"fMi, "to eome''] of ■y^ari^t. 
LWithBit. [§ lOa^fL), or\ wp^ fcr, adr.; 1. Of plaee; 
§ 103] : lb eaaw Io or near a. Brfort, im fnmic-^for r^ 
to: ioeomMmpio, mppr o mek , , a prf af t r, 3^41, aeel. •^ noi. 6^ b. 
\ Alone : Ibepawnp,d!r«v ^ — ^b. After voba, «<&» of mo- 
tion : Om^ o — yj J>,y bf w i if il a. 
eontr. 3L pcnL* — I.Qftime:a.JKg^,4 



aing*. iaiperf. ind. of apaa-«j — forry w pi m ftw Xdj^BM 1. i. 



%^ 



T€A«H. I no. 6, 

■peg fx!"^ ^ a p — ^gC * >» P- 1 *^^' — ^ Jbnnar^j 
apsa'o'cax'iaM^ 2. nor. apsa'* • ptittp m^ntofofB* 
«rxar,T.a. [vp^'to"; ^Xw, I wpaa #£■, £. 
«to hold"] Wither witlioiitT.n.[«p^ « to or towa^"; 
aaSp: ("Tb hold Oe mind to , ^m, "to ran"] 1. With Bat. 
•rtowa^"; henee) lb tem [§ 103]: lb nm <0^ or In- 
iia aniJ, ilaayif^ or ntten- j wards, a pefson; tfo ran wp 
Uom io; io he imtemi apo»; j io, — 2. Alone : To rmm i^ 
— ofc 6, 5; a, 16 fiAd. by I npe a f &i r , — ai^ ir, P. pgea, 
Dat. [§ 103]. ' of «paa«e». 

■ po a p u , ^ 3. pefs. aing. | vpooiwr, avaa, ^, P. piOL 
imperf. ind. of vp^c^u. ,of ap^ari^t. — Aa Snbai.: 

a po gyiaap, 3. pen. plnr. vpooioms, wr, m. plnr. 
imperf. ind. ofvp^ciiu. sWith Ait^: l^loar adlo ^p- 

«po«>-ijaH.T.n.[apfc,«at*';'praaeft; iko eomen^wp; 
V«^ ''to Inre airiTed, be 2, 1& 

present "jC To haTe amYod; «a«^«iX^-a5>«,f.apaa- 
al^t»bepfCKBt af; henee) ' aaxlaw, ▼. a. [<p^, ''to"; 



250 



VOCABULARY. 



K&kw, «<to call"] 1. Act: 
2b oall to, or summon, a per- 
8on^-4B.Mid. : irpocr-K&Xio|&ai 
-K&Xov|ftai, To oaU, or sum- 
moUf a person to oiuta Belf, 
etc.; 7, 2. 

vpocrX&p^v, oOira, 6Vi P. 2. 
aor. of Tpoir\afifiay». 

irpocr-Xa|iP&vw^ f. irpofT' 
Xilt^ofuUf p. wpoff'tikri^a, 2. 
aor. vpoff'iX&^oVf v, a. [vp^^fy 
" beBides, in addition "; Ao/t/S- 
Ai'w, " to take ''] To ^aiSr^, or 
receive, heaidee or in addition; 
to receive farther ; — at 6, 82 
strengthened by follg. vp6s, 

vpo<rXi{i|roiKTo, 8.per8.plur. 
fat. opt. of wpotrXa/ifi&yof. 

vpoir-o8os, 6B0V, f. {jrpSs, 
"to"; Wrff, in force of "a 
coming or going "] 1. A go- 
ing, or coming, to a place; 
an approach, — ^2. (** Income, 
rent "; hence) Public revenue; 
— -«t 1| 27 Tpo<r69ov obffris is 
Gen. Abs. [§ 118]. 

irpocr-oiLoXoY^w 'O^okoySt, 
V. n. [irpM, "to"; dfioKoytu, 
in force of " to agree "] (" To 
agree to " something ; lience) 
To submit ; to give in one^s, 
etc., submission; to surren- 
der, 

irfioinrfirfpovi)|Jicvo«, ri, ov, 
P. perf. pass, of vpo(rmpovM 

irpoa-irfpovdM -ircpov», f. 

7ipoff'ir§poviia'M, p. irpoC'irf- 

irip6y7iKa, V. a. [irp6s, " to or 

'>n"; v€poyd», *'to fasten 

a pin "] (" To fasten to, 



or on, with a pin ; to inn to 
or on "; hence) TbfMten on, 
to skewer on. — Pass. : vpocr- 
ircpovdo|uu -Vfpovtffuu^ p. 
vp(Mr'V€vtp6tniifuu, 1. aor. wpoo"' 
ewfpoiHiOriy, 1. fat. wpoir* 
ir€povri$^<rofieii, 

vpoa-vdm*, f. irpo0'-xco'« 
oO^ai, p. rpo^T'Tiwrwea, ▼. n. 
[irp^s, **npon"; vifrrWf "to 
fall"] ("To faU npon" a 
person, etc. 5 hence) With Dai. 
[§ 103] : To run, or rush, up, 
to a person; 1, 21. 

irpoaT&*Ti|S} rov, m. [irpo- 
ivrrifii (in neat, force), '* to 
stand before," throngh verbal 
root irpoffra (=irp^; ura, 
root of TdTTij/ii)] ("He who 
stands before or in front, a 
front-rank man "; hence) L .^ 
chief, ruler. — 2, A champion. 

wpoo^TiXiw -TlX«, f. vpotf'- 
rfkiffv, p. iTfwo'-rrr^AcKa, v.a 
[irp^f, "beudes or in addi- 
tion"; r€\4», **topay"] To 
pay besides or in addition; 
—at 6, 90 folld. by Ace., and 
also by '<Gen. of Caose" 

irpo<r-Tpcxw,f. irpoc-ip&fiov' 
fiai, 2. aor. wpoC'iBpSfioy, v. n. 
[irpos, "to, np to"; rp4x»$ 
"to mn"] With Ace. de- 
pendent on prep, in verb: To 
run to, or up to ; 4, 7. 

irpoa4<pc(rO», 3. pers. sing* 
pres. imperat. pass, of wpoa* 
<l>4pf0. 

WpOOr-^ptl^ f. WpOiF'Ointf 



VOCABULARY. 



25t 



p. wpoff'tvfivoxfif 1* aor. wpoc- 
^v§yKa, 2. Bor. wp<Mr-iivrYK0Vf 
▼. n. [irpof, "to*'; <t>4fm, "to 
bear, carry, bring "] 1. Act. : 
a. With Ace. of nearer Object 
and Dat. of remoter Object, 
or M c. Ace.: To bear, carry, 
or hring to or up <o.— b. With 
Ace. alone: to hring up, 
hring. — 2. Pass. : irpoa- 
4^pO|ikai, f. mid. as pass, irpoo*- 
oitrofAoi, p. vfMHF'ifveYPMi, l.aor. 
irpo<r-i/iy4xB7iv, ("To be borne 
towards "; hence) Strength- 
ened by rp6s and Ace. of 
person : To behave or eon* 
duet one^s eelf, etc., towards 
Qt to B. person ; 1, 6. 

vpoox^* ovtrot 6yj P. 2. aor. 
oi wpoff4x»: 

wo6»{r»fVidy,riFp6, "before"]] 
1. Po6. : a. Alone: Far, far 
q^.— b. With Gen.: Of phice: 
JPar into, far within. — e. 
Of distance: Far off or 
etwags at a diwtance :—irp6aw 
oMv, dwelUng far off or tit 
a dittanee, S, 17. — 2. 
Comp. : Further, further off, 
at a greater distance. HT 
Comp. : wpo<r9rr4p« ; (Sap. : 
wpoauTorv). 

vpoowifcoXdyow, contr. 8. 
pcrs. plur. imperf. ind. of 
TpotroixoXoydu, 

irpowT^tt, comp. adv. ; 
see itp6<rw. 

vpoTiXiaav, dcro, oy, P. 1. 
aor. of rrpOT^Xifo. 

irpo-TcX^» -TcXw, f. lepQ' 



rtXivto, p. ir/w-rcT/Xcjro, 1 
aor. vpe^vriX^ffo, v. a. [irp^ 
"before" in time; " before- 
hand "; r^Xiw, "to pay"] 
To pag beforehand or tn^adi 
vance. 

vp^TCpor ; see Tp6r€pos, 

irp6-TCfoc, rdfta, rtpov, adj, 
[rpi, "before"] ("More be- 
fore"; hence) in time: 1. 
Former, premous.^2. Neat, 
sing, irp^pov in adverbial 
force : Brfore^ previous^, 
sooner. 

irpoMvi&ciTO, contr. f r. irpo- 
c9v/ccrro (= wpo9$Vfi4§ro)f 3. 
pers. sing, imperf. ind. of 
Tpo$v/i4ofuu, 

irpoviivaro* contr. fr. irpo* 
tfoniro (= vpotfu^drro), 8. pers. 
sing, imperf. ind. ofwpofufdofMi. 

vpo^oov|Ai|v, contr. fr. irpo* 
wooififip (= vpo€vo€6fiiiv), im- 
perf. ind. of wpoi^o4ofuu. 

vpo&irlvov, contr. fr. irpo- 
ivufov, imperf. ind. of wpovTvu. 

vpai^Xf&pci, contr. fr. wpo- 
cx«ip« (= irpo€x*^p€€), 8. pers. 
sing, imperf. ind. of irpo- 
X«p^«. 

irp6^-ox«, ertwSf f. [prob. 
for wp6^W'ffis ; fr. vpo^tdvct, 
"to show forth," through 
irp^, and ^av, root of ^a(j/«] 
("A showing forth," as an' 
ostensible caase or reason ; ' 
hence, in a bad sense) A 
pretext, pretence, excuse; — at 
6^ 22 foUd. by Inf. (fi^^ 
iiwoBiivvai. — N.B. Somet? 



252 



VOCABULARY. 



ihifl word is aMigned to irp6, 
^ beforehand "i and 4<h ft root 
of ^fii, ** to speak "; in this 
case it most be divided vp6' 
^trif, and means, according 
to its origin^ <<a speaking 
beforehand/' 

[irpo, " forwards "j X^P^^t 
•« to go *'] (" To go forwards, 
to advance''; hence) Of an 
action, He., as Subject: To 
go on, proceed, etc. 

vp^ ; see vpuit, . 

wp«»t (wpf), adv. [akin to 
irp6, « before"] Harly in the 
mtfrning, at dawn or da^' 
break. 

wpMTo, wpciroy, sup. advv. 
[adverbial neut. ace. plnr. and 
sing, of vp&Tos, << first"] 
1. In the first place, first of 
all, fiATst.-^. For the first 
time, first. 

irptiroi, ri,. oy, snperl. adj. 
[contracted fr. irp6'6,Tos, syn- 
copated fr. wpS'Taros ; fr. vp6, 
^' before^" in time; with 
snperl. suffix r&ros] (*'Most 
before " in place, rank, time, 
etc^l hence^ 1. I^st. — Neut. 
ace. sing, with Art., in adverb- 
ial force : t^ wpcSrov, At first, 
in the first place ; 2, 18 : — 
&5 rh irp&rou, (when at first, 
i e.) as soon as ever, 8, 14 
—2. The first thatg the first 
to do, etc., a thing ; 8, 22. 
Comp.: trpd-repos. 



wvO^fuvot, II, oy, P. 2. aor. 
oi irvyBihfOfuu. 

wvXyi, 7IS, f . A gaie, 

wv(v)6-«£vo|ULi, f. v€^a'ofiat, 
p. rhrvvfuu, 2. aor. i'Hv66firiv, 
V. mid. irreg.: 1. To ask, »»« 
fuire; — at 1, 14 foUd. by 
mterrog. clause ir^repa • . . 
Bp4'nis.'-'2. To hear, learn i 
—at 6, 2 folld. by Uri and 
clause; — at 6, 11 folld. by 
Objecthre clause vfuis eZ 
itpdrrtty [root wild, akin to 
Sans, root BUDH, ''to under- 
stand"]. 

wvp, iriJprff, n. ("The 
purifying thing"; hence) 1. 
Fire ; 4, 16.— 2. : a. Sing.: 
A fire.r--h. Plur.; Watoh- 
Hres; 2, 18.— N.B. The plur. 
is declined according to the 
2nd declension [akin to Sans, 
root Pt^,« to purify"]. 

wilpd, »y, n. plur. (2nd 
declension) ; see vvp, no. 2, a. 

ffvpyo-iftolx*'^^ *^< ^* ^* 
{ie{fpyos, (uncontr. gen.) 

ir{ipyo-os, "a tower"; i*&xr 

ofiai, " to fight "] (« To fight 

against a tower"; nence) 2b 

attack, or make an assault 

upon, a tower. 

wvpYO|ib&x^*'^^> contr. 
masc nom. plur. P. pres. 

of irvpyoix&x^^* 
inip^os, ou, m. A tower, 
vvpols, dat. plur. of irv/>; 

see Tvp N.B., and irvpd, 
wvp-^, ov, m. Wheat s-^ 

often plur. ; cf. 1, 18 [perhaps 



VOCABULARY, 



253 



Sans. pHiar'a, a epeciei of 
" grain "]. 

wpor-cvM, V. n. \7rvpir»6i, 
in force of '* a sig^al.fire or 
beacon "] To [make a signal- 
fire or fires ; to light beacon^ 
fires, 

irvpacvcfr, owra, ov, P. pree. 
of "Mtvpire^ ; cf. KtKpay^s, 

vtf, enclitic particle (always 
in connexion with a nega- 
tive): 'Dp to this time, get, 
as get, 

wmkim -m, f. TCtfA^iTw, 
1. aor. iv6\ri(ra, ▼. a. To 
sell, 

f\v!ko9, ov, m. [itif\os, " a 
colt"] ("Colt") Pdluss a 
Spartan, who succeeded Anas- 
ibina in the command of the 
Lacedemonian fleet 

ir^-iTDTf (before a soft vowel 
w^'troT* } before an aspirate 
irA-To6t), adv. (always in con- 
nexion with a negative) [ret, 
«eyer yet"; tot4, **at any 
time"] Sver get at ang time, 
ever as get. 

1. ir»s, interrog. adv. In 
direct and indirect questions : 
In what wag ? how ? [akin to 
Sans. ka», ** who ? "1. 

2. wtt»s, enclitic adv. : 1. In 
ang wag, in some wag, some' 
how, bg some means, bg ang 
means: — &\\wt ir»s, in ang 
other wag, in some other 
wag, — 8. Somehow or other, 

for some reason or other :— 
iutXK6v v»s, somehow rather. 



A^Stov, a, w, adj. Sasg, 

p^-«if, adv. [P4^-of, 
** easy "] (" After the manner 
ofthe^^arof"; i,e,)Easilg, 

pU> piv6s, m. A nose. — The 
plur., fuvtif often signifies 
nostrils, but at 4, 3 it means 
noses, 

pv9-|A^, ixov, m. : 1. Mea-- 
sured time ; metuure, time, — 
8. A tune, air [fthin to Sans, 
root SRV, " to flow "]. 

*P«»ir&pat> a, m, Shoparas; 
satrap of the province Babyl- 
on. 

ZaX|i,vSi|0tf^, ov, m. SaU 
mgdessus (afterwards called 
Halmydessns) ; a town or 
district of Thrace, on the 
Euxine. The inhabitants 
were of a very barbaroas 
nature ; cf. 5^ 12 and 13. 

adkfnyyi, dat. sing, of 
trdhiriy^. 

9oXmYK-Ti^, rod, m, [for 
ffoKiriyy-r'tif ; ft, (raXiri(<w ( = 
a-aXirly'ffu), "to sound the 
trumpet"] {*' One who sounds 
the trumpet " ; hence) A 
trumpeter. 

vAmyi, tyyos, f. A trump" 
et s esp. a war'trumpet, 

o'({Air«7|. 

(ToXirlCtt, f. ffaXncXfTw, 1. aor. 
iffaK-Kiyfyt and iaAkin^a, v. n. 
[for traXiriyy'iFet ; fr. a-d\viy^, 
ffiKtriyy-os, "a trumpet"] 
('' To sound the trumpet"; . 



254 



VOCABULARY. 



hence) With Aoc. of equival- 
ent or cognate meaning 
[§ 95] : To play some tune, 
etc., on the trumpet ; 3, 82. 

ouvT^v, ouvTov, masc. ace. 
and gen. sing, of aravrov ; Bee 
fftavTov. 

<ra^-w«, adv. [(ra^-i}f, 
'* clear, dUtinct "] ("After 
the manner of the a-a^s**; 
hence) 1. Clearly, dietinotly, 
evidently, mcudfeetly, — 3. 
Without doubt. 

ai, ace. sing, of o-^. 

(Tc-avToOy avr^f (contr. 
(ravTov, ifavnis), m. and f. 
reflexive pron. [v^. Epic Gen. 
ffi'-o (zzffov\ cf. also <r4' 
Biv, "from thee")> "thou or 
you "; aMs, ainov, «*Belf "] 
'Ofthyielf, etc.;~at8, 3 with 
ov ffavT^ supply €? ifAir69ios ; 
— at 2, 37 witii riiv travrov 
supply x<^P^» 

(Nauffrai, 8. pers. sing, 
perf. ind. pass, of a-^C^, 

Zcv6t|«, ou, m. Seuthet ; an 
Odrysian prince, who by the 
aid of the remains of the 
army of the Ten Thousand 
under Xenophon recovered 
the dominions from which his 
father Mffis&des had been ex- 
pelled. 

ZT|XtfPpXa, a;, f. fielylria 

(also called Selymbria by some 

writers), now Silivria; a 

Thracian town on the Pro- 

"'ontis (now the "Sea of Mar- 

ra»). 



ur{yjbiyf»y f. irriii&vS, p. (re- 
iHi/iayKa, 1. aor. iaiifiifvaj v. a. 
andn. [akin to o^/xo," a sign"] 
1. Act.: To indicate, point out, 
show, etc. — 2. Neut.: a. (a) 
To give, or make, a signal or 
signale s — at 2, 18 r&v rtpl 
^t^Britf <rrifuuv6vTwi' is Gen. 
Abs. [§ 118].— (b) With Dat. 
of instrument [§ 106, (8)] : 
2b give, or make, a signal, or 
signals, with ; — ^at 3, 32 sup- 
ply traXirtyKTai (trumpeiersy 
as the Subject of ctiyLaivovtriv, 
— It is to be observed that 
not only in the case of the per- 
sonal pronouns is the Subject 
of the verb omitted, but also 
whenever a verb points out 
the customary employment or 
office of a person. — b. To give 
the signal of attcusJc, to sound 
the signal ; 4, 16, where also 
it is folld. by Dat. of instm- 
ment [§ 106, (3)] ; cf. above, 
no. 2, a, (b). 

cn^v, fem. ace. sing, of v6s. 

ZiXav^s, ov, m. Planus ; a 
native of Macistus. 

atros, ov, m. (irreg. plur 
<rir«, wv, n.) 1. Wheat, corn, 
grain. — 3. Food, victuals, 
provisions, 

o-K^irTO|iai, f. ffKi^ofiatt p. 
HffKififiai, 1. aor. icKcrifS^niv, 
V. mid. : 1. To look about, to 
look carefully, to spy; — at 
3, 42 folld. by clause intro- 
duced by el. — 2. To recon^ 
noitre, to make a recohnaisS' 



VOCABULARY. 



255 



a/nee; 3, 41, where n is used 
in adverbial force. — 8. Ment- 
ally : To consider, reflect ;^^ 
at 6, 83 folld. by ios \~-tA, 
8, 4 folld. by danse ir&r^pov 
. . . i'woy€K(i6mt ; — at 3, 37 
folld. by clause introduced by 
cl [fr. same root as ckoww ; 
see ffKowttt], 

(TKfvot, €os otff, n.: 1. A 
vessel, or implement, of any 
kind. — 2. Plnr.: Of an army: 
Baggage, 

(nccv-o-4^p-o«y ov, adj. [for 
VMV'O-^ifhos I fr. (ric€v-os, " an 
implement'' of any kind ; plnr. 
« baggage " ; (o) connecting 
▼owel ; ^fp'», " to bear or 
carry*'] Bearing, or carry- 
ing, baggage. — As Snbst.: a. 
(nctvo4^po«, ov, m. A baggage* 
carrier. — b. o-Kivo^po, »f, n. 
plnr. Baggage-animals, 

oic^i|rai» o-K^aotfcf 2. pers. 
sing, and plnr. 1. aor. imperat. 
of tTKeirrofAai, 

(ncfi|ra|icvof , 11, ov, P. 1. aor. 
of aKerroficu. 

ain|v-diM -«* ^also, o«i|v- 
^tf -«), f. ffKiiviiam, 1. aor. 
iffK-fivjica, V. n. [o-in7y>4, "a 
tent "] 1. To he, or <ficvZ/, in 
a tent or tents ; to encamp, 
— 8. a. To he quartered or 
billeted ; to take up quarters. 
— b. Folld. by €ij c. Ace : To 
go into a place and take up 
one*s, etc., quarters in it; 
7, 1 ; see 1. ci s, no. 1, b, (b). 

ain|V'-^ -6» f. cmiy^ffw, 



1. aor. iffK-fiPwra, v. n. [id.] 
To pitch a tent or tents ; to 
encamp ; 4, 11. 

omivifcir, contr. fr. tf'injy- 
douv, 3. pers. plnr. pres. opt. of 

oricifv«i-|Mi, fiaros, n. [length* 
ened fr. tnttiyo-fxa, fr. irKiqv6'», 
"to encamp"] (** The encamp- 
ing thing "; hence) 1. Sing. : 
A tent.^2, Plnr.: Canton- 
ments, quarters; cf. Lat. 
castra, 

awoftr^iw -«, in best writers 
used only in pres. and imperf. ; 
later f . o-fcor^o-w, 1. aor. itrx^ 
iiaa, 1. aor. mid. iffKorniffaiufy, 
y. o. and a.: 1. To see, observe, 
perceive, — 2. To consider; — 
at 8> 16 folld. by the chinse 
ir&s tcrrai ^ Ik^cZos as Object. 
— 8. To have, or pag, regard 
to ; to look at; 4, 8 [akin to 
Sans, root 8PA9, the original 
form of PA9, *' to see, behold," 
etc,"]. 

CTKOWmv, ovtra, ovr, contr. 
P. pres. of VKonriv, 

oK^poSov, ov, n. Oarlie ;«- 
at 1, 87 in plnr. 

oK^T-of, COY ovs, n. (** The 
covering, or concealing, 
thing "; hence) Darkness ; — 
at 4, 14 ckStovs 6yros is Gen. 
Abs. [§ 118] [akin to Sans. 

root BKAD or OHHAS, *< tO 

cover, conceal'*]. • 

aicvr&Xov, ov, n. [said to 

be a Sicilian word] A staff, 
cudgel, mace. 



256 



VOCABULARY. 



•oC ^i* nng. of 0^. 1 

{ff'i, " thoa orjon "] Belong' 
ittg to thee, thff, thme, your : 
— in Attic Qreek the art. ia 
often nied with v6f when em- 
ployed as an attrihntiye; bat 
never fo when it is a predic- 
ate ; eL rh ahp ivofio, B, 19 ; 
^iXlq, rf of, 7, 29.~As Snbst: 
ir^ o&y, n* plor. With Art. : 
T^ tnatters, thy t^airs, etc. 

<rov, gen. ring, of <fv» 

(nrar-c{i#, f. swapurm, Attic 
ffwain&, ▼. n. \jrrap-is, '* want- 
ing) lacking"! With Gen. 
[§ 108] ; cf. Primer, § 119, 
Oi To be wanting in, or in 
want of, ete. 

ov&rlof 4 a, OP, ac|j. Scaree, 
scanty. 

ov&r-M, c«f, f. [^mrHp-Ss, 
«' rare^ scarce"] (** The qnality 
of the awMt "; henoe^ " rare- 
ness, scarceness"; hence) Of 
means, etc. : Scantinese, lack, 
want. 

ait64e awm, f. (rw&ret, p. ^- 
(nr&Ko, V. a.: 1. Act.: Of a 
sword as Object: To draw, 
draw out, — 2. Mid.: onr^f&ai 
inrmyML, f. irirdoo/iai, 1. aor. 
iffirao&firiv, p. pass, in mid. 
force ll<rweurfuu. To draw, draw 
out as one's own act or for 
one's self ; 4, 16. 

flnrcCoroatfaiy 1. aor. inf. 
mid. of <rir4p9w. 

-nrivB^, f. owtto'tt, p. H- 
"a, 1. aor. fffWMtaa, y, n. I 



1. Neni. : To pomr ami a Uba^ 
turn to a deitj. — S. Mid.: 
ovMopu, f. e^nUrofiOi, 1. aor. 
iewturofiiiw : (" To poor oat a 
libatioa to a deify " for one's 
sdf — ^in connexion with an- 
other; hence) To make a 
treaty, truce, etc. [prob. akin 
to Sans, root cuhahd, "to 
please "; also, '* to wait on ; 
to present "]. 

vw€v6m, f. trrtieMy p. ^- 
fnrwKct, 1. aor. limrciMra, v. n. 
To make haete; to haste, 
hasten, speed [akin to Sans, 
root CHITD, "to posh on, im- 
pel '•]. 

awwo-i{, ^f,f. [fornrcvS-^; 
fr. trrdvZ-u, "to ponr ont a 
Ubation "] 1. A drink-offering 
or libation. — 2. Plnr. : A 
treaty, a truce : because liba- 
tions were poured ont on their 
being concluded ; see swhfUo, 
no. 2. 

(nrov8-i{,'^5, f. [for 0V€v8-^ ; 
fr. <rrc^-««, "to hasten"] 
("That which hastens or 
makes haste "; hence) Saste, 
speed; see uard, no. 2, h. 

OT^-oK, ov, n. (plor. reg. 
ordSC-o, w, n.; irreg. otoSK- 
oi, MP, m.) [oriHt'Os, " stand- 
ing firm"] ("That which 
stands firm"; hence) As a 
fixed standard of length: A 
stadium or stade = 606 Greek 
feet, or a fhiction over 606 
English feet ;— at 2, 17; 3, 2 
ordKa is Ace. of "Measure 



VOCABULARY. 



2S7 



of Space" [S 99] ; so, alK>, 
iTTaXiovs, 3, 7 ; S, 15. 

OToSlovs, aoc of 0TdSiot; 
Bee ffT&Biou, 

9Ta-$'^M» /Mv, m. (" That 
wbich serves for standing ; a 
Btanding-place''; hence) 1. 
Quarters, haUing-groundf en^ 
campment for soldiers, ete,-;' 
2. In Persia: A station or 
resting'place, at which the 
king halted in travelling.— 8. 
A daifs journey or mairck, 
usually of 5 parasangs. 

OTaaX-at«»> f« or&iri&ffw, 
1. aor. iaraaiiuraf V. n. [arJi- 
ots, ** a standing "; hence, " a 
party "j hence, •* faction, sedi- 
tion"] 1. To he factious or 
seditious; to rebel. — 2. lb be 
at variance, to be opposed. — 
8. Of states, etc, : To be at 
discord ; to be distracted by 
factions or party-str^e. 

ora-vp^ (dissylL), vpov, m. 
[oTo, a root of ttmifii, (neat.) 
"to stand "1 ("That which 
stands" upright; hence) An 
upright pale or stake, 

oreyvdt »y} tee crcyWf. 

OTcy-v^, yfl, p6y, adj. 
[contr. fr. orry-i'rfj; fr. arey* 
», "to cover"] Coffered.-^' 
As Sabst. : oTcyva, Ay, U. 
plur. With Art.: The covered, 
or roofed, abodes or dwelU 
ings. 

OTCp^w -«, f. irrcp^o'w 
Attic trrtpA, p* 4ffr4piiKa, 1. 
aor. 4<FT€pfiivai With Gen. 

Anai. Book VII. 



[§107]; cf. Primer, § 123: 
To deprive cf, 

vrmvnr, ov, n. A breast, 

aT«po|iAi (only in pres. and 
imperf. tenses), y. mid. With 
Qen. [§ 107]; ef. Primer, 
§ 123 : To d^ve one's self, 
etc., of} to lose, 

«Ti4&v*^ -«>f* ffrt^&if^tf, 
p. ^irrc^ftywica, 1. aor. ^orc^dy- 
vffa, V. a. [(Trt^&y-of, "a 
crown "] 1. Act. : To crown, 
wreathe. — 2. Pass. : tm^SLy" 
6o^Mk -ov|tai, p. 4aT9^6ifMfjuu, 
1. aor. iert^&M^iiy, 1. fat. 
art^ii0m0^<rofuu i Of persons 
offering sacrifices as Subject : 
To be crowned; to wear a 
crown or garland, 

o*n{ -Xi|, Iff, f. [oni, a root of 
t'C'rif^fUf (neat) "to stand "] 
('< A standing Uiing "; hence, 
*'an upright stone or slab"; 
hence) A houndasy-piUar* 

oTi|v&|Mvof , If, ov, P. 1. aor. 
mid. of foTif/u. 

orXp-ot, ov, m. [ffrtlfim, 
''to tread,'' through root 
oTiPI (" That which is trod- 
den'^ hence) A beaten way, 
a track, 

irr^fio, &TOS, n, A mouth ; 
— at 1, 1 of the Eoxine. 

oTpaTcv-fiA, fjMToSf n. 
erp&Tt^'V, "to take the 
eld"] ("That which takes 
the field"; hence) 1. Sing.: 
An army ;— at 3, 87 the Pi^- 
itive Gen. rov erpoTfufiaros 
(as if riyis was to be supplied) 

s 



fe 



258 



VOCABULARY, 



is used at the Subject of 
^y%!rai : ikalpart of the army 
leadt the waff, A similar cod- 
stmctioii is found at Bk. 3, 
6, 16 of Xenopbon's Anabasis : 
itrt/uyp^Bai ap&y; and a 
like passage occurs at Acts 
21, 16 in the Greek Testa, 
ment: trvir^XBop r&y fMOirr&i' $ 
see ii^iiifu for the use of the 
Partitive Oen. as Otrject.— 2. 
Flnr. : Divitunu of an armu ; 
8»d8. 

erp&TivffaCf&ipr, 1. aor. opt. 
mid. of <rrp&rc^». 

oTp&Tcv<rtffUvot, n, or, P. 
int. mid. of vrp&r^int, 

<rrp&T-cvt#, f. irrpS.T€6fr», p. 
i<rrp&r€VKa, Laor. 4arp&T€V4ra, 
V. n. [vrp&T''6s, "an army"] 
t Neat.; JZb serve in, or Join, 
the army I to take the field, 
march, etc — 2. Mid.: orpar- 
svoftoi, f. irrpdr^^irofuu, 1. aor. 
4erp&T€UffS^il,,, p. pnag^ jj^ 

mid. force icrp&rMvfuit, To 

take the field for one's own 

«eif; to serve as a soldier. 

ete, ' 

t^U^l ^'^/^'•^H^o, 1. aor. 

«S a leader of an amv r 
general "J l.^.i,,^"'^;^; 

to be, a leader of an arZ or 
ffeneral,^2. With Gen of 

^oh.theg^alof; tStaJc^ 

'^ndof,toleadpmonfi 
a uaattci- :— toSto 



ItlJMS Tifuhf orparriyTie'ai, that 
you should he our genera in 
this matter, or thai you should 
do this as our general, 6, 401 

OTpanpf-Co, las, f. [id.] 
("The state, e^c.,of a errpdrrrrY' 
6s "; hence) Q|j?Ji», or post, of 
general; command. 

OTp&npf-Yait 'Xm, v, n. 
[desiderative of arparriy-^w, 
«* to be a general "] 2b Oeeire 
to he a general, 

OTp&npftwv, tfira, &p, oontr. 
P. pres. of erp&Tfiyidtg^ 

OTp&T-wy-^, ov, m. [for 
trrp&T'-ceY'0Sifr,erpdT''6s, "an 
army "; «y.«, « to lead "] ^ 
leader or coiiMfUifKter ^ aii 
army; a general, 

arphr-'X^ las, f. [another 
form of erpdT'Ss, ** an army "J 
A collected army ot force ; a 
host, etc 

OTpaTl-^Sttic, Arov, m. 
[ffTpari-rf, "an army"] (** One 
made for an army"; hence) 
A soldier; — at 1, 9 with ol 
oTpari&Tai aimA snpply ro^ov 
tlalu fldfrioi. 

crro&roircS-cvti, f. erporo- 
«'c8coa-fl», V. n. [oTfieETrf- 
xc8-oy, "a camp"] 1. To 
encamp; 6, 24.-2. Mid.: 
<rrp&Toirc8-cT$o|UH9 f. erparo' 
vc8c^(ro/iAai, 1. aor. ioroaro* 
irc8«V(ra/iii|y, p. iffTparoiriitV' 
/*««, !Z\> 50 tit camp, to be en- 
camped, 

o^p&rd-ircSov, ireffov, n. 
L<^T/>aT-rfs, (unoontr. gen.) 



VOCABULARY. 



259 



€np&t6-os, " an army "; wi^ov, 
«* ground"] (" Groand belong- 
ings to an army"; hence) A 
camping. ground f camp, en- 
campment* 

ffTparcSs, ov, m. An army. 

1. ATV|<4^*1^> ictf ^ov, udj. 
[JSr^fi<pd\-o5, ** Stymphalas "j 
a district of Arcadia in 
Southern Greece, wiUi a town, 
mountun, and lake of the 
same name] Of, or belonging 
to, Stymphalus ; StymphaU 
ian, — As Subst. : Ztvia^AXios, 
ov, m. A man qf Sigmphalus ; 
a StynMpihaUan, 

2. irv^^akXo%, ov; see 

1. ^TUfKpdXtOS. 

trv, cov (plur. ^cts, l/iSv), 
pron. pers. Thou, you ; — the 
gen.^ dat., and ace. sing, are 
used also encliticnlly ; — at 
1, 27 vfxeis is emphatic ; — at 
6, 37 Iftfts is put absolutely 
[§ 91] ; Xenophon was going 
to employ after it Kouplby 
po/xi(€r€ thai ; but as the 
sentence advances he changes 
the construction to Kaipbs BokcT 
Ifuy thai I — at 8, 4 IfiTv is 
put for aoi ; cf ^fiirtpos [akin 
to Sans, yu-shmad], 

WYY^-f io, tias, f. {(rvYf€V' 
^5, "of the same stock"] 
O* The state, or condition, of 
tne (Tvyycyfii'*; hence) Se- 
lationthip, kin, affinity j—tA, 
3, 39 'ABuvala was given as 
the watchword in reference to 
the (Fvyycyeia between the 

S 



Greeks and Thracians by the 
marriage, in ancient times, of 
Tereus, king of the Thracians, 
with IVocng the daughter of 
PundioD, king of Athens. 

avyytvia^ai, 2. aor. inf. of 
arvyylyyofMi. 

orv7-Y*v-ij«, 4s, adj. [for 
ffvv'yev-'t]s ; fr, trvy, " with "; 
Yfv, root of yiyyofiM, " to be 
bom "] (" Bom with" others; 
hence) Of the same etock or 
family. — As Subst. : ovy- 
ycvcts, 4wy, m. plur. Kinsmeny 
kinsfolk, 2, 81; see (rvy- 
yiveia, 

ovY-YC<yvo|ftai, f. o'uy- 
yip^ffofjuu, 2. aor. ervy-^ey- 
ifiriy, V. mid. [for arvy^ 
yiyyofiai; fr. tH/y, "with"; 
ytyyofuu, " to be "] 1. To be 
with, — 2. To have an infer- 
view with, to meet; — at 2, 19 ; 
6, 16 foUd. by Dat. of person. 

mryK&X^oui, 1. aor. inf. of 
<ro7ic&\e<v. 

mryKiiXioxiS, euro, ay, P. 
1. aor. of ffvyKoKew, 

ovy-KaX^t» -k2LXw, f* ovy- 
K&\€ffw, p. ffvy-K4K\riKa,l. aor. 
ffuy-tKoXcffa, y, a. [for <rw- 
Ha\4u} fr, <riy, "together"; 
Ka\4(», "to call"] To call 
together, assemble. 

ovY-K&raoKcS^wvui, f. avy- 
KaraffKtBairet, v. a [for avy- 
KaTcuTKtSdyyvni ; fr. ffvy, ** at 
the same time"; Koraa-Kf^dy 
yvfn, **to pour over"] 1, 
Act. s To pour over at the 
2 



262 



VOCABULARY. 



tottether "; henoe) Sing. : The 
whole, the whole of: 8, 26. 

irv|&iraUn|«f fern. gen. sing, 
of (Tvyncas, 

1. aor. ffvV'4ir§pLdfa, v. a. [for 
aw'ird/jkirta; fr. ffvy, ** together 
with "; T4fiwu, "to send"] 1. 
With Dat. of person : 2b send 
together with, to despatch 
along with ; 2, 8. — 2. Alone : 
To send, or despatch, at the 
same time; 7, 55. 

irv|&-ircptTVYX<&vtf^ ▼. n. [for 
avv-V€ptrvyx&vw ; fr. <rvy, " at 
the same time*'; »ef)tTiryx*»'«» 
« to fell m with "] With Dat. 
of person : To fall in with a 
person at the same time. 

Qv^irpSicx, 1. aor. inf. of 
avfAirpdcffof. 

orviA-irpdunrtf (Attic ai;|i- 
irpdrro), f. trvfA-irpd^a, 1. aor. 
avy'4irpe^a, y. a. and n. [for 
(TvV'Vpdtnra ; fr. cvv, ** with **; 
7rpd<r<r», "to do"] ("To do 
with" a person; hence) 1. 
Act. : With Ace. o£ thing and 
Dat. of person : To help, or 
assist, a person, etc,, in prO' 
curing, or negotiating^ some- 
thing; 4, 13.— 2. Neut. i To 
co'Operate ; to lend aid or 
assistance, 

(rv|Ji-TrpoOv|<.^o|iai.-irpo0v|<.- 
ov|j,ai, f. &ufi-irpoOvfjL'fi(TOfMu, 
V. mid. [for <rvv-irpo0vfji.4ofiai ; 
fi*. (Tuy, " together with " ; 
irpoOvfXfOfiai, ** to be desirous"] 
("To be desirous with" 



another; hence) 1. With Ob* 
jective clause: To join in the 
desire, or have anoint desire, 
that, etc.; to umte zealoushf 
in the desire^ or endeavour, 
that; 2, 24; — so, also, with 
clause introduced by thrw9, 
1, 5.-2. With Ace. of thing : 
To ^oin zealously in prO' 
motings 2, 5, where it is 
foUd. by ace. ravra. 

irv|&irpo6v|jiT|6c(9f P. 1. aor. 
of av/iirpo0VfJi4ofiai. 

ai;|Jiirpo0vp,i|6cicr6ai, contr. 
inf. pres. of ffvixirpoOv/i4ofuu, 

vrv^vpoBv^rfif[vai, 1. aor. 
inf. of (rvfi.irpo0viA4ofjLat, 

ai;|&-(^cpw, f. avV'oltrv, p. 
iTvv'iirfivoxi, y. a. and n. [for 
cw'^4pw ; fr. <Fvv, ** toge- 
ther"; ipipw, "to bring, to 
bear"] 1, Act.: With Ace. of 
thing and Dat. of person : To 
hear something jointly with 
another; to bear, suffer, or 
endure something with an- 
other ; 6, 20.— 2. Neut. : a. 
To he of use ; to he useful or 
profitable; to be proper or 
expedient; to he serviceable. 
— b. To he suitable or adapt- 
ed; 3, 37. — c. Impers. inf. 
fut. : ffvvo((reLV, That it will 
he serviceahle, that it will 
contribute ; 8, 4, where il is 
folld. by ivi c. Ace. 

orv|J.(^cpuv, ov<ra, ov, P. pres. 
of a'vfjL'<p4pa, as adj. : Useful, 
fitting, advantageous, exped* 
ient ; — at 7, 21 <rv/jL<p4poy is 



VOCABULARY, 



263 



predicated of the Sabstantival 
Inf. hiroJiovvai, 

0i»|fc-^|U, 2. aor. avv-itpriv, 
V. a. [for (TtJi'-^/ii; fr. o'lJj', 
"together with"} frint, «to 
gay"! ("To say together 
with " " another $ hence) To 
assent io, concede, ^rantf allow 
a thing; 2, 26. 

ffvv, prep, with dat. only : 
1. With; together or along 
with:-^ahtf ro7s 0co7fy tO" 
gether with the gods, i. e. as 
wdl as the gods, 7, 89 ; see 
no. 8 below : — - for ol chv 
avr^, see 1. 6, no. 7, a.— 8. In 
connexion, or eonfunction, 
with; in common with, — 3. 
With accessory notion of help, 
etc, : With the help, aid, or 
blessing of; hg the favour of: 
-— o-ifv rots 0€o7s, with the help 
of the gods, 2, 34; see, also^ 
no. 1 above. 

frvv-aOpo(t«, f. ffvy-aOpotaw, 
p. avV'ijBpoiKtt, V. a. [_ff^y, 
" together " ; o^poffw, ** to 
collect"] To collect together. 

vvvaw4a»vi(y), 3. pers. plur. 
1. aor. Bubj. of avvaiy4v, 

oirv-aivctt -aivw, f. vvV' 
aiv€<Tta, 1. aor. avV'ijyeaa, V. a. 
[<riJv, in ** strengthening " 
force ; ai$f4a), in force of " to 
acquiesce "] 1. With Inf. : To 
acquiesce in doing, ete.; to 
consent to do, etc. — 2. With 
Ace. of thing and Dat. of per- 
son : To grant, or concede, a 
thing to a person. 



o^v-&KoXovO^« -&KoXov6d, 
f. cUfy'dueokovO^fftg, p. avy. 
7iKo\ovd7iKa, 1. aor. oi/y-ijicoA.- 
ovOria'a, ▼. n. [^tr^y, '* together"; 
hco\ove4i», «*to follow"] 
C< To follow together"; hence) 
With Dat. [§ 103] : To ac 
company, 

(rvv-&XXttf, 1. aor. avv-i 
i^Xio-a, V. a. [ffiv, "together"; 
&Aff«, "to collect"] 1. Act.: 
To collect, or bring, together; 
to cusemble, — ^8. Pass. ; ovv- 
aXito|i.ai., p. ffvV'-fiKurfiat, 1. 
aor. <rvy"ii\i0$riu, (** To be col- 
lected, or brought, together "; 
hence) To come together, to 
be assembled, to assemble, 

(rvvavairp&{ab, 1. aor. inf. 
of ffvy&ymrpdairw, 

(Tvy-avairpoMnrw (Attic oriSy- 
avairparrtf), f. cvF-Hyavpd^ot, 
1. aor. ffvy-&y4irpa^a, r, a. 
l<r^v, " together with "; Aw- 
vpdirffM, "to exact"] ("To 
exact together with" another; 
hence) To join in exacting, 

avvav4fm\, 3. pers. sing. 2. 
aor. ind. of avy&viarfini, 

crvy-avCini|)ii, f. vvy-ava' 
vriiato, p. avy'av4irry{Kay\. aor. 
avy-&v4(rriq<ra, 2. aor. avv- 
&y4ffTiiy, V. a. and n. [ff^y, 
"together"; kyiarii/Jtt, (act.) 
"to make to stand up"; (neut.) 
" to stand up "] 1. Act. : Pres., 
imperf., 1. Int., and 1. aor. : To 
make to stand up, or to cause 
io rise up together. — 2. Neut. 
Perf., plup., and 2. nor. ; 2}> 



264 



VOCABULARY. 



9tand, or rUe tfp, together or 
at onoes to riee at the same 
time. 

ofivorrf, contr. 8. pers. sing. 
preB. ind. of a-vyoanw. 

tufT^trttf p. o'Vf^-^i'riiKa, 1. aor. 
trvT'iiprriira, v. a. [^e^y, in 
-''strengtheniDg." force; &yr- 
a»,*'to meet"] With Dat.: 
^ meetf meet with, fall in 
With* 

oihf-&roXafLp&Vtt, f. o-vv- 
AvroX44'^/Aai, T. a. [ffi^, ** to- 
gether with"; kwoKaiifiibw, 
"to reodve"] ^"To receive 
together with another; 
hence) To receive at the eame 
time or at onee* 

oiiv-8C&Patvw, f. <rvy-9itt- 
fi^ofuu, p. cvp-StafidfitiKOf 2. 
aor.irvy-Sifc/Siiy, v. n. [<r6v, *' to- 
gether with"; Sra^ad'w, "to 
cross "] To eroee over together 
with others, etc.; to erose 
over in their, ete,, company, 

irw8l&pdt, affa, duf, P. 2. 
aor. of <rtnril&fi<Uv»* 

owSp&i&ovvToi, 3. pers. plar. 
fat. ina. of awrpix^* 

9^vcPoi{6fi, contr. 8. pers. 
sing, imperf. ind. of o-v/a- 
fionOtta. 

<ruyfPo^Xtv(r€(v), 8. pers. 
sing. 1. aor. ind. of trvfifiovX' 

vvv€iZivai, inf. of a-^voida, 
(Hiv-cunr(irTtt{» 2. aor. avv- 
"rhr^ffov, v. n. [o-^v, "toge- 
* with, at the same time 



with"; cf<nrrirT<», "to fall 
into^i hence, with accessory 
notion of violence, ** to rush 
into"] To rush into, or in* 
side, together with or at the 
same time with; — at 1, 18 
strengthened hy foUg. <r^y c. 
Dat. 

ovv-f Mirlvw, f. (TvV'iKitXofiai, 
2. aor. avV'f^4rrtou, v. a. [^tr^v, 
** together with "; iianvn, '* to 
quaff"] ("To quaff together 
with" another; hence) To 
join in quaffing, to drain a 
cup, etc., together with an- 
other. 

ovy^t^ 1. aor. ind. of 

aS}vctMoV| 2. aor. ind. of 

cHhf-cl^pXOfibm, f. <rvv 
t^ekfvaofjuu, v. n. [jariv, "to- 
gether with " ; i^4pxoiJuu, ** to 
come out"] With Dat. of 
person : To come out together 
with, or at the same time with, 
a person. 

oi}v-ciraivltt -ciroiWty f. 
avV'€vcuy4<r6f, p. crvi'-ciqyi'cica, 
V. a. [c'^f, in "strengthening" 
force ; iiraiviw, " to approve"] 
With Ace. of thing : To ap' 
prove; to consent, or agree, 
to; to join in approving, 
etc. 

vvv4.ic€fLy^a, 1. aor. ind. of 
<rufjLir4fiirw, 

<rvvlirc<r9ai, pres. inf. of 
(TvycVo/uai. 

ovvf irifvow, contr. 8. pen. 



VOCABULARY, 



265 



plnr. imperf. ind. of oi/yciraiy- 
4wi 8, sis. 

4rilvc1rl0«lr^v0a^ 2. aor. inf. 
of avvtip^oiuu I see i<p4irofiat. 

orvv-^iret&ai| imperf. ovp- 
ttwdfi'nv, 2. aor. avif-ta'ir6firiv, 
V. mid. [(TtJi', " together with"; 
?iroAtax, **to follow"] With 
Dat. [§ 108] : I'ofoUoio to- 
gether with or along withs to 
accompany, 

(rvv-ciro|ivvfiii, y. a. ^aiur, 
"at the same time"; 4ir- 
6tufvfii, ^* to swear hesides or in 
addition "] To further swear 
at the tame time s^tit 6, 19 
folld. by Objective clause firi9€ 
• . . iuioi, 

v^V'ifxoyMA, f. irvv€\€i- 
(TOfiaif p. (FW'tK'iKvOa, 2. aor. 
<rw-7i\0oy, V. mid. [^a-iv, ** to- 
gether"; HpxofAot, "to come"] 
To come or tneet together i to 
assemble, 

<rvvco'K«v<it^|i.i|v, imperf. 
ind. mid. of (xvaKfvdCw, 

irvv€viuvaff^ivo9, Vf oy, P. 
perf. pass, of auffKivdCn, 

ir^V9im\K^, via, 6s, P. perf. 
of avylffrrnAi, 

vvviOTparcv^fitiVy imperf. 
ind. of ffvffrpart^ofiaL 

4H;v-c(^iro|jiai, imperf. cvv- 
€<f>€iif 6 firiv, 2. aor. (rvr-c^^etrirej- 
firip, V. mid. [<n5i', " together 
with '*; i(p4irofiat, " to follow 
after"] ("To follow after to- 
gether with " another ; hence) 
To follow after, or behind, at 
the same time ; 4f, 6. 



ovvi^v, 2. aor. ind. of 
<rvfi<lnifu. 

(Hiv-^tt, f. ffvv-r^Ut 2. aor. 
(rvif-4a'xov, v. a. [ffvv, "to- 
gether"; ?x«» "to have or 
hold "] (** To hold together "; 
hence) Of soldiers, etc: To 
keep together, to keep from 
dispersing; 2, 8. 

ai}v-48o|jiai, f. avy-ri(r6'fi<ro» 
fiaif 1. aor. vvy--f\fr9i^v, v. mid. 
[ffvv, " together with"; ^iofiat, 
" to be pleased, to rejoice "] 
("To be pleased, or rejoice, 
together with " another ; 
hence) 1. With Dat., and 
folld. by clause introduced by 
5ri : To offer congratulations 
to a person that; to congratul- 
ate a person that he is, etc, or 
upon being, etc.; 8, 1. — 2. 
Alone: To offer congratula' 
tions. 

avn|KoXoiSOt)(ra, 1. aor. ind. 
of cuyaKoXovOtu, 

wvtjXOov, 2. aor. ind. of 
ffvpfpxofiai, 

oiivtiXi(r6v|<rav, 8. pers. 
plur. 1. aor. ind. pass, of 
ffwd\iCoD. 

crvinf|(rdT|<r^|MV09, ri, ov, P. 
fut. of evvii^oyiai, 

(rvv9t|-(ia, fiiiros, n. [<rvy- 
TiOyjfii, in mid. " to agree iip- 
on"; through verbal root 
aw6t|] (" That which is agreed 
upon " ; hence). A watchword, 

ovvYci, 3. pers. sing, imperf. 
iud. of ffwirifii, 

aUv-Itijii (imperf, avy-Jriy 



266 



VOCABULARY. 



and (rvV'Uty), f. <r»i»-^<r«, p. 
(Tt/y-ciica, 1. aor. (rvv'^Ka, v. a. 
[<r^v, «*tojfether"; Imh "to 
send"] ("To send together; 
to bring, or set, together"; 
hence, "to perceive"; hence) 
With Ace. of thing : To un- 
derttand a person's language, 
eto.f 6y 8. 

a^V'Umi^if f. irv'irr1iffu,-p, 
(late) ffvy-itrrdKa, 1. aor. o'vv' 
4orria'a, 2. aor. ffvp-itrriiv, v, 
a. and n. [<r^i', "together"; 
Ttrri}/!!, (act.) "to make, or 
canse, to stand "; (nent.) '' to 
stand"] 1. Act.: In pres., 
imperf.. 1. fat., 1. aor. : (" To 
make to stand together"; 
hence) To introduce friends. 
— 2. Neut.: In perf., pluperf., 
2. aor. : {** To stand together*'; 
hence) a. Of several persons : 
To stand f or Jceep^ together; 
to he formed in a hody. — b. 
To re-form in order ofbattle, 
to rally, — 3. Pass. : <ri3v- 
(oT&iAOi, p. avi^-4<rTafiaif 1. 
aor. (rvv-ca-T&tfifv = no. 2. 

orvv-oi8a (perf. ind. of oh- 
Bol. aw'fidu, used as a pres.), 
inf. o-tv-ciScVaiy v. n. [(rt/t^, 
"with"; oUa, "to know"] 
(*'To know with" one's self; 
hence) 1. With Dat. of reflex- 
ive pron., and foUd. by part, 
in concord with Subject to be 
supplied : To he conscious to, 
or in, one*s «0^, etc., o^ doing, 
etc., or that If etc., am^ etc, ; 

n.— 2. With Dat. of per- 



son, and foUd. by clause intro- 
duced by €1 : (** To know 
with" a person "if"; ». c.) 
To know as well as another 
person, whether: 6, 18. 
(TvvoCcrciv, fat. inf. o£ trvfi- 

<ri3v-o)MXay^«» -0|&oXoY«y f« 

ffvV'OfxoKoy^ffw, 1. aor. oHy- 
tc/jLo\iyfiira, v. a. and n. £a^y, 
in " strengthening " force ; 
6fio\oy4o», in force of ''to 
agree to" a thing] 1. Act.; 
With Aoc. of thing : To agree 
to, assent to, confess, own, 
acknowledge, — ^2. Neut.: With 
Dat. of person : To say the 
same thing as a person; to 
agree with a person in what 
he says ; 5, 10. 

avvrXBvrax, 8. pen. sing, 
pres. mid. of trvyrXOrifii, 

cruv-T(Ot)|Li, f. ffW'Biiffm, p. 
trvV'tidtiKa, v. a. [jriiv, " to- 

fther"; riOniu, "to put"] 
Act.! To put together,-^2. 
Mid. : orw-T£0t|Mu, 1. aor. 
<rvv-€0fiKdfinv, 2. aor. trvV' 
tOtfiTjv, {** To put together for 
one's self"; hence) With Dat. 
of person [§ 103] : To make 
an agreement, or compact, 
with a person; to settle, or 
arrange, with a pei^on; — ^at 

1, 35 folld. by Inf. 
(mv-Tp^u, f. ffvv'^pdfiov- 

fiai, sometimes cw-Bpt^ofuu, 

2. aor. tTTiv-ihp&tiov, v. n. [cvv, 
" together"; Tp4x»» " to run"] 
To run together. 



VOCABULARY, 



267 



IJMit 2. aor. avy'Mxoy, y. n. 
[<r^y, *' with "5 rvyx&ifUf '* to 
happen"] *' To happen with "5 
hence) With Dat. of person 
[§ lOS]: To fall in with, meet 
with, 

orihwiMXtfyci, oontr. 8. pen. 
sing, imperf. ind. of cvpqiio- 

aihwiMXtfyovK, contr. 8. 
pen. plor. imperf. incU of 

IvfUa, as, f. Syrian a 
country of Asia. 

ono-KcvatcffOc, 2. pen. plor. 
pres. imperat. mid. of iruo'iccv 
aCv ', 3, 6. 

1. aor. trvy'taKt^affa, v. a. [for 
<rvv'e'Ktvd(u ; fr. civ, " to- 
gether"; aK€vd(a, "to pre- 
pare or make ready "] (" To 
prepare, or make ready, by 
putting together "; hence) 1. 
Act. : To pack up baggage.— 

2. Mid.: (rv-oicfv<ito|LM, 1. 
aor. ffvy'€a'K€va<r&iJL'iiv, p. pass, 
in mid. force trvy-ta-Ktiofffiaif 
To pack up owfe own baggage, 
to pack up. 

avar^Sf aact, dy, P. 2. aor. 
of awia-rrifu, 

(rv-(rrpaT<vo|jiai,f. crv-vrpar* 
^iffOfiatf 1. aor. (rvy-tarpartv-' 
a&firiv, V. mid. [for <rui/-(rTpaT- 
c^o/uai; fr. trip, "with"; 
trrpaTtiofjMi, ''to take the 
field"] ("To take the field 
with" others; hence) 1. 



Alone : To join in taking the 
field J to join, or ehare in, an 
expedition.—^. With Dat. of 
person [§ 108] : To take the 
field with a person ; to join, or 
ehare in, an exp^ition with 
a penon. 

trwrrpSkTeCaaiarBai, 1. aor. 
inf. mid. of o'vcTpar^^w, 

onKrrp&TfvaoivTo, 3. pers. 
plur. fat. opt. mid. of 01;- 
<rrparf6», 

«nKrrp&Tflvo^|&cvo«y 11, ov, 
P. fat. mid. of trvvrpareiw, 

ct^Xti, 8. pen. sing. 2. aor. 
snbj. pass, of tr^AKXa. 

o4aXX», f. c^6Xia, p. U 
c^akKa, V. a. (" To make to 
fall "; hence) 1. Act. : To mie- 
leads to hctffle or foil, — 2. 
Pass.: a^dXXo|iaiy p. fo-^oX- 
liai, 1. aor. (only in a late 
writer) cir^dU0i}i', 2. aor. 
iffip&KjiVf 2. fnt. a-^a\f\iroiuu. 
To err, go wrong, comn^ a 
mietake or error, 

a^of, ace. plur. of 2. of. 

o'(^i«i nom. plur. of 2. oV, 

o>^cv8^v-i|i ris,f.:l.A sUng, 
— 2. A bullet from a sling. 

ar^Uri{v), dat. plnr. of 2. ot, 

arx'*Z6vf adv. [^x«» **to 
have or hold," through root 
ax found in 2. aor. ^o'x-o''] 
(<« By a having or holding "; 
hence) 1. Near, — 2. Nearly, 
much about, mostly, etc. 

ax*^yf 2. aor. inf. of l^x^' 

oX'^tXYos, €T\io, irXiov, 
adj. [jfxw, ** to hold," through 



268 



VOCABULARY. 



a root ox found in 2. aor. 
f-o'x-o*'] (" Able to bold ont 
or bear ; unfllncbing *'; hence, 
in a bad sense, of persons, 
" cmel, merciless "; hence) Of 
things: Cruel, shocking, ah' 
ominable, 

oxoX-otw, f. ^x^^^^* P' 
iffx^^^^KUy V. n. [(TxoX-i, 
"leisure"] To heat leisure; 
to have leisure or spare time ; 
to have nothing to do, 

v4i'Xfii, f. iraio-w, p. cr4fftiKa, 
1. aor. Ktrtta'a, v. a. [o'd-s, 
*<Bafe''] 1. Act.: a. To make 
sctfe ; to save, deliver, etc. — 
b. To keep safe, preserve* — ^2. 
Pass.: (rw-Co|iai, p. aiffwa/iai, 
plup. iatffifffi'nv, 1. aor. iati- 
Oriu, 1, fat. ffuO'ticrofiai, 2b be 
saved or preserved ; — at 7* 66 
aiffwrrai has the neat. nom. 
plur. (ravra) as Subject 
[§ 82, a]. — 8. Mid.: (n&- 
(o)Mkiy f. cr^trofiat, 1. aor. 
iffuaHnrii', To save on^s self; 
to get to or reach a place of 
safety ; to get off safely. 

W¥, neut. ace. sing, of 
vSos I 6, 82. 

owes, a, oy, adj. Sofe, in 
safety. 

cnS«, ff&v, defect, a^j* (in 
good authors found only in 
m. and f. nom. sing. <r&s; 
neut. ace. sing, ff&v ; m. and f. 
nom. and ace. plur. tr&s) Safe, 
in safety, 

o-«M^pov-^w -<S, f. ataippov' 
i. aor. 4ar«<pp6yfi<ra,Y. n. 



[^ff^pvv, c6^poy-os, ''sonnd 
in mind"] To he sound of 
mind ; to he discreet or prud- 
ent; to he wise. 

vw^povrjfT*, contr. 2. pers. 
plur. pres. subj. of cwppopin. 

au^pov-ittt, f. ffaxppouXffv 
Attic (TittppovXSo, p. aiffoa^pSv' 
Xko, v. a. [ff^fppwv, a^pou'O^, 
** sound in mind"] ('* To make 
a<i<l>p»p**; hence) Act.: To 
bring a person to his senses. 

ow^povcSjicv, contr. 1. pers. 
plur. pres. subj. of <r<»4>poyi». 

rdJie, nom. and ace. neut. 
plur. of 5dc ;^at 3, 47 with 
rdZ€ (nom.) supply iirrly 
iKtiya, 

rdX-avTOV, iyrov, n. (" That 
which bears or carries "; hence» 
*' a balance " of a pair of 
scales; hence) A weight of 
money; a taUni, worth 
2482. Vos. of English money 
[root Tc^ akin to Sans, root 
tuij, '< to bear'*; whence also 
Lat. toUlo']. 

ToXXa = T& &AA.a. 

Ta{i«, los Attic €wr, f. [for 
rdy-aris; fr. ray, root of rAr- 
<r«, "to arrange**] ("An ar- 
rangfing "; hence) Of soldiers : 
1. A Rawing up in order; 
the order or disposition of an 
army. — 2. Order, Une, rank. 
— 8. Battle-array, order of 
battle, — 4. A post, or placet 
in the line of an army .---5. A 
company or body of infantry, 



VOCABULARY. 



269 



consisting generally of 128 

men« 

rairfe, (80s, f . A carpet, 
Td<raw (Attic Tdmt)^ f. 

T<£|<tf, p. T^&x^> ^- ^^^' ^a{>> 
▼, a. [for rdy'tra; fr. root ray] 
1. Act. : a. To arranffe or set 
in order, — b. Of soldiers j To 
draw up in line or in order of 
battle. — c. To post, etation. — 

d. To order, command, etc. — 

e. To appoint, — 2. Mid. : t^- 
(ro|jLai (Attic T<iTTO|&ai), f. 
rd^ofiat, 1. aor. ira^dfiriy, To 
station onefs self, to take one/'s 
post or stand, — 8. Pass. : 
Ti£oxro|ikai (Attic nfrTOfiAt), 
p. rdrayfiai, 1. aor. irdx&riy, 

f. raxHi<rofiai [akin to Sans, 
root TASSH, in force of '' to 
prepare, form "]. 

TciTT« ; see riffffti. 
Tavr*, before a soft vowel 
for ravra, 

1. ravra, nom. and ace. 
nent. plnr. of o^o^, 

2. ToiMk, by crasis for rh 
ahri ; see ainos* 

ratSr^i, fern. dat. sing, of 
oZtos, 

raxiirra (before a soft vowel 
rdxiffT*) Most qvioJcly or 
speedily ; see tox<J. 

r&x*^'*ro«y ft, ov, snp. adj. 
Quickest; see r&x&s, — Ad- 
verbial expression: t^p t&x- 
iffrriy (sc, d96v), the quickest 
way, i. e. most quickly, with 
aU speed ; 1, 11. 

raxv, adv. [adverbial neat. 



of rdxis, " quick "] Quickly 
speedily, 10* Comp. : 600*0-- 
oy ; Sup.: rdxurra :---&s tox- 
lOTo, as speedily as possible, 
1, 22; 2, 8; 6, 87 :— ^ircl 
raxco'Ta, {when most speedily ; 
i.e.) <u soon as every 2, 6; 
for 8ti T&X'^^Ay 800 2. 5ti, 
no. 2, c. 
Taxv«, €«a, ^, adj. Qviclr, 

'«^S/i^« ^T Comp,: Tax-<w; 
Snp. : rdx'ivrof, 

ri, conj. And : — r4 , . , r4 
{koI), both . . • and [like 
Iiat. que, akin to Sans, cha, 
** and *']. 

rtOrcMTos, masc. ace plnr. 
of rtOyf^s, a part. per£ of 

rtOvK^ai, perf. inf. of e^». 

rc9v|iivo«, II, ov, P. perf. 
pass, in mid. force of 0vu ; — 
at 8, 21 TtQvfAhos €tri is 3. 
pers. sing. perf. opt. mid. of 

rcO«»paitur|i^o«, Vt ov, P. 
perf. pass, of Oupoueiiw, 

rtix~it**> f.Teix<«»p. TtT€lx' 
iKo, V. a. [t€4X-oj, **a wall*'] 
(«To constmct, or bnild, a 
waU"; hence, "to build" 
generally ; hence) To wall, to 
fortify, — Pass. : rcix-ito|iai, 
p. rer^lx^fffjuu, 1. aor. ^t€*x- 
larOriyy 1. fut. reixKrOiicofiou. 

rctx'OS) *o^ ^^^f ^''' ^* -^ 
wall, — 2. A walled town. — 8. 

A castle, fortress [ace. to 

some, akin to Sans, root 

TAXSHy " to prepare or form," 



270 



VOCABULARY. 



nnd 80, 'Hlie thing prepared 
or formed"; — ^acc. to others, 
akin to Sans, root DiH, '*to 
smear/' and so, <*the thing 
smeared or plastered "]. 
TfVfiv, contr. pres. inf. of 

TfXcCn*, contr. 8. pen. sing, 
pres. imperat. of rcXcor. 

WXfox, dat. plor. of riKos ; 
1, 84. 

TiXivr-oioti a(a, aiov, ac^. 
[rtXewT-^, "an end"] (** Per- 
taining to TcXcvT^"; hence) 
Lcut, whether in time or order ; 
— at 8, 89 = in the rear. 

TfXcvr-a«» •w, f. reXcvr^w, 
p. TcrcXetJrijica, 1. aor. ^eX- 
^(triiffaf V. n. [TeXcwT-'^, " an 
end"; hence, "death"] To 
come to one's end, to die. 

TfX-i«9 •», f. T€\4<ru Attic 
Tt\Q, p. TCT^AcKa, 1. aor. 
Mkitra, V. a. [riX'Ot, in force 
of " that which is paid '* for 
state purposes ; hence] 1. To 
pay what is due. — 2. To pay, 
present. 

rHk-oi, €os ovSf n.: 1. An 
end. — 2. (<' Highest station or 
office"; henc^ Plur.: Maff- 
istrates, as holding the highest 
station or office in . a state : 
— roii oXkoi r4\«iri, the home 
magistrates, or at home, L e. 
at Sparta (1, 84), meaning the 
Spartan Ephors ; cf., also, 1. 6, 
no. 6f a. 

'^v&yos, €os ovs, n. fproh. 
"^ Ttlypt, «* to stretch out, 



extend," through root Ttv] 
(''That which is stretched 
out or extended"; hence) A 
shoal, or shallow, in the sea. 

Tccnr&pcs (Attic T^rr&p- 
cs), Oy num. adj. plur. I'bur 
raJcin to Sans. chatur, 
"four"]. 

TvrtixyriUyo^, ri, op, P. perf. 
pass, of reixtCv* 

TfTp&Kur-xiXloi, xi^<a<* X<^~ 
la, num. adj. plur. [rcrpdirts, 
'* four times " ; x^^^^h " a 
thousand"] ("Four times a 
thousand"; i.e,) Four thou- 
sand, 

Tf Tp-^-'K^ot-oi, cu, a, num. 
adj. plur. [t^tt&p-€j (in oomp. 
Tcrp), " four "; (o) connecting 
vowel ; K6irX'0i ; see rpm* 
K6(rioi\ Four hundred.^^As 
Snbst.: Tirp&K^aloi, mv, m. 
plur. Four hundred men, four 
hundred. 

TtTp-&-|LOip-Yc^ ia%,i.[rir* 
rap€5 (in composition Tvrp), 
"four"; (o) connecting vowel; 
fioTp'O, '* a share or portion"] 
("Being four shares or por- 
tions"; hence) A fourfold 
share, a fourfold portion. 

TCTp-&-«-Xovs, irXri, irXoSy, 
adj. [contr. fr. Terp-d-jrA^oJ 
for T«Tp-o-irX^-oj ; fr. rmikpfs 
(in composition r^rp), ** four "; 
(a) connecting vowel ; irXt = 
irXi|, root of ir\4-0», " to be 
full"; and vlfi-TrXv-f^h "to 
mi"] ("Four times faU or 
filled "; hence) Fourfoldi 



VOCABULARY. 



271 



qiMdruple.^-kB Subst. : Tf rpa- 
irXouv, ov, n. With Art. : The 
quadruple, i. e. four times as 
mucli or a fourfold share. 
TfTpw|Mvo«, 17, w, p. perf. 

pass, of TtTpfiCKV. 

TfTT&p€9} CI ; see r€(TalLpts. 

TCTT&pttv, gen. plur. of rcr- 
r&ptu 

TcvOpavCa, ar, f. Teuthran- 
ia ; the name of a town and 
district in Mysia. 

Tcvx-09, cos ovr, n. [r^^X'^i 
*'to make"] (*' That which is 
made"; hence) A veseel of 
any kind ; a chest, 

Tfxv-at«>j f. rtxfil^»i p* 

rtrix"*^^ ▼• >>• ['''^X*'''?> '*art, 
conning "] To employ art or 
cunning ; /o ({0a2 crcftiUf, 

T^!-n(j, «jr, f. [for re'ic-wj ; 
fr. t(«t«, **to produce," 
through root tsic] ("That 
which prodaces "; hence, "art, 
skill"; hence) A ipoy, manner, 
means whereby anything is 
gained, etc, 

Tcwft, adv. : 1. For a time, 
for a iohile, — 2, Up to this 
time, hitherto. 

rfl, vri^i, fern. dat. and gen. 
sing, of i, 

TnSt ; see 88c. 

TX) ^v . . . TiQ 8^ ; see 1. ^, 
no. 19. 

Tijpti«, coj ovs, m. Teres: a 
king of the Odrysse in Thrace. 

1. Ti, neut. nom. and ace. 
sing, of 1. T15; for adverbial 
use of ri, see 1. rxs. 



2. tC, neut. nom. and ace. 
sing, of 2. rls, — Used adverbi- 
ally : Why ? wherefore ? 
howl 

TipcLpvpfoC, &v, m. plur. 
The Tibarem; a people of 
Pontns in Asia Minor. 

tY-6i|-|ii, f. tf^cw, p. T^- 
Q^tKo, 1. aor. %Oj\Ka (found 
only in indicative mood), 2. 
aor. %Bit\v, v. a. : 1. Act. : To 
put, place, etc. — 2. Mid. : 
T(-Oc-|iai, f. Oiic'ofuu, 1. aor. 
i$TlKdfiTiP, 2. aor. 4$4firiv, — As 
milit. t. t. : With 5irXa : a. 
To stack or pile arms, — b. 
To take up a position, draw 
up in order of battle.-^e. To 
halt under arms, — Pass. : rt- 
Oc-|&ai, p. r40ttfiat, 1. aor. 
MBtip, 1. fat. reBiiffOfiai, To 
he put, placed, or set [length- 
ened and strengthened from 
root Off, akin to Sans, root 
DHA, "toput"]. 

Tifuurlvv, »Pos, m. Tima- 
sion ; a native of Dardttncus, 
appointed general in the room 
of Clearchus, who had been 
treacherously seized and killed 
by T^ssaphemes, as mentioned 
in Book 8, 1, 17 of the Ana- 
basis ; see AapS&i'ctSf . 

Ti|L-fM» -«5, f . rlfi-ficru, p. Tc- 
rlfjLiiKa, 1. aor. irlfiyjtra, v. n. 
[rt/i-ij, ** honour"] To hold in 
honour, respect, or regard; 
to honour, etc.; — at 8, 28 
supply <r4 (from preceding o^oQ. 
as the nearer Object of t«m" 



273 



VOCABULARY. 



— >Fa88. : Tl|ft«ao|&ai -m&oi, p. 
r^Tifitifuu, 1. aor. irifi^Oriy, 1. 
fat. rlfiri9^<rofuu. 

Tl-|ii{, firis, f. [t(-», "to 
honour *'] (« That which 
honours"; hence) L Sonour, 
esteem, respect : — rt/iris Ivcfca, 
fbr the purpose qf honour, L e. 
to do him honour, 8, 28. — ^2. 
(<<A valuing, or eBtimating, 
the worth of a thing "; hence) 
Price obtained, or paid, for a 
thing; proceeds of a sale, 
etc; monejf recdved for a 
thing. 

Tifincnu,!. aor. inf. of r»/i(i». 

tI|lw|mvo«, ri, ov, oontr. P. 
pres. pass. oiTitidto* 

TlflMp-CM -», f.] rifwp4^»» 

p. r€rlfi(&piiK€i, v. a. [rifAt»p'6s, 

in force of "an avenger"] 

("To be a ri/Aupds** for a 

matter ; hence) 1. Act. : To 

avenge, — 2. Mid. : Ti|&»p- 

ioY-ox -ovfjifu, f. rifictfyiffofjiou, 

1. aor. iri/ACifniir&fAiiy : a. With 

Aoc. of person: To avenge 

on^s self, etc., on; to exact 

vengeance from ; to visit vdth 

punishmewt, to punish ; 6, 7; 

7, 17.— b. With Ace. of person 

and Gen. of cause [§ 117] : 

To avenge ont^s sep, etc., on 

for; to exact vengeance from 

for or on account of; to visit 

with punishment, or to punish 

for or on account of; 1, 25 ; 

4,23. 

TliAMpifo-oQ^ai, 1. aor. inf. 

"tid. of Ti/AWpCdtf. 



Tiju^piforKr^c, 2. pcrs. plnr. 
fut. md. mid. of rifi»p4(u, 

TS|M»pi|fr^|Mvo«, 17, oy, P. 
fut. mid. of rifujtp4of, 

TlffcWfn|fr«*|M9a, 1. pera. plnr. 
1. aor. subj. mid. of rlfAwpiw, 

tYvo, masc. ace. sing, of 

1. TIS. 

rXvis, masc. nom. plur. of 

1. TIJ. 

tYvi, rtvoi, dat. and gen. 
sing, of 1. TIS. 

TivMV, gen. plur. of 1. rts. 

TipCpstos (sometimes writ* 
ten T i}p£PaCofi ), ov, m. J^iribdZ' 
us (or Teribazus); the Persian 
governor of the Fhasiani and 
HesperitfB. 

1. TW,* Ti (Gen. riuSs), en- 
clitic indefinite pron. : 1. Some, 
any; — sometimes foUd. by 
Gen. of " Thing Distributed " 
[§ 112]:— Tii'^s . . . ol B4, 
some . • . and others, 4, 17 ; 
see 2. 6, no. 2. — In adverbial 
force: n, In some degree, 
somewhat; in any degree. — 
Ab Subst. : a. Masc. : (a) 
Sing.: Some one, any one. — 
(b) Plur.: Some persons, some. 
— b. Neut. : Something; ang^ 
thing. — 2. A certain person 
or thing ; some one or other, 

2. T(f , ri (Gen. rlvos), inter- 
rog. pron. Who ? what ? — ris 
it>vi\p, what {kind of) man, 
6, 4s, where ^r\, the verb of 
the clause, is in the opt. mood 
in an indirect question :~for 

I tI in adverbial force^ see 2. ri. 



VOCABULARY. 



273 



— As Subsfc. : Who ? what 
person ? — what ? what thing / 

TtO'<ra4>ipvt)s, cos ovs, m. 
Tissaphernes; a Persian noble, 
Batrap of Caria, whom Cyrus 
took with him under colour 
of friendship, but in reality 
through fear cf leaving him 
behind. Tissaphernes soon 
perceived that the preparations 
made by Cyrus were on too 
large a scale for his ostensible 
purpose. He therefore fled 
to the Persian courts and gave 
Artaxerxes such information 
as led him to raise forces to 
resist his brother. 

TiTpc&(rK«9, f. rpdxra, p. ri' 
rpoiKo, V. a. To wound, — Pass. : 
TiTp(i><rKO|Aai, p. TfTpotfiat, 
pluperf. irtrpdfMiv, 1. aor. 
irp<&Briy, 1. f. rpotO-fitrofiai, 

1. ToiavTOy nom. and ace. 
neut. plur. of roiovros $ — at 
6, 33 roiavra is predicated 
of TO Ifiertpa ; supply icri as 
copula. 

2. Toiavra, o^uv ; see roi- 
ovroSf no. 1. 

ToC-vw, adv. [toi, " there- 
fore"; enclitic vw, used in 
"strengthening" force] 1. 
Therefore^ accordingly, — 2. 
Indeed^ verily^ truly, 

T0i($(r-8e, Toid'd€f Tox<Ji'-8e, 
adj. [roioy, "such"; enclitic 
8e, used in "strengthening" 
force] Cff such a kind, sort^ 
or nature. — As Subst.: roidSc, 
n. plur. Such things as these. 

Anab. Book VII, 



TOlOVTOtj TOtaVTI}, TOtOVTO 

(Gen. Toto^ov, roiavrris, 
roiovTOv), dem. pron. : 1. Qf 
such kind, nature, or quality ; 
suC'h, — ^As Subst. : a. toiovto$, 
ov, m. Such an one; — Plur.: 
Such persons ; such. — b. 
Toiavra, Qvrav, n. plur. Such 
thirds, such like things; — 
but at 6, 33 roiavTa is a pron. 
— 2, In an intensive and bad 
force : So had, so vile, 

T019, masc. and fem. dat. 
plur. of 1. 6, 

Toix-os, ov, ra, A wall of 
a house or court [fr. same 
source as Tf'ixos ; which, how- 
ever, is never used in fore- 
going meaning ; see T^'ixoi at 
end]. 

ToXfif s, contr. 2. pers. sing, 
pres. ind. of ro\ii6.ot, 

ToXfJi-dv -w, f. ToXfi'fitrw, 
p. T€TO\firiKa, 1. aor." irSXfiriffa, 
V. n. [T6\fi-a, "courage, 
daring "] (" To have r6\fia "; 
hence) With Inf. : To have the 
courage, or boldness, to do, 
etc, ; to dare, venture, etc., to 
do, etc, 

T4${cv-(ia, fiaros, n. fro^eu- 
<y, "to shoot from a bow"] 
(" That which is shot from a 
bow "; hence) An arrow, holt, 
shaft, 

T<$iros, ov, m. A place. 

TocrovTov, adv. [adverbial 
neut. of toctoCtoj, "so much '*] 
80 much, so far, to such a 
degree or extent, 

T 



274 



VOCABULARY. 



roor-ovros> ai^i}, oSro (and 
as Sabst. oDroy), adj. [a 
strengthened form of r6ir-os, 
<* so much "] 1. So much, to 
great, — Adverbial Dat. of 
measure: By so much} see 
5(roj, no. 7, b. — 2. Of time : 
So longs — at 4, 19 supply 
XP^vop with roffovrov ; see 
XP^i^f •— '3. Of number i So 
manv, 

rirt, adv. At that time, 
then; — at 1, 28 rSre zz the 
time of thePeloponnesian War, 
to which reference was made 
in the preceding section. 

TovSc, masc. and neut. gen. 
sing, of 58c. 

TovTo, neut. nom. and ace. 
sing, of oZrof, 

rovrov, masc. ace. sing, of 



ovros. 



TovTovC, masc. ace sing, of 
oirroal, 

rovroVf tovtuv, mnsc. and 
neut. gen. sing, and plur. of 



oZtos* 



TovTov(, masc. gen. sing, of 
obrocL 

roCrwSf masc. ace. plur. of 
oZtos, 

rovrtf, masc. and neut. dat. 
sing, of ottTos. 

Toi^wv, gen. plur. of oZros, 

Tpav£i|iai, av, m. plur. The 
Tranips<B ; a Thracian people. 

Tp-oL-ire(a, iriQtis, f. fprob. 

shortened fr. riTp-Ji.-vi(a, i, e, 

-4-ire5-<ra zz rerp-d'Ttod' 

T^TTo/)-€$ (in comp. 



Tcrp), " four "; (a) connecting 
vowel ; irotJf, iro5- w, " a foot"] 
("A thing with four feet"; 
hence) A four-footed table ; 
a table in general. 

TpdiroiTO, 3. pers. sing. 2. 
aor. opt. mid. of Tpcrw. 

TpaxiiXos, ov, m. Throat, 
neck. 

Tpci9, rpia. (Gen. rptuv, Dat. 
rpiiri), num. adj. plur. Three; 
— at 1, 37 supply &pdpis with 
TpeTs [akin to Sans, tri, 
" three "]. 

Tpiiro), f. rperpa, p. rerpotpa 
and rcrpaipcL, 2. aor. trpavov, 
V. a. : 1. Act. : To turn, — 2. 
Mid. : Tp^iro|Jiai, f. rp^oimi, 
1. aor. irpe^afiriv, 2. aor. 
irpavSfiriv, To turn or betake 
one's self, etc. ; 1, 18. 

rp^^iVTo, 3. pers. plur. 
pres. opt. pass, of rp4(pu, 

rpi^a, f. Opolfca, p. rirpoipa, 
V. a. To maintain, support, 
nourish, — Pass. : Tp^^)iai, p. 
r49panfiai, 1. aor. i0p4<l>0riv, 2. 
aor. 4rpa<pt\v, 

rpixuj f. epi^m (late) and 
Bp&fiovfAcu, 2. aor. ^Spdfiov,Y, n. 
To run, 

rpia, neut. nom. and ace. of 
rpels. 

Tpt-a-Kov-ra, num. adj. 
indecl. Thirty [rpcTs, rpi'wv, 
" three " ; (a) connecting 
vowel; KOP-ra, see Treur^KoV'- 
to; and so, literally, "pro- 
vided with three tens "]. 

TpiaKovT-op-09, ou, f. [for 



VOCABULARY, 



275 



** thirty "; Ip, root of 4p-4eeta, 
"torow"](" A thirty-rowed" 
vessel ; s. e.) A vessel with 
thirty rowers or o<»rs $ a 
thirty'oared ship, 

Tpl-a-K(S<ri-oi, ai, a, num. 
ordinal adj. plur. Three hun- 
dreds — at 1, 27 supply rpi- 
UpSiv with rpmico(r(MV. ^rp€is, 
rpX-Siv, " three "j (o) connect* 
iog vowel ; K6<ri'0i is prohahly 
fr. Sang, ya^t^ *' consisting of 
hundreds," with Greek plur. 
suffix 01, etc. (cf. Sans, pad- 
cha^att, ''five hundred"), and 
so, literally, "consisting of 
three hundreds "]. 

TpY-i{p-ii|«, €s, acy. [for 
rpt'4p-rjs ; fr. rpeTs, rpU&v, 
« three "; Ip, root of ip-4<rau, 
"to row"] (** Three-rowed," 
i. 6. fitted with three benches 
for rowers. — ^As Suhst.) rpt- 
i{pi|fi, €os ovs, f. ^ ffalley, or 
vesself with three benches of 
rowers or 5ai>Ar« of oars ; a 
trireme, 

TpiirX-a(rto«, ao-Toy d&iovy 
adj. [ir/)iirX.oCj, "threefold"] 
(** Pertaining to rpivKovs "j 
hence) Of a body of troops : 
Thrice tts greai or as numer^ 
ous; three times as large s 
4, 21. 

rpY-irovs, vow, adj. [rpiis, 

rpX'UV, "three"; vois, "a 

foot "2 Saving, or with, three 

feet, — As Subst.: rptirovs, otiot 

(sc, rpcSrefa, " a table "), f. A 

T 



table with three fiet; a three* 
legged tahle, 

nnm.adj. plur. [Tpii," thrice"; 
juvpioi," ten thousand"] Thrice 
ten thousands thirty thou* 
sand, 

TpY-xoCvYK-o«,oy, aclj. [rpcis, 
TpX-Qy, "three"; xo^^^^* x^^''*'*- 
>os, " a choenix," a Greek dry 
measure containing about " a 
quart" English] (" Pertaining 
to three choenYces"; hence) 
Containntg three chosnXces : — 
rpixoivXKos ipTos, a three* 
chosniw lotrf, i, e. a loaf made 
from three choenlfce8A,or quarts, 
of flour ; a three*quartem loaf, 
3,23. 

TpoCa, as, f,=Tp^s} see 
Tp^ds, 

Tpdvaiov, ov; see rpowaios, 

Tpoir-aio«, o/oy €uop, adj. 
[rpoir-fi, " a rout, defeat " of 
the enemy] Of, or pertaining 
to, a rout or defeat, — A3 
Subst.: rp6wnM¥ (in old 
Attic rpowdiov), ov, n. ("A 
thing pertaining to a rout "; 
t. e,) A trophy, or monument 
of an enemy's defeat, 

Tp^-o«, ov, m. [for rpiw" 
os; fr. rp4w'W, "to turn"] 
("A turning, turn"; hence) 
1. A way, manner, mode, etc.; 
— at 4, 17 supply iarl with 
Tp6iros. — Adverbial expres- 
sion,: iKir€unhsrp6vov,hy every 
means, 7, 41. — 2. A way of 
life ; habit, custonw 
2 



276 



VOCABULARY, 



Tpo^i ris, f. [for rpt^-'ti j 
fr, Tp4^-w, "to nonrish"] 
(*'That which nourishes"; 
hence) Food, subsistence, 

Tpox-a(w, f. rpox&><ff^i ▼• n. 
\rpox'6s, "a runner"] ("To 
be a rpox^f '*> hence) 2h run, 
run along, run quickly $ — at 
8, 4J5 the imperf. denotes the 
commencement of the act. 

Tpy-d«, &los, f. \Tp»s, 
Tp«'65, "Tros," the mythic 
founder of Troy] (" The coun- 
try of Troa ") With Art.: The 
Troad; i.e. the country around 
Troy J — at 8, 7 the editions 
vary between Tp^8of and 
Tpolas. 

tv(y)x-&vw, f. rtv^onat, p. 
vfT^Xt'^f^ 1. aor. 4T6xn<ra, 
2. aor. ilTvxov, ▼. a. and n. 
irreg.: 1. Act.: ("To hit"; 
hence* "to hit upon, light 
upon"; hence) With Objec- 
tive Gen.: To get, obtain, 
meet with, etc. — 2» Keut. : a. 
To chance, or happen. — b. 
Folld. by part, in concord with 
Subject of verb : To happen 
to he, etc. ; 1, 2 ; 1, 17 ; 
2, 19 ; 3, 29, etc, [root tvx or 
rvK, prob. akin to Sans, root 
TAKSH, '* to make "]. 

Tvpalos> gen. sing, otrlpctm 

IS, 

Tvpfrt« (later TvfS^is, whence 
Lat. turris), Xos, f, A tower, 
esp. on a wall ; a bastion, 

'HJx^j ovffti, 6v, P. 2. aor. 



1. np (enclitic) for rtvl, dat. 
sing, of ris; 7, 24. 

2. Tip, masc. and neut. dat. 
sing, of 1. 6, 

3. T^, masc. and neut. nom. 
and ace. dual otl, 6; cf. 6, 7. 

i;3wp, &ro5, n. Water [akin 
to Sans, udan, " water "]. 

v-Us (dissyll.), lov, m. 
("One begotten or brought 
forth "; hence) 1. A son, — 2. 
Plnr.: Children, i. e. sons and 
daughters [akin to Sans, root 
SIT, "to beget"; also, "to 
bring forth"]. 

plur. of <r6, 

^|ji-frcpos, €r4pa, irtpov, 
pron. poss. {pfi'Ut, "ye, you "] 
(" Of, or belonging to, you **; 
i,e,) Your, yours, — As Subst.: 
a. ifArtpov, wv, m. plur. Your 
friends or countrymen, 3, 19. 
As 6fi4T€pos is said to be never 
used in Attic Greek for ar6s, 
thy, thine, tfi4r€pot in the 
above-cited passage must mean 
" the friends, or countrymen, 
of you the Greeks. — ^b. ^- 
irtpa, cov, n. plur.: (a) {sc, 
TpayiA&Ta) Your affairs or 
circumstances! 6, 33, where 
supply 4<rri, — (b) {sc, XP^" 
lilkrai)] Your money, your 
property ; 6, 16. 

W-atOpt-os, OP, adj. [_&t-6, 
"beneath"; aiSpX-a, "the 
open sky or air"] Beneath 
the open sky or air. 



VOCABULARY. 



VI 



1. aor. dir-^icovira, v. n. [^-<j, 
" under *'; hcohut^ in force 
of "to liaten"] ("To listen 
under" the door as a slave did 
to ascertain who was tbere; 
hence) To listen or ^ve ea/r ; 
to attend ot give heeds to pay 
attention, 

f. (>W'dp^9t, 1. aor. ^-^p^o, 
V. n. [iir-rf, <<withoat force"; 
HpX'^i "to begin"] (**To 
begin, make a beginning"; 
hence, "to begin to be, to 
come into being*'; hence) 1. 
To he ;-— at 1, 27 irapx^prwy 
XpnufjJirwv is Qen. Abs. [§ 118]. 
—2. With Dat. of person : To 
"belong to a person ; i. e. of the 
person as Snbject, 2b have; 
1, 28; 7, 82; and cf. 1. ci/^C, 
no. 8. 

^-t^Ktf, f. i^ir-c(^», 1. aor. 
ihr*e«^a, v. n. [pTe-S, expressing 
"subjection"; rficw, *'to re- 
tire'*] ("To retire, withdraw, 
retire for subjection "; hence) 
With Dat. of person [§ 102, 
(4)1 : To yield, or eubmit, to 

wniiiay, 8. pers. plur. £ oo 
ind. of vircfjcctf. 

vir^p, prep.: 1. With Gen. : 
a. Over^ above, — ^b. Beyond, 
above, higher up than, — c. On 
behalf, or account, of; for, — 
d. For, instead of. ^2. With 
Ace: a. Over, above, — b. 
Beyond [akin to Sans, upar-i, 
"above"]. 



aor. 



Wfp-dXXo|iai, f. dirtp- 
oXovftai, 2. aor. (nrtp^iiXaiiJiP, 
V. mid. [ywip, "over"; &AAo- 
Mai, "to leap"] With Ace.: 
To leap, or spring, over; 
4e, 17, where al^mv 6wtpa\\0' 
fiivvv is Gen. Abs. [§ 118]. 

iircpaXX^|icro«, 17, ov, P. 
pres. of ^cpoAAofuu. 

^mp-Pfluvti, f. ^9p-fi^iao» 
fjMi, 2. aor. 6wtp-4firiv, ▼. a. 
and n. f^eo, "over"; fivd^w, 
" to go^'] i. Act. : To go, or 
cross, over; to pass over; 
3,48; 8, 7.-2. Neut.: Folld. 
by tU c Ace. : To get over 
into; to get by escalade into ; 
1, 17, where the editions vary 
between birtpfialvovirty and 
^tpfidWovirip, 

^cp-pdXXw, f. ^tp'fi&\&, 
2. aor. iw€p-4fia\op, v. a. and 
n. [yir4p, " over or beyond "; 
fid\\*a, "to throw"] 1. To 
throw over or beyond. — ^2.: a. 
Act. : To go, or cross, over ; 
to cross, pass, mountains, etc, 
— b. Neut. : With cit c. Ace: 
To cross over into ; 6, 1 : for 
1, 17> see ^tpfialuu, no. 2. 

^irtppols* dtra, dy, P. 2. aor. 
of {nr€pfialvo9. 

^ffp-^p-los, lo, lov, adj. 
[pirip, " beyond, over "; Sp-os, 
"a boundary or frontier"] 
(" Being beyond, or over, the 
boundary or frontier" of a 
country ; hence) Foreign. — 
As Subst. : vwcpoptd, as (sc, 
7^), f. With Art.: The foreign 



278 



VOCABULARY. 



territory ; 1, 27, where refer- 
ence is made to the tributes 
{(p6poi) paid to the Athenians 
by their allies, and which 
formed the most productive 
part of the Athenian revenue. 
At the commencement of the 
Peloponnesian War the trib- 
utes thus received amounted, 
according to Thucydides, to 
six hundred talents. 

irw4ff%t9^i 2. pers. plnr. 
2. aor. ind. of iviaxf^o/iou. 

iir^oXCTo, 3. pers. sing. 2. 
aor. ind. of Ivurxv^ofMi, 

^cox^fJktiv, 2. aor. ind. of 
hrurxv^ofiM* 

{rtriv%wti 2. pers. sing. 2. 
aor. ind. of ^urxf^oficu, 

^m^Ko-ot, ov,' adj. [for 
vv&KO'Os; fr. diroito-^ (see 
iKo^of at end), "to obey"] 
WithDat.: Obedient to, tub- 
ject to [102, 4]. 

vTn^Kovov, imperf. ind. of 
brraKoltm* 

{nn)pcT-^«0 -«, f. hrriptTfiiru, 
p. Smjplrifica, 1. aor. ^rnipirria'aj 
V. n. [6inyp^T-ijs, "a servant"] 
With Dat. [§ 102, (4)] ; cf. 
Primer, § 106, (4): To serve, 
assist, aid, etc.; — at 7, 46 
fiinjpeT^<rat is also folld. by rt 
as Ace. of ** Respect" [§ 98]. 

vrnipcTfjo'ai, 1. aor. inf. of 
inftip^riw, • 

'&7ri9xvcur6c, contr. 2. pers. 

nlur, imperf. ind. of iJinerx- 

\ 88; cf. preceding 

•\€iT€. 



Wurxvcm, contr. 8. pers, 
sing, impeif. ind. of dtrierx- 
y4ofiat, 

vr-iox-v^oiMU -vov|uu, f. 
tirO'O'X'fl^ofJLaty p. {hr-4arxW^h 
2. aor. ^-HTx^fitriv, v. mid. 
irreg. [dir-^ ** under"; ttrx-v, 
a collateral form of lx*»» ** *o 
have or hold"] ("To have 
or hold one's self under" an 
obligation, ^0.; hence) 1. With 
Ace. of thing: To promise 
something; 6, 6; 7> 50, etc. 
— 2. With Ace. of thing and 
Dat. of person: 2b promise 
something to a person ; 2, 86 ; 
6, 12, etc.; — at 2, 10 the Ace. 
of thing, iKtiFo, is omitted 
before the follg. rel. Srt.—S. 
With Dat. of person and Ob- 
jective clause : To promise n. 
person that; 6, 9.--4. With 
Inf. (mostly fit.) : To pro- 
mise to do, etc.; 1, 2; 6, 43; 
— at 6, 38 the editions vary 
between inf. pres. {fxeyiPricrBat ; 
see fUfUfiiffKOfxcu, N.B.), and 
inf. fut. n^furficco-Ocu ; so at 
7, 31 between orvarrpare^tadai 
and . o'varparticttrBai. — 6. 
With Dat. of person and Inf. 
(mostly fut.) : To promise a 
person to do, etc, ; 7, 14. 

^urxvov|jicvo$, 17, ov, contr. 
P. pres. of 6iri0'x''^ojuai. 

rnrurxywrai, contr. 8. pers. 
plur. pres. subj. of drttf-xve- 
ofiai. 

^6 (before a soft vowel 
vir*; before an aspirated vowel 



VOCABULARY. 



279 



«+*), prep.: 1. With Gen. : a. 
Under, beneath, — b. Of the 
agent: By, through; under, 
or at, the hands of. — 0. Of the 
feelings, etc,: Under the tn- 
fluence of, hy, through, — ^2. 
With Dat.: a. Under, be- 
neath. — b. Of power, etc. : 
Under. — 8. With Ace: a. 
Under, beneath. — b. Of a 
mountaini etc, : At the foot 
of [akin to Sans, upa, " un- 
der"]. 

-uiro-K&T&PaCvw, f. iJTO.irAT&- 
fi-^trofjim, 2, aor. iieo-Karifiriv, 
V. n. [pTfo, ** gradually *'; K&r&- 
fiaivta, " to go down *'] To go 
down, or descend, gradually 
or slowly. 

viroKaraPa^, ava, dv, P. 2. 
aor. of {moKCLTafialvw, 

viro-Xc£iru, f. liro-K^i^Uy 
2. aor. ^TC-i\iirov, v. n. [iJir^, 
** beneath"; Xe/ira, ** to leave*'] 
(*' To leave beneath "; hence) 
1. Act. : To leave remaining 
or behind. — 2. Pass.: To be 
left behind by others ; to lag, 
or loiter, behind, — Pass. : viro- 
XcCirojAai, fut. mid. in pass, 
force vTco-K^i^ofiai, p. i$iro* 
x4\€iixfAcu, 1. aor. ihr-t\€i<p6riv, 

viroXeXcifjili^os, ri, ov, P. 
perf. pass, of viroXefiro?. 

viroir€irfl»K(&s, via, 6i, P. 
perf. of vtroTTivta, 

{nro-irlvM, f. vvo-irlofxai, p. 
tnO'trevuKa, v. n. [yir6, "some- 
what, a little"; viva, "to 
drink"] (**Xo drink some- 



what or a little; to drink 
moderately '*; hence) 1. To 
drink slowly, go on drinking, 
— 2« Perf.: ("To have gone 
on drinking"; hence, as a 
result) To be sometohat, or 
rather, tipsy or intoxicated. 
W-dTTCvw, f. {hT'OTreiarctf 

1, aor. 6ir-^vrtv<ra, v. a. f^- 
6, ** beneath"; ^ttc^w^ "to 
see"] ("To see beneath"; 
hence) With Objective clause : 
To suspect, surmise, etc., that, 

vroirTevwv, ovara, op, P. 
pres. of viroirreiJw. 
iirooTp&^£«, ^taa, 4v, P. 

2. aor. pass, of viroa-rp4<l>u. 
viro-OTpi^, f . vTFO'trrpir^w, 

1. aor. {nr'iffrpty^a, v. a. [pir6 
(as adv.), " behind "; arrp4<l>u, 
" to turn"] (" To turn behind"; 
hence) 1. Act. : To turn an ob- 
ject back or round. — 2. Pass : 
viro-crrp^^l&ai, 1. aor. 6v- 
€(rrp4<f>67jy, 2. aor. 6ir'f<rrp&4f 
fiv, ("To be turned back or 
round "; hence) To turn about 
to turn short round /•^at 4, 18 
of pei'sons fleeing. 

%mwiXi\v^t, 2. pers. plur.' 
2. aor. subj. of vTricx^'^ofiai, 

{rno-x^ip'^o^t iov, adj. [^bvv, 
" under "; x«'P> *' the hand "] 
("Being under the hand"; 
hence) With Dat.: Under tJie 
dominion, or power, of: sub- 
ject to [§ 102, (4)]. 

{KircSirTcvira, 1. aor. ind. of 

"YpKavX-o?, a, ov, adj. 



28o 



VOCABULARY. 



[^TpKaift-a, ** Hyrcania "; a 
country of Asia Minor] Of, 
or belonging to, Sgrcania; 
JSfyrcanian, 

WrcpaC-Oy as, f. [d^rrcpat- 
oj, "later, next"] The newt 
or following day ; the morrow: 
— Tp ioTfpaltff on the follow* 
ifig day ; Dat. of Time [§ 106, 
(5)1 5 cf. Pi-imer, § 120. 

voTcpov, adv. [adverbial 
neut. of Utrrepos, in force of 
"later"] Letter, cfterward^, 
subsequently, 

{4* ; Bee iirS, 

v<^i|Uv-fi»s, adv. [6<pufi4if-o5 
(p. perf. pass, of i^ii\tn, " to 
let down"; in pass, "to snb- 
xnit"), "Laving sabmitted"] 
(" After the manner of the 
hff>€iix4yos "; hence) Submis- 
sively, humbly, gently, quietly; 
— at 7, 16 supply ^^17 or IXefe 
with ii^ufiivtos, 

vi|>-CaTT||u, f. hvo-ariiffw, p. 
v^-iarriKa, 1. aor. vir'4(rTrfera, 
2. aor. vv'4<rrifiv, v. a. and n. 
I6<f>' (= iir(Q, "undei-"; Icrr-nixi, 
(act.) "to set "5 (neut) "to 
be set; to stand"] 1. Act.: 
In pres., imperf., fut., and 1. 
aor. : To set under, place be- 
neath, — 2. Neut.: In perf. and 
2. aor. : (" To stand under '*; 
hence) 2^0 support an attack 
of the enemy ; to withstand, 
resist J offer resistance, — 3. 
Pass.: v^-C<rra|j,ai, with perf. 

d 2. aor. supplied by no. 2 
0.2. 



^lorTTJTai, 8. pers. sing, 
pres. subj. pass, of i<f>l<rrrifii, 

v«|r-T|X^S) riX'fi, Ti\6y, adj. 
W-oj, "height"] ("Pertain- 
ing to fiilfos"; hence) High, 
lofty, 

^yctv, inf. of l^f&yoy, 

^aiT|Tc, 2. pers. plur. pres. 
opt. of <t>riixi, 

<|»c^(i)v-«», f. <l>dy&, p. ir4' 
(payKa, l.^aor. lE(j>r}va, v. fl. (In 
causative force : " To make 
to appear"; hence) 1. Act.: 
To bring to light, to show, 
show forth, display, — 2. Mid. : 
<|»a(vo|ik«u, f. (p&vovfiat, 1. aor. 
i(l>ripafiriv, 2. aor. pass, in mid. 
force 4ff>apriv: a. To shoto 
one's self or itself, — b. To 
appear [root ^av, i.e. ^a 
strengthened by v; akin to 
Sans, root bha, "to appear "]. 

4»aXaYt) ayyos, f . : 1. A 
line, or order tf battle; bat' 
tle-array, — 2. A phalanx, a 
compact body of Greek in- 
fantry. — 8. The main body, or 
centre, of a force. 

^tav-cp^s, tpd, (p6y, adj. 
[(^av, root of <f>a{l)v-eff, "to 
show"] ("That which is 
shown* ; hence) 1. Clear, vis* 
ible, manifest, — 2. With eifii, 
etc., and part, in concord with 
Subject of verb : To be, etc., 
evidently so and so; 7, 24; 
7, 57. — 3. Adverbial phrase: 
€(s rh <pav€p6y, Fublicly, in 
public : — cilda ... us rh 



VOCABULARY. 



281 



^ap€p6» at ro^ovs Kara" 
trriiaayras, I know that these 
n.e. tbe Greeks) have set you 
tj» public i i.e. have placed 
you in a conspicuous posUiony 
7y 22; where tls rh ^a¥tp6v 
is opposed to KavB&vuv which 
presently follows. 

^&vvivcu, 2. aor. inf. pass, 
of tpoSvtt. 

^apvaPdtot, ov, m. Fhar- 
nabazus ; Persian governor, 
or satrap, of Bithynia. 

^oaiavoC, &y ; see ^aais, 

^aa(v, 8. pers. plor. pres. 
ind. of i^nL 

^a<ri9> los, m. The JBhasis, 
a river of Armenia (now vari- 
ously called Eraslch, Bahshi, 
Aras, and Baa), — Hence, 
^ao'i-avoC, wSav, m. plur. 
The men on (the banks of) the 
Phdsis ; the FhasianL 

^Ari, 2. pers. plur. pres. ind. 
of ^/xf. 

^cp-«i, f. otau, p, itrfiyoxfti 
1. aor. fjytyKa, v. a. irreg. : 
1. Act.: a. To bear, carry, 
bring, — ^b. To bring, offer, 
present a gift. — 0. To get, or 
receive pay, etc. — d. (a) To 
bear, suffer, endure,'^ (b) With 
XaXcirwf and in nent. force : 
(" To bear impatiently"; hence) 
To be vexed, annoyed, or 
angry ; 7, 2. — 2. Mid. : ^p- 
o|t«u, f. olffofiai, 1. aor. 
iiyeyK&fAriP : Of booty, etc» : To 
bring, or carry, for one's self, 
or as one's own act; 4, 3 [in 



pres. and imperf. akin to 
Sans, root BB91, ''to bear, 
carry," etc; the other parts 
of the verb are to be assigned 
respectively to the bases ot-w, 
and iy^K'Of, or ivtyK'ui], 

^p«0V, ovati, oy, P. pres. of 
fp4pw, 

+€(v)y-w, f. <p€6^oticu, p. 
ir4^€vya, 2. aor. t^vyou, v. n. 
and a. : 1. Neut. : a. To flee, 
taketoflight, — b. Tofleeaway, 
escape, — e. To flee on^s 
country, to be exiled. — 2. Act.: 
With Ace. of person : To flee 
/rom [akin to Sans, root buuj, 
" to bend." — Pass. : in re- 
flexive force, "to incline or 
bend one's self"; cf. Lat.yW^- 
io; £ngl. budge], 

4>cv7aiv, 'ovoro, 'ov, P. pres. 
of ^c^». — ^As Subst. : ^e&y^ 
orra, »v, n. plur. With Art. : 
The things that fl>ee away; 
3, 11 ;— but at 6, 86 tptiSyoyra 
is the masc. ace. sing, of the 
part. 

^-|ii, imperf. t^wTKov, f. 
(pTjau, 2. aor. t^pi^y, v. a. and n. : 
1. Act. : a. To say a thing. — 
b. With Objective clause : To 
say that, etc. — 0. FoUd. by 
Inf. without Subject expressed 
when the subject of such Inf. 
is the same as that of the 
leading verb of the clause: 
To say that, etc.; 1, 4 ; 1, 16 ; 
7, H etc—d. With ou (see 
1. olf, no. 2) with Inf. : To 
refuse to do, etc. ; — at 7, 19 



283 



VOCABULARY. 



Bupply ahroli irirptr^cu after 
obK i^ri; Bee preceding con- 
text, — 3. Neut. : a. To say, — 
h. To say **ye8"; to assent; 
2, 25; see 1. oO, no. 2 [root 
4ni or ^, akin to Sans, root 
bhAsh, "to speak"]. 

^o-i(v), 3. pers. sing. pres. 
ind. of ^fifil. 

^BtfyoyMA, f. ^Oiy^ofiaif p. 
fip$€yfxcu, 1. aor. 4<t>0€y^iifiriVf 
v. mid. : 1. To speak (esp. 
with a lond voice). — 2. Of a 
trumpet : To sound, 

^i&Xt|, rif, f. A flat howl 
used in drinking and in pour- 
ing out libations ; a gohtet. 

^XK!fyrio%i ov, m. Philesius ; 
an Acbssan in the Greek army, 
appointed general in tbo room 
of Menon> who had been 
treacherously seized and killed 
by Tissaphernes, as mentioned 
in Book 3, 1, 47 of the Ana- 
basis. 

1. (^Y\-Ca, (as, f. [^f\-os, 
« a friend "] (" The quality of 
the fpi\os"; hence) IHendship, 
amity, 

2. (^XXCa, as ; see ^ihXos, 
(|»iX->Yo8, lo, Xovy adj. [^i\-os, 

"a friend"] (**0f, or belong- 
ing to, a <piKoi*'i hence) 1. 
Favourable to, entertaining 
friendly sentiments towards. 
— 2. Friendly as opposed to 
"hostUe."— As Subst. : +tXia, 
OS {so, x^P^i ^« ^ friendly 
"ountry. 

^tX-os,77> ov, adj. [</)iA-^«, 



"to love"] ("Beloved"; hence) 
On friendly terms, dear, etc. 
— As Subst. : (^CXos, ov, m. 
One who loves or is loved ; a 
friend. 

2. 4*YXo8, ov ; see 1. ^i\os. 

^XXo-aTp&Tl^nis, orpdr- 
Hdrov, m, [jpi\os, (uncontr. 
gen.) <l>iKO'Ot, **A friend"; 
(TTparXirfis, "a soldier"] A 
soldier's friend, a friend of 
the soldiery, 

^Xi<ia{-08, a, oy, adj. 
[♦AiatrX-o, "Phliasia"; i. e, 
the territory of PhlTus, an in- 
dependent city in the N.E. 
part of the Peloponnesus (now 
the Morea)] Of, or belon^iny 
to, Phliasia; JPhliasian. 

<^Pci<rdaij contr. pres. inf. 
mid. and pass, of <po$€a. 

<^P-4&> "&, f. 4>ofi{i(ru, 1, 
aor. i<l)6fi'n<ra, v. a. [^(f>6fi'05, 
"fear, fright"] 1. Act.: To 
frighten, terrify, — 2. Pass. : 
(^P-lo|ikai -ov|ikai, p. iri^6fi' 
ijfiou, 1» aor. itpofi-fiOifiy, 1. fut. 
4>ofirjO'fia-ofiat, To he terrified, 
etc.; 7, 30.— -8. Mid.: +oP- 
€0|<.ai -ov|ikai, f. ipofi'fiaoiJMi, 1. 
aor. i<pofiri(rafniv : a. To fear 
on one's own part or account ; 
to dread, — ^b. With Ace. of 
person : To fear, dread, stand 
in fear or dread of; 7, 6 ; — 
at 1, 2 ffrpdrevfAU (= robs 
(rTpari(&Tas) becomes by at- 
traction the ace. dependent 
on ^ojSov/ucvos, instead of being 
put in its own clause as the 



VOCABULARY. 



283 



Subject (uom.) of trrp'art^' 

^P-os, ov, m. Fear, fright, 
terror, etc. [either for tp4fi-os, 
fr. <f>4fi'0fiai, ** to flee affright- 
ed "; — or, like <p4$ofAai, to be 
considered immediately akin 
to Sans. 5 W;>-ayrt," to terrify," 
a causative of the root BHt, 
"to fear"]. 

<^oPov|ikcvo8, contr. P. pres. 
mid. of 4>ofi4(»> ; 1, 2 ; 7, 6^ 

^oivIkti, tjs, f. PhoBnice or 
Phcsnicia; a country of Syria, 
to the north of the Holy Land. 

(^p-^tt '&, f. <f>op4(rco and 
<f)Ofyfi(ro9, p. nf<f>6pfiKa, 1. aor. 
i(p6pie9L and 4^6prj(ra, v. a. [a 
collateral form of 0e/)oi> ; see 
<p4pa) at end] ("To bear, 
carry"; hence; Of clothes as 
Object : To wear, 

<^pT-Yov, Uv, n. (dim. in 
form only) [<f>6pT'0s, ** a bur- 
den "'] A burden, load, 

^pa(tt, f. ^pa0'Oi>,'p. ir4<l>paKa, 
1, nor. i<ppa(ra, v, a. lb tell, 
say, etc.; — at 8, 9 foUd. by 
Dat. of person and clause in- 
troduced by Uri [for tppdS'(rw, 
fr. root ^pa8, akin probably 
to Sans, root TAD, "to 
speak "]. 

<|»pov-^u -u, f. (j>pop^(ru, p. 
•n^pdyrjKa, v. a. [for (pp€v-4(o ; 
fr. ippiiv, <pp^v-6s, " mind "] 
(** To have in <pp'f]v "; hence) 
To think, or ponder, upon ; to 
take heed, or pay attention, 
to ; to mind. 



^povp-6«, ov, m, [contr. 
and aspirated for vpoop*6s; fr. 
Tpoop'iw, "to look before or 
forward"] ("He who looks 
before or forward"; hence) 1. 
A watcher, guard, sentinel, — 
2. Plur. : Soldiers for guard, 
a garrison, 

♦pvy-to, Has, f. [^pi/|, 
^pvy'6s, "a Phryx or 
Phrygian " ; — Plur. : ** The 
Phryges or Phrygians," a 
people in the interior of Asia 
Minor] The country of the 
Phryges ; Phrygia, 

^pwuTKOt, ov, m. PhrynisC' 
us; an Achaean, one of the 
generals of the Greek army. 

tvY-i^, Tjs, f . [+V7, root of 
ya, " to flee"] 1. A fleeing, 
flight.^-S, Banishment, exile, 
<^Xalc-i{, ^s, f. [<^XaK, 
root of^v\ia-(rw, ** to guard "] 

1. A guarding or watching, — 

2. A watch or guard of sol- 
diers, etc., by night. — 8. A 
station, post, of soldiera. 

4»vXaC) aKos, m. [for 
^t^AaK-s; fr. ^vKdcaw (= 
^vXdK'ira)," to guard*'] (" One 
who guards"; ». e,) Of soldiers : 
A guard ; — Plur, : Chtards, 

4»vXata|ikCV09) v, ov, P. 1. 
aor. mid. of ^vKdjtrcto, 

^Xdtoo^ai, 1. aor. inf. 
mid. of ^\t\ixT(T^* 

4»iiXao'0'tt (Attic ^Xiirrw), 
f. ^v\6\<», p. "K^^iiKax^ ^* ^0^* 
i^iiKa^a, V. n. and a.: 1. 
Neutv? To guard or watch, 



284 



VOCABULARY. 



to he$p guard or waich. — 2. 
Act. : a. To guard, watch, — 
b. lb take care of^ to keep 
%afe» — 8. Mid.: ^^X^UrvoiJiai 
(Attic ^Xdrroiica), f. ^uX(£{- 
o/uoi, 1. aor. l^M\a^(iyki\v : a. 
To guard one*s se^, to he on 
on^s guard} to keep guard 
or watch; to watch; — at 
6, 22 foUd. by cognate Ace. 
C§ 953 : vwrav (sc. d>u\aK^y) 
olSa ifias (l>v\a^afJL(ifous, (/ 
know that gou have watched 
every watching ; i. e.) I know 
that gou have kept most care- 
ful watch ; cf., also, oT5o. — b. 
With Ace. of thing or person : 
To he on the watch against ; 
to heware of; to shun or 
avoid; to guard against; 
3, 33; 7, 54.— c. FoUd. by 
&(rr€ fiii and Inf.: To he on 
one's guard so as not to be, 
etc.; to he on one's guard 
against being, etc, ; 3, 35. 

4»»v-^y ^s, f. : X. A sound. 
— 2. Of persons : Voice. 

^S, <I>ut6s, n. [contr. fr. 
<f>d'05 ; fr. ipd'w, ** to shine "] 
(** That which shines"; hence) 
Xr»^A^, whether actual or figur- 
ative. 

Xa£p<», f. xa/>«, xap^^0A*«* 
and x**P^^«> P" Kcxt^piJfa, 1- 
aor. ix'^PVffOf 2. aor. pass. 
4xapriVf v. n. : 1., a. To rejoice, 
he glad.'-^b. Folld. by part, in 
concord with Subject of verb : 
To rejoice at doing, etc.; to 



he glad, or refoice, to do, 
etc.; 2, 4. — 2. At leave-tak- 
ing : To sag farewell, to hid 
good'hye. — Phrase : e$i/ (with 
ace. of person or thing) 
Xalpfiv, {to permit or allow a 
person or thing to sag fare- 
well; hence) To give up, re- 
nounce, hid farewell to, a per- 
son or thing : — rh iikv Ziaf" 
plirrfiv ita xaipfiu, hade fare- 
well to the throwing ahout, 
3, 23 ; where rh Ziaftpitrr^iv is 
a Substantival Inf. of Ace. 
case ; see 1. b, no. 2 [ukiu to 
Sans. HAKY, " to desire "3« 

XaXSoXoi, uv, m. plur. 2%« 
Chaldees or Chaldeans; the 
inhabitants of Chaldea, which 
formed the S. portion of 
Babylonia. The Chaldees are 
called in Hebrew Chasdt, and 
were probably descended from 
Ches&d (perhaps, " Encroach- 
er "), a son of Nahor, Abra- 
ham's brother ; see Gen. xxii. 
22. In Assyrian inscriptions 
Kaldi = XaAdatot = Chasdt = 
the modern Kurds; the let- 
ters s, r, I (k) being inter- 
changed. 

Xc[X€ir-a(vw, f. x^^''^^^* 
1. aor, ixa^^irv^^ ^« "• 
[xa\€ir-<Js, "hard, bitter"] 
(*'Tobex«A«T(Js"; hence) 1. 
To he hitter in feeling, to h6 
angry or enraged. — 2. With 
Dat. of person [§ 102, (3)] : 
To he angry, or enraged, with 
a person; 6, 39.-3. With 



VOCABULARY. 



285 



Dat. of person and Gen. of 
cause [§§ 102, (3); 117] : To 
he angry, or enraged, with a 
person /or or on account of, 

X^iXcv^s, it, 6p, adj. Of cir- 
camstances: Sard, difficnU ; 
— at 4, 14 xaXcTTidr is predic- 
ated of the clause riis oUlas 
. . . K^fiais; — so also the 
comp. xoXcv^cfXM'} at 7, 28, 
is predicated of the clause ix 
v\owriov ... vAovT'qo'ac ; — 
at 7» 4 xaXcWv is predicated 
of the Substantival Inf. &iro- 
KplvoffOai, IggSP Comp.: xoA-c^- 
t&rtpot; (Sup.: xaAc7-»TaT0f). 

X&Xcv-Mf, adv. [xaA,cir-^f, 
«* difficult "] (" After the man- 
ner of the xoX^*'-^' "; hence) 
1. WithdifficuUy,—Z. Of per- 
sons : Angrily, hitterly : — 
XaA.e«-»s tx^iv, {to he angry 
or in an angry state; L e.) to 
he angry or enraged, 5, 16 : 
for x^^^c^s <p€puy, see iptpv, 
no. 1, d, (h), 

XaXnrwTcpo9» a, ov, comp. 
adj.; seexoAeiros. 

XaXin|oi0V, 6yos, f . Chalctd' 
on ; a town of Bithynia in 
Asia Minor. 

X&XvPcs, UP, m. plur. The 
Chalphee ; a people of Pontus 
in AJsia Minor, famous for 
their working in steel. 

X&piCif 2. pers. sing. fnt. 
ind. of x^Ko^uu, 

X&p<kt<*H'<Uv f* x^^^^y^^ late 
X&picotuu, 1. aor. ^x^*^°M^''> 
p. pass, in mid. force iccxaf>«r- 



fiai, V. mid. [for x'H^^'^-^of^ai ; 

f r. x^<'» X<^*''""<»*» ** a favour"] 
(** To show favour " to a per- 
son about something ; hence) 
1. With Dat. of person : Ta 
gratify, please; to prove 
pleasing or acceptdhle to ; 6, 2 ; 
— at 2, .4 the Subject of x«P^f- 
€a$at is not expressed, as it is 
the same as that of the lead- 
ing verb, ^tro; — at 7, 10 
supply ainois after x^^^^f-'^^* 
— 2l With Dat. denoting a 
passion, feeling, etc,: To in* 
dulge, gratify, give way to, 

X^p'is, iTos (Ace. x^"'a 
and x^^^)i ^* [x<H** 'o^t of 
Xa(Op-»» "to rejoice"] ("A 
rejoicing"; hence, ** favour, 
kindness "; hence) 1. A sense 
of favour received ; gratitude, 
thanks, thanJefylness. — 2. 
Phrase: x^^^ tlhivai, (*'To 
know, or acknowledge, a sense 
of favour" received; hence) 

a. To feel, or he, graiefyl. — 

b. FoUd. by Dat. of person 
and Gen. of cause [§§ 102, (3); 
117] : To feel, or he, gratefyl 
to a person ybr, or on account 
of, something; 6, 32. 

X&pVva^^v, 1. aor. opt. of 

Xopaivos, ov, m. Chamun* 
us, a Lacedssmonian ; one of 
the officers sent by lliimbron 
to secure the services of the 
Greek army ; 6, 1. At 6, 39 
he is mentioned as giving his 
support to Xenophon. 



286 



VOCABULARY. 



Xw^-^r, Sws, m. (''The 
snowy timd"; hence) Winter; 

— at 6, 9 x'^M'^i'A IS -^oc- o^ 
" Duration of Time " [§ 991 
[akiu to Sans, him-a, ** snow** J. 
XcCp, xnp6i, f. The hand 
[akin to Sans, root h^i, *' to 
convey "; — and so, literally, 
" the conveyer "]. 

Xkipa, ace. sing, of x^^P* 
XCipovcrOoi, contr. pres. inf. 
mid. of x'tp<^<v. 

XCiP'^o* '^i ^* X*^P^^^> '^* &• 
[Xf/p, 'Uhe hand"] ('*To 
bring into hand"; hence) 1. 
Act.: To overpower, master, 
subdue, — ^2. Mid. : xc^P'^of^A^ 
-ov|iai, f. x^^P'^^^f^^t P< 
KfX^^P^f^^h ^* ^^^' ^X*^P^^^' 

fiTIv, To overpoteer, master, 
or subdue for one's self or by 
one's own especial act. 

XcCpttv, oy, comp. adj. (see 
KaK6s) Worse, — As Sabst. : 
In Nom. or Ace. : x*^^> ^* 
A worse thing : — x**ip<"' i(m» 
abr^, (a worse thing is to him; 
i. e.) it is the worse for him, 
6, 4; so, x^po** avr^ ehai, 
that it is the worse for him, 
6,39. 

Xc($^-vi|0'ot, iffierov, f. 
[Xf^^-os»(uncontr. gen.)x^^^o- 
os, ''dry land," as opposed to 
water; v7i<ros, "an island"] 
(" Dry-land-island "; hence) A 
peninsula; especially (as at 
1, 13 ; 2, 2 ; 6, 14) that of 
Thrace ; the Thracian Cherso- 

*e J — at 2, 2 with NcW 



«{f Xf^^6y7i(rop snpply fiou\^~ 
fittfos iiy€iy; see preceding^ 
context. 

X^iXif, ^f, f. A see^'hank or 
breakwater. 

XlXYoi, at, a, num. adj. plur. 
A thousand. 

'xtK'6m -«>, f. x'^'^^''^} P» 
K€Xi^»Ka, V. a. [x*^-'y> 
« fodder"] To give fodder to, 
to fodder; 2, 21. 

Xt^va, ace. sing, of xi*^^* 

xKtwi^, &VOS, m.: 1. An «»- 
der-garment, vest. — 2. A coat, 
or covering, of any kind. 

Xt^v, 6pos, f. 8now [akin to 
Sans, hima, " snow "; cf. x«<M* 
cSv]. 

xX&|ivs, vZos, f. A military 
cloak ; also, a short c2oaA? or 
mantle used by horsemen. 

XOipot, ov, m. u^ j)»^, Ao^; 
— Plur.: Swine. 

XpoofLat xpvi'kA^ f- Xpi^O' 
fxai, 1. aoc. ixP^o'^V'^t P* pass, 
in mid. force K4xpVf^at, v. 
mid.: 1. With Dat. : To tise, 
make use of, employ. — 2. With 
Dat. and Ace. of neut. pron. 
as Ace. of " Respect ": To use, 
or employ, in some ivay or for 
some purpose : — ri Seoiro XP^^- 
Oai rg ffrpari^, for what pur* 
pose, or end, he wanted to 
use, or employ, the army, 
2, 31 ; where, also, 5coiro is 
the Opt. in oblique or in- 
direct speech. — 8. With double 
Dat., of persons : To have a 
person as, or for, that which 



VOCABULARY. 



287 



18 denoted by the second Dat.; 
2, 25.-4. To he provided 
with, to have; see iyopd, 
no. 8. 

Xpij, f. xp'fl^^h inf. XP^""** 
impers. verb [perhaps for xp^ ; 
fr. xp^f^f "to deliver an 
oracle"] (*' It," or "a deity, 
delivers an oracle "; hence) 1. 
It is fated or necessary. — 2. 
It is meet. Jit, right, exped- 
ient;^At 6, 9 xp^ ^^ for its 
Subject the clause rl Tottip 
ircpl rod ^ri &yu arpare^tirdat ; 
and at 6, 13 the clause S ri 
tokTv; — at 6, 30 the Subject 
of xP^'^oi' ^ the clause Cvvra 

XP1-/*«»M*To*,n. [rootxfH 
=Xf>a in xp^-ofMu, '* to use *'] 
C*Xhat which is used"; 
hence) Plur. : Goods, effects, 
property, money, etc.; — at 
8, 35 = booty. 

XpQvok^* pi%8> inf. of xp^- 
XI^Qw9aL, fut. inf. of xp<^- 

ofiau 

■ XP^^^^ contr. pres. inf. of 

Xpdofjuu. 
Xp6voi9, ov, m. Time;^ht 

4, 19; 8, 19 xp^^^'^ ^ ^^^' 
of" Duration of Time" [§ 99]. 

Xpvo'-Xov, lov, n. dim. (''A 
little piece of gold "; hence) 
Oold in general ;— at 8, 1 ap- 
plied to a sum of gold. 

Xpvo'^-iroXis, ir6K€Uf, f. 
[xp v<rrf J, (uncontr. gen.) xpvor6' 

05, "gold"; ToKts, "city''] 
(" Gold-city ") Chrysr^pUis 



(now called Scutari, and by 
the Turks Uskadar) ; a oity 
opposite Byzantium (now 
" Constantinople ") on the 
Asiatic shore. 

Xp»|&ai ; see xp^^f^^* 

Xp»|&cvoty f}, oPf contr. P. 
pres. oi xP^}^^^ 

XMpa, as, f. : 1. u^ place, 
spot. — 2. J. land, country, 
territory, etc. 

Xwp-tov, Xov, n. (dim. onl^ 
in form) [xa'P-o^* *' A place " 
1. A place. — 2. A fortifiec 
post, a stronghold. 

X^pCsi adv. Apart, separ- 
ately. 

X^p-ot, ov, m. : 1, A place, 
post, etc. — 2. Land, or di^ 
strict, about a place: — Kara 
robs x^povs, up and doton the 
districts, up and down the 
country, 2, 3. 

ijf^Yu, f. y^4^u, 1. aor. H^t^a, 
V. a. To blame, censure, find 
fault with. 

^cv8w, f. rpci^au, 1. aor. 
l^ifftvaa, V. a. : 1. Act. : To de- 
ceive. — 2. Mid. s i|fcv8o|ikai, f. 
\p€V(ronm, p. pass, in mid. 
force ^^tvfffiou, 1. aor. i}p€vff' 
dfirfy. To lie, to spealc falsely, 
to play false. 

^^-ito|ikai, f. ^(piovyau, 
p. pass, in mid. force ^iI^^^kt- 
pxu, 1. aor. ii^ri<l>i<rafi'nv, v. n. 
[^^(p'os, "a pebble"; hence, 
" a vote ** as given by casting 
pebbles into the voting urn] 



288 



VOCABULARY. 



1. Alone : 7h give one's vote, 
to vote, — 2. With Ace. of 
thing : To vote for, vote ; 
6,14; 7,18. 

^^tcn^vroi, 3. pera. plar. 
1. aor. snbj. of ^^l(opLai, 

i|rT)-^o«, ^ov, f. [for ^a- 
^of; fr. ^-(0, '*to rub 
smooth"] (*'That which is 
mbbed smooth"; hence, ''a 
pebble " worn smooth by the 
action of the sea, a river, etc. ; 
hence, " a pebble" in general ; 
hence) 1. A pebble for voting. 
— 2. A vote ; 7, 57. 

breathe "] (« That which 
breathes"; hence, "breath"; 
hence) 1. Life. — 2. A soul : — 
ix T^t ^VXV'» ffom the soul, 
i.e.from the hearty 7, 43. 

i|H^-o«, COT ovs, n. [;i^vX'^f 
"to make cool"; Pass., ''to 
be made cool, to be cold "1 
(** That which is cold "; hence) 
Cold,frost. 

1. £, interj. O ! 

2. f^, masc and neat. dat. 
sing, of 5f . 

aSc, adv. In thie way, so, 
thus, in the following manner, 
asfollows. 

^rro, 8. pers. sing, imperf. 
ind. of otofiai. 

uXoKatfTCiy contr. 8. pers. 
sing, imperf. ind. of dXoicavrew. 

^|ikT|V, imperf. ind. of otofAot ; 

"^ aXofiat. 

'(io-p^-ciot, fffo, uoy, adj. 



[offA6s, (oncontr. gen.) ufAo^s, 
«*raw"; fiovs,$o-os, "an ox"] 

1. Of, or belonging to, raw 
(i. e. latelg killed) oxen. — 

2. Made of raw ox-hides. 
»|j,o-P^-iyos, Xyj}, Xvov, adj. 

= &flO$6€tOS, 

MfioX^YCi, contr. 3. pers. 
sing, imperf. ind. of SfioXoycw. 

MfioX^ow, contr. imperf. 
ind. of dfioKoytco. 

1. &y, oZ<ra, tv, P. pres. of 
1. ci/J. 

2. £k, gen. plnr. of Zs, 
^t 5; — at 2, 14 Svray (snpply 
ahrStp ^ tSi' ffrpaTTjy&v koI 
\ox6>y&v) is Gen. Abs.; the 
employment of a part, alone 
in Gen. as a Gen. Abs., is not 
uncommon, and in such a 
case the pron. or subst. is to 
be supplied, as above, from 
the context. — ^With Svras at 
1, 30 supply ^fjMs fr. preceding 
6fuv, — As Snbst.: Svto, uy, 
n. plur. With Art.: ("The 
things that belong to one"; 
hence) Oni?seff)eets, property, 
or substance ; 8, 22. 

&vioyLiu -ovfuu, f. uy4i<rofuu, 
p. iwtnifMi, 1. aor. u>v7i<rafi7iy, 
4»v7i(rafi7jy, and (Attic) iirpi- 
cififiv (fr. obsol. irpl&fiat), y. 
mid. : 1. With Ace. : Jb buy, 
purchase; — at 2, 38 supply 
avT'^y (= Ovyarepa) after 
&trfi<rofMt, — 2. Without Ace. : 
To make purchases, to pur- 
chase;— tit 6, 34 foUd. by Gen. 
of price [§ 116]. 



VOCABULARY. 



289 



4nfv«a6i, 2. pen. plnr. fiit. 
ind. of itvioiuu ;— at 6, 24 the 
editioDB vary between armf- 
vurB^ and itPoivQf, 

M^m^Mi, fut. ind. of 
iffiffOfiat. 

6v-Xo«, !«, <ov, a4j* [&t^'OSf 
•* price paid " for a thing! 
(** Pertaining to &V09"; hence) 
2b be houglU or purchased s 
for sale. — ^As Sabtt.: Ma, 
wv, n. plur. ("Things to be 
bongfat or purchaaed ; things 
for sale"; hence) 6^ooe^/br«a/e, 
commoditiee, market wares, 

^our^, contr. 2. pers. plur. 
pres. opt. of Mofiat, 

Avov^U¥o% II, oy, contr. P. 
pres. of itpiofuu ; — at 8j 18 
supply alnoits with itvoviUvovs. 

4^^t\y, imperf. ind. of ot- 

OflCU, 

MovTOj 3. pers. plnr. imperf. 
ind. of citofiM. 

innado^vk&Kow, contr. 3. 
pers. plur. imperf. ind. of 
6Trt<r6o<f>v\dK4u ; 3, 40. 

Spo^ af, f. : 1. A season; 
a proper, or castomary, time 
for something. — 2. With iirrt 
(either expressed or under- 
stood) and an Inf. : Time to 
do, etc. ; 3, 34 ; 4, 10 5 8, 16. 

»p|&Y|fUvos, V* ov, P. perf. 
pass, of dpfidw. 

1. u9y adv. and conj.: 1. 
Adv.: a. Asy like as, Just as. 
— b. As if, like as if.—t. In 
what way or manner; how: 
— m &p, in whatever way, 

Anab. Book VII. 



however, 1, 6.— d. With 
Participles other than the 
future, to give the reason of 
the principal verb : As, as if, 
by reason of. — e. With Fart, 
fut., to mark a purpose or 
intention : As if, as, as ^with 
the intention of doing, etc. ; 

1, 7; 1, 10; 1, 40, etc-^t 
With Gen. or Ace. Abs., to 
represent something supposed 
or thought of: As, inasmuch 
as, since. — g. With Superl. 
words, to denote ''the highest 
possible" degree: — &s rdx' 
Ivra, as quickly €U possible, 
X, 22; 2, 8 : — its \v rdxi<rra, 
(however most quickly ; i. e.) 
as quickly as ever, 3, 44 : — 
&s &y irK^itrrovs, (however 
most; i.e.) as many <u ever, 

2, 8. — h. With numerals : 
About, much about; 2, 11; 

3, 2; 8, 15.— j- *'or »t€: 
TFhen ; 1, 17 ; 3, 34, etc.—k. 
With Adv. or Adj.: Sow. — 
2. Conj.: a. That; — with ind., 
or with opt. in oblique narra- 
tive, to denote a fact; with 
inf. to denote a purpose, 
result, consequence, or effect ; 
cf. 6, 43.— b. So that.—c. 
That, in order that, to the 
end that; 1, 19; 6, 23, etc. 
— d. Inasmuch as, since. — 
e. With Inf.: So as io ; 6, 22. 
— f. For 8ir«s : H.o\ic, in what 
state ; 6, 33, etc. 

2. cSs, demonstr. adv. So, 
thus. 

U 



290 



VOCABULARY. 



ahrM, **«!£, very "1 ("Thni 
in this very manner^; hence) 
1. Just so, in this vety manner f 
in like manner.— 2. Sven as, 
jutf. as, 

wr9; see &irT§. 

&ai, tint, pliir. of 1. oh; 
4,4. 

Snri(v), 3. pcrp. plnr. pres. 
0iil>j. ofl. fW; 7,24. 

wc-irip, adv. [&s, "as"; 
irip, eiicHtic particle, " in- 
deed "] 1. As indeed, even as, 
just a*.— 2. As i/tjnst as if, 

Ar-Tc (before a soft vowel 
«iot'; before an aspirated 
vowel &a^, adv. and coiy. : 
1. Adv.: 80 as. — 2. Conj.: a. 
Ho that: (a) With Indie, to 



represent a ihct. — (b) With 
Inf. to mark a result or effect. 
— b. With Inf. to mark an 
intention or intended result : 
So as, as for, for the purpose 
of doing, etc. 

&Ta, nom. plnr. of 1. o2f ; 
4,3. 

it^tK'im -d, f. i»^x4iff», 
p. &^4\riKa, 1. aor. »pf\riera, 
V. a« and n. [for i^tX-iw; fr. 
Sf^Kos, "help"] 1. Act.: To 
help, aid, assist ; to benefit, he 
of benefit to.— 2. Kent: lb 
he of use or service. 

m^X-iunev, ovffa, or, P. f ut. 
of ^^cAc». 

4x^0, w%pYro, 3. pers. sing, 
and plur. imperf. ind. of 



IZD BY GILBERT AND RIVINGTOfI, LIMITED, ST. JOHN'S SQUARE. 



GRAMMAR-SCHOOL TEXTS, 

WITH ENGLISH VOCABULARIES. 
Edited by JOHN T. WHITE, D.D. Oxon. 

MESSRS. LONGMANS & CO. desire to call attention to the 
important Series of very cheap Grammar-School Texts 
(Latin and Greek) which they are now publishing, each containing 
between one and two hundred paj^es, jaroo, in strong cloth binding, 
and sold at prices varying from Ninepence to Half-a-Crown. 

These Texts have been very favourably reviewed and noticed by 
the public press. 

GREEK TEXTS:^ 
St. MATTHEW'S GOSPEL, 

Greek Text, English Vocabulary. Price af . 6d, 

St. MARK'S GOSPEL, 

Greek Text, English Vocabulaiy. Price i*. 6d, 

St. LUKE'S GOSPEL, 

Greek Text, English Vocabulary. Price u. 6d. 

St. JOHN'S GOSPEL, 

Greek Text, English Vocabulary. Price is. 6d. 

St. PAUL'S EPISTLE to the ROMANS, 

Greek Text, English Vocabulary. Price is. 6d, 

The ACTS of the APOSTLES, 

Greek Text, English Vocabulary. Price a*. 6d. 
XENOPHON, First Book of the Anabasis. Price i*. 6d. 
XENOPHON, Second Book of the Anabasis. Price is. 
XENOPHON, Third Book of the Anabasis. Price is. 6d. 
XENOPHON, Fourth Book of the Anabasis. Price is. 6d, 
XENOPHON, Fifth Book of the Anabasis. Price i*. 6d. 
XENOPHON, Sixth Book of the Anabasis. Price i*. 6d. 
XENOPHON, Seventh Book of the Anabasis Price 2j. 

FABLES from JESO^ and MYTHS 

from PALiEPHATUS. Price is. 

DIALOGUES from LUCIAN. Price x#. 

HOMER'S ILIAD, Book the First. Price i*. 
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, Book the First. Price i*. 

The FOUR GOSPELS in GREEK, 

With a Greek-English Lexicon. Edited by John T. White, 
D.D. Oxon. Square 32rao, price ss. 

LATIN TEXTS t-- 
CAESAR, First Book of the Gallic War. Price is. 
C-^SAR, Second Book of the Gallic War. Price it. 



290 



-'/». 



wtr 


« X 


\ 


« ■»• 


avr-( 




inth 


* 


l.Ju 




in Uf 


« 


jus^ . 




wo 




> 


« « 


wa 




4,4. 


-* ■% 


» 




fU<7 


• 


Bul'j. 




(# 




wa 




w«p, 




deed 




^•tf»^ r 


« « 


«f 


M « % 


wa 




v * 




WOT 


« 




* • % 


vowo 




1. A( 


■Vi - 


So t 


» 




."^\ . 


- 


**\ . 



XI 



••■ -• 



N. . 






Vr. ' 



. L 



* --k^Wt 



Vn— **■ 



« -^ a. 



«•*.— \ 



V^-T — 



\ 

\ " 

\ 

\ 

\ 



•^ aftV V ««« 



» *■-'» 
. ^ > aMtf 



\^.- 



— -, ^ 



'».«.- N ^ 



. .-1 



X ' 



m 



White's Grammar-School Texts, 



C-iESAR, Third Book of the G&lUc War. Price gd, 
C-^S A R, Fourth Book of the Gallic War. Price gd. 
CAESAR, Fifth Book of the Gallic War. Price xs. 
C^SAR, Sixth Book of the GalUc War. Price ix, 
C^SAR, Seventh Book of the Gallic War. Price if. 6d. 
CICERO, Cato Major. Price xs. 6d. 
CICERO, Laclius. Price xs. 6d, 

EUTROPIUS, 

First and Second Books of Roman History. Price xs, 

EUTROPIUS, 

Third and Fourth Book? of Roman History. Price xs. 

HORACE, 

First Book of the Odes. Price w, 

HORACE, 

Second Book of tlie Odes. Price xs. 

HORACE, 

Third Book of the Odes. Price xs. 6d. 

HORACE, 

Fourth Book of the Odes. Price xs. 

NEPOS, 

Miltiades, Cimon, Pausanias, and Aristides. Price gd, 

OVID, 

Selections from the Fasti and Epistles. Price xs. 

OVID, 

Select Myths from the Metamorphoses. Price gd, 

PH^EDRUS, 

Selection of Familiar and usually read Fables. Pnce gd, 
PH.<SDRUS, First and Second Books of Fables. Price xs. 
SAL. LUST, Bellum Catilinarium. Price xs. 6d. 
VIRGIL, Fourth Book of the Georgics. Price is, 
VI R GI L, First Book of the iEneid . Price i*. 
VIRGIL, Second Book of the iEneid. Price xs. 
VIRGIL, Third Book of the iEneid. Price is. 
VIRGIL, Fourth Book of the /Eneid. Price i*. 
VIRGl L, Fifth Book of the iEneid. Price is. 
VI RG I L, Sixth Book of the iEneid. Price xs. 
VIRGIL, Eighth Book of the yEneid. Price is. 6d. 
VI RG I L, Tenth Boolt of the iEneid. Price is. 6d. 

LIVY, Books XXII. and XXIII. 

Latin Text with English Explanatory and Grammatical 
Notes, and a Vocabulary of Proper Names. Edited by John 
T. White, D.D Oxon. i2mo, price 2s. 6d. each Book. 

London, LONGMANS & CO.